The URL can be used to link to this page

08/28/1991 Agreement iBannp 1... ltolbage BRANCH OFFICE 3117 OVERSEAS HIGHWAY MARATHON, FLORIDA 33060 TEL. (306) 743-9038 CLERK OF THE CIRCUIT COURT MONROE COUNTY 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 TEL. (305~ 294-4641 BRANCH OFFICE P.O. BOX 379 PLANTATION KEY, FLORIDA 33070 TEL. (305) 852-9253 MEMORANDUM TO: County Administrator Tom Brown FROM: Nancy Cohen, Deputy Clerk DATE: October 4, 1991 At the August 28, 1991 meeting of the Board of County Commissioners the Board authorized award of bid and approval of contract for Bid Package No.3, Mechanical, for Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium Enclosure, renovation of existing offices and emergency ganerator to B & L Plumbing and Heating in the amount of $82,000.00. I am attaching hereto one duplicate original and one xerox copy of the subject contract. ~.:J)~ · n, Deputy Clerk cc: County Attorney Randy Ludacer Finance Director Taryn Medina File @MORRISON/~AAITS ~KNUDSEN ~ A JOINT VENTURE PO. BOX 5283 KEY WES"f, FLORIDA 33045-5283 TELEPHONE: (305) 292-7845 FAX: (305) 292-9697 September 20, 1991 Serial No. PC-OMC-018 Monroe County County Attorney 500 Whitehead Street Key West, Florida 33040 Attention: Mr. Randy Ludacer Subject: B&L Plumbing and Heating Co., Inc. Contract Plantation Key Atrium Enclosure Monroe County Capital Improvement Program Dear Mr. Ludacer: Please find enclosed four (4) original contracts for Mechanical. These contracts have already been executed by B&L Plumbing and Heating Co., Inc. This contract was approved at the August 28, 1991, BOCC Meeting. Sincerely, MORRISON/KNUDSEN-GERRITS A Joint Venture ~,LA 1-IL Douglas A. Fuller Project Manager LRA/la Enclosures Contract Documents Contract No. PC-003. Mechanical B&L Plumbinq and Heatinq Comnany. Inc. Table of Contents I. Contract Aqreement A. AlA Document AlOl/CM B. Public Construction Bond C. Certificates of Insurance II. Submitted Bid Pronosal bv B&L Plumbinq and Heatinq Comnanv. Inc. III. Bidding Documents A. Volume I, Bid Documents B. Volume II, Technical Specifications C. Addendum No. 1 / FROM: IhumU Il. I(nllyagt Clerk of t~e .~tfujt!~R~rt;o ~NOhJ 500 Wh.teheadt Street: .1," Key West, F16r'ida33040 .". TO: 6(: l d 17- .l80 l6 . U(jUJ c j UJ--l;j THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a ST/PULA TED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents A201/CM, 1980; B141/CM, 1980; and B801, 1980. AGREEMENT No. PC - 003, Bid Package 3, Mechanical made as of the d- ~*' Hundred aneJNinetY-One. day of A~v-st- in the year of Nineteen BETWEEN th1e Owner: Board of County Commissioners Monroe County 500 Whitehead Street Key West, Florida 33040 B&L Plumbing & Heating Co., Inc. 198 Sparks Avenue Pelham, NY 10803 the Project: Enclosure Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium and Renovation of existing office spaces and emergency generator and security enclosure. and the Contractor: the Construction Manager: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerri ts the Architect:: Post, Buckley, Schuh & Jernigan, Inc. The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1975, @ 1980 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Re- production of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AlA DOCUMENT Al01/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA~ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement 01' repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Here insert the ciJlption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced on the date as established in the Notice to Proceed. and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion of the Work shall be achieved not later than (Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) The time indicated in Section 00350, Milestone Schedule, Addendum No.1. AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1i35 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 2 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of $ 8 2 , 000 . 0 0 Eighty Two Thousand Dollars and no cents. The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount, accepted alternates and unit prices, as applicable.) Total Base Bid, Item 1 through 6 inclusive per Co In t r act 0 r 's Pro po s a 1 Form.................... ....$82,000.00 ---------- ---------- \" ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the Twen t y- f i f th (25) day of each month as follows: ( Approxima te 1 y ) Not later than Thirty (30) days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment, Nine t V percent (g 0 0/0) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and eqUlpmenf incorporated in the Work and Ninety percent ( 90 %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to One Hundr,ed percent (10(1'/0) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete 'Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (11 not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents, here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained alter the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) J>xyments due and unpaid unJter the Contract Docurnxnts shall bear interest frORl the date paymentj:; due at the r~ entered *elow, or in the ~sence thereof}{'lt the legal rate prev~ling at the place of thXProje5t. (Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.) (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity 01 this provision. Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) AlA DOCUMENT Al01/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTrON MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 3 ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the COhtract fully performed, and the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment which approves the final payment due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract [General, Supplementary and other Conditions], the Drawings, the Specifications, and any Addenda and accepted alternates, showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) I. Bidding Documents 1. Bid Documents for Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium Enclosure, renovation of existing offices and emergency generator, Volume I, Table of Contents, all documents enumerated on Pages 00001-1 through 00001-3 dated 7/31/91. 2. Technical Specifications, Volume II, Table of Contents, all documents enumerated on Pages TC-l through TC-2. 3. Addendum No.1, Dated August 15, 1991. II. Submitted Bid Documents by B & L Plumbing & Heating Co., Inc. 4. Proposal Form dated August 19, 1991, Pages 00131-1 through 00131-3. 5. Schedule of Unit Prices, Page 00132-1. 6. Contractor Evaluation Form. 7. Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause. 8. Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes. 9. Non-Collusion Affidavit. 10. Subcontractor Listing. AlA DOCUMENT Al1n/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION. AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 4 7.3 Temporary facilities and services: (Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.) Reference Contract Documents 7.4 Working Conditions: (Here list any special conditions affecting the Contract.) Reference Contract Documents (Seal) Attest: Danny L~Ko}fage, Clerk BY:~ ~. J)4t... IIApproved as to Form and Legal Sufficiencyll Byfi7,&-,/~ . . (Attorney's affic ) DATE:t'(!)-~-9L This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER Mc)nroe Coun t y Board of County Commissioners ~'~~ ~~~ ITS: rn 4UD/.-J (!)...4i e~(U \; ~, AlA DOCUMENT Al0l/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT . CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA@ . @1980 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101/CM -1980 5 BOND NO. 874716-91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND - BY THIS BOND, WE B&L .PLUMBING & HEATING , as Principal and INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY' INS. CO. , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to MONROE COUNTY herein called Owner, in the sum of $ 82,000.00 for payment of which we bind ourselves, our. heirs, personal representative successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. . Performs the contract dated A~I^-<; +- X I ,19-1J between principcil and Owner for construction f PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. ProInptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains: because of a default by Principal under the contract; and 4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. I Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any fortnalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ON AUGUST 23 ,19 91 //. ;; {/,c~ /.-~ (!t1Bi'Lt-3 (NAME OF t//2e k-? &-L 11 f /If- ~ (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT)V. DAVID LEVITT INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INS. CO~ (NAME OF SURETY) ; , 7/26/91 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 1 ACKNOWLEDGF..MENT OF SURETY STATE OF: NEW YORK ) COUNTY OF: WESTCHESTER~ ) ss: On This 23rd day of August 19 91 , before me personally came V. DAVID LEVITT , to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that resides in Portchester, N.Y., that he is the ATTORNEY-IN-FACT of the INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY , the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he si~ned his name th~reto by like order. NOTA ALAN JAY FUIRST 2ry Public, State of New York No. 4876399 jU~lifi.ed In Westchester Count'j ..~!SSlon expires October 20. 1~ INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY 24 COMMERCE ST., NEWARK, NEW JERSEY 07102 AT DECEMBER 31, 1990 s'"r A TEMENT OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, SURPLUS AND OTHER FUNDS ASSETS Bonds ( Amortized Value) ...................................... Preferred Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Stocks (Market Value) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mortgage Loans on Real Estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Real Estate .................................................. Cash & Bank Deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short Term Investments ....................................... Unpaid Premiums & Assumed Balances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reinsurance Recoverable on Loss Payments .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal Income Tax Recoverable.............................. Electronic Data Processing Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest & Dividends Due and Accrued. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Funds Held in Escrow Accounts ................................ Collateral Funds Held Under Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contract Balances Due and Unpaid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOT A LASS ETS ................................. LIABILITIES~ SURPLUS & OTHER FUNDS Losses (Reported losses net as to reinsurance ceded and incurred but not reported losses) .............................. Loss Adjustments Expenses .................................... Contingent Commissions & Other Similar Charges ................ Other Expenses (Excluding taxes, licenses and fees) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taxes~ Licenses & Fees (Excluding Federal Income Tax). . . . . . . . . . . . Unearned Premiums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Funds Held by Company Under Reinsurance Treaties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Withheld by Company for Account of Others ............ Liability for Unauthorized Reinsurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liability for U ncashed Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOTAL LIABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Capital Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preferred Capital Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross Paid-in & Contributed Surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unassigned Funds (Surplus) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Surplus as Regards Policyholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOTAL LIABILITIES, SURPLUS & OTHER FUNDS $53~525,061 5oo~OOO I ~542,365 83,446 54,260 5,833.402 7,173,553 1,367.667 1,366,742 990.000 239,643 1, 149.473 12,008.886 (12,008,886 ) 388. 159 $74,213.771 $27,507,375 9,480.267 199.774 166.953 405,863 18,385,738 57.970 12.146 798.063 57 $57,0 10,206 1,330.000 1,200.000 544.600 14,1 28.965 17,203,565 $74,213,771 I, Francis L. Mitterhoff, President of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, certify that the foregoing is a fair statement of Assets~ Liabilities, Surplus and Other Funds of this Company. at the close of business, December 31. 1990. as reflected by its books and records and as reported in its statement on file with the Insurance Department of the State of New Jersey. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seal of the Company, this February 28, 1991. INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY ...,.,..................~ -",-",,:-~~\'VGC~''-~'.:;''-~ '...""t.....~".,F..~'7I1<...~ct,-~~~~,.....".,'.~,.,:. ,';~'...~,,<<:'I":~~';j......--.:.,:1.....~.:~......;~~~f'.~,IlP:.~~:':iW.~-,:e~.!~":.~f.~,;~,";~<w:. .;...$E....~~~.....--_':,.~~~.P1':,~1s:~~"'~.- .",,~..-, ...j;;,.,L".......i-....l"'t.~~-r.'~'!IJ.;'.,;~'l'. ,',:" , ',:; Ii t:i~;, ~~ 5:'~ '.-: _ ' :- ,;~ \"i:, 'c._. " : . ';. ',--, $:,. " . "",., >.,;, ',' . '. ". ,.' . ",: ~'t, ,- ,.' ;'... ,"r!i .~. '" , ..HoMB~:,14COMMER.C8.6BET ~"NBWARK, NEW JBRSEY:07I02 BOND NO. 871716-9'1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENfS:.That INTERNATIONALFlDEInY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation OIpIIizedand existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and having"its principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey,. does hereby constitute and appoint v. DAVID, LEVITT,GISELLEPETE'RSON SCARSDALE, NEW YORK its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety t any and all bonds and undertakingst contracts of indemnity and . other writings obligatory in the nature thereoft which are or may be aIlowedt required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, oontractorotherwiset and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, sball be as binding upon the said INIERNATIONAL FIDEIl1Y INSURANCE COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposest as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by its regularly elected officers at its principal office. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be certified to and maybe revoked, pursuant to and by authority of Article2: - Section 3, of the By- Laws adopted by the Board of Directors ofINfERNATIONAL FIDELnY INSURANCE COMPANY ata meeting called and held on the23rd ~ of December, 1968. The President or any Vice President, Executive Vice President, SecretaI}' or Assistant SecretaI}', shall have power and authority I ~ :~ I I I ~ (1) To appoint Attorneys-in-facttand to authorize them to execute on behalf of the CompanYt 'and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatoI}' in the nature thereof and, (2) To removet at a~y time, any such Attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given. Further, this Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors of said Company adopted at a meeting duly called and held on ,the 4th day of FebruaI}'t 1975 of which the following is a true excerpt: _ Now therefore the signatures of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affIXed to any such power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by facsimile signatures and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDEUlY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to be signed and its corporate seal to be affIXed by its authorized officer, this 1st day of May, AD. 1986. INfERNATIONAL FIDEUlYINSURANCE COMPANY STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex Executive Vice President J ~ On this 1st day of May 1986; before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said that he is the therein described and authorized officer of the INTERNATIONAL FID EUlY INSURAN CE COMPANY; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company; that the said Corporate Seal and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company. ~",."... ...,',).", ,-,r1- 1-\. It '11<l ~~~, ~ .......... rr.q ~"',. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal, f. "'p". ...',.~;'\ at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year frrst above written, . e: ~ ..\ f) T A'R ~. (') -\ #: ..'-? ~~~. 1\0- Af~ ~~~ !: ..- i j /lLf1ir~.j · ~a~~ " · \~ U B ,=-\ 0/ *; A NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY ~1:s.. ~~..~~.-. ~$ My Commission Expires April 3. 1993 "',."t ~ "'E"C;~\'~ CERTIFICATION "'1" II'f'........-'~ It the undersigned officer ofINfERNATIONAL FIDEUlYINSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section oCthe By-Laws of said Company as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFF1CEOF SAID COMPANY, and that the same' are correct transcripts ~ereof, and of the whole of the said originals~ 'and that the said Power ,of Attorney has DOt been teVoked and isllow in fun force and effect .. . . ,. . .~AINTES11MONvWHEREOF9 I have hete~nto ~ my hand tbis'2,3 ,4aY of ,~UGUST .19 '. '91- ~ ".' !""'~;ii'~~~~ ~ AtDttlllt~ CERnPlCAlEOFINStJRANCE . ISSUE DATE (MM/DD/YY) 8/30/Ul ITHIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY~A-N"D' ..'! , CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE i L~g~~I~~TB~~~:~~~XT~~D O~~l T~~~~~_~~~~~G~:~~~~.D B_~.~~_E_l PRODUCER UVITr-FOlBST ~. IlID. 674 White PlaiDs Bald Scaraiale, New York 10583 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED f~i'i~~NY A Ah""lWA CASUALTY &; SlJR1:.W aJ&PANY f~~~NY B ~~ UNIHtWRI'lUlS INS. 00. B & L PLtIfBnG ~ HEATDli <D., L~. 198 Sparks Avenue Pelham, New YCrk lC803 f~T~~~NY C f~T~~~NY D ~~T~~~NY E THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION DA TE (MM/DD/YY) DA TE (MM/DD/YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR. OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROTo 074AQf21489380 6/11/91 6/11/92 GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE (Anyone fire) $ 2_000, $ ~.OOO. $ 1. ()(X) , $ 1,000. $ 50, ,..,~ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY MED. EXPENSE (Anyone person) $ (174 PJ21489380 6/U/91 COMBINED SINGLE $ 6/11/92 LIMIT 1,00), BODIL Y INJURY $ (Per person) BODIL Y INJURY $ (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ &,(JOO. 6/U/fYJ AGGREGA TE $ ~.OOO. EXCESS LIABILITY A X UMBRELLA FORM OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM 074 ]821489300 6/11/91 WORKER'S COMPENSATION L\ AND 21 rlDL 7640 2/CYl/91 FIA. STATUTORY LIMITS 2/(11/92. EACH ACCIDENT $ DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ DISEASE-EACH EMPLOYEE $ 100, ~, 100.. EMPLOYERS'LlABILlTY OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERA TIONS/LOCA TIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS J<l3: JW: ~ PIMl1'ATIQi D..Y CXI.ImIlIm A'm1tJ4 " RElUiATI<li OF EXIS"l"I.t<<1 OP.FICb SPACIi.;S (JUlH IJWBLS) .AND ~ GBHERA1m. ~ <D.W1Y OOARD OF -.anY <nwrSSI<HIl1S . ......{~~.~~4.(~ CXIll'1IAClm8) n<<:L. AS AWL ~. CERTIFICA TE HOLDER CANCELLATION :'.mBOE. CXUflY OOABD OF CDIftY \.X>MIlISSI<Hm8 K>N.ROE a:DllY. F'LCI'tIDA SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL I:'Mn~^\II''\D TO MAIL -60- DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, CIIT ~A I~ II~i TO t1 \tb. {Jllg" tJ2TIRh 811A bob If1P981S: r J8 88L18....TI8rJ SA I I ^ ell ITV' QF A tl'l Kltlli> IIp2tJ ~11h: 22t 1P A t"",I~Q A Q~UT8 9R RCPAf8E:r JT.\l'l.. ES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENT A TIVE ACORD 25-S (7/90) @ACORD CORPORATION 1990' PROPOSAL PORK SECTION 00131 Bid Package No. 3 Mechanical BID TO : KONROB COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREBT KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: 8'11- L (2 LV thIS I IV 6-- ~ J..t '"/ r~ C C).. I If) C, I ? P S f'/iR tr, A-fJf:=- jJ~L /711/h /J/ Y /DtPQ? ~ The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself winh material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affect ing performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made ~~ailable, and from inspection and examination of the site. 06/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00131-1 1. Mobilization 2. General conditions 3. Permits 4 . Bonds 5. Installation of underground fuel storage tank & all associated piping, etc. 6. HVAC systems TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) TOTAL BID, (words) E J B-J1-ry TuJ 0 'THo OS d/1/P $ ~ t!)O 0 $ ~ooc) $ loCJcJ~ $ ;;Z G"" c? 0 $ ~ ? 000 $ 3 b 000 $;J?,OO() , ---------- ---------- DOLLARS 06/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00131-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) / I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form t.//, and. attached the required Bid Security~, Unit Price Schedule~,';' contracto~ Evaluation Form~, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause \.//, Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes v", Non- CollusIon Affidavit~, and proposed Subcontractor listinq~. (Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Phone ~rumber: R -{- t- Pi-Uffl811V6- j I7--r6- (::0, J f/ II S /'/11(' liS J9 /,Jr=- . ~ei- /t-11b1 ftJ Y I 0 Ro :< ./ <?/~- 73t?-/6 7~ lIVe, Mailing' Address: Date: ~)J1/9/ , , C itA-I? L E S J3 CIV(;;.....tUJI..)/ (Name) !//eb- P/f>t: ~/ PL=:"vY--- (Title) witness: 06/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00131-3 SECTION 00132 SCHEDULE OP UNIT PRICES Bid packaqe No. 3 Mechanical The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additio:ns or deductions from the requirements of this contract. Description Unit Unit Price $ 4s ~' $ 4.s $ 30 1. Pl'umber/Pipefi tter, fully $/Hr. burdened, incl. profit an,d overhead. 2. Sheetmetal worker, fully $/Hr. burdened, including profit an1d overhead. 3. Helper, fully burdened, including $/Hr. profit and overhead. 6/18/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00132-1 SECTION 00440 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Sllbcontractor: A,'fL +,~ Address: j;)t!:X:JO (j/.s I../wy ( Phone: ~~ ~4-~- 323 :f Contact: /-I U A-c. Plortion of Work: 2 . Percentage this proposed Subcontract i~o! t%o.tal Bid Price as d,elineated on Proposal Form: =+=~ SA k_~A I=/Uf-. Address: --TA V ~ e. ^:J1'~ (L FL Phone: ._~O~- rS'). - ?2.S"'2 Contact: ~ t,A.J t4 {2.(jcc-o Portion of Work: --Ex c. A V A+~'O ILl .IlgCl.}pA-U.J. ~/A.L percentage this proposed Subcontract is qt total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: &-~ 41 %. S'ubcontractor: 3 . Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: f.ortion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as dlel ineated on Proposal Form: %. 4. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: F)ortion of Work: I '_ :-=E~~age this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. OS/20/'91 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING OO~40-1 ~f" ...... SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3)(.), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC BHTITY CRIMES THIS PORM MUST BB SIGNED I~ TBB PRBSBNell or A ROTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER CtFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMIHISTBR OATHS. 2. Tl1lis sworn statement is submitted with c~n~ra.ct . No. 3 for rY fvo' A. 07-\. k.R.J fl-f I-k ~ 4~&J""'" This sworn sta ement is submitted by ~ ~.J;N':J ~, "E;e- (Name of/entit~ submitting sworn statement) whose business address is / r g SfJ4eks A-v..e. t2z //;~ ..J.() Y. / () 8"0:3 ' and ( if al>plicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) /3 ;;>-9139 irS- (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number of the individual signing this sworn statement: 1. 1- C. ., . ) 3. My name is (J. ''III?LE..s .efU.euJA relationship to the entity named above is 4. I underst~nd that a "public entity crime" as defined in pclragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and dlrectly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United states, including, but not limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be pl~ovided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United states and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion rclcketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. ' 5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as definted in Pcl::agraph 287.133,(1) .(b), Florida st.atutes~ means a finding of gllllt or a COn\'lctlon of a pub11C ent1ty crime, with or 'vY i thout an adj ud ication of guil t, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-1 -fl. a. jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1)(a), Florida statutes, means: l. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by ope person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. ~~ 4" . ,7 . :r understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph ;287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract land which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or 'which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with la public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, :members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on informatio~ and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.] .~ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of t~e entity, n?r any affilia~e of ~he en~ity have been charged wIth and convIcted of a publIC entIty crIme subsequent to July 1, 1989. 04/30,/91 ,to . -. The entity submitt~i'Dg this sworn statement, or one or PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-2 I (l If the form of ~ our orpru~tu)n i5 ocher lh~n th(~ list~d al:)()\'('. <k~:n~ II and ~ th~ prjncl~~ 2. LICENSING l., 1 List jurisdictions and trade catcgories in which your organi~tion is lcp1Jy qualified to do business, and indicatc r('giSlr2tion or license numbers. if applicable. pI U~ kY:,v1 C. r- CD4~7s-f 2.2 List jurisdictions in \vhich your organiZ2tion's pannership or (nd~ rume is filed, 3. IEXPEAtENCE ~\, 1 list the ca\egories 0/ v.'ork that your organiL1tion nornuJly performs ,,'iih its 09.'n (or('es. FuW\fc;AJ~ fZ;i<.. c..~v A.-,h c...~ B/ALk IOff'l ,~ 2 CLJlnl~ anJ SUIt~ \ If lhe Jn~~'er (0 any of tht:' que~tl()n~ bt-lo\'\ i~ ye~, rlease attach dt~tail~ ) ~ ~ I HJ' ,'uur Ilr~Jnl/.jI J' '11 nT~ fJikd t(l lompkll' Jf)\ wllrk J t\ JrckJ III Il'~ ilO ,~ 2. ~ ,.\.:~' rf"1,,::, Jny iuJ~nH:nt:-- 1..1JH11'" JrhltrJth 111 r'~' ~'-t'eJjn~s or ~Ult' r~:ndl~-.' ,. :',It'':.i~"l_~'''''C A~.l :;, ,ur Ur~Jn17~Hion or jf' . ,fIi(t'r"~ NC) , ~ Ii ,j"" , , . .'-' L I;.' _ i ': ' ~ ", ' " '- ~ .1 n \ b \\ .., :, 1: :' I I r r l' q ; ; l' "L. J J r II i : . ... ';' \..', ' 'r.H'!" \\ nlll!l tnt' Li't 11\ t' :...1; iJ10 , : ',\ I: 1: r t.. )..: . i 7 . , . I' l \, \\ Ithl;: tIll' Lt"'t fl-,.f...' \C.If" h.t'Jn\ Ilffit"t,,'r II! rlrJ(h,JrJ~ ~lr \\'l:: i:a.!Jl1l/..I':,jj'll'\l'r heel: .In l)f!~\~'. prinllpJJ of J!1\ ,thttr urg.lnJ/~Hlun \\ hen it LJJk'd to t, 1f1'lrk.tt' .j l' )t)'tructll)f) luntr Jl t'" d; LLl ~L. ,'~l, ~: .' n". plt";I'l' JllJch dt'Ulb .1 I(} () , f .. ,'. -..." j~. If ,<..:qt,( T()~ ~ I .1 ,j H if ~ 1 j: to" ~~ ~: ~ ',' .:',\' ~!I)~h ~JlIJ)/,~~ ., "I,,~. . l \)~, , .; I' I .iM...wif.... . ~ i W AJi,\ /tt1 Ai ,() ~ \-0 IL- /;:2 {c A A i N Pi (LA u'-=, ~-() U-.L K. -e y LA- {lw -. 4~~ (xx) ~~---.. ~/J.l 1772- l)n ;.I s,er1r Jtt: shct:(Jh~1 nl~l"r ~:on~trUltl\)n proje(,l~ your ~IZJII()n ~ In pr(ltlr~~. JtI\'lnlZ :~ nJn1~ of pro)ect. o"'n~r, Jrrhue(t. cont r;I('t amt )unl. percl"nl l'nmplett" -lnd ,,'htaJulc:d complt"! ~\r <.btt: ,~ .. 1 SIJte It )tJI 9. orth uf 9-'ork In pr()~ress ~nd under contract, .~ ~ On ~ sc:par~(e sheet. list the mJior pn )i~cts your organiZ2tion h:.l.4\ l'onlpl~ted in th~ past ti\'~ y~, giving th~ name of proiect. 09.ncr. architect. eontl4lct amount. <tue of completion and ~reenta~ of the cost of the "'ork performed \\'ith your O\\'n forces, 3. C;. 1 State 3\'er~ge annual amount of eonst ruelian ....ork perform~d during the p2St five ye-m :'t ,6 On 3 separ~te sheet. list the c()nstructi()n ex~rienee and present commilments of the key indJ\'ld- uals of your organiZ2tion, 4. REFERENCES i, I Trade Reft'rences: .. ,2 Bank Rc:flarcnces: 73-4f2 AJ--i-lf '3 AN k c-{ ~ k~( S ~ ~ " ,~, ", t- ~..~ I i~~~ :;:I~~~~'ZlrJn\p cO-e.I; 1,/ ~. d4Ce>.t1tf/\~flce. ~. { ~::';~~:;r~" 1::~;[-efL~! 0 ?/O L ~.etJ; H . r-u./ItS t- /1 17 b '/4 t{..llrlt tL 1114 iPf.}S fK-eJ( S:!l1fl~ cP4Le !)f los-K'3 Af.l O(~~UME.~t,~3~~,. ({,,! ",1: - '..)~ ' i:t: ~. :_;: ~r. -\,~ 1',' ,j \T[\U~~T . Il)M() 1:.01110'. .~t~. . .: I tl"" " . , ; " I , t f , I '11 .. L. 1 ~; I ~ ~ ..... . - ,t '-., ; iI.: ~ \ f '.. 1 F ,\X '1:" \, . 11 "\ r", j . \ ~,,' . · ~ . 1 ~ .! A305.1986 4 '_ _ '. ..... '-"'~"""'~.I-~",.",,",...~,'~"""".'" -,..... ..........W.~"'.Ml. f''' ~.......""'.... _........rr~ ~..<W"......fl"-..,.,.".._....~..f-~,,~,..:.IIfl"~"'--- .>--,-'. T H I AMEIICAN INS l' I T V T t o , AICHITleT AlA [)(:)Cume,,1 Aj05 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1988 EDITION Tbis form is tlp[m Jl'ed (llId recommended ~l' The Americall IlIsli/u/e of ArclJit(Jcts (AlA) a"d n>e ASS()('jtlletl G('"era/ C()lllractors of Anler;,'{l (4-4GCJ.{()r llse iI' eltel/llat- ill~ 1/.)(1 (/lIa/i/ictltl()IlS (if f(JI/tracturs. ,\'0 ~L'lld()rsenlelll ..if Il)(' slIbll1i/lill).!. I)a,.~l' (Jr "tlrl/ic,'ti()1I (111)(/ illfeJ'.,IlClli(Jll is ",a,It.' ~r IIJe AI.'"' (),. AC(.... The L'ndersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffi. ciently complete 50 a~ not to be mi~)eading, . Sl'B~t11rTED TO: P B S ~ J , ADDRESS /)1C,A/l2tJ (! CXJI..LA.F{t Cbt.J !XL ( f- I ,{J7 E {, Sl'B~lrrTED B": ~A.~tE 73.;. L Plfr.J ~ ~.TA1c.. ADDRESS: If f{ SPA~ ks. ,.&-(}-.L PRI~C1PAL OFFICE: p.R... (h~ Ni Corp<>rati(ln )( P4IrUll"rship InJi\'idUJI J () j n l \ 'l. n t u r l. <. )t hl'f '.\\11 ()F I'I{( ).11-:<:1 (II JppllLlhk-1 PIIAIJ+Aft'OA.' k~( c!.;h.l.O..j... ~ l.( S-e. TYPE (a: \\ ()H~ (fill' ~l'rJr.ltl' f( Jrnl f( If t"Jt'h CI...,,,,fH,'.It:IC H1 of \\ orkJ _-___ (Il,. 1.1,.': ..~ ( I't",,,trlh. tJ III _~~ PllImhin~ __ .X- H\.\( t- Ell'\' {rJ\. ,,1 __ l ) l ! ) C r _______ ; '. .1....1,.. ....pe\.lfy) ~~i' \l~,~,-" '- '" . - . ~ \.,'.. ". \ ' , ' ". \i :' 'I :) ( .: I " 11 II. H.,; , r, '\:.:, :' . !' . I! I'" .1. I' \ 1, I I ,/! ~.. III ~ \ ; \ I I ~: I: ;,,',' ,,;'; .~:~' ,~".'-I'~:.I:;:~",'''i.' .' . .' \ I ::;' l ..! ....1.1 :', .. . I . I, \ '. " \. .. LI ! ' :.. \ ' ~\ ',l~ . .~~,c..i . .. ..... I' .. ."., p~'~~.'" ~~! .~~~~.: i. 'I '. .,', 'I~'l'.'~,\,. I\I~ '. ~x '! , ' . ' II ,'. . \ p' . A30S -1986 1. ORGANIZA 11 ON 1 I Ho\\' m~ny y~~rs hJS Yl)Ur Or~Jnll~lll)n tx-tan In bU"dn<:,,~ a.~ a Con(.-~(lOr~ I;) ~i{)\\ mJn\' ~ c: Jr" hJ~ your nr~Jni7~tlUn h<:t'n in hU~lncss under I(~ prt.stant hU'lnc:" namei /2 1.2.1 Un<kr \I.'hat other or former n;lmes has your org311iZ2tion operated? j) /IJ. 1 ...~ If your organizati()n is a corpo. r;uion. a~ns\'\'e. r the (()lIo\\'ing: 1:\.1 Date of incorporation: · li ')1 1.~.J. Slale of incorporation: N. 1.3.3 Presi~nt's name: W j 'I I~ Mo.s~A 1.3.i vice-president's name(s): Cl1MLiIS. ~~WA7 ., . 1 .~." SecreI2'1"s n3m~: 1.3.6 Tre;&.surer'~ name. I .. Jf your organlulion is a partnership. an~~er the fn'lIowing I ..... 1 D'Jte of or~aniz.ation: 1....2 Type of partn~r~hip (if ~pplicJhlt'). 1.-6..-\ ~Jme(s) of gent'r~1 pJrtnc:rt~): t- I' . . I ,. r "':.:'- '.J! 1\ l!i !, ";,:' I .; I ! ': ":.1' ~,'.~. .. . '. \ :. ~ '- : . I . -, ' '. '. ':;- ':1 t '.\ :!"I~ '.... ~. It!, i\\ III r AlA DOCUMENT A305. \, ....;. 1 .... .;d -\Iltlt \ill" 'l-\it \tt '\1. :'I~'II'I:I. ,',. ,,;\. · . l ". t t ~. ,. ~, . . ... 1 ; :; .: \ . l' .' ~ ( l' I'" ~.;, ,~\\ \ Ilk ~ "" \, ~ 'I t ,~ \,\ \...,." 1 . 1 I ), ! A305.1986 2 I , (! 'A{2L ~ AJ..e t.<)(~ according to law on my and say that; & ~~) I ~m )Ji~e.. ~ ~ ttL ~. J:AiL gi-jec descriQed in the ~ (!l:'t..(Q]- ~(,.l ~, and fult authority to do so; NO.~OOLLU8IO- AP~IDAVI~ of the city of tfI~t.{.1 RiX:..h-elu under penalty of perjury, depose P/2~S'~ I- of the firm of V3i1-L , the bidder making the Proposal ~r thi notice for calling for bids for ~A#4 I~ that I executed the said proposal with 2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor: J~.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will not bla knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit, or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competitiori: !).) the statements contained in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies ~pon the t~th of the statements contained in this af idavit in awarding contracts for said project. ~-JC( (Sign~~re~f Bidder) 671?/?/ · DATE STATE OF COUNT~{ OF IVCU;; Voh>/\ wesT c/~e~ rz::e PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, Cif/iIU..EC, 8ElVew~ who, after first being sworn by me, (nam4a of i.ndividua sign'ing) affixed his/her signature in the space J 9'~ day of {JcJb-vsr- provided above on this , 19..iL. ~~~ NOTARY PUBL!C / ~ BARB~.RA 8fl, r,/'f\\' NC't(ji: Pu~ lie. Statf .~. or; '; ,. I- riP. 4~"'7 ,'l; '.oN ';'!l. r; .~ " ~ ; , i j'" ~ · Co,,; ,;$ r i rOlt/tv , ,510:< My co]nmission expires: 02/20;/90 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OO~30-1 I-OBBYJltG AIfD COD'LJC'l' 0' IIIUQ.!' Cp,OII SWORN STATEMENT UNO.. ORDIIARCI MO. 010-1990 "ONROB COUNTY. FLORIDA " f3J-)~ Pk._: l If.~ deJ.' ~J;()e- ~ompan ) " warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee". .' / ~ /~~ I//~~ (J~f/9i) . ~ STATE OF 1V6lU VOtN l\ I COUNTY OF W oS r c/YC:$ /C./~ PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, e~L~~ .(;fP/fJEfIJ'tY who, after first being sworn by me, affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space provided above on this Lf'A-dayof tt"G-(.?Sz- , 19 1-<" ~ ~/f3~J? NOTARY PUBLIC BARBARA 'ENE'h~! N('tlr)' PU~:!iCI Stlte :: l"~w )o:~, -'6 t ' S Z ,( I n r s end x 3 U CIS I]} W 0 ~ ..~. o. "4 j j 7 ;"7 : ~~ My co mrn i 55 ion exp ire s : ,(~uno:> J ajS 84 JjS aM U o'! J! I G n () C Q~_~.II~:r ~ ,., \',.)~." '1. ",' COllntto ,") 6 8 ~ ~ I 0 r~ 0 m .. I , S ... .1 [ I : I :. ~ j. j ;; ,: ~J , 1~..!l4 )flOA MaN 8lS ':):/qr.c: /\lElON . M3N38 V~ri1~d'J8 07/25/'91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST 'CLAUSE 00425 - 1 "',........~..................~............-.,.~..........~~.~.................~........~.... ..--......'-~~-........-.. ~-.........-..,..---:#"......_~, --_._~~:~._~.~':"""""''7'"'''''''' ...~ -:- 01'- '~' ~. mc)re of the officers, directors, executives, partners, stlareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989, AHQ [Please indicate which additional statement applies.] There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the state of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the state of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken by or pending with the D tment of eneral Services.] ~ [ 'gnature] ate: STATE .:>F IVEtAJ Yo/?!\ COUNTY OF wesT' Chct; 'fER PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, Ctfl'f~l_CS tfr=tVcld/t;y who, after first being sworn by me, [name of individual signing] affixe~ his/her signature in the space provided above on this 19~ day of 1ft/6-osr- , 19 7/ My commission expires: A2~~ ~-e~ NOTARY PUBL.IC /- BARBARA BENEWAY Notar~; Public, State of New Ycr" No. 4937589 qUI.fif!.ed ;n Westcrester Coun!l._ .:~rnrrlls"wn Exp" "5 July 25, 19~ Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89) 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-3 - -'--. ----._-~-~---~. .......__............--....-.~.~..,- c. . . . . . . . BARNEn BANK OF THE KEYS 63-775/670 No. 054002 OfficE' TAVERNIER RE _ B & L PLUMBING & HEATING CO. Date: 8-16-91 PAY TO THE ORDER OF MONB~OE COUNTY $ **4001.00** ~.~ i.~f~ ~:.~ :,..l b};.~H: l.f 0 (11~:; ~. -1 '<...' (1 f) (, .~~. '=.' ~)r~ t ~~( Y ~. v ( $:,~- - u{~~ J ~~~\..-" .. CC~~[}4]~~~9~ (C[}4][~(C~ n ~_ NOTICE TO CUSTOMER "-- ~ o.e.- \... (_ .La. The purchase of an indemn~l' bond will be required belore any official check on this bank ~ Authorized Signature will be replaced or refunded. in the event it is lost, misplaced or stolen. 1110 5 ~ 0 0 2111 I: 0 b ? DO? ? 5 81: ~ 0 bOO 0 ~ 2 5 2 u' ~ h ENCLOSURE PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM AND RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICE SPACES (BOTH LEVELS) AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR -----~------~------------------------------------- ----~----------------~-~-------------------------- BID DOCUMENTS FOR BID PACKAGES (volume I) NO. 1 NO. 2 NO.3 NO. .. CIVIL/STRUCTURAL ARCHITECTURAL MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS ARCHITECT/ENGINEER POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH' JERNIGAN, INC. AUGUST 1, 1991 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Volume I) 1. Biddinq Documents (Volume I) Section 00030 Section 00100 Section 00110 Section 00111 Section 00112 Section 00120 Section 00121 Section 00122 Section 00130 Section 00131 Section 00132 Section 00140 Section 00141 Section 00142 Section 00163 Section 00350 Section 00410 Section 00420 Section 00425 Section 00430 Section 00440 Section 00450 Notice of Calling for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural: Proposal Form Scope of Work Schedule of Unit Prices Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural: Proposal Form Scope of Work Schedule of Unit Prices Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical: Proposal Form Scope of Work Schedule of Unit Prices Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical: Proposal Form Scope of Work Schedule of Unit Prices Pre-Bid Substitutions Milestone Schedule Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February 1970 edition Sworn statement on Public Entity Crimes Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Non-Collusion Affidavit Proposed Subcontractor Listing Contractor's Qualification statement 07/31/91 00001 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2. contract Documents (Volume I) Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and contractor - AlA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition section 00600 Performance Bond - AlA Document A311jCM, June 1980 edition section 00610 Public construction Bond 3. conditions (Volume I) section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition section 00805 supplementary General Conditions section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AlA Document G702/G703 section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims section 00908 contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA Document G707, April 1970 edition section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan Section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan 4. Drawings Section 00990 Schedule of Drawings 07/31/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 2 5. ~3eneral Requirements (Volume I) section 01020 Section 01027 Section 01028 section 01200 Section 01220 Section 01301 Section 01310 Section 01370 section 01385 Section 01395 Section 01410 Section 01510 Section 01520 Section 01595 Section 01600 Section 01630 Section 01650 Section 01670 Section 01700 Section 01710 Section 01720 Section 01730 Allowances Application for Payment Change Order Procedures Project Meetings Work Hours Submittals Progress Schedules Schedule of Values Daily Construction Reports Document Clarification Requests Testing Laboratory Services Temporary utilities Construction Aids Construction Cleaning Material and Equipment Post-Bid Substitutions Starting of Systems Systems Demonstrations Contract Closeout Final Cleaning Project Record Documents Operation and Maintenance Data 07/31/91 00001 - 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS 6. Technical specifications (Volume II, PBS'J, dated Kay 1991) DIVISION 2- SITEWORK Section 02220 structure Excavation and Backfill DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing section 03250 Concrete Accessories Section 03300 cast-in-place Concrete Section 03600 Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04000 unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05120 structural Steel section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal DIVISION , - WOODS AND PLASTIC Section 06100 Section 06200 section 06410 Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry and Millwork Cabinetwork DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION section 07210 Section 07250 Section 07920 Building Insulation Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Section 08210 Section 08410 Section 08520 Section 08710 Section 08800 Hollow Metal Work Wood Doors Aluminum Entrance and storefront Aluminum Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing 07/31/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00001 - 4 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES section 09110 section 09200 section 09250 section 09510 section 09650 section 09680 section 09901 Metal Stud Partitions Plaster and stucco Gypsum Wallboard Acoustical Tile Resilient Flooring Carpeting Painting (Architectural coatings) DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES section 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS section 12621 Office Furniture DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL section 15010 section 15100 section 15180 section 15482 section 15760 section 15890 section 15936 section 15990 General Mechanical Requirements Piping and Specialties Insulation Underground Fuel Storage Tank HVAC Equipment Ductwork Air Distribution Devices Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems DIVISION - 16 BLECTRICAL section 16010 section 16110 section 16115 section 16120 section 16130 section 16140 section 16150 section 16155 section 16160 section 16170 section 16180 section 16250 section 16450 section 16510 section 16620 section 16740 Basic Electrical Requirements Raceways Empty Conduit System Wires, Cables and Connectors Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes Switches and Receptacles Motors Auxiliaries Individually Mounted Motor Starters Panel Boards Disconnects Overcurrent Protective Devices Automatic Transfer Switches Grounding Interior Lighting Standby Power Generator System Telephone System 07/31/91 00001 - 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 00030 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS NOTICE: IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on Monday, August: 19, 1991 at 10:05 AM a Committee consisting of the Clerk of Courts~, the County Administrator, the County Attorney, and the County's Construction Manager, will meet and open sealed bids at the Mc~nroe County Clerk's Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Floridla, for the following Bid Packages for the Atrium Enclosure, OfficE! Renovation, Emergency Generator and Security Enclosure for the Plantation Key Courthouse, Plantation Key, Florida: EN4~LOSURE PLANTATION KEY ATRIUM AND RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICE SPACES (BOTH LEVELS), EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND SECURITY ENCLOSURE Bid Packaqe No.1. . . Civil/structural Bid Packaqe No.2. . . Architectural Bid Packaqe No.3. . . Mechanical Bid Packaqe No.4. . . Electrical All bids must be received at the Clerk of Courts Office, 500 Whitehead Street, Key West, Florida, on or before 10:00 AM on Monday, August 19, 1991. No Bids will be received after 10:00 AM. All t~ids, together with the recommendati~Q.n. of the County Administrator, will be presented to. the Board of County Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, in a future BOCC Meeting for final awarding or otherwise. All Bids are to be submitted in sealed envelopes marked on the outside, "Sealed Bid for Plantation Key Courthouse Atrium Renovation Project, Bid Package No._, " with the appropriate bid package number and title. Five (5) complete copies of the Bid shall be submitted with original signatures on each copy. Drawings and specifications can be examined and piCked-up at the office of the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits, 5090 Junior College Road, stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040, (305) 292-7845, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. Drawings and sp~=cifications may be obtained upon the refundable deposit sum of fifty dollars ($50.00). Checks are to be made payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners. 07/31/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS 00030 - 1 A mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held at Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' office on stock Island at 10:00 AM on August 12, 1991. Any questions concerning the Bid Documents shall be directed to the Construction Manager, Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Monroe County will automatically reject the proposal of any person or affilliate who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by the Department of General Services, State of Florida under Sec. 287.133(d), Fla. stat. (1989). Bid Security payable to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bid must accompany each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder awarded a contract in accordance with this notice shall post a performance bond and public construction bond guaranteeing completion and quality of the work under the drawings and specifications. The successful Bidder shall be properly licensed. Each Bid shall constitute an offer to the County as outlined herein and shall be irrevocable after the time announced for the opening thereof. No bidder may withdraw his bid within sixty (60) calendar days after Bid opening. - .......,1. Monroe County," Florida, reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive irregularities and informalities in any or all proposals, and to re-advertise for proposals. The Board also reserves the right to separately accept or reject any item or items of a proposal which it deems to be in the best interest of the County. DATED at Key West, Florida, this ____ day of , 1991. DANNY L. KOLHAGE Clerk of the circuit Court of Monroe County, Florida, and ex officio Clerk of the Board of County commissioners of Monroe County, Florida. ( SEAL) 07/31/91 NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS 00030 - 2 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS To bE! considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1 ITerms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the General Condi tions shall have the same meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the General Conditions. 1.2 :Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form and Unit Price Documents, Bid Package Scope of Work and Schedule, Contractor :Evaluation Form, other sample bidding and contract forms and -the proposed Contract Documents including any addenda issued Jprior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents proposed for -the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General JRequirements, Project Safety and Health Program, Quality t:ontrol Program, Technical Specifications, Drawings, and other :;ample contract forms. 1. 3 ~~ddenda are wr i tten or graphic instruments issued by the Architect/Engineer through the Construction Manager prior to 1the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or (:orrections. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the l~ork for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.5 ~rhe Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. 1.6 l~n Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid 1:0 be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 1.7 An Owner Option Bid (or Option) is an amount stated in the 07/25/'91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 1 Bid, which can be exercised by the Owner through the Construction Manager, for the corresponding change in the work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner Option can be exercised at any time during the contract duration. The Owner is tax exempt and reserves his right to purchase directly various construction materials and equipment that may be a part of the contract. If the Owner option is exercised, the Construction Manager will act as a purchasing agent for the Owner. The Owner will, via his Purchase Orders, purchase the materials and equipment, and each Trade Contractor contracting with the Construction Manager shall assist the Construction Manager in the preparation of these Purchase Orders. The materials and equipment shall be purchased from the vendors/suppliers selected by the Trade Contractor. The Contract amount shall be reduced by the amount of the Purchase Orders, plus all the applicable sales taxes. Issuance of the Purchase Orders by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilites regarding material or equipment purchases or installation, with the exception of the payments for these materials. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordination, submittals, protection, scheduling, expediting, receiving, and all applicable warranties. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all materials over and above the purchase order quantities. For example, if the Bidder's calculated quantity on the proposal form is 50 cy of concrete, and if the Owner so chooses, shall process a purchase order for 50 cy at the Bidder's stated unit price. During the course of construction, the 50 cy of concrete has been incorporated into the work, and more is needed for that Contractor's work, then the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for all additional concrete. 1.8 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed Contract Documents. Unit prices shall apply to add and deduct change orders and shall include all overhead and profit. 1.9 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. 1.10 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the Work. 1.11 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the bidders proposal. From this Allowance, payments will be made by the contractor to the vendor for the specified service or product. The contractor will be reimbursed for the vendor payments via presentation of invoices in his monthly payment application, 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 2 along with a stipulated mark-up percentage. ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2 . 1 lBidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Notice of Calling for JBids, for the deposit sum of $50.00 per set. Deposits should loe made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit 4:i bonafide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within (20) calendar days after receipt of bids, ~Nill be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are written on, drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the JBidding Documents unusable, then the deposit will be :forfeited. 2 . 2 JBidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in ];>reparing Bids . Neither the Owner nor the Construction ]~anager, nor the Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 3 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 Before Submitting a Bid: 3.1.1 Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding Documents. :3.1.2 Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 3.2 ~rhe lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of- \vays for access thereto and other lands designated for use by 1:he Contractors in performing the Work are identified in the General Requirements or Drawings. 3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his ()bservations wi th the Contract Documents. 3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that he has complied with every requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey 07/25/'91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 3 understanding of'all terms and conditions for performance of the Work. ARTICLE 4 INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4 . 1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Construction Manager of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. 4.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall submit their questions in writing to the Construction Manager no later than ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda will also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 5 "DELETED" ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS/CERTIFICATIONS 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders must submit as a part of their bid proposal, a properly filled out, and executed Contractor's Qualification Statement. 6.2 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes." 6.3 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, an executed "Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause." 6.4 Each bidder must submit, as a part of his bid proposal, 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 4 an executed "Non-Collusion Affidavit... ARTICLE 7 7.1.1 7.1 :~ORM AND STYLE OF BIDS BIDDING PROCEDURE 7.1.2 7.1.3 7.1.4 7.1.5 7.1.6 7.1.7 7.1.8 7 . 2 A~DDENDA 7.2.1 7.2.2 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included in the Bidding Documents. .1 Bidders shall photocopy documents included in the 'Bid Package' required for submission of Bids. Pages shall not be removed from the I Bid Package' documents for purposes of submitting bids. The return of Bidding Documents from which pages have been removed, shall result in forfeiture of the Bidding Document deposit. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with ink or by typewriter. Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall govern. Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change". All requested Allowances shall be bid. All requested Owner Options shall be bid. Any Bidder may suomi t Bids on more than one Bid Package; however each Bid Package will be reviewed separately and award of contract for each Bid Package will be made to the most qualified responsible and responsive, lowest priced bidder. Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior 07/25/91 0.0100 - 5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7.2.3 to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 7.3 BID SECURITY 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made payable to Monroe County, in the amount of five percent of the Bidder' s maximum Bid price. The Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, cashiers check or a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 7.5 of the General Conditions. If a Bid Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond a certified and current copy of his power of attorney. The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder that he will enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the required Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, as described in paragraph 7.4 of this Instructions to Bidders and in the General and supplementary Conditions. The Bid security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has entered into a contract with the Owner and furnished the required Performance Bond and Labor and Material payment Bond, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the contract and furnish the required Bonds, the Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid security of that Bidder shall be forfeited to the Ownsr not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until either (a) the contract has been executed and the required Bonds have been furnished, or (b) the sixty-first day after the Bid opening, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. The bid security of the other Bidders will be returned within (14) days of the Bid opening. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 6 7.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.4.1 7.4.2 The Owner shall have the right to require the successful Bidder to furnish a Standard Performance Bond and Standard Labor and Material Payment Bond, or Public Construction Bond, as guarantee for the faithful performance of the contract (including guarantee and maintenance provisions) and the payment of all persons who have, and fulfill, contracts which are directly with the successful Bidder. In the event that bonds are required, the successful Bidder shall deliver them to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract, or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to Commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such Bonds will be furnished. 7.5 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 The overall schedule for construction is shown in the Bidding Documents "Milestone Schedule." The Contractor will be required to man the project, in the event of award, in order to meet the schedule. The Bidders shall determine all permits, inspections and surveys, (and fees required by same), required by Federal, state, County or Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project and shall include in his bid proposal the cost of all such permits, inspections and surveys. The Contractor shall be required to take out and pay for all such permits, inspections and surveys required for the execution of this Contract. 7 . 6 ;SUBCONTRACTOR 7.6.1 7.6.2 Each Bidder shall submit along with his Bid the names of all subcontractor(s) and/or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. If either the Owner or the Construction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, or entity, the Construction Manager will so notify the Bidder 07/25)191 00100 - 7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS before giving Notice of Award and will request the bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid Price. If the Bidder declined to make any such substitution, the contract shall not be awarded to him, but his declining to make any substitution will not result in the forfeiture of his Bid security. 7.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 7.7.1 Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the designated location not later than the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. 7.7.2 One (1) original of all bidding documents, and four (4) copies of the bidding documents are to be submitted. Place the bid security in its own separate envelope, marking on the outside 'Bid security', and place all other bidding documents in another envelope, marking on the outside 'Proposal Documents'. Both envelopes are to be inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand-delivered, the envelope shall be filled out as follows: 1. In the upper left hand corner, place the Bidder's name and address. 2. In the center of the envelope, put the following: Monroe County Clerk of Courts 500 Whitehead Street Key West, FL 33040 3. In the lower left hand corner, put the following: Bid for: Bid Package No. Bid Package Description: Project: plantation Kev Atrium Enclosure To be opened: (Date) (Time) In item 3. above, fill in the Bid Package Number and Bid Package Description. In addition, fill in the date and time for opening of the bids, in order that you may remind yourself of the deadline. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 8 7.7.3 7.7.4 If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in the conventional manner. The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 7.8.1 7 . 8 ~[ODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 7.8.2 7.8.3 7.8.4 7.8.5 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or cancelled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, except as provided in Paragraph 7.9 Right to Claim Error in Bid, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. No conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be accepted. Bidders are to comply with the instructions on the bid forms, and not nlake any changes thereto. 7.9.1 7 . 9 R.IGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and 07/25/91 00100 - 9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS materials used in preparation of the bid shall be enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly as to contents, must be received by Monroe County Clerk of Courts, not later than 24 hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. A photocopy of all materials is to be received by Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits, not later than (24) hours after the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bidders who fail to submit their original work papers, documents, and materials used in the preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in the Bid. ARTICLE 8 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 8.1 OPENING OF BIDS 8.1.1 The properly identified Bids received on time will be opened at Monroe County Clerk of Courts' office. 8.1.2 Any Bid not submitted on or before the deadline for receipt of bids designated in the Notice of calling for Bids, will be returned unopened. 8.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN 8.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for sixty days after the date designated for receipt of Bids. 8.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the Bid Security before the sixty days has elapsed. 8.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT 8.3.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or any part of a Bid, to waive the right to disregard all nonconforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. 8.3.2 In evaluating Bids, the Owner shall consider the qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and alternates and unit prices if requested in the Bid Forms. 8.3.3 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 10 8.3.4 B.3.5 8.3.6 a~ . 3 . 7 8.3.8 in any order or combination and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the Alternates accepted. The Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors and/or other entities (including those who are to furnish materials, or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work as identified in the Bid. Operating costs, maintenance considerations, performance data and guarantees of materials and equipment may also be considered. The Owner may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish to responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors, and other persons or organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time. The Owner has the right to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of work in its entirety. Bidder shall be required to attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not pass any such evaluation to their satisfaction. If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder whose evaluation by the Owner shows him to be responsible and has indicated to the Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project. If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction Manager will issue the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder within sixty days after the date of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right to return all Bids, not make any awards, and cancel the Project. 8.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 8.4.1 The Notice of Award to the successful Bidder will be accompanied by four copies of the Trade Contract Agreement and all other Contract Documents. The Contractor shall sign and deliver all four copies of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Construction Manager, with all other Contract Documents attached 07/25/91 00100 - 11 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS within five days after receipt of Notice of Award. The Construction Manager will return one fully executed copy of the Trade Contract Agreement to the Contractor with all other contract Documents attached within three weeks thereafter. llRTICLE 9 SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 9.1 Each Bidder, before submitting his Bid, shall familiarize himself with all Federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may apply to the Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the Work. 07/25/91 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00100 - 12 SECTION 00110 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 1 Civil/structural 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE 1.2 1.2.1 The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, supervl.sl.on, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 02220 03100 03200 03250 03300 03600 04000 05120 05500 07920 09901 Structure Excavation and Backfill Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcing Concrete Accessories Cast-in-Place Concrete Grout Unit Masonry Structural Steel Miscellaneous Metals' Caulking and Sealants Painting SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install structural 07/31/91 00110 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 steel beams; channels, supports and stiffeners, concrete slabs on grade including expansion and control joints, elevated concrete slabs, reinforcing steel, ladders, pipe railing, spread footings, CMU infills and CMU foundation walls and piers. Remove debris, dispose of off-site and backfill clean material into existing atrium planter area. Backfill clean material below the new emergency generator slab. Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall and dispose of off-site. Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall handrail and the handrail @ the proposed first floor CMU wall infill along the north wall and dispose of off-site. Remove and dispose of louvers from the existing generator room. Provide shop coating of paint and any required touch- ups for structural steel and miscellaneous metals. Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.1, Civil/structural. Insure all required field quality control testing, on the work of this Bid Package No.1, Civil/Structural is adequately and sufficiently being performed. All exposed newly poured concrete is to be properly prepared to accept painting. All voids are to be filled. Install footings and CMU piers for new security corridor and coordinate layout and placement of anchors by others. Pour in place 4" concrete slab with thickened edges at new security corridor stairs including 5" pad for stair support. Remove (1) guy-wire concrete anchor, or chip down and cut rebar, in order to avoid footings for emergency generator. 1.2.14 The phasing plan as denoted on the drawings, is to be disregarded. 07/31/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00110 - 2 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 BY OTHERS Mechanical and electrical appurtenances within the atrium area, concrete embeds including condui ts to support other trades. Excavation, reinforcement, concrete, pea gravel, and backfill for the emergency generator fuel oil tank. 07/31/191 00110 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 00111 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Packaqe No. 1 Civil/structural BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREBT KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package NO.1, Civil/Structural and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said lWork and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with sai.d Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the a(~tual location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources of supply and that he understands the condi'tions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidde:r shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arisi:ng from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 6/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111-1 1. 2 . Mobilization General Conditions 3 . Permits $ $ $ $ 4 . Bonds $ 5. Demolition and Removal of all materials within scope $ $ $ $ 6. Second floor erection including all associated costs including structural steel $ 7 . First floor erection ---------- ---------- TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 6/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 8. Emergency generator foundation 9. Security corridor foundation TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures) 00111-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form f and attached the required Bid Security_, Unit Price Schedule_f Contractor Evaluation Form____, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause , Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non- Collusion Affidavit_, and proposed Subcontractor listing_, (Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: PhonE~ Number: Date: Signed: (Name) (Title) Witness: (Seal) 6/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00111-3 SECTION 00112 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Packaqe No. 1 Civil/Structural The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. !)escriotion Unit Unit Price 1. Carpenter, fully burdened, $/Hr. incl. profit and overhead. $ 2 . Laborer, fully burdened, incl. $/Hr. ~)rofit and overhead. $ 3 . Concrete, 4000 psi, material cost $/cy only, delivered, not including tax $ 4 . C:MU, 8 "x8 "x16" standards, material $/ea. only, not including tax, delivered $ 07/31/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00112 - 1 SECTION 00120 SCOPB OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 2 Architectural 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 04000 06100 06200 06410 07210 07250 07920 08110 08210 08410 08520 08710 08800 09110 09200 09250 09510 09650 09680 09901 10520 12621 Unit Masonry Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry and Millwork Cabinetwork Building Insulation Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Hollow Metal Work Wood Doors Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Aluminum Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing Metal Stud Partitions Plaster and stucco Gypsum Wallboard Acoustical Tile Resilient Flooring Carpeting Painting Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, Accessories Office Furniture Hose and 08/01/191 00120 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install all cabinet, casework and shelving, batt insulation, sprayed on fireproofing, caulking and sealants as required for each system listed in this bid package, hollow metal doors and frames, aluminum doors and frames, solid core and flush wood doors, door hardware, all glass and glazing, partition wall framing and gypsum board, all plaster and stucco, acoustical tile ceiling systems, resilient flooring including base, carpeting including base, all painting and fire extinguisher cabinets and extinguishers. Provide and install open shelf files. Provide and install aluminum thresholds. Provide and install all materials and labor to satisfy the requirement of rough carpentry. Demolition and disposal of all partition walls, doors, door frames, casework, shelving, existing flooring and base, and existing acoustical tile. Provide and install electric strike for door 202. Remove and dispose of existing acoustic ceiling system as indicated. Provide and install temporary sound retention walls including doors and subsequent removal and disposal. Demolition and disposal of the clerestory aluminum windows as indicated. Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural. 08/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00120 - 2 1 . 2 . l:L 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1 . 2 . 1!) 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.2.18 1.2.19 Insure th~t all field quality control testing on the work of this Bid Package No.2, Architectural, is adequately and sufficiently being performed. Perform all field layout necessary for installation of work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural. Paint underside of 2nd floor slab, and adjacent surfaces in the building lobby. Provide and install all necessary labor and materials to erect new security corridor to courtroom B, excluding placement of footings and piers, all electrical work and mechanical work. This shall include any necessary tree pruning to be coordinated through the County Biologist's office. And also including, but not limited to any rework necessary at the tie-in point to the existing building, including CMU rework and relocation of door and new door installation, all framing, insulation, interior and exterior finishes, roofing, gutters, rain leaders, splash blocks, doors, windows, stairs, tie-down straps, embedded anchors, and Ale duct enclosures. Provide and install carpet to carpet expansion joints per detail 26 on drawing A/6. The Dhasing plan as denoted on the drawings, is to be disregarded. Owner's Option No. 2-01: An access stairs wi th an attached 8' x 6 ' prisoner deshackling room at the southeast door of Courtroom "B". Interior and exterior finishes to match the new Security Corridor as depicted on drawing A/9. Foundation and lighting to be similar also. An exterior door similar to door 303 including hardware except not hooked up to intrusion alarm system. No HVAC. Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of .work. Owner's Option No. 2-02: Approximately 38' of security fence to match existing fence that separates the Public Work's yard from the remainder of the County-owned property. To extend in a north/south direction from the southeast corner of Courtroom "B" to the aforementioned fence . Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of work. Owner's Option No. 2-03: Same as Item 2a except to include 2 (two) 10' swing gates 08/01/'91 00120 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2.20 1.2.21 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 including al~ required accessories. located. Gates to be field Owner's option No. 2-04: A blockout of the security corridor interior finish around the existing northwest door of Courtroom "B" so that future access can be easily obtained. Include all necessary trim work. Owner's option No. 2-05: Doors for Courtroom "A" main entrance for the intent of creating a sound vestibule. New door to match existing doors. Existing rough opening is approximately 6 ' · Existing solid core wood doors are approximately 2'-9" x 8'. Door hardware to match existing also. Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of work. BY OTHERS Shop coat primer paint of structural steel and miscellaneous metals. All painting associated with the emergency generator or fuel oil tank systems including the weatherproof enclosure except for the requirements for the existing generator room once repairs are made. All touch-up painting associated with structural steel, mechanical or electrical equipment. 08/01/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00120 - 4 SECTION 00121 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Packaqe No. 2 Architectural BID TO : MONROB COUNTY - CLERK OP COURTS 500 WBZTBBBAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contrclct Documents for the construction of: Bid Package NO.2, Architectural and h_:lving carefully examined the site where the Work is to be perfo]~ed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws, ordinclnces, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation servic::es, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said ~lork and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the ac::tual location of where the Work is to be performed, together wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the condi1:ions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful biddeJr shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arisi]lg from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by refer~~nce to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 08/01,/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00121-1 5. Demolition and removal of all materials within scope $ $ $ $ $ 1. Mobilization 2 . General Conditions 3 . Permits 4 . Bonds 6. Erection of all partition wall excluding security corridor $ 7 . Installation of doors and windows and all associated hardware excluding security corridor $ 8 . Erection of security corridor, Complete $ 9. All costs associated with room finishes excluding $ security corridor 10. Owner option No. 2-01: Deshackling room and $ stairs to southeast door of Courtroom "B". 11. Owner option No. 2-02: Security fence behind $ Courtroom "B". 12. Owner option No. 2-03: Security fence with swing $ gates behind Courtroom "B". 13. Owner option No. 2-04: Security Corridor interiorS blockout around Courtroom liB" northwest door. 14. Owner option No. 2-05: Sound deadening vestibule $ doors at main entrance to Courtroom "A". TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures) $ ---------- ---------- TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 08/01/91 PROPOSAL FOR1v1 00121-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I ha~ve included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form ,and atta(::hed the required Bid Security ,Unit Price Schedule , ContJractor Evaluation Form ,Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clau!;e ,Sworn Statement of Public Enti ty Crimes ,Non- Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____. (Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: PhonE~ Number: Date: Signed: (Name) (Title) Witness: (Seal) 08/01,/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00121-3 SECTION 00122 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Packaqe No. 2 Architectural The flollowing unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additi.ons or deductions from the requirements of this contract. [)escription Unit Unit Price 1. Carpenter, fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. $/Hr. $ 2 . IJaborer, fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. $/Hr. $ 3 . C:MU, 8"x8"x16" Standards, material $/ea. cost only, not including tax, dlelivered. $ 06/14/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00122-1 ..... . ':""'L~"'.._.1'.. ~.... ._._.....~...~-r~~\~...........r..~.....~#.~.....~~_.....~~.~.....'_...---...........-...~._.............,.'c...._--'........--_.....'--.._~ _._1~~-._.....-._.............._,_ ----........-~- -- -_....--......---...-.._..._~., .._~._-,~-- .--.-.....-...... - - --", ... SBCTION 00130 SCOPB OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 3 Mechanical 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, superv1S1.0n, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 02220 03200 03300 15010 15100 15180 15482 15760 15890 15936 15990 07250 07920 09901 Structure Excavation and Backfill Concrete Reinforcing cast-in-Place Concrete General Mechanical Requirements Piping and Specialties Insulation Underground Fuel storage Tank HVAC Equipment Ductwork Air Distribution Devices Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Painting 1.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described 1.2.1 07/31/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00130 - 1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 '1 . 2 . 9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install the upgrade of the entire air conditioning systems including piping, equipment, control wiring, ductwork, distribution devices and testing and balancing the system, and concrete support pads. Perform all excavation, trenching and backfill associated with the work in this Bid Package No.3, Mechanical. Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical. Perform all field layout necessary for installation of work in this Bid Package NO.3, site Mechanical. Provide and install emergency generator fuel oil tank including all associated piping required to supply fuel to the generator day tank including the fuel oil pump, the vents, monitoring well, manhole, tank level gauge, tank filler, leak detection system, tie-downs and supports including the concrete ballast, pea gravel backfill and concrete topping slab. Remove existing hose bib and cap in the Atrium planter area. Remove existing clean out and replace as shown on plans. Tie new ductwork into existing HVAC system and utilize existing air distribution devices as indicated. Install dry-well for Ale condensate line. Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all piping or ductwork thru-wall penetrations as required. Remove and dispose of existing generator fuel tank and all associated piping, etc. indicated for such. Paint all pertinent items per specs and plans, including touch-up of all materials required under this scope. Contractor shall be responsible for paint touch-up on the work of any other contractor, should it be damaged by this contractor. Insure all required quality control testing on the work of this Bid Package No.3, is adequately and sufficiently performed. 07/31,/91 00130 - 2 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 Supply and install ne~'l louver, exhaust fan and wall mounted Ale uni,t (AC-l), and relocate existing AHU and all noted changes to existing ductwork and air distribution devices per sheet MIS. The phasina Dlan as denoted on the drawings, is to be disregarded. BY OTHERS Power supply wiring to Ale units. Wiring to fuel pump. 07/31/91 00130 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 00131 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Package No. 3 Mechanical BID TO : KONROE COUNTY - CLERK OP COURTS 500 WBXTEBBAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORXDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, state, and Local laws, ordin1ances, rules and regulations affect ing performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation servi~ces, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in confo:rmance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documlents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the ac:tual location of where the Work is to be performed, together wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the condi~tions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidde:r shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arisir1g from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 06/14,/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00131-1 1. Mobilization $ $ $ $ $ 2. General Conditions $ 3 . l?ermi ts $ 4 .. l~onds ----------- ---------- TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 06/14/191 PROPOSAL FORM 5. Installation of underground fuel storage tank & all associated piping, etc. 6. IIVAC Systems TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 6 (figures) 00131-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form____, and attac:hed the required aid Security_, Unit Price Schedule_, Contr.actor Evaluation Form_, Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Claus1e ,Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes ,Non- Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____e CChec:t mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Maili:ng Address: Phone Number: Date: Signed: (Name) (Title) witness: (Seal) 06/14J/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00131-3 SECTION 00132 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid package Ho. 3 Mechanical The fc:>llowing unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additi.ons or deductions from the requirements of this contract. [)escriDtion Unit Unit Price 1. F1lumber/Pipefitter, fully $/Hr. burdened, incl. profit and overhead. $ 2 . Sheetmetal worker, fully $/Hr. burdened, including profit and overhead. $ 3 . Helper, fully burdened, including $/Hr. profit and overhead. $ 6/18/91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00132-1 SJi:CTION 00140 SCOPB OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 4 Electrical 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete jOb as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, superv1s1on, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the fOllowing sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 16010 16110 16115 16120 16130 16140 16150 16155 16160 16170 16180 16250 16450 16510 16620 16740 07250 07920 09901 Basic Electrical Requirements Raceways Empty Conduit System Wires, Cables and Connectors Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes Switches and Receptacles Motors, Auxiliaries Individually Mounted Motor Starter Panel Boards Disconnects Overcurrent Protective Devices Automatic Transfer Switches Grounding Interior Lighting standby Power Generator System Telephone System Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Painting 07/31/91 00140 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1 . 2 . !:. 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install all electrical work required. Power services for the HVAC system including safety disconnect switches and final connection. This includes any rerouting or hook-up necessary due to the relocation of the AHU as shown on drawing E/8 and also includes services to AC-l in the secured corridor. Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all electrical thru-wall penetrations as required. Remove and dispose of existing generator and all associated parts including wiring, etc. which are indicated for such. Provide and install all power wiring and lighting including panel boards, receptacles and switches to complete the system. This includes all the associated work as depicted on drawing E/S. Provide and install power and excluding the electric strikes mechanism for door 202. the complete system for the door release Provide and install exhaust fan on roof of existing generator room. Provide and install empty conduits with pull wire as indicated and outlets for the telephone and digi tal controller system. Provide and install new emergency generator and all required power supplies as indicated including new distribution panels, raceways, etc. (Generator housing is also included.) Provide for FKEC Allowance per General Requirements section 01020 Allowances. The Owner 07/31/91 SCOPE OF WORK 00140 - 2 1.2.10 1.2.1.1 1.2.1.2 1.2.1.3 1.2.1.4 1.2.1.5 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 has the option of direct purchasing this equipment. Paint all electrically supplied and installed materials as required as per spec section 09901, including touch- up as needed. Provide and install complete intrusion alarm system for doors 108, 302, and 303 including keypad annunciator, control panel, magnetic contacts, conduit and all associated wiring. Provide power to new exhaust fan located in the elevator machine room. Provide and install emergency lighting with battery pack system as shown on drawings Ell, E/2 and E/S. Provide and install emergency exit light. Provide and install fire alarm system including all horns and pull stations and wiring to existing panel. Provide, hook-up and maintain a temporary portable generator to replace the existing emergency generator during the construction phase. This will be required from the time the existing generator room will be needed to occupy the new electrical panels, etc., until the new emergency is installed, to limit the down time that the system will not be protected with an emergency generator. The chasina olan as denoted on the drawings, is to be disregarded. BY OTHERS All control wiring for the Ale units. All demolition and disposal not deemed as an existing electrical item. 07/31/91 00140 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 00141 PROPOSAL FORM Bid Packaqe No. 4 Blectrical BID TO : MONROB COUNTY - CLERK OP COORTS 500 WHITBHBAD STREBT KEY WEST I FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawi.ngs, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other ContI"act Documents for the construction of: Bid Packaqe NO.4, Electrical and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions . including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the condi 1:ions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by referE~nce to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 6/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00141-1 1. ]~obilization $ $ $ $ $ $ 2 . General Conditions $ 3 . :Permi ts $ 4 . :Bonds $ 5. :FKEC Allowance $ 6. Installation of Emergency Generator and associated wiring, etc. ----------- ------~--- TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 6/14/91 7. lDemolition and removal of all material within :scope . 8. Installation of all power and lighting systems lexcept for HVAC systems. PROPOSAL FORM 9. Installation of wiring for HVAC systems. TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 9 (figures) 00141-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I hav'e included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form , and attached the required Bid Security , uni t Price Schedule , Contractor Evaluation Form , Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause ,Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes , Non- Collusion Affidavit____, and proposed Subcontractor listin9____e (Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: , Signed: (Name) (Title) witness: (Seal) 6/14/91 PROPOSAL FORM 00141-3 SECTION 00142 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES Bid Packaqe No. 4 Electrical The following unit prices shall govern, where applicable, for additions or deductions from the requirements of this contract. !)escriDtion Unit Unit Price 1. Electrician, fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. $/Hr. $ 2 . Helper, fully burdened, incl. profit and overhead. $/Hr. $ 06/14/'91 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES 00142-1 SECTION 00163 SUBSTI:TUTI:ONS PART 1. - GENERAL 1.1 Document includes ].~. Pre-Bid Substitutions 1. 2 I~IDDER 'S OPTIONS J~. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. I~. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of products and manufacturers named which complies with the technical Specifications. (~. For Products specified by naming several products or manufacturers and stating "or equivalent", "or equal", or "or Architect approved equivalent", or similar wording, submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer which is not specifically named for review and approval by the Architect. I) . For products specified by product/manufacturer, there is substitution will be allowed. naming only one no option and no 1 . 3 ~)UBSTITUTIONS 1~. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding prior by submitting completed substitution request form and substantiating product data/literature a minimum of ten calendar days prior to the Bid Date to : MK/Gerrits. 2. The Architect will consider requests utilizing this section from the Bidder for substi tution of products in place of those specified. 3. Those submitted 10 calendar days prior to Bid Date will be included in the addendum if acceptable. 4. Substitution requests nay be submitted utilizing a facsimile machine (FAX) if substitution request forms and substantiating data are submitted. B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support 06/18/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 1 each request' with: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2 . Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 7 . Designation of availability of maintenance services, sources of replacement materials. C. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 2. In judgement of Construction Manager or Architect, do not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. D. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. 1.4 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Bidder represents that: 1. He has investigated proposed product and has determined that it is equivalent to, or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. He will provide same warranties or bonds for substitution as for product specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives claims for additional costs caused b~{ substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes related costs under his Contract, but not: 06/18/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 2 a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 6. Cost data need not be submitted, if request is for inclusion in addendum. 1.5 ~~CHITECTtS DUTIES ~~. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. 'B. Issue an addendum through the Construction Manager to identify accepted substitutions. c. Substitution requests that are not approved will be returned to the party submitting the request. 1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM A. The form is attached to this Section. B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-up data. 06/18/91 SUBSTITUTIONS 00163 - 3 TO: project Architect c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.o. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product inste 0: the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. DRAWING NAME SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or specification: which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to preVt equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mar. manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality ar of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equa design and compatibility with adjacent materials. Submitted By: signature Title Firm Address Telephone Date signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm t the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will resul in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: ____Recommended ____Recommended as noted For use by the Owner: _Approved ____Not Recommended ____Received too late ____Not Approved ____Insufficient data received ____Approved as noted By By Date Date 0{: /; C j()1 stTB~TITUTIONS nr.-:r:.-, _ .. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. 'will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requeste( :substi tution? ''les No If no, fully explain: C. lNhat effect does substi tution have on other Contracts or otheJ ~t.rades? D. lNhat effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. l~anufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F . l~eason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) substitution; list significant variations: with the. proposec H. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 00163 r h ,I J 2 .' r, ., SUBS TITtiT I ("~ C' nn161 - ::: ~ 8B~IO. 00350 KILBS'l'ORB SCHEDULB 'This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. ICoordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and 'completion dates as outlined. Irhe Contractors are to note the following special items. la. Bid Due Date . . . 08/19/91 Jb. Award Date (Anticipated) l::= . Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . 08/28/91 . .08/29/91 d. Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural: The Work shall be substantially complete 53 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. ~a . Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural: The Work shall be substantially complete 111 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. jC . Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical: The Work shall be substantially complete 97 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 9. Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical: The Work shall be substantially complete 97 calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 0.7/31/'91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE 00350 - 1 >-I --IV) 0:- <(z Lw- w.... >- I"- ~a: a:< <( I"- u...H.n ~a:: W=:l CJ:O l:)cr:: -::::l ~O z a >-- >~ -:::r:: =- I"- <t _0= - 1:1 - o (j'") c Cl.) E Cl.) L. ::::'l 0- ~aIC rt:l L Cl.) C Cl.) c...:> ~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~g ~I ~ ~I ~ ~~~~~~~t2o; ('\J (\J ('\J ('\J ~ ('\J 1<1 _ ~!_I_ ~ ~I ~ ~g ~ ~ ~ ~ =s~~:~~~~~ ~ ..... I ~ ?G gj ?B g] g] C 0J ('\.J ...... ..- I' ('\J ! i...... -10 0 I ru ~ ru ~ ~I ~ ~ 0 0 l.:"' 0'1 C Cl.) tf) ...... V') QJ C OJ 0 C l"O:::E: 0 ...... ...... ~ C ClJ+J EOC.~ .0 e a. =. ~! 0 E v), ::: ~ 0 ......I.t '- w u (/) O+J cO C u '- a '- OJ gl: ~ ~ ~I UtCL CL '- QJ > ~ <{ o ...... - -, OJ U OJ a: Jc,i.,io , ,~ .""T") ~ I DI..nio ..;;:~: ~, dO ~DO ::::J +.J U =' '- ...... U) ............. u o Z ClJ C" C'C ~ U C'C CL ~ II) 01 01 U U W W o 0 CD OJ o 00000 o 01 CTl 01 01 en 01 Ci CLCLCLCLQ.CLQ. L.LJWWWWWW c.n (/) c.n (/) Cf) (/') (/) LOfTlO('T'J(T)OO 0J ("\J ('\J (Y) ("""J ~~~ U U U ~ ~I~ jJ;!CTl en ;~II~ ~ (Y) rrJ LD~;2111UJU) LDa~t.nt.nL{') i -I (Q , ..., I ...... ...... ro U +-J ~I <t (j'") I L.: ..G i C'C U I u.... rt:l ~o QJ QJ a ClJ ClJ U L ~ e ~ 0 en ~ en t..o 0 ~ U1 E ..a =' (j) l"O C'C '- (1.J =' ...... ...... QJ I U c... =' U :I~ ~ ~ I:: 0J c: ::"-, ! >- '- QJ > I~ o ~ C o E :::J ro '- ::::J ...... U '- =' rt:l 0 '- OJ E ...... OJ c.n U 0 g:g:g: UJ W W U1 Cf) c.n ,...... ,...... ~ ('\J 22 w o ~, -j ~Ia; ~ gll~ (\,J l:l silll ! :~I~I~ ;~I f) I I I I i g' II' ~I I U- (/)0 D ~I ~ ~ I' j il ~!~,~ ~Ii ;1 ~I 0 i c.n 0 ro ..... Q.JI ,............. 1:) L Q.:. L Q.l I ~ I Q) I (l) CJ;j g ~I ~I ~: ~I lJ... ~,~ ~ 8i~!~ ~ ~ ~ CL~I; ~l ~. CL~ C"\J w ............. '-.10,............. L ~ ~ ~I ~ ~ Ul~~~~~ ~iS ~ -llIl,UJ 0=s _0 ~ 00 co '- =' U QJ .c. u '- < ('\.J o Z Q) 0'1 C'C ~ U C'C CL 1:) CD 0000000 i -' m en en ~ ~ CTlI~ ~ ~ ~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U ~ ~ ~ ~ ~I~ b (/') ~ ~ 0 0 0 Z 0 Z OIZ Z o (T") rrl CD ~ co -' co (\J ('\J ('\.J (\.j (\J en g: U U o 0 1D ~~~~~ =>:::::l=>=>U <(<(<(<(0 OOOOCD rrJ ('T'J rrJ rrJ LD 1Il 0" L!l ~ -' o Lf) 0 a 8 ...n '"-I ~ L!l 0 Lf") LD OJ ~g:~ uuuwu ~~~~~ (\J 0J (\J ('\J 000 tD L.[") o III Co (T") lCliLD , rrJl~ 01 OJ en ..- :> :> u a 0 o z Z 01 l!1 ('\J ru ~ ~I I C'C m +-.I ....,J ..., ~ .- E~~~,- :=J :J l'O 4J 0 u.... (f) (/) +-.I +-.I ~ OJ g i j I ,~j:,' ~.u ~ I ~ ~ ': ~ g g ~ 0 &3 v/ ~ ~ I cf6, U tf) u.... +-J~ .Y. >- =_ ~ I ~ I ~l ~ I ~ ~ ~j ~I~II ~ ~i 01: ~ ~ ~!u!u,~ __ =iUl I - ~I 0 ~ U! '.-~ \\J ;i;1 ~ ~ E '- ro n:J ::::J '- '- +-J u.. u..... u 'OJ L '- ~ 0 o 0 o J:: Cl o u '- c.?) ~ <{ C'l tf) C :x J::. x co l"O 0 (/) 0 e :z ~"O -0 1'0 c: c: c: c... '- L u... 0 0 o 0 LL. ~ l.J....[~ I '- '- c... 000 o '0 0 DID c10101'0 0 0 ~I~i~ ~'~I~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - i .::-, ~ i ~ ~: '~""I""" L C""I OJ ;:: fE u.. l..L.. OD ~ ~ CLo ~ c: o ::J \II C o u ('\J 0101 -..l (.!) :::J :::::J J~ 0" .... C"\J '0 ~~ 1lJ(t) OCl ~ C1J C1J .c (J") IlJ 4-J .....0 It) .-. Cl a.. U1 ........., C (lJ OJ C.- E ::: QJ (jj > 0 o Q.) '- u a.. C ::J E W D ~ ClJ E..c ::l U ro c.n ........., C.- C 0.. <! 0 eLl U >--~ QJ LJ >-. ~ :J ~ L c: C -w ::J 0 en o c u ~ 0 <1J LJ QJ ........., o c '- <U C c::: CL L 0....... 0" 0" a:: u a.. 1.U <0 \!1 IX) r; ~~ rtlC :.n u... L: W ~ ~ ~I >-1 00 L.C- a.. a.. 51 o 0"\ 0"\ CD 0"\ ~ <-> IV CD C CX) r....) C - tt) '" ... u a. ~ ~, './) >- ',~' U ~ 'C L- a: ODD DO ' [j[JO[JO ro L :::l U Q.J ~ .c. u L <1 (\J o z Q.J O"l ro ~ u ro Q "0 CI:l >-I c.n CIZ <......... W~ ~I~ Oi Oi 01 CJi 01 en en en > >1> :> :> u u u c ~I~ (:) 0 W W W ~ i~1 ~ 0 0 c:::: co 1.0 ~ ~ ...., (\J (Ij (\.J :i: :::: ~== c:::: 0 i~ Oi 01 W u u.J W o Cl :::I~ '-=-.' I' Ol :-J LJ W W C (:) ...-' (\J _ ~ m ~ m ~ ~ ~I~ >-,~ E< <-- ~~;"""1 :> ~:~ z ..-:: 01 en 01 en cn C1 :> :> :> :> u (:J 0 ~ ~ ~ :z: z (J; C"l ~I.J C\j 8~ ~o ~ ~ LD In LD Ul UJ LDJUl LD ~ I ~ '~') 1fJ '..., 1 ~ ~ ~I-~ 0 0 -a c ~ 3: Q.J:"" ~ c..::l U ::> ,~ en U1 allJJ L '- ~ o ,f) 0 0 '- ''tJ 0 0 CJ. C) 0 C) co 0... '- 0 L --' - 0 0 0 0 j_ c3 I~ ~IJlil - '. '-I' '- I \~ -=' ~,~ 1 I- i - -il;~~~ -a.. >- -0: -'-.) WU1 <W Cl =!= : ~I ~ ~:~i--- .-i cl r.n ~ ,- .J I ..- -:: l-: C. c c i ' - ~ ~I ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t-- U <1: \IJ CJJ C, <lJ go gl -- ~ -I 1 ....,I~ ~ ~ ~I~ ~ ~I~ ~ g ~l~ ~l~ ~,~ g g ~ gl~ z Cl ~1~1~lm ~ ro ~ UJ ~ ~ I 1 I ~ I C\.J ...., (\.J -i~ -1- ~.~,~ ..... CTljrn 0110 ~1~lmIOl.';Oi 5 ~ ~:~ ~'~I~!~ < c.n DIG 0 01:0,2;Z o 1.0 ~ I ~ (Ij C\.J OJ r::-' '-.0 (""l - I ('I.J (\.J ("\J 1 - ~-.J ! I 0: Ul 1..'J I a :::> ..., 'I::. ~ u,; ~! - I ...... ~.~ ~I~i~ ~ ~I~ I I I J I I ~I ~iui' ~I ~ ~!u i~' ~I s ~ ~ ':i. o u.. :>:> - 0 '-:J:::C ...- '- 0 ~ 0 0 L '- Di:::l~ gl g ~j tl~I~I~ I 18: ~ D ~ ~Ij ~l :,1 ~I:: L::: '- L::: (f) U1 en ::) O"l ""'1 ,..., g'l ~II ~I ~I' ::: .:::: en IT u.. LL I , ! ~!2'::: c.- i ~ i ,'Yj i ~ DO ~ D t"O U C t"O .c. u Q.J ::i: l""'1 o :z Q) 01 t"O Jt:. U t"O a.. "S CD U1 QJ c./) II ~ ~ ~ ~I: ~ ~ ~ OJ ...... -.J 0 l!) C ::) E, QJ >, ~ ~ L~I '-.J = ro ci< ,- u ~I ~ c::::: ~ ::: (\J 1 I 001 000 I D ~ ~ u '- ~ u OJ o z Q.J 0"1 <'0 ~ U <'0 Q. "0 CD DODD DO .. ::2 '0 Co V1 c: o C;:;cn -J c..:l ~~ CTl- '7; (\J QJ Q.J lUltl Cl Cl QJ ~ .... QJ .... 0 c75 10- ca.. Ul +J C OJ OJ L. E ::::::l OJ (f) > 0 o L U 0... C :J E W D Q.) E.c: -.... u Cf) Q.) ~~ u u o 0 ~ -i~ J ~' ~ ~ ~ ~ il (\J ~!(\J ! ~I~ -< c C) CD rrj C'I.J I UJ ::::: ::::: L. ~ '~I i I C'\JiLiJ :::: :::: "-.11 ~ ~ ~i ro ;.,.; E ~ D U1 ~ C Wi J) ........ _I '- 23 fl ~ ~I' ~ +J <lJ "0 QJ <'0 C C ..... ::E QJ ("\J - '; cl ~ 2: ~ ~ c.... ::!~ ~ i 55 I - c- ~l ::::T' - I U1U S:2 ~ '~ :\J ,~I a- :> ~ CSI~ Z ~!m ~ ~I: ra -+-J L -+-J c: 0.. <:[ 0 ro u ::>-.+-J QJ U ::>- ~ :J 4-.J L C C 4-J _ 0 (f) =:: c :.....J .+-J C ra C 'lJ .+-J =:: c :...- (Q i i cni~l~ L c Ll I I I I ~ ~I u ~l- ~I~ -- u W Q.J 0...... C' ~ a: ~ ~~ ex a ...r: co <'0 U ....~ L..... IDC U=;~ I ~l -I L: ~i ~I --! u U QJ QJ 00 ~~ a. a.. ~! -2 ~I ..... j c: cl ,- '" ~ ~ a - ~- - CD .. rI. - - <= ...: W Cl <f) >- - ~ -- i ! ~ ~ Eo L ~ ~i .-1 ...... -9 I::: I S I _' ~ LL I - - -- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS I AlA Document A310 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we tHere '"MIt full NIN ~ Idd'ets or 1_1A' lille 01 Co,urKtOrl as Princ:ipal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here ,ftWIt tull ~me and add,", or IeI" lille of Suretyt a corpc:>>ration duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here iftwrt WI NIfte .nd Nef'"1 01 IeI'I ...Ie 01 OwNr) as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars <$ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted i-bid for (H~re In~r1 full nanw, add,,,,s and ~SCr,phOft of pro,KI) NOW, l' HER E fOR E, if the Oblilee s~1I 'ccept the bid of the Princip.I ,nd the Princip.' sh.U enter into I Contract with the lDblilee In ,ecordinee w,th the terms of such bid, ~nd live ,uch bond or bond, ,s mlY be ~c;fied in the biddinl or Contrflcr Documents with load Ind suKtCienl sUletyfor the f,;rhful. performlnce of such Contllct Ind fOl the prompt ~yment of 'Ibor ,nd mil~,ill fum;sh~ in the prOSKufton th~,eof, or In the ~nt of the fl;'ule of the Principii 10 enter such Contrlct Ind live such bond or bonds, if the Principii shill ~y to the Oblil~ t~ difference not 10 ~xcHd the ~~Jty hereof ~tw~n the Imount specified in Slid bid .nd such 'Iller ,mount for which the Oblil~ 'Ny in lood 'lith ConflIct with lnother pirty 10 perform thr Work covered by ~Id bid, then this obris~tion sh,1I be null .nd void, otherwise to rerN;n in full fo,'ce Ind effKt. Signed and sealed this day of 19 (W;rn~jS' I (TitJ~) ('rincip,'J (~~/) (Witn~ss) I (1;tI~) (SUfrty) (~I') AlA DOC\JM(NT All0 · 810 BOND · AlA e. FEBRUARY 1970 ED . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTI Of ARCHITEC1S, 1735 N.Y. AV(., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. ]()()()6 1 SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3) (a), FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC BNTITY CRIMES THIS FORM MUST BB SIGNED IN THB PRBSB.C. OF A NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO ADMINISTBR OATHS. 1. 'rhis sworn statement is submitted with Bid, Proposal or lContract No. for 2. This sworn statement is submitted by (Name of entity submitting sworn statement) ~whose business address is and ( if lapplicable) its Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) is (If the entity has no FEIN, include the Social Security Number ~Df the individual signing this sworn statement: . ) 3. JM:y name is and my relationship to the entity named above is 4. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (g), Florida statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with respect to and l:iirectly related to the transaction of business wi th any public entity or with an agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United states, including, but not limited to, and bid or contract for goods or services to be :provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United states and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 5. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (b), Florida statutes, means a finding of ~:Juilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or ~Ni thout an adj udication of guilt, in any federal or state 'trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment or information after July 1, 1989, as a result of 04/30)191 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-1 a jury verdict, nonjury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere. 6. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means: 1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity crime: or 2. An entity under the control of any natural person who is active in the management of the entity and who has been convicted of a public entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. 7. I understand that a "person" as defined in Paragraph 287.133(1) (a), Florida statutes, means any natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United states with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "Person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of an entity. 8. Based on informatio~ and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. [Please indicate which statement applies.] Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or 04/30/91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-2 more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989 , AND [Please indicate which additional statement applies.] There has been a proceeding concerning the conviction before a hearing officer of the state of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer did not place the person or affiliate in the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate was placed on the convicted vendor list. there has been a subsequent proceeding before a hearing officer of the state of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings. The final order entered by the hearing officer determined that it was in the public interest to remove the person or affiliate from the convicted vendor list. [Please attach a copy of the final order.] The person or affiliate has not been placed on the convicted vendor list. [Please describe any action taken by or pending with the Department of General Services.] [Signature] Date: STATE OF COUNTY OF PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, [name of individual signing] affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of , 19 NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: Form PUR 7068(Rev. 11/89) 04/30./91 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES 00420-3 LOBBYING AHD CO_LIC'!' OF Ilf'l'BRBS'1' CLAUSB SWORN STATEMENT UNDBR ORDIRAHCB NO. 010-1990 MONROB COUNTY. FLORIDA " " (Company) " warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act c>>n its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the Jprohibition of section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any Count:y officer or employee in violation of section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and 'may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former Coun1:y officer or employee". (Signature) Date: STAT1~ OF COUN1~Y OF PERS()NALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authori ty, who, after first being sworn by me, affixed his/her signature (name of individual signing) in the space provided above on this day of , 19_ NOTARY PUBLIC My c()mmission expires: 07/2!5/91 LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE 00425 - 1 NOR-COLLUSZOB APPZDAVZT I, of the city of accoJrding to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose and ~;ay that; 1.) I am of the firm of I the bidder making the Proposal for the project described in the notice for calling for bids for , and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; 2. ) the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently with~::>ut collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such proces with any other bidder or with any competitor; 3.) unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening I directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and 4.) no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to i:nduce any other person, partnership or corporation to submi t , or not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition; 5.) the statements contained in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies upon the truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in awarding contracts for said project. (Signature of Bidder) STATE OF COUNTY OF DATE PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, who, after first being sworn by me, (name of individual signing) affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this day of I 19___ NOTARY PUBLIC My commission expires: 02/20/90 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00430-1. SECTION 00440 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 1. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 2. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 3. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. 4. Subcontractor: Address: Phone: Contact: Portion of Work: Percentage this proposed Subcontract is of total Bid Price as delineated on Proposal Form: %. OS/20/91 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING 00440-1 THE A M E I CAN NSTITUTE o F AICHIT!e ., ~.,- AlA Docume"l A305 Contractor's Qualification Statement 1986 EDITION TIn's f()rnl is ll!Jpr( Jl'ed (lllll reCOlllnlelllled i?l' TJJe Americllll Illstitllte of ArclJi/ects (AlA) alld n,e ASS()('jllt(!ll Gelleral COlltractors of ~4nlerica (.4GC).{()r llse ill el'llluat- i}/(J!, tl)e l/llalijiclltiol1S (if contracturs. .\'0 elldOrSenle111 of the slihlnittiJ/~ I)(lr~l' or {'erlficll/ i()1l of tl)e illfur111ll/ iOIl is l1/lille ~lt tlJe AL4 ()r AGC-. The L'ndersigned certifies under oath that tile infornlation provided herein is true and suffi- ciently complete so as not to be misleading, Sl'B~~ITTED TO: ADDRESS: SL'B:~lITTED B'f: C( >rp( >rati( >n [J ~A~1E: Parr nership ADDRESS: Inllh"illuJI PRI~;CIPAL OFFICE: Joint \"cnturc <. )1 ht'r ~:\\lr ()F PI-{( ).JE(~l' (It applll'ahk') TYPE ()f \\'(JRK (fill' ~l"p~LHl' fornl f(lr eJt'h CL1~'lfiL.~ltj()11 or \\ork, __ lJet)l'r JI C( '11"{ ft.1l't j<)11 _____ ~i\..\C __ Pllll11htn~ ___ ()ther Ek'l t rll .1! I i"I l....l"l' "r<:cify) ::...:: 'I: :"}4 .. : ,J\ 1/..... 11\ illl' \11:lfll..,'; j:,"'::;''':'' .; ~,~\.I~lll'l..t". 1-"'; '\l\\ '1'[1'\ \\lIH:, '\ \\ '.\,.<::.;": ;'J/ l)( ":"11ill" kl'i~ri\dllllll';;llr!i(,:: :,::.I~:~l:\..:ll ,r ...,I'...u:nLI. '.:!: ,!.!....,,,. ," ,[I'!"l:: .,'r:![lil..... ,,,,,, 'f ii", -\1 \. .. \. ,i.!!I..... 1111..' I. I '1)\ rl~lll i.I\'.' ".~ I :1::1.....1 "u:...... ,I' ')\. "'lJl~lll:: '....1. r AlA DOCUMENT A305. I II'\, i k~( II lk" I,il \. IIII \i il)'\, ....1 \J 1\11 '\, \ · 111"", Ii,: ~ II)'\,. \1 \'. ',,,,,, i i I \ \ 1 r k 1(\ '\, I'\," 1 11 1 1 r ( ) r \ k ( till t-: ( 1" I - J, :" r \l. 1 ( ) k i'\ \ \ ~ '\, Ii"'. \\ \\, " It! '\, ( I I ( ) '\, I I , A305 -1986 1. ORGANIZA nON 1 . 1 How many years has your or~anization been in bU~lOess ;1S a Com.actor) How mam' n~Jrs hJS \'our orgaOll.:.lt1Un heen in huslOess under Its present hustness name) 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization oper.lted) I.~ If your organization is a corporation. answer the following: 1 .). 1 Date of incorporation: 1 .5.2 State of incorporation: 1.3.3 President's name: 1.,3..:t Vice-president's name(s): .. ~ 1 .~. c; 1 . ,.6 Secretary' s name: Treasurer's nJrne: I ~ If your orgamzation is a partnership. answer the fo'1lowing: 1 .....1 Dale of organization: 1.~.2 Type of partnership (if appl1CJhle): l.....~ ~Jme(s) of generJl pJrtner(s): II \ I lur "r~.lnJ1Jtl()fl 1.... Itldl\ h_~~l.llh ,\\\ lIl',-l ,In"-\\ c.:r thl' \11\ )\\'ing' .; I 1 ),Ill' \ It (ii~.l:ll/,llll )ll :; '.lnll' (\1 \ )\\ J1l'[ ALAOOCUMENTA30Se, iJ'\.1k\\ l\)~'..d \lltl~ \lltl'\"-l\ll\H'\l e :./.....,1111..;\.',. \.\. .!!~ \\1tHh \'\ 1'\"-111\ :i lit \", flllH l' 1-(':' '\~\\ ~(\\o<t\ \\~'\l ~ '\\\, \\. -\"-I~!'\i.l\)'\ I A305 -1986 2 1 () If (he form of your'or~Z2l1on i.s other than those listed ~tx)\"e. describe it and ~ the prjncipal~ 2. UCENSING 2. 1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your orgarli:ution is legally qualified to do business. and indiC2te registration or license numbers, if appliable. 2,2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or tf2de name is filed, 3. EXPERtENCE 3. 1 List the cai:egories oi \\:ork that you r organization normally performs with its o\'-'n forces" ~ 2 CIJims and Suits (If the ans\\'er (0 any of the questions bel()~' 1~ yes, please attach details.) ~ .2 1 HJS your orgJnlZJ(lun e\'er fJjled to conlpletL' JOY ~'()rk J~'arded to it? .~ 2 :2 Arc there Jny iudgnlent~. claims, arbitrJuun pnx.'eedings or ~uit~ pendinQ /)r ()ut~{3ndin~ JgJln~< \, )ur orgJnlzation or it...; ...fficersi ) ~ H~!... Yl lU; "r~.inI7.itli \n !l;l'd Jny 1:1\\ ...ult... (If rClF:c...tl"J Jftll~i.l:: 1;'. \\lth rl.~Jrli t<, l' .:'<;-. tl~>I1 l(I;~rr.lct'- \\'ltI1111 the L.1~t 11\T YCJ.f" \\ lthin the IJ."t fi\l' ~ l'Jr'-. h:l~ Jny (,[filer (>f pfln~."lpJl ut Yl )U~ \ )rg..H11Z~1t!l)11 C\Cf hct'n In ()ftl\..l'~ ' .~ principaJ of another uq..?,JIlJz..Hlun \\hcn it fJlk'd to con1plete J c()nstructJon contract? (Ifrhe J:1....\\<:f.' ye'-. pleJse Jttach Jetail~) ALA O()CUMENT A305. C()~TR:'CT()R '- ()I -\lIrl<. -\T1()~ "l\TF\t~"T. !l)lot{, FnITl()~. ."J.~~ . ~ Il)~) 1 ~ I ~ ~ \ ~ ~ k:' ' . . " .-! I \ I \ h. : I ,~ t, '..., . - ;" "F ~ ) ( ) k t\ .\ __ r '" Ii:.. "\l. \). ~"f 11" ( I T ( )', ') ( ~, W II II . A305 -1986 3 -I -i t)n ;& sepJrJte sh~el. ll~t nlJIUr l.:on~lrU~:lIon projects your org;mIZJlIon h;b m pn ~cs..". ~\"In~ l~ nJme of proJect. o"..ner, Jrchitect. contrJct amount, percent l'ompletc Jnd <o(.'hedukd compl~ll< ,r. date .~ ~. StJte total ~'urth of ~'ork In progress Jnd under contract: .~ :; On OJ separate sheet. list the mJjor prolects your organiz:mon has l.:ompkted in the p:.lSt five yean gi ~'ing the name of project. owner. architect. contract amount. date of completion and percentage of the cost of the \I.'ork performed \l.'ith your o~'n forces. 3. <;.1 State average annual amount of construction .....ork performed during the past five yew; 3.6 On a separate sheet. list the construction experience and present commitments of the key mdivid. uals of your organization, 4. REFERENCES ....1 Trade References: ~.2 Bank References: -1 .~ "'-urcty ~.~.l Nan1e of h( ltldlng c~ Hl1pJny -1 ~.2 :\ame and JJJre~~ t)f Jgent AlA DOCUMENT A30S . (~)'\1 Kl.,\ -: ()k " ,.)1 "'IlFH -\111 '1-\TE~1E:\T · ll)~) EOITI0:\ · .~I.~' · ~ }qX() \'" :"',,1111 II OJ l,k\ lil1t-\ ;, 1-....:, ....1\\ "!'-- l,\F'\;l F ",,'X' 'X.l.'\Hl'C.T()'\' '. "leI() A305 -1986 5. F1NANClNG c; 1 Firunciaj Statement. ~ 1" 1 Attach .. firunc~J statement, preferably audited. including your ()r~n17~tH)n" IJtl."': balance sheet and income statement sho"'lng the f( )lhJ\'\.in~ Items" Current .-\.ssets (e.g., cash. joint venture accounts. accounts rect:l\'Jhlt'. note" receivable. accrued income, deposits. materials inventory and prep..il~ expenses): Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, pro.. vision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroH laxest Other Liabilities (e .g.. capital. capital stock. authorized and outstandin~ share"' par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement. and cbte thereof: 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organiZ2tion named on page one? 5.1.4 I f not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization \'\'ho~ financial statement j~ pro\'ided (eg.. parent-subsidiary). 52 ~'iI) the organization ~.hose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the c9ntracI for cor. struction? A.IA DOCUMENT A305. CO~TR."CT()R'~ <.)l"."Llfl<':\TI(I"\ 'T\TE\1F"\T - }()H() EDIT/(),,\ --\1.\' _ il)kt) : I i I ~,\ 1 F !--' ,( .)., "" I'.... TIT 1 T F \ ) r \ R ( If 11 f ( T" 1 - .:.; "\ ~ \\ ': \ )" 1\\ \ E '\ t f:. :'.. \\ 'V. \.... III "\ \ ,1 U:\ DC.! ( 100(""1 A305.1986 5 I. SIGNA TUAE (, 1 Dated at this J..1\ ,J 19 ~ame of Organization: B\", Title: 6.2 ~t ~ln~ d:.JI\" sworn deposes Jnd SJ\.S thaI the information pnn.ided herein is lrue and sufficief1lh. complele so J.' nOI IP ~ ml~leadin~, Subscribed and s~;orn before me this day of 1lJ ~otary Public: My Commission Expires: .~, \: :! \. I I ( )" "1 -\ 1 t \ 'f '\. 1 · : \.1 XI r.l) 11" ) ( ) "\ · -\ 1.-\'. i ') I'\( , . \\ 't ( ) R ~ \ \ I ".: i ',- \ \ \\ \" Ill'\. ( l ( ) '\. l' \ .: I II If H , A305 -1986 AlA DOCUMENT A305 · ( ( )'\.'1 K \<1 ( )~ ... !l~~ \\If-KI< -\"\ 1"\.....T1TI;: ~kt IL'; THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A101/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is i ST/PULA TED SUM 1980 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPOR.T ANT lECAl CONSEQUENCES,. CONSULT AT/ON WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED. This document is intended to be used in conjunction with AlA Documents A201/CM, 1980; 8141/CM, 1980; and 8801, 1980. AGREEMENT made. as .of-the .- Hunclred and day of . in the year of Nineteen BET~{EEN the Owner: and t.he Contractor: the Project: the C~onstructjon Manager: the A,rchitect: The ()wner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1975, ~ 1980 by The ^meflc~n In~titute of Architects, 1735 New York A\enue. N\\'.. Washington, DC 2'OCX>6. R~- production ot the materJ~J herein or ~ubst~ntl.lf quot~tion of its provisions wIthout ~rltten permISSion of the AlA vIolates the copyright Jaws ot the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutIon. AlA DOC'UMENT Al0'/CM · O\\'NER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION M^NAGEME~T ED!~10~ · JL"E 1980 EDITION · AlAe. @1960 . THE A....~ERICAN , ,,_ r - . -, . ~ - ,-.., r- ~;' - ...- ~ ,- ~ ~ - '" '-.- ~ ....~ ~y. -- ~.~ I. \ ~ - - - ~ ':'- ~,..~ ! ., n., :r'A _ ., Q~" ., M11C111 1HE CONTIACr OOQJMEN1S The Contract Documents consist of this A1reement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplemental\ AI other Conditions), the Dr~winl5, the Specifications, all A~ issued prior to ~nd all Modifications issued after execution of this Aareemenl These form the Contrad, and alllte as fully i ~rt of the Contract . if attached 10 this Asreement or ~ted herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents ~rs in Article 7. tUnal 2 THE woa The Contractor sNlI perform ~II the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Heft INett .. apfloft ~lfJCJw 01 the wort &I UMd Oft odw Concraa 00curMtIa., ARnClf 3 TIME Of COMMENCEMENT AND suaST ANnAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract sh~1I be commenced and, subject to authorized adjust~ents, Substantial Completion of the Worle shall be ~chieved not later than (~~ ;n~r1. -rr ~/M prov;J;onJ lor I,quid~'f'd cUm~I~S rr'~tinc to ,,;Jut~ to comple~ on I;,..) AlA DOCUMlNl Alt1/CM . OWNER-CONTRAClOR AGREEMENl · CONSTRUCTION MANAGtMENT EDITlOS . JUNE 1~ EDITION · AlAe · @1980 · l}tE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITEC1S, 1735 N[~' YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, DC. ~ A101/CM -1980 2 AlTIaE 4 CONTRACT SUM The Owner shall piy the Contractor in current funds for the perfonNnce of the Work, subject to idditions and deductions by Change Order is provided in the Contrad Documents, the Contrad Sum of The Cc)ntrad Sum is determined is follows: (SUr. It.lr. lite ... bid 01 och., lump sum MIOCIft'. ,cc.",ftI all.,"".s ,nd unil ptic". IS lppIiabl.J ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Construction Manager by the Contractor and Project Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor is provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of each month is follows: Not laler than days following the end of the period covered by the Appliation for Payment, percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to libor, materials ind equipn,ent incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contrad Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writi1ng, for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the o.~ner; and upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total piyments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work ano unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not co~~r<<1 ~/~~,~ in th~ Concr.ct Docu~nu.. he,. ;nJ~'f My provision 'c" ';II~itin. 01 r..ducln, ~ .mounr r~'.;nfti ,ft~, th~ Work ,~Kh~s . c~rtJ;" J~'~ 01 compJ~,;Oft.J Payme"lls due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the prace of the Project. (H~r~ inst.'rr ~ny r~t~ of jnc~'rst Igr~f'd upon.) (Usury '.ws .nd r.-qu;r~m~nrs und~, thr F~d~,,1 Truth in L~nd;n, Act, simi{~, jt~l~ .nd loclI con5u~r cr~d;t I.wt .nd olh~, r~lu"t;onJ ,t th~ Own~"J ,nd Contr.cror's prmcip.1 p/~c~s of busin~5S. rh~ Icx~tion 01 th~ Pro;f!cr .nd ~15~whf!'~ ,"~y .fi~Cl rhe \~'idity of thiS prOVision. S~cif;c I~I" ~dvIC~ should ~ obt.;n~.d with r~5pecr to d~/~lion, moddlc.tion or oUtf!r '~quj/f!m~n15 sue" .15 wn(tf!n disclosurrs 01 ~~/~'~rs.) AlA OOC1UMENT Al01/CM · OY.'NER.CONTRACTOI AGREEMENT. COr..cSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION. AlAe . ~'980 . THE AMERIC4.,... INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. '735 NE\\' YORK AVE.. N.W , WASHINGTON, D.C. ~ A101/C'M -1980 3 Aa1ICLE , FINAl PAYMENT Final ~yment, constitutinl the entire un~id bal~nce of the Contract Sum, shan be paid by the Owner to Contractor when the Work hiS been completed, the Contract fully performed, ;And the Architect has issued a Prol~. Certifiate for Payment which ipproves the fiMI payment due the Contrictor. ARTIClE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shin hive the meininp designated in those Conditions. 7.2 The Contract Documents, which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution ot this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: lUst below the A,lHfMnt. rJt. Conditions 01 rh~ COfttl~d ICAMral, SuppI~lMn'~ry Md ocher Conditiotu/. the Dr.-inp. cite SpedficatiolrJ. IItd My AddHdI IItd KC.".ed III.,,,,,.,. $howitt, lM.e tN theec nutrtl>lm in ai, ases and .,es wh~'e ""ic~e.J - . .~ AlA OOC\JMENl Al.l/CM . O~'N[R.CO!".TlACTOR ACR[EMENT · CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION. JUNE 1~ EDITION · AlAe · ~,geo · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECiS, 1735 NEW VORK AVE., N,W., 'w\'ASHINGTON, D.C. 2':XX)6 A101/04 - 1980 4 7.3 Temporary facilities MId .rvims: ~ ins.HI .....,.,." IedlIUeI MIl ~ MNdt aM di".,.,., '"- 01 iIt addi,ioIt 10 .. ~ .,..,..,. ill ... c...... ~J 7.4 W'orking Conditions: nw,. list any sp<<ill conditions IIfKlin, the COttUKt.J -.'" ... This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER CONTRACTOR AlA DOCUMENT Al01/CM · OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTIO." v." "'ACE.~ENT EDITIO"J · JUNE 1960 EDITION . AlAe . (f)1980 . THE AMERICAN 1......~~ITL:iE OFA,RCHlTECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINCTON, 0 C. ](0)6 A 101/CM - 1980 5 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document A311/CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION Performance Bond KNOW ALL I~EN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full ~me ~nd ~ddms or Ie,.. title 01 Contractor) as Principal, heneinafter called Contractor, and, (Here in~" full nune and ~dcfress or lepl title of Surwtyt as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full n.me .nd address or lepl till. 04 Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ ) , for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and clssigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated (Here In~ert full n~me, .ddr~H ~nd description of prOJ~ct) ,19 , entered into a contract with Owner for in ac.cordance \vith Dra\\'ings and Specifications prepared by (Hert in~rt full r\~me .nd .ddress or lepl title of ArdHltct) which contract IS by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AlA DOCUMENT AJl1/C:M · PERFOltAAANCE BONO AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND . CO~5TRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION JUNE 1980 EDITION · ,"f~~ · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITEC1S, ';"35 ~EW YORK AVENUE, N.~'., ~',4.SHINGTON, D.C. 2<XlO6 1 of 4 PERFORMANCE BOND NOW, THlllfOilf, THE CONDITION Of THIS OlllCATION is such thit, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform sair Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it sNlI remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of ti,lle made by the Owner. Whenever <:ontractor shall be and declared by Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety miy promptly remedy the default, or shill promptly 1) Complete lthe Contract in accordance with its terms and condition~., or 2) Obgin a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon deter- mination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts olf completion arranged under this paragraph) Signed and !.ealed this day of sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the INI- ance of the contract price; but not exceedin., including other costs and damales for which the Surety fNY be li~ble hereunder, the imount set forth in the first para- graph hereof: The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paralraph, shall mean the tOQI amount ~y- able by Owner to Contractor under the Contrad and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly ~id by Owner to Contractor. Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years from the dite on which final payment under the Contrad falls due or before the expira- tion of one (1) year from the Date of Subsuntial Comple- tion of the Project, whichever is later. No risht of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administra- tors or successors of the Owner. ,19 I (P,inclp.l) (Sell) (Witn~ss) (T;r/~) I S uret\ (Sell) (W;tn~5S) (T;tl~) AlA OOC\,'MENT A311/CM . PERfORMA~CE BONO A~D L"BOR AND MATERIAL PAYME,-,T BOND · CO~STRUCTIO~ MANAGEMENT EDITION JLiNE 1980 EDITION .~l". . THE AMERICAN INSTITL'lE Of ^RCHtTECTS, li3S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.\\', V\."SHINGTON, D.C. ~ 2 of 4 ~. PUBLZC CONSTRUCTIOH BOND BY THJCS BOND, We , as Principal and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to , hereiIl called Owner, in the sum of $ for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal represen'ta'ti ves , successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. F'erforms the contract dated 19_, between Principal and Owner for construction of I the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract: and 2. Pr'omptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.0~)(1), Florida statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in thE~ prosecution of the work provided for in the contract: and 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Principal under the contract: and 4 . F'erforms the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this l:>ond is void: otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any fc)rmalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond. DATE ()N 19 (NAME OF PRINCIPAL) BY (AS ATTORNEY IN FACT) (NAME OF SURETY) 07/261191 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 00610 - 1 ,. ~ ... ... - . -.w . ....':~~....,....... ''3.:,.......~ - .--~.-. ~.., t-. ........ ~...."'ltf";:"- ~- .-...- ~ -.. -"'Ii',. ~-:--. .."",. ~.... ...-.. -~.. r' . ~ -" ..... .~ . - .- -. ..t THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AlA Document Al01/eM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LECAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOUIV.GED. 1980 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTF~ACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ADMll'J ISTRA liON OF THE CONT~~ACT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3. OWNEIR 4. CONT~~ACTOR 5. SUBCO'NTRACTORS 11. INSURANCE 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPAR/\TE CONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TER;"1fNA TION OF THE CONTRACT CC:~dight 1975, ~ 1980, b" The "merlc~n InS!'_'e cf ArchItects, 1735 Sew York A-.er....e. \:.\\', ,^'~shirgto" 0 C ~X)()6, ~ t' ~. .. r:- ~~; C ' 8 n 0 f : ~ E- -.3: e f I ell her e m 0 r sub s tan t I ell q w 0 t ~ t Ion 0 fit s pro -. I S Ion S ow I tho u t w r : : e ~ per m I S S Ion crt'" e .l.' '" '" 0 I ate S tne (~'~) fight laws ot the United States and wiil be sub;ect to legal prosecutIon, AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM · GE....ER..l CO~DITlONS Of THE CO....TRACT FOR CO~STRUCT:ON CONSTRUCTIO~ M....~AGEMENT EDITIO'\ . JUNE'980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE "-",,,unc^, "~7 H.. TE OF ....RCHIlECTS '-3; ....E\V YORk AVE .... \\ \"ASHI'GTO~, 0 C ]('(X)6 A201/CM - 1980 1 Acc~pt~nc~ of De(~ctIV~ of Non.Conformlng Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Acc~pt~nce of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 A c cess to W 0 rlt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.6, 6.2.1 Accident Pre'lentlon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.5, 10 Acts ~nd Omissions............. .4.18.3, 7.., 7.6.2,8.3.1, 10.S Addend~, Definition of ............................... 1.1.1 Addition~I Costs, Cliims for ........................... 12.3 ADMINISTIA liON OF THE CONTRACT ..............2, 4.3.3 Alreement, Extent of ............................... 1.1, '.2 AU Risk Insurince . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3.1 Allowinces. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.8 Appliations for Piyment, Contr~ctor's .......2.3.8, 9.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.3., 9.5.3, 9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,9.9.5, '1.3.1, 14.2.2 Appliations for P~yment, Project....... ....... . . .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3.1,9.",9.6.1,9.7.1 Approvils ..................... .2.3.18, 3.4, 4.3.3,4.5,4.12.4, 4.12.5,4.12.6,4.12.8,4.13.2,7.7,9.3.2 Arbitrition ....... .2.3.15,2.3.23,6.2.5,7.9,8.3.1,11.3.7, '1.3.8 Architect, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1 Architect, Extent of Authority. . . . . . . .2.3, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2, 7.7.2, 8.1.3,8.1.4,8.3.1,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5.3,9.6,9.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1,13.1,13:2.1,13.2.5,14.2 Architect, Limlt~tions of Authority ~nd Responsibility .....2.3.2 through 2.3.5,2.3.13 through 2.3.18,2.3.22. ..12.6, 5.2.1,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.5.5,12.4 Architect's Addltionil Services .. .3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Architect's Approvils ......2.3.18, 3.4, ..5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work ....2.3.16, ".5, 13.1.2, 13.2 Architect's Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '.3 Architect's Decisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.2,9.8.1, '2.1.4,12.3.1 Architect's Inspections. . . . . . . . .2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1,9.9.1 Architect's Instructions. . . . . . . . . .2.3.16, 2.3.19,7.7.2,12.4, '3. ~ Arch.tect's Interpretations........ .2.3.10 through 2.313,12.3.2 Arch.tect's On-Site Observ~tlons ...... .2.3.4,2.3.6,2.3.9,7.7.1, 7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Architect's Relatlonsh.p with Contractor. . . . . .1.1.2,2.3.5,2.3.6, 2.3.13,2.3.16,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6,4.18,1'.3.6 Arch.tect's Rel~tionship with Subcontr~ctors ................. .1.1.2, 2.3.16,9.5.3, 9.5.4 Architect's Represent~tlons .................94 2, 96.1. 9.9.1 ArtistiC Effect................ . .. ... .1.2.3,2.3.14,23.15,7.9.1 Attorneys' Fees. ............... ......... .4.18.1,6.2.5,9.9.2 Aw~rd of Separate Contr~cts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance .. . . ......... ".3.2 Bonds, lien ....................................9.3.3, 9.9.2 Bonds, Performance, labor and ;\.-~dterlal Payment. . . . .7.5, 9.9.3 Building Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7 Certificate ot Substantial Completion. . . .9.8.1,982,9.8.3,9.8.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval. . . . . . . . . . . .7.7.3 Certdlc~tes ot Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .932, ".1.4 Certificates for Payment, ProJect....... .2.3.9,2321,94,95.1, 9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,98:: Q Q ',9.9.3,12.1.4,14.'.',14.22 C -..: -;::e Orders. . . ......... . ~ 1, 2,3.'9,3.4,4.8.2.3,4.1'.1, - 5.2.3,7.7.2,8.3.1,9 7. 99.3, ".3.1, '1.3.5, ".3.7, 12.1,122.1,123.1,13.'.2,13.2.5,13.31 Change Orders. Oef:n.t..i'" of ...... ....... . .......12.1.1 CHANGES IN THE \OVORt( . ..........~ 319,4.1",12 INDEX a~ims for Additlon~' Cost or Time.... .8.3.2, a.3.), 12.2.1,12.3 CI~jms for O~m~ges ........... ... .6.1.1,6.2.5,7.4,8.3,9.6.11 CI~ims ind Disputes Between Conlrietor ~nd Owner.... . ........ .2.3.12,2.3.15,2.3.23, ..18.2, 7.' Cleaning Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.15, 6J Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relahnl to .3.2.1, 4.1, 4.7.1,4.10, S.2.1, 6.2.2,7.5, 9.2,1'.', ".3.4 Communic~tions ..................... .2.3.2,3.2.6,4.9.1,4.16 Completion, Conditions Relating to . . .2.3.21, 4.11, 4.1 S, 9....2, 9.9, 13.22 COMPlfTION, PAYMENTS AND .........................., Completion of the Project, Subst~nh~1 ...... .8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.a.~, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Completion of the Work, Substanti~1 . . . . . . . .2.3.21, 8.1.', 8.1 J. 8.2.2, 9.8, 9.4.2, 9.9.J, 11.).' Compfiince with uws . . . . . . . . . . . .1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7, 4.13, 7.'. 7.6.1,7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14.2.1 Conce~led Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Consent, Written ................... .2.3.22,4.14.2,7.2,7.6.2. 9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3,11.).' Construction M~niger, Definition of .....................21 Construction M~niger's Approv~1 .................10.1, 4.13.2 Construction M.~ler's Addition~I Services........ .3.4,7.7.2,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.22 Construction M~nager's AuthOrity ~nd Responsibility ... . .2.3.3. 2.3.5,2.3.16,2.3.10,2.3.22,4.1.1,4.17.1,4.18.3. 7.7.4,9.2, 10.2.S, 11.3.6,12.1.4,14.1.1 Construction Man~ger's Confirm~tlon ...................9.9.3 Construction Miniger's Consultation with the Architect .. 2.3.16,2.3.19,2.3.21,3.4.1,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4, 12.3.1, i Construction Manager's Coordin41tlon ind Scheduling ....2.3.:. 2.3.17, 4.J.l, 4.10.1,4.12.4 Construction ,'A~n4lger's Decisions................. .6.3,8.3.' Construction M~n~ger's DeterminatIons. .2.3.3,6.3.1,7.7.2,8.31 Construction Man~ger's Interests................ 11.3.',1'.3.1 Construction M~nager's Recommenditions . . . .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3. J. 9.4.1,9.7.1,9.9.1, .12.1.' Construction Manager's Relationship . with Architpct ........ ...........1.1.2,2.3.1,2.3.1.2.3.21 Construction Manager'S Relationship With Contr~ctor .. . . . ,., .2. 2.3.15,2.3.16,3.2.6.42.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3, 4.11.1, .12.4,4.12.6. ..16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.',6.2.2,7.6.2,7.7, 7.9.1, 7.9.~. 8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.54 9.8.',9.9.1,10.2.6.11.1.4,1'.3.6 Construct.on M~nage"s Relationship With Subcontractors.......... '" ......1.1.2,2.3.16, 5.3 1 Construction Mcln~6ers Review....... . . .. . .2.3.8,2.3.17,5.2.1 ConstructIon Schedule, Contractors. . ... . .............. .4.10 Contr~ct, Definition ot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.' 2 Contract Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3, 4.3.3 Contract Award and Execution. Conditions Relating to ..... .4.7.1, 4 10,5.2,7.5, ".1, 11.3.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ....,..........................1 Contract Documents, Caples Furnished and Use ot .... . . . . . . . . . . .1 3, 32 5, 5 3 Contr~cl Documenf5 DefInItion ot ...... . . . . . .. .......1.1.1 Contract ,~1odiflca{,(..,~s ............. . .. .. . .1.1.1, '2 Contract Sum, Definition ot . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . " 9.9.1 (ontract T~rmlnatlon .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Contract Time. Definition of " .. ... . ............ ...... .8.1.1 CONTRACTOR .................................,.......4 Contractor, Definition 01 .............. . .4.1,6.1.2 Con t r act 0 r s Con s t ~.... .-' ':'~; S c he d u Ie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .. -- 2 A201/CM-1980 AlA DOCUMENT A10VCM · GENERAL CO~DITIO""S OF TH{ CO,,"TRACT FOR CC"S'TRUCTIO.... CO....STRuCTIO..... \~.""."CE\.1E~T EDITION · ll"-E 1980 EDITIO.... . "L"'. . ~ 1980 . THE "M[RIC^"'C INSTITLTE OF "RCHITECTS. '~)5 'f\\ 'rOR~ "'\.'E "vv \\ a,SHt.....C;O.... DC. 2(0)6 ContrJctor's I:mployees ......4.3.2, 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 through 10.2.4, '0.2.6, 10.3,1'.1.1 Contrictor's l.iibility Insurince ... ......................11.1 Contrictor's ~telitionship with Architect. . . . . . '.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.&, 2.3.13, 2.3.16, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Contractor's nelitionship with ConstNction ~naler . . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.'15,2.3.16,3.2.6,4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.2, 4.'1.1,4.'2.4, 4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18, 5.2, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 7.6.2, 7.7, 7.9.1, 7.9.2,8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1,9.9.1, 10.2.6, '1.1.4, '1.3.6 ContrJctor's J~elilionship wilh Sep~rite Contractors and Qw"ler's Forces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.7, 6 Contr.ctor's Relationship with Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . .1.2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3.6 Contrictor's Representilions ........... 1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.3.3 Contractor's J~esponsibility for Those Performing the Work .....................4.3.2,4.18,10 Contr.ctor's Jteview of Contract Documents ...., .2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Contr.ctor's ftight to Stop the Work .....................9.7 Contractor's J~ight to T ermlnilte the Contract .......... . . . 14.1 Contractor's Submittals.............. .2.3.18,4.10,4.12: 5.2.1, S.2.3, 9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2, 9.9.3 Contractors Superintendent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9, 10.2.6 Conlrictor's Supervision ind Construcltion Procedures .......... 1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Contractual Uibility Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1.3 Coordination ind Correlition .. . . . . .. . '.2.2,1.2.4,4.3.1,4.10.1, 4.12.5,6.1.3,6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings ind Specificitions .. 1.3, 3.2.5, S.3 Correction of Work .....................3.3,3.4,10.2.5,132 Cost, Definitic)n of .................................. 12.1.4 Costs...... .3.4,4.8.2,4.15.2,5.2.3,6.1.1,6.2.3,6.2.5,6.3,7.7.1, 7.7.2, 9.7, '1 1 .3.1, 11.3. S, 12.1.3, 1 2.1.4, 12.3, 1 3. 1 .2, 1 3.2, 1 4.2.2 Cutting and Patching of Work ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14 Dimage to the Work. . . . . .. . . . . .~.'4.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.7, 11.3.1 Dimage to Work............ .4.'4.2, 4.18.1, 6.2.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.15, 10.2.1.3,10.2.2,10.2.5,10.3,13.2.6 Damiges, Cla:rms tor........... ..... .6.1.1,6.2.5,7.4,9.6.1.2 Damiges tor Delay .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1,1, 8.3.4, 9.i Day, Defln,tlon of ....................... ............ .8.1.5 Decisions of the Architect. . . . . . . . .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2, 7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1 Decis,ons of the Construction Minager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.3, 8.3.1 Defect.\le or ~,on.Contorming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and CorrectIon of .. . . . .2.3.4,2.3.16, 3.3,3.4,4.5, 6.2.2,6.2.3,96.1.1,9.9.4.2,13 Definitions............... 1.1,2.1,2.2,3.1,4.1,4.12.1 through 4.12.3,5.1,6.1.2,8.1,9.1.1,12.1.1,12.1.4 Delays and Extensions of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3 Disputes................ .2.3.12,2.3.15,2.3.23,6.2.5,6.3,7.9.1 Documents arId Samples at the Site. . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .4..1' Drawlngs and Specifications, Use and ().....nership of ............... .1.3,32.5,4.11,5.3 Easements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3~.3 Emergencle~ .........................................10.3 Employees, Contractor's.......... .43.2,4.4.4,48.1,4.9,4.18, 102.1 through 10.2.4, 101.6, lU.3, 11.1.1 Equ1prT"i(...... labor, .\1atertals and..... .1.1.1,4 4 45,4.12,4.13, 4.15.1,62 1,9.32,9.3 3 961 3.992, 10.2.1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4.13.2.:,1325,14 Execution and Progress of the Work ......... 1 .1.3, 1.2.3, 2.3.4, 2.3.5, 2.3.11, 4.2, 4.4.1, 4.5, 4.7.1, 6.2.2, 7.9.3, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 8.3.2, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Execution, Correl.tion ind Intent of the Contr~ct Documents.... . . " . . .. . ..... .. . .1.2, 4.7.1 Extensions of Time. .. .. .. ... .. .. . .. . .. . .. .8.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.2 Failure of Piyment by Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.7, 14.1 F Jilure of Piyment of Subcontr~ctors ......9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 14.2.1 failure 10 Cirry out the Work .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.5 final Completion ind fin~1 Piyment .. .2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1 Fininci.1 Arringements, Owner's ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.1 Fire .nd Extended CoveriBe Insurince ................. 11.3.1 Go ve r n i n g la w " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1 Indemnification..... .................. .4.17, 4.18,6.2.5,9.9.2 Identification of Contr~ct Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.1 Identificition of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............5.2.1 Information ind Services Required of the Owner · . · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2, 6.1, 9, 11.2, 11.3 Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.16, 2.3.21, 4.3.3, 7.7, 12.1.2, 9.9.1 Instructions to Bidders ................................ 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor . . . . . . . . . .2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 INSURANCE ......................................9.8.1, 11 Insur~nce, Contractor's U.bility ........................ 1'.1 Insurance, loss of Use .. · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.4 Insurance, Owner's li~bility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.2 Insurance, Property ................................... 1 1.3 Insurince, Boiler .nd Machinery. . .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . ... '1.3.2 Insurince, SpeCial H.zirds .,......................... ".3.5 Insurince, Stored Miteri~ls ..................... .9.3.2,11.3.1 Insurince Compin1es, Consent to Partlil Occupancy. . . . .1'.3.9 Insur~nce Companies, Settlement Witn .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.8 Intent of the Contr.ct ~ . Documents............. :~.).3, 2.3.10,2.3.13,2.3.1.,12.4 Interest ............................... 78 Interpretations, Written....... .'.1.1, 2.).li~ .i.i.,.i,.i.i~ij,.i2:4 labor, Matenals and Equipment. . . . . . .1.1.3, ..4,4.5,4.12, A 13, 4.1 5.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.6.1.3, 9.2.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14 labor ~nd M.terial Pi~ment Bond...................... .7.5 labor Disputes · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3.1 Laws and Regulations.......... ...1 3.2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1, 7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, '4 liens ...................................9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 Limitations Of Authority. ................ .2.3.2,1'.3.8,12.4.1 limitations of liabilIty. . ........ .2.3.13,2.3.16,2.3.18,3.3,4.2, 4.7.3,4.12.6,4.17,4.18.6 2.2,7.6.2,9.4.2, 9.5.4,9.9.4,9.95,10.2.5, '1.1.2,11.3.6 lImitations of T,me, Ceneral ...23.11,2.3.18,3.2.1,3.2.4, 4.2,4.7.1, 4.7.3, 41~4, 415',5.2.1,5.2.3,6.2.2,7.4, 7.7,7.9.2,8.1,95: ~,. . 98,9.9, ".3.', ".3.", 1 1 .3.9, 1 ~. 1 .4, . ~ 4, 1 3.2. " 1 3.2.2. 1 3.2.5 limitations of Time, SpecifIc. . . . . . . . .3 4, 4.10. 7.9.2, 8 2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3 92.931,9.4.1 95.1, 9.i, 1'.1.4, ".3.8, 1~ ~ :~ 31,132.2,13.2.7,14.1,14.2.1 ..............7.9.2,13.2.2,132.7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , .4 L .'T'itatlons, Statutes of loss ot Use In~urance AlA DOCU~ENT A201/CM . CE"~ERAl CO"'DITIO~S Of ~HE co"n~"CT FOR CO"'SlRL'(TIO"- CONS1RL'CT'O"\~""'^CP.1E"T EDITION . JU~E 1980 EDI7:0"- · AI^~ · (f 1980 . THE AM[RI(^" l....STlTL TE Of ^RCHITfCTS. 1.~J; ....E\.... 'yORK ~VE .... \\' \\"'SHI.....CTO.... 0 ( :'(.:0)6 A201/CM-1980 3 MJteri~ls, labor and Equipment.. .....1.1.3,4.4,4.5,4.12,4.13, 4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,96.1.3,9.9.2, 10.2.1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14 M~teflal Suppliers.............. ...... ... .4.12.1,5.2.1,9.3.3 Means. Methods, TechnIques, Sequences and ~nd Procedures of Construction .........2.3.5. 4.3.1, 9.4.2 Mi nor Ch ~n g es in the Work .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .1 .1, 2.3.19, 1 2.4 MlSCtlLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................1 Mochfiations, Definition of ........................... 1.1.1 Modifiations to the Contract ........ 1.1.1, '.1.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 4.".1, 4.7.3, 1~ Mutual Responsibility ..................................6.2 Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or . . . . . . .13.3 Notice, Written...... ..... .2.3.11,2.3.15,4.2,4.7.3.4.7.4,4.9, 4.12.6,4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2,8.3.3, 9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,9.9.5,10.2.6,11.1.4. '1.3.1, ".3.5,1'.3.7, ".3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2, 13.2.S,'4 Notices, Permits, Fees and............ .2.3.2, 4.7, 4.13.1,10.2.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7 No ti ce toP roc eed .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 .2 Observations, Contractor's ....................... 1 .2.2, 4.7.3 Occupancy .........................8.1.3,8.1.4,9.5.5,1'.3.9 On-Site Inspections by the Architect. . . . . . . . . . .2.3.16, 2.3.21, 9.4.2, 9.8.1,9.9.1 On-Site Observations by the ArchItect . . . . . . . .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4.2.9.6.1,9.9.1 Orders, Written................. .3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13 , OWNER ...............................................3 0..... ne r, 0 e fin I t Ion ..................................... 3. , Ov-ner, Information and Services ReqUired of the......... .3.1, 4.7.1, 6.1.3,6.2,9, "2, 11.3 Owner's Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.21, 7.7.'1, 9.3.1, 9.3.~, 9.8.1,11.3.8,12.1.2.12.'.4 Owner's Financial Capability. ... ....... ., ............ .3.2.1 Ow ne r' s l i a b II I t), In 4j u ran C e ............................ 1 1 .2 Ow ne" s R e 'a t Ion S hip V\-'" h Sub con t r act 0 r s ., . . . . . . . . 1 .1 .2, 9.5.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work............. .3.4.13.2.4 Owner's Right to Clean Up .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.15.2, 6.3 Owner"~ RIght to Pedorm W<,.k and to A,^'ard Separate Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1 Owner's Right to Terminate the CuntrJct . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . .14.2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 Ownership and Use of Documents ..............1.3, 3.1 5, 5.3 Pat chi n g 0 f W 0 r k, Cut tin g and ......................... 4.1 4 Patents, Royalties and. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17.' Payment Bond. labor and ~1aterlal . . . ..........,.... .7.5 Pa\ment, Contractor's Applications tor . . . ~ 3.8 9 ~. 93. 9.4, 9.5.3,9.6.1, 9.7.1, 9.8.~. 99 1. 9 95, 14.2.~ Payment, Project Certificates for....... .2.3.9,2.3.21.94,9.5.1, 9 5 5,9.6.1, 9.i.1, 9 8~, 9.9.', 9.93. '~.1A. 141.', 14.2.2 Payment, Fa.lure of . . . . . . .... .95.2,9613,9.7,9.9.2,14 Pa'rment, Final... .,. . .. . . . 2.3.15, 2.321, 9.9, 13.3.1 Pcl~ments, Progress.. ........7.8,7.93,9.5.5,98.2,9.9.3,12.1.4 PAYME~TS AND CO.~PlnION ..........................9 Payments to Subcontractors..... . . . . .9.52,953,95.4.961.3, 1133,l~~' P a ~ IT; e\ t s \\" It h he I d ..................,................. 9 6 Performance Bond and labor and M~terial Payment Bond .. .7.S Permits. Fees and Notices ..............3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, '0.2.2 PERSONS AND PIOPERTY, PROTECTION Of ............. .10 Product Data, Definition or ..........................1...2.2 Product Data, Shop Dr~wings, S~mples ~nd .. .2.3.18,4.2.1,4.12 Progress ~nd Completion ....................2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2 Progress Payments. . . . . . . . . . i.8, 7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.1, 9.9.3, '~.1.4 Project, Definition of ................................'.1... Project Construction Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10 Property Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... ......... . .11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY .............. 10 Record Documents ......................................11 Regulations and laws ...............1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4j, 4.13.1, i.1, 10.2.2,14 Rejection of Work ........................2.3.16.4.5.1,13.2 Releases of Waivers and Liens ....................9.9.2, 9.9.4 Representations ............1.2.2, 4.5, ..12.5, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Representatives ....2.1, 2.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22, 3.1, 4.1, 4.9, 5.', 9.3.3 Responsibility for Those Pertormlng the Work .....2.3.5, 4.3.2, 6.1.3,6.2,9.8.1 Retain~ge .............. . . . . . . . .9.3.1, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Review ot Contract Documents by the Contr~ctor .......1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 ReViews of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect......... .. ... .2.3.18,4.10,4.12,5.2.1, S.2.3, 9.2 Rights and Remedies .............'.1.2, 2.3.15, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4 5.3.6.1,6.3,7.6. i.9, 8.3.1, 9.6.1, 9.i 10.3,12.1.2,12.2,13.2.2,14 Royalties and Patents ................................ .4.17 Safety of Persons and Property .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.35, 10.1 Sa mples, Definition ot ...............................4.12.3 Samples, Shop Dra"'lngs, Product Data ind ..... .2.3.17,2.3.18, .', . 4.2,4.12 Sample's at the Site, Documents and. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .4.'1 Schedule, Contractors Construction.............. . ... ., .4.10 Schedule, Project Construction........................ .4.10 Schedule 01 Values ....................................9.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors .....4.1..2, 6, l' .3.6, 13.1.2 Shop DraWings, Definition ..,........................4.12.1 Shop DraWings, Product D~Ha and Samples .. . . . .. .....2.3.17, ~ 3.18, 4.2. 4.12 Site, Use Of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .4.13, 6.2.~ Site Inspections..... ...... .12~, 2.3.4, 2.3.21, -:.7, 98.1,9.9.1 Site Visits, Architect's. . . . ............ .2.3.4,2.3.6,2.3.9,7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9A:!, 9.6.1, 9.9.' SpeCial Inspection and Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23.16, 7.7 SpeCial Hazards Insurance........................... ,1'.3.5 Speciflcatlons .. . .. . . .. .................... .1.1.1,1.2.4,1.3 Statutes ot Limitations . . . . . . 7' 9~, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Stopping the \\'ork . . . .................. .3.3.9.7'.1,10.3,14.1 Stored .~aterlals ........... .6.2.1, 93:!, 10 l' 2.11.3.1,13.2.5 SUBCONTRAC10RS ..................... .............. S ~...;bconlractors, Definition oi ................ ........51.1 Subcontractors, \-\ork b\ .1 2 4, : 35,4 3.1,4 3.2 Subcontractual RelatIons . . . . . . . .. ........5.3 Submlttal.. .1 3 2 3 4 S 4.10, 4.12, 5.~.1. 5 2.3. 9:.93.1,9.8.1,9.9.1,9.9."' 4 A201/CM-1980 "'" OOCUME'T A201i(M. GE....ER~l CO.....8.110'~ Of THE CO'-~."'C: fOR CO....SH~LC110" CO' S T R L' C 1 ! 0 ~ M A "" ~ G E'-H '" TED I T 10 "l · I L ". E 1980 [D Ii 10'. · A I A ~ · :I 19&1 · THE A\~tRICA' 1.....~TITL:1E OF A~CHI1lC1~ '-35 .....f.\\. 'fOR~ ...\E....... \\ V\A.Sr- 'C'rO.... D C ~C'0)6 .... ","- "r,.,\~-.~..""":,...,,,.:.:.s:-_"_ A.........-:..~~"......... '" .....;,................ .Jl;......-..,:...~..........-..:c.............~... . ~--tr........'_r......................,...-....."""..._ ~"" "'"""'......-..... Subr08~tlon, W~iver of .............................. 11.3.6 Subst~ntl~1 Completion of the Project . . . . . . . .8.1.4, 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 9.9.6, 13.2.1, 13.2.2 Subst~nti~l Completion of the Project, Definition of ......8.1.4 Substanti~1 Completion of the Work ........2.3.21, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 Subs~nti~1 Completion of the Work, Definition of ........8.1.3 SubstItution iQf Subcontractors ....................5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution lof the Architect ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.23 Substitution of the Construction Manaler ..............2.3.23 Substitutions of Materials ....................... .4.5, 12.1.4 Sub-subcont,.actors, Definition of .......................5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions ...............................12.1.' Successors and Assigns .................................7.2 Supervision ~lnd Construction Procedures .........., .2.4, 2.3.S, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Supe,intendE~nt, Contractor's ......................4.9, 10.2.6 Surety, Con Sle n t 0 f .............................. 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Surveys ........................................3.2.2, 4.18.3 Taxes ................................................ 4.6 Termination by the Contractor ......................... 14.1 Termination by the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Termination of the Architect .........................2.3.23 Termination of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23 TERMINA TIC)N Of THE CONTRACT ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Tests............................... .2.3.16,4.3.3,7.7,9.4.2 TaMl .................................................. . Time, Definition of ....................................8.1 Time, Delays and Extensions ot ..........8.3, , 2.1, 12.3, 13.2.7 Time limits, Specific.............. .3.4,4.10, 7.9.2,8.2,8.3.2, 8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.'.4, 11.3.8,12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Title to Work ..................................9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND COIIEC110N OF WOII ..... . . . . . . . . 13 Uncovering of Work .................................. 13.1 Unforseen Conditions. . · · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3.1, 12.2 Unit Prices .................................12.1.3.2,12.1.5 Use of Documents ............................ 1.3, 3.2.S, 5.3 Use of Site .................................... .4.13,6.2.1 Values, Schedule of ....................................9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ... .7.6.2, 8.3.2, 9.9.5, 11.3.6 Waiver 01 Claims by the Owner . . . . . .7.6.2, 9.9.4, 11.3.6, l' .4.' Waiver of Liens ........ · . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 9 2 Warranty and Warranties ..............2.3.21, 4.S: 9~j.3: 9.8.4, 9.9.4, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Weather Delays ....... · · · · · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3.1 Words, Recognized Meaning of ....................... .1.2.3 Work, Definition of ................................. .1.1.3 WORK IY OWNER OR IY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS......., Written Consent ..........2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3 Written Interpretations. . . . . ..... .. . . . .. . .1.1.1, 2.3.11, 12.3.2 Written Notice...... .2.3.'1,2.3.15,4.2,4.7.3,4.7.4,4.9,4.12.6, 4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7..7.2,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6, '1.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.S, '1.3.7, '1.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2, 13.2.S, '4 Written Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3, 4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13.1 AlA DOCUMEr-r.'T A2t1/CM . GE'-olERAl CO~DI1IONS Of THE CONTRACT FO~ CO~SlRUClION CO....SH~UCTIOa..,; \~j\....~C[\H.'I,.n EDITtON · JUNE 1980 EDITlO~ . AJAe . (t'1980 . THE "'\H~lCA."" I'-oSTITll[ OF A~CHI1[C1S. 1735 ....[\\' YORK AVE, N \\' V\.4,SH1NCTON. 0 C 2(XU A201/CM-1980 S GENERAL CONDITIO'NS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEfiNITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup- plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification IS (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- paragraph 2.3.11, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita- tion to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of these, or any other documents unless specifically enu- merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi- fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create any contractual relationship of any kind between the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc- tion Manager and the Contractor or betv.'een the Archi- tect and the Construction '''~anager, but the Architect and the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform- ance of the obligations of the Contractor intended for the i r be n e fit and i 0'. en for c em e n t the reo i . ~ 0 t h i n g con- taned an the Contract Documents shall create any con- tractual relationship between the Owner. the Construc- tl 0 n "'~ J nag e r 0 r the Arc hit ec tan d any Sub con t r act 0 r 0 r Sub-subcont r actor. 1.1.3 THE WORK The Work comprises the completed construction required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. and in- cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction, and all materials and equipment Incorporated or to be Incorporated in such construction. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Proiect as defined in the O~'ner-Contractor Agree- ment. IS the totdi construction of Y\hlch the \Vark per- formed under the Contract Documents is a part 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRElA liON AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be Signed in not les5 than quadruplIcate bv the OV\ner and the Contractor, I f e it ~, f r .. '1. \ n e r 0 r the Con t r act 0 r 0 r bot h don 0 t s i g n the Conoll,,--,n) ot the Contract. Dra,^lng~ Specifications or an.y of t,he other Contract Documents, the Architect shall Identity such Documents. 1.2.2 Exec,ution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representa,h.on t~at the Contractor has VIsited the site, be- come familiar With the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed. and has correlated personal observa tlons WI th the requirements of the Contract DoctJ~ men ts. 1.2..3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all Items necessary for the proper execution and comple- tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- ~en~ary, an.d what is required by anyone shall be as binding as If reqUired by all. Work not covered in the Contract Documents will not be requ~red unless it is con- sls~ent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the intended results. \Vords and abbreviations \\'hicn have welJ-kno\\'n technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.4 The organization of the Speciilcat.ons into divi- ~ions, sections and articles. and the arrangement of Dra\\'- Ings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the \Vork among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 1.3.1. All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof furnished by the. ArchItect are and sh 111 remain the pre erty of the Architect. Thev are to be used onlv \\'ith rt.. spect to this Project and are not to be used on 'anv other prOJect. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract. such documents are to be returned or SUitably accounted for to the Architect on reque~t at the completion of the \\'ork. Subml~slon or distribution to me~t of1.icial regulator\' requirementc;. or 'or other pur- poses In. connection \\.ith the PrOlect IS not to be con- strued as publicatJon In derogation of the Archatect's common la\\' COPVrI ~h t or at her re<er\ed rj~hts. ARTICLE 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.1 THE ARCHITECT 2.1.1 The A.rch.tect IS the person 1c3\\tulh lIcensed to pr~ctlce arc~itec~~re. or an ental\' law;ullv practicing ar- chJtecture, Identrfled as such in the O\rvner-Contractor Agreement. The te rm Arch, tee t meJ ns t he ,~rchltect or the Arch,tect's authorized repre~cnlatl\e 2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION .\iANAGER 2.2.1 The Construction .\~anager I' ~he person or entitv iden t died as such In the 0\\ ne r-Cont r acto r ~ kue emen t The term Construction Manager means the Co~~.' ~ct;on \~anager or the Con<fructian '~anagers authorlzed representatIve 2.3 AD,~I"" ISTRA TIO~ OF THE CO' TR A.CT 2.3.1 The Architect and the Construction '~dnaser vvi AlA DOC\JMlNT A201/CM . CP,ERAl CO.....011'10....5 Of THE CO....TR,ACT FOR CO....STRLCTIO' COSSTRUCT!O' .~~A""AGE~\E~T EDIT10-"'; · jL'....E 1980 EDITION · AlA- · @ 1980 · THE A '- H R I C A' I""" I I T L T f 0 f .. R CHI TEe T S ~ - 3 3 .... E \ \ ~ 0 ~ ~ A\' E ,\\' \\' ASH 1'-0: eTa -...; 0 C ~~ A201/CM - 1980 6 provide administrihon of th. Conttlct ~s herein.fter described. 2.3.2 The Arcnitect ~nd the Construction ~n~8er will be the O'wner's represent.tives during construction and until (inal payment to all contractors is due. The Archi- tect and the Construction Manager will advise and con- sult With the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor shall be i'orwarded through the Construction Manager. The Architect and the Construction Manaser will have authority to act on behalf.of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contr~ct Documents. unless o~herwise modified Iby written instrument in accordance With Sub- paragraph 2.3.22. 2.3.3 ThE~ ConstructiOA Manager will determine in gen- eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will en- deavor to guard the Owner ~gainst defects and deficien- cies in the Work of the Contractor. 2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- pria te to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi- tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan. tity of the Work. On the b~sis of on-site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Conltractor. 2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man- aser will be responsible for or have control or charge of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precaul;~ and programs in connection with the Work, and neither will be respon- sible for thl~ Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the Architect nor the Construction Manager will be respon- sible for or have control or charge over the acts or omis- sions of th.! Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or ernployees, or any other persons perlorming an\' of the Worle. 2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shalf ~ t all times have access to the Work wherever .t is in preparation and progress. The Contractor shaH provide facilities fol' such access so that the Architect and the Construction Manager mav perform their functions under the Contract Documents. 2.3.7 The <:onstruction Manager will schedule and coor- dinate the \JVork of all contractors on the Project includ- ing thei r use of the site. The Construction Manager will keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform the Work properly. 2.3.8 The (:onstruction Manager will review aU Applica- tions for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay- ment, and y~ i rr assemble them with similar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man- ager \\'ill th~~n make recommendations to tne Architect for certification for payment. 2.3.9 8a ~cd on the Architect's observations, the recom- menditions of the Construction ~n.ler ~nd in evil~- hon of the Project ApplicJtion for P.1yment, the Architect will d~termin~ the ~mount owinl 10 the Contractor ind will issue a Project Certific~te for P~yment incorpor~tinB such amount. ~s prOVided in P~r~graph 9.4. 2.3.10 The ArchltKt will be the interpreter of the r~ quirements ot the Contract Documents ~nd the judge ot the performance thereunder by both the Owner ~nd the Contractor. 2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations nec~- sary for the proper execution or progress ot the Work, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with agreed upon time limits. Either part'y to the Contract lNy make written request to the Architect for such interpretJ- tions. 2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. After consultation with the Construction Manager, the Architect will render a deci- sion in writing within a reasonable time. 2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and judge, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per- formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. 2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question beh\een the Contractor and the Owner referred to the ArchJtect through the Construction Manager, except those relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 and these which have been waived bv the making or acceptance of fina: payment as prOVIded in Subpara- graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of either party. Ho\\'e\'er, no demand for arbitration of any such claim, di5pute or other matter may be made until the earlier of (1 i the date on \\'hich the Architect has rendered a writ- ten deCISion, or (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented thei r evidence to the Arctll fect 0 r have been gIven a reasonable opportunity to do so. if the Architect has not rendered a \\ritten decision by thaI date. When such a \vritten decision of the Architect 5tates (1) that the decision ;s final but subject to appeal. and (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or other matter covered by such decision must be made ~ith;n thirty days after the date on \\'hich the party making J~e demand re. ceives the written decision, failure to demand arbitration with,n scud thirty day period \4,."" result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the O'w\'ner and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such dec,slon may be entered as e\ idPrJce but \\ ill not super- sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 7 A201/CM -1980 AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM · CE~ERAl CO~DfTIO~S Of THE CO~T~ACT FOR CO~STRUCTIO~ CONSTRUCTION MANACEMENT EDITION · JU""'E 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE ,~M[RIC."'~ Ir-..STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 Ito"JEW YORK AVE, N \\'.. \\lASH'NCTON. D.C 2()(X)6 1.3." The Architect will hive luthority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contrict Documents. .nd to require speci~l Inspection or testing, but will tike such .ction only ~fter consult.tion with the Construction M.n- .ser. Subject to review by the Architect. the Construction M~n~ger will h~ve the ~uthority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever, In the Construction Manager's opinion, it is conSidered n~cessary or advisable for the implementation of the in- tent of the Contract Documents. the Construction Man- ager will have authority to require special inspection or testing ot the Work in accordance with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricited, in- stalled or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con- ~truction Manager will be subject to the provisions of Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16, inclusive, with re- spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect. However, neither the Architect's nor the Construction Manager's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16. nor any decision made by them in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall Rive rise to anv duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Con- struction Manager to the Contractor. any Subcontractor, any of their agents or employees. or any other person performing any of the Work. 2.3.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the Contractor and review all Shop DraWings. Product Data and Samples, coordinate them with information contained in related documents, and transmit to the Architect those recommended for approval. 2.3.1' The Architect will review and approve ,or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data clnd Samples, but only for conformance with the design concept of the Work and the information given in the Contract Docu- ments. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prompt- ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of wnich the item IS a component. 2.3.19 Following consultation with the Construction Manager. the Architect will take appropriate action on Change Orders in accordance with Article 12. and will have authOrity to order minor changes In the 'A'ork as prOVided in Subparagraph' 2.4.1. 2.3.20 The Construction Manager will maintain at the Project site one record copy of all Contracts, Dray. ings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi- fications pertaining to the Project, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction" and approved Shop DraV\'lngs, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Archi- tect and the Contractor, and shall be delivered to the Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project. 2.3.21 The Construction Manager \\-'j 11 assist the Archi. tect an conducting Inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, and will receive and fOr\\lard to the Owner for the Owner's review written \\-'arranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Architect ,^,i11 Issue a final Project Cert:flcate for Pa\ ment upon compliance \ovith the requirements oT P)"a'..:" 1:' ~.9. 1.3.22 The duties, responsibilities .nd limigtions of .uthority of the Architect and the Construction M~nl.,r ~s the Owner's representitives durins construction .5 forth In the Contrict Documents. will not be modified extended witnout written consent ot the Owner, the Con- tractor, the Architect and the Construction Manager, which consent shall not be unreasonably withh~ld. F~ilure ot the Contractor to respond \vithln ten days to i y.ritten request shall constitute consent by the Contrictor. 2.3.23 In case of the termination of the employment of tne Architect or the Construct'on Manager, the Owner shall appoint an architect or a construction manager against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- tion and whose status under the Con~ract Documents shall be that of the former ~rchitect or construction man- ager, respectively. Any dispute in connection with such appointments shall be subject to arbitration. ARTICLE 3 OWNER 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or en ti ty identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 3.2 INfORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree- ment furnish to the Contrictor reasonable evidence th~. the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulf~1I t' Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless suc.. reasonable evidence is furnished. the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or to commence the Work. 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the phYSical cha racteristlcs, legal I i mila tlons and utility loca- tions for the site of the Project. and a legal descriptton of the site. 3.2.3 Except as prOVided in Subparagrapn 4.7.1, the Ov.'ner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease. ments. assessments and charges requi red for the construe. tlon. use or occupancy of permanent structures or fOI permanent changes In exj~ting facilities. 3.2.4 Information or services under the Q\\'ner's control shall be furnished b~ the O\,.ner \\'Ith reJsonable prompt- ness to J\ Old delay in the orderh progress at the Work. 3.2.5 Unless other\vise provided In the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor \\'ill be furnIshed, free of charge, all caples of DraWings and SpeCifications reasonably nec- essary for the execution of the \\'ork 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the Contractor through the Construction .\ ~ J nag e r ,. \ ; t h ~ i m u I. taneous notification to the Architect. 3.2.7 The foregOing are In addition to other duties and respon~lbdlties of the Q\o\ner enumerated hereIn and es. pecially those In respect to \\'cd., B\' O'v\ner or Bv Sepa- rate Contractors PJ\ments anc Completion, and Insur- a n c e I n Art i c I e 5 6, 9 and 11 , res p e ,-' '0 e I v . AlA DOCUMENT A201iCM . GENERAL COSOITIO'-'S Of THE CO"" TRA.C1 fOR CO"" 51 RUCT10~ CONSTRUC110N MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION · AlAe · ~ 1980 · THE AM[ R1C"-1oo,J I"'-lSllTUTE Of ARCHITECTS, , ;)5 ~...E\\ YORK AVE ~ \\' . \\ ASHINGTON, D.C ~ A201/CM - 1980 8 U OWNII'! lIGHT TO STOP THE ~ 13.1 If the Contr~ctor f~ils to correct defective Work as required by P~r~gr~ph 13.2, or persistently fails to cirry out the Work In .ccord~nce with the Contract Docu- ments, the Owner, by i written order signed person~lIy or by an ~gent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop the Work ~ihall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exerCise this right tor the benefit of the Con- tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 3.4 O~'NER'S liGHT TO CAlIV OUT THE WOlk 3.4.1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the ()wner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner' may, a fter seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and without prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay- ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services m.ade necessary by such default, neglect or fail- ure. Such .action by the O\vner and the amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the prior approval of the Architect, after consultation with the Construction Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con- tractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Con- tractor shalll pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR 4.1 DEfiNITION 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Con- tractor meclns the Contractor or the Contractor's author- ized represientative. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the (ontra(t Documents and shall at once report to the Architect and the Con~truction .t.Aanager any error, incon- sistency or omission tf'-at may be discovered. The Con- tractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from ~ny such errors, incons'stencje~ or omissions in the Con- tract Docurnents. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, y.:here required. approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or SampIe5 for such portion of the Work. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the \\lork, using the ContractorJs best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods. techniques, sequences and procedures; .nd Shill coordi"... all portions of the Work under the Contract, subject to the over~1I coordinition of the Con- struction MAnI..r. 4.3.2 The Contrlctor sh~1I be responsible to the Owner for the acts ~nd omissions of the Contr~ctor's emp'oyees. C;ubcontractors ~nd their tlgents and employees, tlnd ~~ other persons performing ~ny of the Work under a con- tract with the Contractor. 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect in th~i r administration of the Contract, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph 7.7 by persons other th~n the Contractor. 4.4 LAlOR AND MATERIALS 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor. materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heal, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- porated in the Work. 4.4.2 The Contractor sh~1I at all times enforce strict dis- cipline and good order among the Contractor's em- ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per- son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them. 4.S WARRANTY 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Ownerj the Archi- tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un- less otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance WI th the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these requirements. including substitutions not prop- erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec- tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man- ager, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph , 3.2. 4.6 TAXES 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other Similar taxe~ for the ,^'ork or portaons thereot prOVided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the tIme bids are received, whether or not ~'et effective. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4.7.1 Unfess otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. the O,^'ner shaff secu re and pay for the building permit and the Contractor shall secure and pay for al! other permits and governmental fees. licenses and inspec- tions necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customard... secured after execu- tion of the Contract and which are legallv required at the time b,ds are received. 4.7.2 The Contractor shaff give all notices and comply \o\ith all laYvs, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any ~0b!lc aut~o~ t\ bearing on the perform- ance of the \J\'odc 9 A201 /C~ri - 1980 4104 DOCUMENT o4201/CM · GE"ERAl CO....DITIO""'S OF THE CO~TR."CT FOR CO'-i5TRUCTIO~ CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT [DITIO~ · JU1'lE 1980 EDITION · AlA. . ~ 1980 . THE "'-"iERICA~ I"JSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1;-35 ~E"' YORK AVE. .... \\. \V,4.SHI"-GTO.,. 0 C ~~ 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to m~ke cert~in th.t the Conlriel Documents ~re in accord- ~nce with '!pplicible liWS, stitutes, building codes Ind regulations. If the Contrictor observes th-lt .ny of the Contricl Documents are ~t viriince ttv~rewi th in iny re- spect, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect ~nd the Construction M~nager In writang, and ~ny neces- ~ry changes shall be accomplished by appropriite Modification. 4.7.4 If the Contractor perlorms any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- tions, and without such notice to the Architect and the Construction Manager, the Contractor shall issume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. 4.1 ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man- ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a reasonable objection. 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments: .1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the allowance, delivered at the site, and .all appli- cable taxes; .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor. installation costs, over- head. profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance; .3 whenever the cost is more or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. the amount of \\lhich will recognize changes. if any I in han- dling costs on the site. labor. installdtion costs, overhead, profit and other expenses. 4.9 SUPERIN1ENDENT 4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin- tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in a,:end- ance at the Project site during th~ progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all communica lions given to the ~uperintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- nications shall be confirmed In writing. Other communi- cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each case. 4.10 CONTRAClOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being a\\'arded the Contract, shall prep2 'e and submit for the Construc- tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction Schedule for the Work which shall pro\lde for expedi- tious and practicable execution of the \Vork. This sched- ule shall be coordinated by the Con~truction ~~anager ~'ith the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's ConstrU(~lon Schedule shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work ~nd the ProjKt. subject to the Construction Mini""s ipprov.t. 4.11 DOCUHENTS AND SAMPlES AT THE 1m 4.11.1 The Contractor sh4111 m4llnttlin It the Project ~..._, on a current basis, one rKord copy of ill Driwings Specifications, Addenda, Ch~nge Orders ind other Modi~ fications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and ipproved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be a~ailable to the Architect and the Construction Manager. Tne Contractor shall advise the Construction ~1ana8er on a current. basis of all ch41nges in the Work made during construction. 4.12 SHOP ORA WINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 4.12.1 Shop Drawings ire drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data speci.Uy prepared for the Work by the Con~ra~tor or an.y Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to Illustrate some portion of the Work. 4.12.2 Product Data ire illustra tions, stan~rd schedules, perfor~ance c~arts, in~tructions, brochures, diagrams and other Information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 4.12.~ The Contractor shall prepare, review, approve and submit through the Construction Manager, with reason- able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de- lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any se" rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data ' Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con- tractor shall c~operate with the Construction Manager in the ConstructIon Manager's coordination of the Contrac- tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with those of other separate contractors. 4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep- resents that the Contractor has detfrmi"\ed and verified all materials. field measurements and field construction cnteria related thereto. or will do so ,,-.tn reasonable promptness, and has checked and coordindted the infor- mation contained y.",thln such submittals \\Ith the require- ments of the Work, the Project and the Contract Docu- m~nts. 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relle\ ed of responsibi 1- ity for any deViation from the requlfements 0; the Con- tract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Dra\\,ings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph 2.3.18, unless the Contractor has specifically iniormed the Architect. a~d the Construct,on \.~anager in writing of such deViation at the time of submission and the Archi- tect has given '^ rltten a pproval to the specdic de\'.:' .- ~ The Contractor sha:, not be relieved from responSIOI: :\ for errors or omIssions in the Shop Dra\\'i~s, Product Data or Sa mples by the Archi tect''' a ppro\'al of them. 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in w r it in g 0 ( 0 n r e ~ u b mitt e d S hop 0 r a \.\' In g s. Pro due t 0 a t a or Sample5-, to :e.. .:: ....,s other than those requested bv the Architect on pre\ iOL;S submittals. AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM . GE"'-ERAl CO....OlllONS Of THE CO~TR"CT FOR CONSTRL:QIOa.,,: CO~STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDIT'O~ . JU~E 1980 EDITION · AlAe · ~ 1980 · THE ^v[R1CA~ I"'"'STITUTE or ARCHITECTS '-35 "'E\\I YORK AVE. ....."" \\ ....SHI....CTON 0 C. 1000. A201/CM -1980 10 4.12.' N() portion of the Work requiri~1 submission of I Shop Dr~win8, Product O~t. or SImple sh.U be com. m~nced IlJntil the submittal has been approved by the ArchitKt ~s provided in Subparagraon 2.3.18. All such portions of the Work shall be in accordance with .p- proved ~ubmittals. 4.13 USE OF SITE 4.13.1 Th'E Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract IDocuments, and shall not unreasonably encum- ber the site with anv materials or equipment. 4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac- tor's operations with, and secure approval from, the Con- struction I~anager before using any portion of the site. 4.14 CUTTINC AND PATCHINC Of WOIK 4.14.1 Th.~ Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. 4.14.2 The! Contractor shall not damage or endanger any portion olf the Work or the work of the Owner or any separate c:ontractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering arty work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any separate C4Dntractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter- ing the' W4)rk. . 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 ThE~ Contractor snail at all times keep the premises (ree from accumulation of \A.'aste materials or rubbish caused by the Contractor's operations. At the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac- tor's \\'aste~ materials and rubbish from and about the Project as "'ell as all the Contractor's tools, construction equIpment. machinery and surplus materials. 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up elt the comple- tion of th(~ Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 4.16 CO^~MUNICA liONS 4.16.1 The Contractor shJII fOf\\Jrd all commun;catlon~ to the Oy.'ner and the Architect through the Construction Manager. 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 4.17.1 The (ontrc1ctor shall pay all royalties and license tees. shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con- struction !\~~anager ha rmless from loss on account thereof, except that the O~ ner, or the Construction "~anager as the case rrlay be, sha II be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, process or the product of a par- ticular manufacturer or manufacturers ;s selected by such person or ~,uch person's agent. It the Contractor. or the Con~tructlon Manager as the case may be, has reason to believe that the deSIgn. process or product serected is an infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible for such 1055 unless such Information is promptl\. gi\en to the others and also to the Arch,tect. 4.1. INDlMNIflCA11QN 4.11.1 To the full~t extent permitted by I.w, the Con. tractor sh.U indemnify ind hold harmless the Owner, the Architect, the Construction M~n.8er, .nd t~'r .gents ind employees from .nd .giinst all claims, d.males, los5e'S .nd ~xpenses, Including, but not limited to, ittorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the ~rlormance of the Work, provided th.t any such claim, dalNge, loss or expense (1) is ~ttributable to boddv inJury, sickness, dis- ease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangibl~ property (other th~n the Work itself) including the loss ot use resulting therefrom, and (2) is aused in whole or in part by any neglilent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by ~ny of them or anyone for whose ~cts .ny of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereu~der. Such obligation sh~1I not be construed to nega te, abridge or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist .s to any pa rty or person described in Ihis Paragraph 4.18. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi- tect, the Construction Manager or any of their agents or employees by any employee ot the Contractor, any Sub- contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts ~ny of them may be J iable, the indemnification obligation under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limita- tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub- contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts. disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees, arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions. reports, surveys, Change Orders, de- sIgns or specifications, or (2) the ~Iving of or the failure to g", e directions or instructions by the Arch.tect or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees, pro- \',ded such .8fving or failure to give i~ the prlmarv cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITION 5.1.1 A Subcontractor ;s a person or enlih \\'ho has a direct contract ~Ith the Contractor to perform any of the \Vork at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub- cofttractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative. The term Subcontractor does not include any separate contractor or any separate contractor's ~ubcontractors. 5.1.2 A Sub-~ubcontractor is a person or enfltv who has a direct or Ind:rect contract with a Subcontractor to per- form any of the \\'ork at the sIte The term Sub-subcon- tractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized rep- resentative thereof. 5.2 AWARDS OF SUBCONTRACTS A~D OTHER CONTRACTS fOR PORTIONS OF THE '-\'ORK 5.2.1 L' n less other\\' i se requ i red by the Con i r act Docu- 11 A201/C:M - 1980 ~'A DOCUMENT A201/CM · GE~ERAl CO~DITlONS OF THE CO,TRACT FOR CO"STRUCTIO~ CO~STRUCTIO!'4 MANAG[ME~ T EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . (S) 1980 . THE A."1ERIC"," '''-STITl'TE Of ,A,RCHITECTS. '-35 '-.E\\' YOR... ....VE '\\' \\....5HI~GTO'. DC. ~ ments or the Biddinl Documents, the ContrKtOr, ~s soon ~s practicable after the .w~rd of t~ C~t.ract, sNlI !ur- nish to the ConstrUCtiOn MaMler In wntinl for r~MIW by the Owner, the Architect and :he Construction Man- aler, the n41me5 of the persons or ent~ties (includ~nl those who ire to fumish miterills or equipment f.bnated to 41 Speciil design) proposed for eich of the princip~1 por- tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con- struction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Construction ~na8er to reply promptly shall con- stitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with iny such proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar- chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable objection under the provisions of Subparagraph. 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be required to contract With anyone to whom the Contractor hiS a reasonable objection. S.2.3 I f the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Minager has reasonable objection to any s~ch prop?sed person or entity, the Contrictor shall submit a substlt~te to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager have no reasonable objection, and t~e Contra~t Sum shall be increa~d or decreased by the difference In cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order shill be issued; however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- graph 5.2.1. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes reasonable objection to such substitution. S.3 SUBCONTRAaUAL tELA TIONS 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written wher~ legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be perfo~med by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to- ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili- ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect ~he rights of the Own~r, the Arch.tect and the Construction Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed b'y the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor Agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the~e Docu- ments, has against the Owner. \Vhere appropriate,. the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter Into similar agreements with their Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub- contractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the ~ubco.n- tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and Identify .c the 5ubcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro- posed Subcontract whic:b fNY be at van.nc. with __ Contr~ct Documents. Uch Subcontractor thall IimiIaIty rmke copies of such Documents available to their $I....... subcontractors. ARTICLE 6 WORK IV OWNER OR IV SEPARAn CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S liGHT TO PBfOlM WOIK AND TO AWAID SEPAlAn CONTaAcr5 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, ind to award sepirate contracts in connection with other por- tions of the Project or other work on the site under these or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay, damile or additional cost is involved because of such iction by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts ire awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contrictor who executes each separate Owner- Contractor Agreement 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the work of the Owner's own forces ind of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate therewith is provided in Piragraph 6.2. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIIIUTY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner, the C('~ struction Manager and separate contractors reason. opportunity for the introduction and storage of their n,~~ terials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner or any separate contractor, the Contractor Shill, prior to proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con- struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper executjon and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an accertance of the Owner's or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently become apparent in such work by others. 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the work or property of the Owner, or to other work or property on the site. the Contractor snail promptly rem- edy such damage as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Should the Contractor 'W'rongfully delay or cause damage to the y.ork or property of any separate contrac- tor/ the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly at- tempt to settle with such other contractor bv agreement, or othe~'ise to resolve the dispute. If such separate con- tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to ~d\e been caused bv the Contractor, the Ov.-'ner s~ AlA DOCUMENT A2tl/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CO~TRACT fOR. CONSTRUCT10-" CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION · AlA. · ~ 1980 · THE ."ME RICA.!'.i I.....S TITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 1i35 NEW YORK AVE. ~W., \\'ASHINGTON. D.C ~CXXX> A201/CM -1980 12 notify the. Contractor who sh~1I defend such proceedinp ~t th~ O'Nnerls expense, .nd if .ny judSmeftt or .ward ~8ilnst the Owner arises t~er~from, the Contractor s~1I p~~ or satisfy It and sh.1I reImburse the ONner for .11 ~nomeys' fees ind court or arbitration costs which the Ov.ner has incurred. 6.3 OWNER'S RICHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contrictor ind separate c:ontractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up .as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up and charge the cost thereof to the contractors respon- Sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter- mine to ble just. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1.1 GOVERNING LAW 7.1.1 ThE~ Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 7.2 SUC:CESSORS AND ASSICNS 7.2.1 The' Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind lhemsefve~~, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the part- ners, SUCcE~ssors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and obllgation$ contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to thle Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other. 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 1.3.1 Wrirten notice shall be deemed 10 have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or mem- ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora- tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving the notice. 7.4 CLAIMS fOR DAMAGES 7.4.1 Should either party' to the Contract suffer injUry or damage to person or propertv because of any act or omis- s.on of thE~ other party or of any of the other pa fty' s employees, agents or others for ~'hose acts such part~ IS jegallv '~able, cJaim shall be made in 'w\'retJng to such other party \\;th,n a reasonable time after the ftr~t observ- ance Of such injUry or damage. 7.5 PERF()RMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.5.1 The O\\'ner shall have the right to requrre the Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful perform- dnce of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder If and as required in the BiddIng Doc- uments or the C( ntract Documents. 7.6 RIGHTS A'D REMEDIES 7.6.1 The dutIes and oblIgations imposed by the Can- t fact Docu n1ents a nd the righ Is and remedies available thereunder 5hall be in addition to. and not a limItation of, d :- .: ... t : e ~, 0 b rig a tiC' n s . rights and rem e d J e sot he f'V.' i se i m _ pc~ed or aVc3ldable b} law, 7.u No Iction or failure 10 ICI by the Owner, the AI- cftitect, the ConstructiOn M.l\il~r or the Contractor _II constitute I wliver of iny "8ht or duty Ifforded tiny 01 them under the Contrict, nor sh.1I .ny such iction or fillure to Ict constitute ~n approvil of or 4lcquiescence in any breach thereunder, exc~pt .s m~y be specifically agreed in writins. 7.7 TESTS 7.7.1 If the Contract Documentsl laws, ordinances, rules. regulations or orders ot any public authority having juris- diction require any portion ot the Work to be inspected, tested or approved, the Contractor shall 8ive the Architect and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi- ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may observe such inspection, testln. or approvll. The Con- tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other- wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in- spections, tests or approvals. 7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construction Manager deter- mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing or approval which Subparagraph i.7.1 does not include, the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza- tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Con- tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- tract Documents, the Contractor shalf bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made nec- essary by such failure; otherwise the Ov.'ner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 7.i.3 Required certificates 0; Inspection, testing or ap- proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con- tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction i"tanager for transmittal to the Architect. 7.7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes to observe the inspections, tests Or approvdfs required by the Contract Documents, they Will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the SOurce or suppl\'. 7.8 INTEREST 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc- uments shall bear interest from the date pavment is due at such rate as the parties ma\ dgree upon tn writing or, In the a bsence thereof. at the le~JI ra Ie prevailing a t the place of the Project. i.9 ARBITRATION 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other mailers In question bet~'een the Contractor and the Owner arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 ~Ith respect to. the Architect's decisions on matters refating to artIstic eiiect. and except for claims ~'hlCh have been 'w\al\ed by the making or acceptance of iinal payment as provided by Subparagraphs 99.4 through 9 96. inclusive. shall be decided by arbitratton in accordance With the Construc- t Ion I n d us t ryA ,. ~ It ~ d ! ion R u Ie s 0 f the A mer j can Arb j t r a _ tlon Association tnen obtainlr"g unie~5 the parties mutually 13 A201/C}~ - 1980 AlA DOCl1MENT A201/CM · CE~ER~L CO'DITIO~S Of THE CO'-.1RACT FOR CO'SHlL'CTI()N CO'-'STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 19&) EDITlO~ . AfAe . Cl 1980 . THE .\.\1f~ICA" I~STITUTE OF ^~CHITECTS. 17)5 ~[\\ YORK A\ E ,,\\ \\ \.SHI.....CTO"'J, 0 C 2(XX)b iaree otherwise. No Irbit,ation .risin. out of or rela~in. to the Contr.ct Documents sh.U include, by consohct.- tion, jOinder or in .ny other minner, the Architect, the Construction Maniger, their employees or consultants except by written consent cont.Jining a specific reference to tt'le Owner-Contractor Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, the Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. ~o arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or In any other manner. parties other than the Owner, the Contractor and any other persons substantially involve~ in a common question of fact or law, whose presen,ce IS required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi. tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contra~- tor shall be included as an original third party or addl- tion.1 third party to an arbitration whose interest or re. sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving an additional person or persons shall not ~on- stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or with any person not named or described therein. The foregOing ag,reement to arbitrate and any other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner- Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may ?e en. tered upon it in accordance with applicable law In any court having jurisdiction thereof. 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the o~ne.r.Contract.or Agreement and with the American Arbltrat.lon ASSOCia- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Arch~tect. and the Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph 2.3.15 where applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim. dispute or other matter in question has arisen; and in no event shall i~ be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable pro- ceedings based on such claim. dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.9:1; Unless otherwise agreed in writing. the Contrac,tor sha11" ca.fr\: on the Work and maintain Its progress dUring any arbit~ation proceedings. and the Owner shall con- tinue to make payments to the Contractor In accordance '\o\,tth the Contract DocumE'nt<. ARTIClE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided. the Contract T..me is the period of time allotted in the Contract D<?cum~nts for Substantial Completion of the Work as defined In Sub- paragraph 8.1.3. including authorized adjustments thereto. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the V\'ork is the date established in a notice to proceed. 1f there is no no- tice to prcceed, It shall be such other date as ma\ be es ta bllshed In the 0\\ ne r -Contractor Agreement or el se- ",here In the Contract Document5. 8.'.3 The Da te of Subqantlal Completion of the \\'ork or de~' gnJted portion thereot 1~ the Date certified bv t~e Arc h It e ~ t \'\' hen con s tr u c t Ion I ~ ~ u hie I e n t I \ C G' :r, pie t e, I n .ccor~nce with the Contract Documents. SO ~t the Owner or seJNr~te con'r~cton c..n occupy or utilize the Work or . desian.ted portion thereof fbr the use for which it is intended. 1.1.4 The Dite of Subst~nl'a' Corl1plelion of the Pr~, or design.ted portion thereof is the Date certified by t~ Architect when construction IS suffiCiently complete so the Q\\iner can occupy or utilize the Project or designated portion thereof for the use for which it was intended. 1.1.5 The term day as used in the Contract Document~ shall mean calendar day unless speCifically designated otherwise. 8.2 PlOGRESS AND COMPLETION 1.2.1 All time I~mits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The Contractor shall carry the Work forward expeditiOUS" With adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com- pletion of the Work within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS Of TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner. the Architect, the Construction Manager, any of their em- ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner. or by changes ordered in the Work, labor disputes, fire, unusual delay In transportation. adverse weather condi- tions not reasonably anticipatable. unavoidable casualties. an~ causes beyond the Contractor's control, delay author- ized by the Owner pendin~ arbitration, or by any other cause which the Construction ""anager determines ,.... Justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be tended bv Change Order for such reasonable time as llle' Construction Manager may determine. 8.3.2 Anv claim for extension of time shall be made in wnting to the Construction ,~anager not more than t\\ entv days after the commencement of the de'ay; other- \\'Ise it shall be waived. In the Celse of a continuing dela\ onlv. one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide c1n estimate of the probable efiect of c.uch dela\' on t~~ progress ot the Work. 8.3.3 If no agreement is mdde statin~ the dates upon ",'h,ch interpretations a~ pro\'ided in Subp,lrJ~rapn 2.3,'1 ~hc111 be furnished. then no (!Jim for delav ~hall be allo\\ed on account of failure tn turni<.h <.uch interpretJ. tlon~ until fifteen da\s after \\'rllten reQue~t i, made fOf them J nc not then unless such (I,lim j, reasonable. 8.3.4 T h I ~ P J rag rap h 8.3 doe, not ex c Iud e the re c 0\' e r\ of damages for delav by either party under other prO\ i- (.ion~ of the Contract Document<., ARTICLE 9 PAYI~1ENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CO~TRACl SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is qated In the 0\\ ner-Contrac- to fA.. ~ r e em e n t and, includIng authorized a diu ~ : ,~ e ~ ~ ~ thereto, is the total amount pa\ able bv the 0\\ ner to the Contractor for the performance of the \\'ork under the Contract Document~ AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE~ERAl CO.....OI1iO~S Of THE CO~TRACT fOR CO""STRl.JC110S CO....STRL:CT10N MA~AGEME~T EDITION . jU~E 1980 EDITION · AlA- ,. ~ 1980 · ",THE AMERIC....... I'STITL'TE OF ..RCHITECiS ':-35 ~Ey\' YORK AVE.. .... \\' \......SHI~CTO' 0 C .00')'- A20'/CM - 1980 14 '.2 SOtIOUUOfVAlUU '.2.1 B~fc.re the first Applic~tion for Payment, the Con- frictor sh..1I submit to Ih~ Construction ~niler i schedul~ olf values ~lIocated to the vJrious portions of the Work, prepdr~d in such form ~nd support~d by such data 10 substantiate its aCcuracy as the Architect and the Con- struction Manager may require. ThiS schedule. unless objected to by the Construction Manager or the Arcnitect. shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's Applica- tions for Payment. 9.3 APPl,ICATIONS fOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date for each progress p.iyment established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.. the Contractor shall submit to the Construc- tion Mdnager an itemized Appljcation for Payment, notar- ized if required, supported by such data substantiating the Contrac:tor's right to payment as the Owner, the Ar- chitect or tine Construction Manager may require, and re- flecting retalnage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the Contrelct Documents. The Construction Manager will as- )emble the Application with similar applications from other contractors on the Project into a combined Project Application for Payment and forward it with recommen. dations to the Architect within seven days. 9.3.2 Unle'ss otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. payrnents will be made on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site and. if approved in advance by the Ownler, payments may similarly be made for mate- rials or equipment suitably stored at some other loca- tion Jgreed upon in writing. Payments for materials or equipment stored on or off the site shall be cond. honed upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedure<. satisfactory to the Owner to estab- lish the O\\'ner's title to such materials or equipment or otherv.',se protect the O\\'ner's interest. including appl;ca- ble in~urance and tran~portatton to the site for those materials and equipment stored on the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor \\:arrants that title to all Work, materials afild equipment covered bv an Application for Payment will pass to the Oy..'nt?f eIther by incorporation in the construction or upon receIpt of payment b\' the Contrc1ctor. ~'hiche\'er occurs first. tree and clear of all liens. c lalm5,. sec u,. tv interests or enc umb'ance~. herein- diter referred to In thiS Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work. materials or equipmenr co\ ered bv an Application (or Pa\ment ",'ill have been dcqulred by the Contractor or b, any other person performfn~ Work at the site or furni~hing fl1aterials and equipme~t ior the Project. sub. Jeet to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbr,ance thereon is retained by the serrer or oth. erwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect y.-JlI. within seven days after the re- ceipt of the Project Application for Payment with the rec. ommendc3tions of the (onstruclion I~anager, re\lew the Project ,.\.ppllcatjon for Payment elnd eitJ,er issue a Project Certificate for Payment to the Oy.-ner with a copy to the Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor for such dmounts as the.1Jch;tect determines are prop. erJy d~e, or notify the Construction .Manager tn writing of the reasons for withholdinl i Certificile is provided in Sub~ri8riph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded to the Contractor by the Construction M~IY"'. 9.4.2 The issuince of . Project Certific.te for Payment will constitute ~ represent~tion b~' the Architect to the Owner that. based on the Architect's observ~tions it the Sl te as provided in Subparagr~ph 2.3.4 ~nd the ~ta com- prising the Project Application for Payment, the Work hiS progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, _nformation ind belief, the quality of the Work is in ~ccordince with the Contr~ct Docu- ments (subject to .n eViluation of the Work for conform- ance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion of the \\'ork, to the results ot any subsequent tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu- ments, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to .ny specific quali. fications stated in the Certificate); and that the Contrac- tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How- ever, by issuing ~ Project Certificate (or Payment, the Ar- chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the Arcnitect has made exhaustive or continuous on-~ite in- spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, has reviewed the construction means, methods, tech- niques, sequences or procedures, or has made any exam- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- tor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMlNTS 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Project Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the "',an- ner and within the time provided in the Contract Docu- men ts. 9.S,2 The Contractor shall promptly pav each Subcon- tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount pdid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractors \\'ork, the amount to which said Subcon- tractor is entitled. reflecting the percentage actually re- tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, bv an Jppropriate dgreemenl wi!h each 'Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor t~ ma~e pa\ments to their Sub-subcont ractor~ In similar manner. 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at the Archi- tect's discretion. furnish to In\ Subcontractor, jf prac- rlcable. information regarding the pe.rcentages 0; com. pletlon or the amounts appJJed fnr b\ the Contractor and the Jctlon taken thereon b\ the' Architect on account of \\'orl done b~ such Subcon'tractor. 9.5.4 Neither the O\\-ner, the Architect nor the Construc- tion Manager shall ha\ e any obligatIon to payor to see to the payment of an~ monies to an\ Subcontractor except as ma'r otherwise be required by la'w\, 9.5.5 No certification of a progress pa~ ment, any prog- ress payment C' any partial or entire use or Occupancy of the PrOject b. the O~ner, shall constItute an accept- ance or any VVork not in accordance V\ ith the Contract Documents. 9.6 PA YMENTS \-\'ITHHELD 9.6.1 The Arc h I teet. folJoV\'ing con~u r~ a ~; on ~'ith the Cc~qructlon Manager. mav decline to certdy payment 1S A201/C~ri - 1980 AlA OOCUME'-T A2IlICM · CE"-ERAl CO'DlTIO'S Of THE CO'iTRACT fOR CO""STRL'CTION CONSTRUC110~ MANACEMENT EDITIO~ · !GNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE AMERICA.' "STITUTE OF A.RCHlTfCTS ,-]) 'E\V YORK AVE ,\\ \\'ASH!'-lGTON, 0 C. 2(XX)6 Ind fNY withhold the Certifiate in whole or in part to the extent necesyry to reJson~bly protect the Owner, if, an the Architect's opinion, the Architect is uNbl~ to m4lke re'present~t1ons to the Owner is provided in Subpara- 8r~ph 9....2. If the Architect is un.ble to mike representi. tions to the Owner as provided in Subpiragrlph 9.4.2, and to certify payment in the amount of the Project Ap- plication. the Architect will notify the Construction Man- ager as prOVided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor .lnd the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount. the Architect will promptly issue a Project Certificate for Pay- ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse- quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such extent as may be necessary, in the Architect's opinion, to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in- dicating probable f!ling of such claims; .3 failure ot the Contractor to make payments prop- erly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; or .1 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- ance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above are removed, payment shall be made for amounts with- held because of them. 9.7 fAILURE Of PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue recommendations within seven days of receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, through no fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after the Architect's receipt of the Prolect Application for Pay- ment. or it the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc- uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect clnd the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay- ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con- tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con- tractor's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start- up, which shall be eHected by appropriate Change Order in accordance ~/lth Paragraph 12.3. 9.8 SUBST ANTIAt COMPlElION 9.8.1 \^/hen the Contractor considers that the Work, or a designated portIon thereof whicn is acceptable to the Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.13. the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc- tion Manager a ilst of items to be completed or cor- rected. The failure to Include any items on such list does not ilter the responsibility of the Contractor to comp&ete ~1I Work .n iccord~nce with the ContrKt Documents. When the Architect, on the biS'S of inspectlOf' ind r- suttatlon with the Construction M.n~ler, determines the Work or desi gni led portion ther~f is substintl~..y complete, the Architect will then preplre I Certific~te of Substantial Completion of the Work which shall estiblish the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work, shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, heat. utilities, damlge to the Work and insurance, and shall iix the time within which the Contractor sh~1I complete the ttems listed therein. The Certificate of Substanti~1 Completion of the Work shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for their written accept~nce of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certific4Ite. 9.1.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con- tractor and certification by the Architect. the Owner shill make payment, reflecting adjustment in retiinage, if any. for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Con- tract Documents. 9.8.3 When the Architect, on the basis of inspections. determines that the Project or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepire a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project which Shill establish the Date of Substanti4l1 Completion of the Project and fix the time within which the Contrac- tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certif- icate of Substantial Completion of the Work. 9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contrict Documents shall commence on the Dl.te of Substantial Completio" nf the Project or designated portion thereof unless 0 wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Com.. tion of the Work or designated portion thereof. 9.9 fiNAL COMPlETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por- tion thereof, and the Contractor's completion of the Work, the Contractor sh~1I forward to the Construction Manage~ a written notice that the Work is ready for finil inspection and acceptance, and shall also forward to the Construction Manager a final Application for Payment. Upon receipt, the Constructton Manager will make the necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to the Architect who will prompt Iv make such inspection. When the Architect finds the '/v.ork acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- formed, the Architect will Issue a Project Certdlcate for Payment which will approve the final payment due the Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, informa- tion and belief, and on the basis of observations and in- spections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu- ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said Cert,f:cate, is due and pay- able. The Architect's approval of ~dld Project C~rtificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being .en- titled to final payment 3<: set forth in S;,",bpJ~agraph 99.2 ha\e been fulfilled. AlA DOCUMENT .uo1/CM . CENERAl CO~DITlONS Of THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION CONS,.RUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITtON · ^IA- · ~ 1980 · THE AMER1CA.... INSTITU1E OF ....RCHliECTS. 1735 ""IEW YORK AVE, N W . '^'ASHI....CTON, 0 C ~ A201/CM -1980 16 ~ '\:"'" .~ - .,..,,-~.~.~ ."-~.':"'~-~'Q'.""~,,,,,,-:~,W',,. , ~'.':-""""'~"""""''''..'''''''''''''''''''''''.7''.......R...~Y\.-'''.~~'''''' ........ :.. ........."..-.,.. ....._~~~.,. """'-_j . __,"",....... _.4._.,* ....,....._~.. .-'_. ,.,.2 Neither the 'in.ll p.lyment nor the ~m.inin. retAin- .8~ shall bKome due unl.1 the Contr.lctor submits to t~ Architect. through the Construction Manager, (1) in iH.. d."tt fha t . fI payrolls, bills for m41tericlls and equipment, .nd other Indebtedness connected with the Work for wh,cn the ()wner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible, have been paId or otherwise salis- fi~, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, and (]) if requlrt~d by the Owner. other data establishing pay- ment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as re- ceipts, rele~lses and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be desig- nat~ by th.~ Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to fur- nish ~ release or waiver required by the Owner. the Con- tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the O~'ner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.9.3 If, aft,er Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contf'actor or by the issuance of Change Orders affecting finc11 completion, and the Construction Manager so confirms. the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor alrld certification by the Architect and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu- laled in the Contract Documents. and if bonds have been furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5. the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully compLeted and accepted shari be subnlltted bv the Contractor to the Construction Mana~er prior to certiiicatlon of such payment. Such pay- ment snail be made under the Terms and Conditions gov- ernln~ final payments, except that It shall not constitute a Wal\ er of claims. 9.9.4 The making of final payment ~hafl, after. the Dat~ of Substantial Completion of the Project. constitute a ~'clJver of all claims by the Ov.!ner except those arIsing from' .1 unsettled liens, .2 fault" or defective Work appearing after Substan- tial Co:mpletlon of the \,\'ork; .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- ments of the Contract Documents, or .4 terms of any special ,^'arranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.9.S The ac{eptance of final payment shall, after the Date of Substclntlal Compietlon of the Project, constitute a \A.al\er of all claims by the Contractor except tnose preViously made in \\ rrtlng and identified b') {he Contrac- tor as un se tt J €'d a ( the [ I mea f the " n a I A P P I I cat Ion fa r Pa\me"'. 9 . 9 . 6 A! j pro '. IS ion s 0 f t h,s A g r e em e n t. in c f u d ; n g y.' it h- Out l,mItatIon those establishing obligations and proce- dures, shall rernain r"' rull force and effect not\,,'iths!and- lng the ma~,ng or accep!ar"lce of flnar p..-;\rnE-n: prior to rhe Date of SI-.:bs!ardlal C~/,~-ipjetlon of the Project. ARnell 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PIOGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contr~ctor shall be responSible for initiating. maintaining and supervising aU safety precautions and programs In connection with the Work. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all employees on the Work and ~II other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon- tractors or Sub-subcontractors; .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- cluding trees, shrubs. lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal. relocation or replacement in the course of construction; and .4 the work of the Owner or other separate contrac- tors. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- quired by existing conditions and the progress of the Work, all reasonable safegudrd~ for safety and protection, Including posting drnger sighs and other warnings against hazards. promulgat,ng sc1fet~ regulations and notifying O\4.-ners and users of adJelcent utdities. 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shaff't:xercise the utmost care and shall carry on such act;, Itles under the super\',sIon of properly quah ',ed personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss (other than damage or 'o~s In_ 'Jred under Para- graph 11.3) to any property reierred to in Clauses 10,2.1.2 and 1 0.2. 1 .3 c- au se din \\-' ho Ie 0 r , n pa rt by the Con t r a c _ tor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, anyone d,- rectlv or ,ndlrect', emplo'ted bv Jnv of them. or b\ anv- one 'for whose acts any 0; them may be liable, and for which the Contractor is respons,bfe under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10 2.1.3 except damage or loss attributable to the dcts or omls~lons of the 0\\ nero the Architect. the Con- struction "'anager or an\one directly Or Indirect'v em- ployed by an\- of them c r b\ anyone for \\ hose acts any of them may be liable, and nor Jttrlbutdble to the fault or negligence or the Contractor The foregOing obliga- tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 418. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall deSIgnate a respon5ible ~(<nber of the Contractor's organIzatIon at the ~ ~e '"\ nose duty shall be the pre. (.,-, ~)n or aCCidents. This person shall be the Contractor s superintendent unless 17 A201/CM -- 1980 AlA DOCUMENT 4101!CM · GE'fRAl CO"DITIO'S OF THE CO"TR.4,CT FOR CO'STRLCTIO\, CO~STRUCTIO~ .~."~A,G['1E~T EOITIO' · JL.....E ~980 EDITIO," . AlAe . [~980 . THE ^" , f R Ie....... I" ~ T T 1.... T E 0 r '" R C H Ii [ C T 5 1 - 3 5 'E\ \ ~ rJ R ~ .. \ f "\ \ \ \ ,\ <, H " (, Tn, ;) C : 'Yt" *' otherwise designated by the ContrKtor in writing to the Owner ~nd the Construction ~Nler. 10.2.1 The Contractor sh~n not Io.d or permit any part of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In any emergency anectlng the safety at persons or property the Contractor ~hall act. at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed bv the Contractor on account at emergency work shaH be determined a~ provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE 11.1 CONTRAQOR'S liABiliTY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur- ance for protection from the claims set forth below which may af Ise out of or result from the Contractor's opera- tions under the Contract, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone di- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- one for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa- tion, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu- pational sickness or disease, or death of the Con- tractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- jury liability coverage ~'hich Jre su~tained (1 I bv an\ person as a result ot an oHense dlrectlv or Indirectly related to the employment at such per- son by the Contractor. or (2) by any other person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of ~ nj ury to or destructIon 01 tangible property. Including loss of use resulting therefrom: and .6 claims for damage~ becdu~e ot bodd\' inJury or deat:~ of any person or property dclmage arising out of the owner~hip. maintenance or. use of an\' motor vehicle. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.11 shall be ~\'ritten for not less than any l,mits of liabiht\ specified in the Contract Documents or required by la,^'. \A' h i c h eve r is g rea t e r. 11.1.3 The insurance reqUired by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to thp Contractor's obligatlon~ under Paragraph 4.18. 11.1.~ Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Ov.ner shall be ~ubmitted to thr' (on~truction ,....1Jnager for trans- mittal to the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates shall contain 3 proviSion that coverages afforded under the policies \'.dl not be canceled unttl at least thlrt\' davs' prior.... rl~ten notice hJ( been gl\,'en to the O~... ,... c ' 11.2 OWNS" I.IAIIUTY INSUIANCI 11.2.1 The Owner sh~1I be responsible for purch~sin8 and maint~lnin8 Owner's li.bllltv .nsur41nce and, at t"be Qy.'ner's option, ~y purcNsc and ma.nt~in Insur,' ior protection agaInst claim... \\ h,ch mav arise t. operations under the Contr~cl. . 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise prOVided. the Q\\'ner shall pur- chase and maintain property Insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This Insurance shall inctude the interests of the Owner, the Construction Manager, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shatl Include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication oi coverage, theft. van- dalism and malicious mischief. It the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance tor the full insurable value of the entire Work, the Q\vner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor. the Contrac- tor's Subcontractors and the Sub-subcontractors in the Work. and by appropriate Chan~e Order the cost thereot shall be charged to the Owner. Ii the Contractor is dam- a~ed by failure of the Qv.'ner to purchase or maintain ~uch insurance and to so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributa- ble thereto. If not covered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect and maintdln Similar property in- surance on portions ot the Work stored off the site or in trJnsit \vhen such portion~ of the \\'ork are to be cl uded in an Application tor P,l\'ment under Subp, grJph 9.3.2. 11.3.2 The Q\\ner shall purcha~e and maintain such boder and machiner\' insurJnce ,1' mJ\' be required b\ the Contract Documents or bv 1,1\\. This i nSlJ r Jnce sha II Include the Interest~ 0; the 0\\ nero the Con5trlJctlon "'~an- ,ager, the Contractor. Sub(ontractor~ ,lnd Sub-subcontrac- tore; in the Work. 11.3.3 An\' lo~~ insured under SubpJr~l~rJph 11.3.1 i~ to be adjusted \\'Sln the 0\\ ner and made pavable to the 0\\ ner as trustee ;or the insured, J... theIr interests ma\ 11ppea r, subject to the requiremen t~ or any appl icable mortgagee clause and of SubpJrJ~raph 113.8. The Con- trJctor shall Pa~ each Subcontractor 4.1 lust ~hare aT an\ In~urJnce monie5 recei\ed b\' th~ ContrJctor. and bv ap- propriate agreement, \\'ntten \\ here legall\ required for validity. shall require each Subcontractor to make pay. ment5- to trel r S:Jb-..ubcontractor, In ~Im"ar manner. 11.3.4 The 0" ne' ~hJII fale a cop~ at JII policie~ with the Contractor beiore an expo,-ure to loss may occur. 11.3.5 If the Contractor request... In \\ ~ltlng that insur- ance for r:s~s other than those de~crlbed in Subpara- grJph~ 11.3.1 and 1132, or other ~peclal hazards. be Inclt..,;ded In the p":Jpert\ In,u;ance policy, the O,^'ner ~hall. If pO~~fble Include ~uch In)u'Jnce, and the co~. thereot shall be (t"'Jrged to the Contractor bv appropriate Change O..::::.~ . AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . Gl"'ERAl CO"-DI~ 10....S OF THE CO'TR4.C1 fOR CO"-S TRLCTIO' CO"-STRUCTIO' MASAC[,~EST EDliIO~ . jL 'E 1980 EDIiIO~ · AlA. · <D 1980 · THE ... M f R I C4.' I") TiT L 1 E 0 f 4. R CHI T l CT 5 , ~ 35 ..... E \ \ yO R ~ .4. \i E .... \ \ \ \ .l, ~ H \ .... C T 0 ~ 0 C ~COJt-. A201/CM -1980 18 ..".... -~~ , -..', ........,"':'..t~.::~{_-..~..........~'V~ "\.-'.......4...:: .,... ...... ..,:.........~_."-'. ---. ......... ......~~....... . -;--il,. ,..... '.:. ..:.. __', .-:'. -",-... .,' ,............._....--~....c..~ .,... .' . ,.~_.. ~...'...r..,.."" ~ ... ,.~ '_.._ 11.16 The, Owner and the Contractor w.ive III rilhts .pinst (1) e.ch other and the Subcontractors, Sub-sub. contrictors, .sents and employees of eich other, .nd (2) th~ Architec:t, the Construction M.n.8~r .nd sepirite con- trictors, if iny, .nd their subcontractors, sub-subcontr.c- tors. .lgents and employees, for damases caused by fire or other penis to the extent covered by insurance obtained purSudnt to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property in- surance applicable to the Work, except such rights as the\' may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver anorded the Architect. the Construction Manager, thetr agents and employees ~ihalJ not extend to the liability imposed by Subparagraph '-.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, the Construe.. tlon Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and Sub..subcontractors by appropriate agreements. written where legally required for validity, similar wai\'ers each in f~vor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub- paragraph 111.3.6. 11.3.1 If required in writing by any party in interest, the Owner as trustee shaU, upon the Occurrence of an in- sured loss, 8::ve bond for the proper performance of the Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance ,~ith such agreement as the parties in Interest may reach, Olr in accordance with an award by arbitration in which casle the procedure shall be as provided in Para.. graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged Work ~hall be covered by an appropriate Change Order. 11.3.1 The tOwner, as trustee. shall have power to adjust tlnd settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in int,erest shall object, in writing within five days after the occurrence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of this power, ,ind if such objection be made. arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9, The Oy.'ner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement With the Insurers in a.:cordance with the directions of sucn .lrbi- frators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi- tration is required. the arbitrators will direct such dis- tributIon. 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occup~ or use d portion or portions of the Work prior to Substdntial Completion t!hereof, such occupancy shalf not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to ~ y the O\\"ner and the Contractor and to which the insurance company or com- panies providing the propel ty Insurance have consented by endo'semf~nt to the policy or policies. This insurance snalf not be c.~nceJed or laosed on account of such partial occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur- ance company or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. 11.4 LOSS ()f USE INSURANCE 11.4.1 The C1wner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use of the O,^'ner's property due to (ire or other hazards. however ca used. The Owner \\:aives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the (N.ner's property, including consequential losses due to flre or <' t h ~ r h a z a r d s h 0 \\ eve rea use d. tot he ex ten t co\" e ; e d b \l " l.J r d n c e un d te r t h j sPa rag r a ph 11. 4 Alncu 12 CHANGES IN THE WOIk 12.1 CHANGE OItDEIS 12.1.1 A Ch41nge Order IS a written order to the Con- tractor sJ~ned to sho\\' the r~commend~tion at the Con... structlon Manager, the approval of the Architect and the authOrization ot the Owner, Issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change In the \\'ork or .ln adjust- ment in the Contr.ct Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contr.ct Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Contractor indicates the Con.r.ctor's .sreement there- with, including the adjustment in the Contr~ct $.um or the Contract Time. 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the generat scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revision~. the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being ddjusted accordingly. All ~uch changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- ments. 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resuhing from a change in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and Supported by suffiCient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in CIa uses 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 IS agreed upon, the Contrac.. tor, provided a written order ~igned by the Owner is re- ceived, shall promptly proceed \\'ith the Work involved. . The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the " Architect, after consultation with the Construction Man.. dger. on tne basis of the reasonable expenditures and Sd\lngs of those perform.ng the \Vork duributable to the change, includIng, in the case ot an increase in the Con.. tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and oro(;t. In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in ~u(h form as the O\\'ner, the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager may prescribe, an itemized accounting to- gether with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in a Chan~e Order. Unless otner\\"ise prOvided in the Con- tract Documents. cost shall be limited to the (ollowing; cost of materials. including sales tax" and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security old age and unemployment insurance and frrnge benefits required by agreement or custom; \\ or~ers' or workmen's compensa- tion insurance: bond premjum~; rental value of equ;p.. ment and mach nery; and the additional costs of super- VISion and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. Pending finaJ determinatIon of cost to the Owner r2\ ments on account shall be made on the Ar- chitect s approval of c3 Project Certificate for Payment. 19 A201/CM -1980 AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM · C[.....ERAl CO~DITlO~S OF THE CO....TR.-\CT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION · JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . () 1980 . THE AMER:(4.'" INSTITUTE or4.RCHI1ECTS. 1735 ....[\\' YORK AVE. ,,\\ \\"'5HI"CTO~ 0 C ~0006 The lmount of credit to be ~lIowed by the Contrictor to the Owner for any deletion or chanae which ~ults in i net decre.se in th~ Contr~ct Sum will be the .mount of the ictu~' net cost as confirmed by the Architect after consultation with the Constructton Miniger. When both additions and credits covenng related Work or substitu- tions are involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu- ments. or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities origiftilly contemplated are so changed in a p~opo.sed Chinle Order that application of the. agreed unit prac.es to the quantities of Work proposed Will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adiusted. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the performance of the Work below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical conditions below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc- ture of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinirily encountered and generally recognized as in- herent in work of the character provided for in this Con- trict, be encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equita- bly adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party m~de within twenty days after the fi rst observance of the conditions. 12.3 ClAIMS fOR ADDITIONAL COST 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall give the Architect and the Construction Manager written no- ttce thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim. ThiS notice shall be given by the Contractor before proceedln.g to execute the Work, except in an emergency en9~ngerlng life or .prop- erty in which case the Contract~r:shall proceed In ac- cordance With Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be villd unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor c~nnot agree on the amount of the adj ustment in. the Contrict Sum, it shall be determined by the Arcnltec: after consultation with the Construction Manager. Any ch("\nge in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. 12.3.2 If the Contractor c'aims that additional cost is in- volved because of. but not limited to. (1) any y.ritten in- terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.'1. (2) any or- der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- griph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault. or any such order by the Construction Manager as the Owner's agent. ()} any written order for a minor change in the Work Issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or 14\ failure of pa)ment by the Owner pursuant to Parag~aph ~.- t~e Contractor shall make such claim as prov1ded In Sub- paragraph 12.3.1. 12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE "'ORK 12.4.1 ....\.-e Architect will ha.....e authorltv to order minor changes In the Work not involVing an adjustment In the Contrlct Sum or extension of the ContrKt Ti~ Ind not Inconsistent with the intent of the Contr~ct Documenl$. Such changes Shill be effected by written order iss' through the Construction M.1n4Jger, and sh~1I be bino. on the Owner and the Contr~ctor. The Contr~ctor sNII ca rry out such wri tten orders promptly. ARTICLE 13 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc- tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by either, be uncovered for their observ~tion and sh~1I be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 13.1.2 'f any other portion of the Work has been cov- ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs. 13.2 CORRECTION Of WORK 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all W rejected by the Architect or the Construction Manager u... defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu- ments whether observed before or after Substantial Com- pletion ot the Project and ,^'hether or not fabricated. in- stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear aU costs oi correcting such rejected \Vork, .ncluding compensa- t.on for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional services madE' r\ecessary thereby. 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof, or within one year after acceptance by the Owner of designated equipment, or vvithin such longer period of time as may be prescribed by 1eM' or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Cont:-act Docu. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not In accordance with the Contract Documents. the Cont ractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ- oush. 8r\ en the Contractor J \\ flHen acceptance of such condition. This obligation shall survive both final pa\ment for the \Vork or de~ignated portion thereof and termina- tion of the Contract. The Ov.. ner shalt give such notice promptly after di~co\er\ of the condition. 13.2.3 T~e Contractor shall remove from t~;e ~~te all portion, of the \Vork which are defective or noncc~,'orm- Ing and \-\ hich have not been corrected under Subpara- graphs 45.1, 13.2.1 and 13 2.2 unless removal is v..ai\ed b\ the Owner. 13.2.4 it" the C0r"'~'.:' :ads to correct defective or nc conforming Work as pro\ Ided in Subparagraphs 4.: AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM. GE~ERAl CO~OITIO'S Of THE CO'1RACT fOR CO"-STRUCTIO,," CONSTRU(110N MA~AGEMENT EDITION · JL:~E. 198? EDITION .. AlAe. @ 1980 · ..,:HE ...."'HRIC"" '.....STITL1TE Of ARCHITECTS ~-35 .....(\\ 'rOR~ ""E ~ \\1 \\&.SHI'GTO'- D ( _C'(N A201/CM - 1980 20 13.2.1 ind 13.2.2, the OwMr m~y corrKt it in Iccor~nce with Plrlgriph 3.4. 13.2..5 If lthe Contrictor does not proc~d with the cor- r~ctlon of such defective or nonconforming Work within ~ re.1sonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- tect Issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner may remove It and may slore the matenals or equipment at the expE~nse of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay th.~ cost ot such removal and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional days' writtf~n notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri- vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deduc:ting all the cosls th.t should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi- tect's and the Construction Manager's additional services made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all C()sts which the Contractor should have borne, the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate- Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shalf pay the differ- ence to the Owner. 13.2.6 TnE~ Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de- stroyed or damaged by such correcti<;>n or removal. 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be construed tlO establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which the Contractor might have under the <:ontract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in Subparagraph 13.2.2, or such longer period of time as may be pres1cribed by law or by the terms of any warranty required by the Contract Documents, relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc- uments may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedIngs may be commenced to estah. I'sh the Contractors Labd'f\ y.,;th respect to the Contrac- tor's obligaltions other than specifically to correct the Work. 1 3.3 A~CEPTi\NCE Of OffECTIVE OR NO~'CONfOR.\1ING WORK 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defectl\ e or non- conforming \-Vork. the O,^ner may do so Instead of requir- ing Its removal and correction. in which case a Change Order \'\"ill ble issued to reflect a reduction in the Con!ract Sum ~here appropTlate and equitable. Such adjustment sha II be effected \.\,hether or not f,na I pa \ ment hJ" been made. ARTICLE 14 TER~riINATION OF THE CONTRACT '4.1 TER,\AIINA TION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 If the \\'ork IS stopped for ape' --! at thirty days under ar'. order of an, court or Of her publIC authorit\ hlvinl jurisdiction, or is i result of In let of lovemrnen. such u . decl.r.tion ot . n.tion.l emersency rNkinc m.teri.ls unlvlil.ble. through no ict or fiUh of the Con- tractor or a Subcontractor or the.r agents or employees or any other persons perlormlng any of the Work under . contr~ct WIth the Contractor, or if the Work should be stopped for a period at thirty days by the Contractor ~.. cause of the Construction Manager's failure to recom- mend or the ArchItect's failure to issue a Project Certjfj. cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or becauSf the Owner has not made payrrlent thereon as provided in Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect and the ConstructIon Mclnager, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for aU Work executed and. for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery. including reasonable profit and damages. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 14.2.1 If the Cont,ractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or makes a general assIgnment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac- tor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or re- peatedly retuses or fails, except in cases for which exten- si~n of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors Or for materials or fabor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, r~gula lions or ~rde.rs of. any public authority having juris- tlon, or otherwise IS guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the Contract Documents, and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice to commence and continue correction of such default, neglect or viola- t,on .wit~ diligence Jnd promptness, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect after consultation with the Construction Manager tha t suffiCient cause exists to j ustif~ ...uch action, may, after seven days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional 'w\'ritten notice and with- out prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take possession of the site and of all matenals. equipment. tools, construction equipment a nd machinery thereon 0\\ ned bv the Contractor and may fInish the ",'ark b\ \\'hatever methods the O\-\'ner mav deem expedient. In 'uch case the Contractor shall not be entItled to receive ,1nV further payment until the Work is fjnished. 14.2.2 If the unpJld balance Of the Contract Sum ex- ceeds the costs of finishing the Work, includIng compen- ~Jtlon for the ArchItect's and the Construction ~1anager's Jddltlonal services made necessary thereby, such excess ~hc)1I be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unp,lld ba la nee, the Con tractor s ha /I pa\' t he difference to the O\\ner. The amount to be pard to the Contractor or to the O\\ner. as the case mc1\ be. ~hall be certified bv the Architect. upon application. in the manner pro\ided In Paragraph 94, and th,c. obligatIon for oa\ment shall .;,U~ i\ e !he termination (1r' the Contrc1ct. 21 A201/C,~' - 1980 AlA DOCUME~T A201.CM · GE~[R"l CO'DITIO'S OF THE CO"nt.&.CT F0~ CO"STRLCTIO' CO~STRLCTIO~ "~^''''C[\'E''IT [OITIO'.. · JL"E 198(') EDIT/O," . AlAI . [, 1980 . THE \ '. ~ f R Ie.. '" I '" ~ II T L T [ n r ~ R C H J T [ C T S , - "\ j "E \ \ ~ 0 ~;.: .l. \ ~ "" .. \ \ 4. 5 ~ . '.: T :') " 0 C. 2~ SECTION 00805 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS InfoI~ation contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends, supplements or clarifies the "General Conditions of the Contract for c:onstruction, Construction Management Edition, AlA Document A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition. In C4ases of conflict between the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions, wording of this section shall govern. ARTICLE 1 1. Subparagraph 1.1.3 - third line-after the word "construction," delete the remaining words and insert the following: "and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for the proper execution and completion of such construction; except as expressly noted in the Scope of Work or the General Requirements of the Contract." 2. Subparagraph 1.2.1 - delete in its entirety. 3. Subparagraph 1.2. 3 - after the last word "meanings" in the paragraph add the following sentence: "In case of discrepancy or disagreement in documents, specifications, and/or drawings, PRECEDENCE shall be: the contract the ORDER OF Contract Agreement The addenda as issued The Supplementary General Conditions General Conditions The General Requirements The Technical Specifications The Drawings (Large scale detail drawings take precedence over smaller scale general drawings). 4. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows: "Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn out and the remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn out shall also apply to all other like portions of the Work." 07/2!5/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 1 5. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows: "Unless otherwise provided in the contract Documents, the Trade Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work." ARTICLE 2 1. subparagraph 2.2.1 - after the word "representative", add: "The Construction Manager is not the General Contractor and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, does not asssume any of the traditional duties of a General Contractor. The term Construction Manager means the construction Manager acting through his authorized representative." 2. subparagraph 2. 3.4 first sentence after the word "Architect," add "along with the Construction Manager." 3. subparagraph 2.3.7 - after the word "properly," add: "It is the intent of the contract Documents to allow the construction Manager to direct and schedule the performance of all Work and the contractors are expected to follow all . s.uch directions and schedule." Should a contractor , either in person or through his subcontractor, supplier, or vendor, fail to maintain progress according to the project Schedule and approved Contractor's Schedule, or cause delay to another contractor: he shall furnish additional labor and/or services such as overtime as may be necessarv to brina his oDerations up to schedule, all at no additional cost to the Owner." 4. subparagraph 2.3.15 - delete in its entirety. 5. subparagraph 2. 3 .18 - delete the word "reasonable" in the sixth (6th) line. After the word "promptness", add "consistent with the constraints of the project schedule so as to cause no delay." 6. subparagraph 2. 3.21 - first line - delete the words "the construction Manager will assist the Architect", and substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction Manager." 7 . subparagraph 2. 3.23 - delete the phrase "against whom the contractor makes no reasonable objection and." Also, delete the last sentence in the subparagraph in its entirety. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 2 ARTICLB 3 1. Subparagraph 3.4.1 - substitute three (3) days notice in each case for the seven (7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of s~ubparagraph the following: "In the event of safety or clean- up issues, Owner has right to limit notice to no more than 24 llours, ~.vhen issue is determined to be of a serious na'ture by t~he Construction Manager." 2. Subparagraph 3.2.1 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLB 4 1. Subparagraph 4.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the f:ollowing: "'The Contractor is the same person or entity identified as the Trade Contractor. A Trade Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement between the Owner or (~onstruction Manager and a Trade Contractor. The term Trade Contractor includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design but does not include one who furnishes material flat so worked and is referred to throughout the Contract [)ocuments as if singular in number and masculine in gender. 1~he term Trade Contractor means the Trade Contractor or his authorized representative." 2. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows: III The Contractor is responsible for the conduc.t 'of ~is employees at all times. Misconduct, destruction of property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal or state regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause 1:or permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor E~mployee is determined to be detrimental to the Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the Contractor wil remove clnd/or replace the employee at the request of the Construction ltlanager. Employees dismissed from the proj ect will be t:ransported from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense. II 3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.4 as follows: liThe Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the ~;ecurity of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, lnachinery, and construction equipment." 4. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows: liThe Trade Contractor shall be responsible for complete, 07/25/'91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 3 timely and accurate field measurements as necessary for proper coordination, fabrication and installation of his materials and equipment. 'rhe Trade Contractor agrees to cooperate wi th the Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from the Drawings and specifications so that the progress of the Work is not adversely affected." 5. Subparagraph 4.9.1 - add the following sentence: liThe superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction Manager and shall not be changed except with the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Trade Contractor or ceases to be in his employ." 6. subparagraph 4.10.1 - add the following sentence: "This schedule, to be submitted within three (3) days after Contract Award, shall indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of construction, shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall be subject to the Construction Manager's approval." 7. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2: liThe construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling meeting which the Contractor shall attend. At this meeting, the parties can discuss jointly such matters as progress, scheduling, and problems." 8. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9: "If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not available on the present market, the Trade Contractor may submit data on substitute materials through the Construction Manager to the Architect/Engineer for approval by the Owner. II 9. subparagraph 4.14.1 - add at line 3 after "properly": "He shall also provide protection of existing work as required." 10. subparagraph 4.14.2 - at end of paragraph, add: "When structural members are involved, the written consent of the Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Trade contractor shall not unreasonably wi thhold from the Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work." 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 4 11. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3: "The Trade Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts, cutouts, or opening required for the installation of his materials and equipment and the execution of his work, whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Trade Contractor shall be further responsible for sealing and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and meeting any applicable code requirements, any such blockout, cutout opening, or other hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall, or any othe1- finished surface". 12. Subparagraph 4.15.1 - at end of paragraph, add: "Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner or Construction Manager." 13. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2: "The Trade Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls or respond to any other form of communication initiated by the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so shall be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Trade Contractor, and may be considered grounds for replacement of site personnel." 14. A,dd new Subparagraph 4 .16. 3: "All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall b,e serialized, dated, and signed by an authorized representative of the Trade Contractor. The correspondence shall be directed to: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.O. Box 5283 Key West, Florida 33040 Attn: Doug Fuller or hand delivered to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' office located at 5090 Junior College Road, stock Island, Florida 33040. serialization procedures will be provided to the Trade Contractor in the pre-construction meeting." Each trade contractor shall be required to check his designated mailbox regularly. This mailbox will be made available, and located by the Construction Manager. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 5 ARTICLE 5 1. subparagraph 5.2.3 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Owner or construction Manager refuses to accept any person or entity on a list submitted by the Trade Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Trade Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute: however, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution." ARTICLE 6 1. subparagraph 6.2.5 - sixth line, after the word "initiates," delete the words "an arbitration proceeding" and substitute "a claim;" thirteenth line, after the words "and court or," delete the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim." ARTICLE 7 1. subparagraph 7.1.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any claims or disputes arising under this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial circuit of the state of Florida." 2. subparagraph 7.2.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and the Trade Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the contract Documents. Neither party to the contract shall assign the contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other." 3. Add new subparagraph 7.2.2: "The Trade contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due under this contract without prior written consent of the Owner or Construction Manager." 4. subparagraph 7.8.1 - delete in its entirety. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 6 5. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs 7.9.1, 7.9.2, & 7.9.3 - delete in their entirety. ARTICLE 8 1. Subparagraph 8.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the j:ollowing: .. I f the Trade Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the progress of the Work, by any act or neglect of the Owner, <:onstruction Manager, or the Archi tectjEng ineer , or by any employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any c::auses beyond the Trade Contractor's control, or by delay cluthorized by the Owner, Construction Manager, or by any other c::ause which the Construction Manager determines may justify 1:he delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change ()rder for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may cietermine. " 2. Subparagraph 8.3.2 - replace the remainder of the Paragraph after the word "waived" in line 4 with the following: "Any claim for extension of time shall state the cause of the delay and the number of days of extension requested. If the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is necessary, but the Trade Contractor shall report the termination of the c::ause for the delay within twenty (20) days after such 1:ermination; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based \lpOn that cause shall be waived." 3. Subparagraph 8.3.4 - delete in its entirety and insert the jtollowing: lilt shall be recognized by the Trade Contractor that he may reasonably anticipate that as the job progresses, the Construction Manager will be making changes in, and updating (:onstruction Schedules. No claim for an increase in the Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will be allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for other changes in the Construction Schedules which are of the type ordinarily experienced in projects of similar size and c::omplexi ty. " 4. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5: "If the Project is delayed as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to begin the Work on the date 07/25/191 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 7 of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces, the Trade Contractor causing the delay shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from other Trade contractors which are affected. Provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in subparagraph 8.3.1." 5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.6: "In addition to impact costs as defined in subparagraph 8. 3. 5, the Trade contractor shall be liable to the Owner for any other damages sustained as a result of the Trade Contractor's refusal or failure to perform the Work, provided, however, that such refusal or failure is not the result of a justifiable delay as defined in Subparagraph 8.3.1." ARTICLE 9 L Subparagraph 9.3.3 - add at line 14 after the word "person": "All Trade subcontractors and Trade Subsubcontractors shall execute an agreement stating that title will so pass, upon their receipt of payment from the Trade contractor." 2. subparagraph 9.5.1 - add: "From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a progress payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. When not less than 95 percent of the work has been completed, the Owner may, at his/her discretion (and with the consent of the surety), prepare an estimate from which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, (whichever is greater), of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the contractor. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive progress payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Construction Manager to be a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question. No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 8 ciny materials or work in place, as to quali ty or quanti ty. 1~ll progress payments are subject to correction at the time ()f final payments. 3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6: "All material and work covered by partial payments made shall 1:hereupon become the sole property of the Owner, and by this I~rovision shall not be construed as relieving the Trade Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration for any damaged material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner ()r Construction Manager to require the fulfillment of all the 1:erms of the Contract." 4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7: "Except in case of bonafide disputes, or where the Trade Contractor has some other justifiable reason for delay, the ~~rade Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility ~;ervices not later than the end of the calendar month 1:ollowing that in which services are rendered and for all Inaterials, tools, and other expendable equipment which are delivered at the site of the Proj~ct. The Trade Contractor shall pay, to each of his Trade Subcontractors, not later than 1:.he end of the calendar month in which each payment is made to the Trade Contractor, the representative amount allowed the ~rrade Contractor on account of the work performed by his Trade Subcontractor interest therein. The Trade Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Trade Subcontractor, cllso require each Trade Subcontractor to make payments to his ~;uppl iers and Trade Subsubcontractors in a similar manner." 5. Subparagraph 9.6.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the j:ollowing: liThe Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an J~pplication for Payment if, in his opinion, the application is not adequately supported. If the Trade Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the C=onstruction Manager shall process the Application for the amount he deems appropriate. The Construction Manager may cllso decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, l:)ecause of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously made to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Trade contractor to nlake payments properly to Trade Subcontractors or for labor, nlaterials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence that the work 07/25/'91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 9 cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum: (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another contractor working at the proj ect: (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 . 6 . 1. 1 No payment shall be made to the Trade Contractor until certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the Trade contractor, within all the requirements of Article 12, have been filed with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments on the basis of work performed by a Trade Subcontractor shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by paragraph 7.5 and any certificates of insurance required of the Trade subcontractors under Article 12 have been filed with the Owner." 6. subparagraph 9.7 - delete in its entirety. ARTICLB 11 1. Add new subparagraph 11.1.2.1: The following coverages are required to be maintained by all Trade Contractors and subcontractors in any tier throughout the entire length of the contract and any extensions thereof. 1. Premises and operation Liability Insurance: commercial General Liability Insurance shall be obtained in amounts of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence. Coverage shall specifically include: a. Bodily injury and property damage liability coverage for premises and operations. b. Products and completed operations. c. Independent contractor's exposures. d. Property damage resulting from explosion, collapse, or underground (x,c,u) exposures. e. Blanket contractual contract. liability covering this f. Personal injury liability. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 10 g. Broad form property damage liability. .... "-.. . Automobile Liability Insurance: Comprehensive automobile liability insurance shall include coverage for bodily injury and property damage liability for a minimum limit of $1,000,000 each occurrence and shall cover use of owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, and include employers' non-ownership liability coverage. ":ll .... . Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance: statutory Workers' Compensation coverage including Employers Liability coverage with limits of not less than $100,000 per person per accident and $500,000 per person per occurrence for disease. Coverage shall be provided to cover operations in tIle state of Florida and the Voluntary Compensation endorsement shall be provided. Coverage for deferally enacted benefits shall be provided where applicable. ~~ll insurance policies are required in the name of Monroe C~ounty Board of County Commissioners and Morrison- I<:nudsen/Gerrits as Additional Named Insured and provide a nlinimum of sixty (60) days notice in the event of termination, non-renewal or reduction in coverage. Policy language shall be modified to provide liability coverage for Cross Liability suits between insureds without increasing the total policy limits. Monroe County reserves the right to require a,ddi tional insurance as may be deemed necessary for any specific project or work. Insurers providing coverage(s) must be financially stable and authorized to do business in the state of Florida. The Monroe Clounty Board of County Commissioners reserves the right to reject any insurer that it believes to be unacceptable. Failure to maintain required insurance coverage in effect will provide Monroe County, Florida with the option of terminating the contract upon written notice to the Construction Manager. Certificates expiring during the term of the contract shall be replaced with new certificates prior to the expiration of the original certificates. Complete and certified copies of all insurance contracts shall be furnished to The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners if requested. 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 11 ARTICLB 12 1. subparagraph 12.1.4 - replace the remainder of the paragraph, after the word "change" in line 25, with the following: "Pending final determination of cost, payments on account shall be made as determined by the construction Manager. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Trade contractor for any deletion or change, which results in a net decrease in the contract Sum, will be the amount of the actual net cost as confirmed by the construction Manager. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in anyone change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change." 2. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6: "The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items of labor or material, power tools, and equipment actually used, utilities, pro rata charges for foreman, and all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workman's compensation Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of social Security and Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other than that mentioned above, bond or bonds, superintendent, timekeeper, clerks, watchmen, use of small tools, incidental job costs, and general office expenses. The actual cost of Changes in the Work (other than those covered by unit prices set forth in the contract Documents) shall be computed as follows: 12.1.6.1 If the Trade contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). 12.1.6.2 If the Trade subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark up for managing this work will be ten percent (lot). 12 . 1. 6. 3 If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark- up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition 07/25/91 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 12 _......._../I.....__........._...~... .-.tM__......._.~ .,....",," '.a-'-~""-'- ....t_._..........._.....- . .'.__a. -~..... - .--- of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. 3. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7: "'The Trade Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Construction Manager, an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that might be ordered." 4. Subparagraph 12.3.1 - delete in its entirety and insert the following: "If the Trade Contractor claims that any instructions given to him by the Construction Manager, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the Contract, he shall give the Construction Manager written notice thereof within three (3) days after the receipt of such instructions and before proceeding to execute the work, except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which case the Trade C1ontractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10. 3." Should it not be clear to the Trade Contractor that a change will involve extra work, written notice given within three (3) days that the change may involve extra work will be sufficient nlotice. If it is later determined that the work involved in such instruction shall be recognized as an extra, the amounts c~f additional compensation to be paid therefore should be dletermined in accordance wi th Paragraph 13. 1. Except as c.therwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost shall be allowed unless the notice specified by this Subparagraph is given by the Trade Contractor or unless such ~rork is performed as provided in Subparagraph 12 .1.4. 07/251191 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00805 - 13 I j I J ! II<u J ~ ... ,I: ... i ~O[)OOO 1 .~ ... i ~ c c ! 0 .1 I 0 .. '" .. 8 g z Z t"o '" 0 c> oz i J8 .~ 3 .-. ~w i C) c> l:~ .... .. ~ ;: uo z ;1 ;; 0 g < ~~ ~f u ~ ~~ '" to( t.) .. - ~c .... ~.;- ~ 1J L.u ~ E~ .~ .I u 0-- 0 .- .. "':1 Q ~c =i ~ 8:0 ~ <u t- Z t- LI.I ~ Z ~ u &.t.I ~ ~ t: ~ J: ~ U ~ ~ u ~ w.. ~ ~ 0 < C).; 0 ~ 5= ~ a.. y. 0 1.1.I .... ~ z u 0 - - LI. !:( - ~ U Y.I - -' U a. C a. < Z VJ < " z c.= . . ~ Ci 0 0 ~ - u U ~ ~ Cl: < 0 ~ ~ ~ cr: U z t; ~ 0 t- - z ....I ~ ~ < z c. C( ~ .... 0 c. 0 z < ~ Cl: 0 U ~ u - .-".~t t' ) ... ...~..~ I , --~~-- . . . . . . . . ~~ ~~~ . . .... ... .... ~:: . . . 1; · · · ..= u.. · ~;:i~ :: ~ ~S . . +1 .. . II . · ....0 .. ou.- : : u" ...... ::'C......:~ :i.5Q ~ o~~ ",.g:= ~ ~- o~~ ~~z==~: ::;) =0 ~c- ~(J~"~E.tft ~o~~~ ~~~~+o~~;e!i ~rUQ..~ !C~~~_.~C;Q,~ o (.:) ~o I~~c:"'". ~:~ .-c - -a'-'c: ~c"'~ ~c: J ~ c: Q.... ~ c .- E ... .- u c: -.- u~ 0 E+oo==~~ ~~z~ O~~ ~ uOO~~~OQ=8"'-~~= ~tft ~U"'~ ~~o" U ~C..~c~c:fW z- z~,.- ~f~oj~;j;j~~~:~i~w~ Z4~VO~ 0 o~~Wc:.~!Vc =-=.I:~.""u~ IU IUc.c~...~..~.z:.:; ~~z~-~ - -~~~-",~.~- !i8~ i~ ~ ~ ~ ! a~ ~NM~ &Ii V') z 0 B => c ~ c ~ z 0 t= 0 C < rJ') ~ ~ '" ~ ~ .. > " ~ a:: .s t 0 ~ ~ " ~ .. < '"Oc"- 0 ~ " ~ ~ 0- fc ~ ~o .c ~ ::> ..>- C < c rJ') 8:..0 ~ ~ 0 .c ex ~ III ~ ta u LoU ..,.,~ 0 0 ~ - E QJ C III ~ -00 ~ 0 ~ E ~ ~ 0." -0 C l? QJ ~ ~ ~ to > QJ ~ Z 000 0 .J:J u < c: .- ~ E fa > c. i IJ: ~~ 0- == U Uo.. < Z Z ~ " ';0\ ~C:C:Q.lc fjji~ l:;lIcll'l o.c'~E c: _.c E Q.I .;,t c: '" >- E ..'" Q.I C ~ >- ~ E ~ '" 0>-0"0. ti~E..E.. ~~~"'~ c..E==~t: o ~..~ U5.~'-' Q.I .- ~ .= - .c~""" .. '-' ...~.c -.- '" u .. O"Q..c",-c ;; Q.. eGJ :\ c: ~ < 0 '" .&J '" ~"> ~.. ~:E8~" .c ... .. c: ->- o.~ g~tj-60 -" ",.- " "'~=..c:.c -=tc~- ." >uO ~ E QJ 0 0 ;.;:: u - 0 .;:~~~~ ....- .. ~O..c~'" .. ~ .~:> ~ S 41 ~ ~ .~ ~~~..E~ =-c~~ cQJ~E", o~-ovc U..oo~~a.i ]~~cE~ cc~O~ QCt'O c:U Q.~ .~ C .- QJ 0 ~O"'C.c"'CC: ~.- QJ - C ." -0 ;; ; >- ~ .- C:E-..o'"'Oc ~ ~ ~ ~ .- QJoE~~~ ..c"EOtV~QJ ~ .- u Q....:..c: ~. ........ ...\.~'..",~.:;.'~- ~< ~~\. .. o >- .. " '0 ~ c ~ o U '" ~ II E II .. o ] g c ! i i '" " ." .. g ; .~ .;;; ]~~ ~ E .;,,: .- ~ e o"~o " ~ .. U ~.Do>- cii~z~ Cl: 8 ~ ~ z o u -- c: ::I Q ~ e . " :.! . ... : e : e . 'Iii; : ~ :~ :~ =1 -q: :l: " · u . .. . c: . ::I . Q · e . " ., fa ., _ c: II. .2 SI.. ~)(t z"~ ~~t: O~O ~...~ c~< ~ ..Nt' ",: ", ~ J I !I fnS t u .~o~ o .,: .. ~ ~ ... ! ~~~ Q Iii Q.C .....,~ U '-' ... '-'0 ... .. - z"~ ~c:~ J.... o"C ~c8 &I!, .e! ~c ./J. ~:a. .. .~ o~_ r--. c.5o II- ... ..- o 1I.c c.c K "',,-.: .- ., >- IIEc 4"- ~:~ ;0., .....'-1 ~ v_ u~~ .. .~ g.. ~~UQ. ~~"'." ..c:.c"c --1" " 0 .. c=.,.~ L- ...."c r- ",.c .. ;., Z 5:: ~E .- GJ .. ~ &.1.1 ~ C Q.. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~o c:~o.c_. '-J:JCU~~O ~ 0: 0:: ~ ~ ~ o~ c~ ~ .: .. 0 ... II'l '" ." , ~ '~.c'-'...., ~ g~" ~u O ct:~--t- o~~-=z .... i - J:J 'j ;:) "'~""O I.Y ...:cv~ ~ J:J.c .. c: < ~ .,.~ ~-a II " C <.- ".c U ~.,~o- .r;EV~ - E- ~o LI. :\ c" 0 c - - ~ 0 ~.- c: L- 0'- c: '" ~ r- ~ .-...- E ~ v.~ t: of ~ 1.1.I ~ Q. ,,~ 0- U..o..~;>o c: ~~ &1- O~~.c--o cnu~c:=~ " CU.c~o- t- -s ~ ~ ~'E U..l:~v==~ :: _ ~ f'tJ III LI.I ~ at:'- ;:).- J- c.c r:T... ~.~ ~ QJ B - c.~ < -= ~ X ~o..~..~ "EE-=13c U 0 0- - 0 A1III u '-' 0 ~ u ... u ~ _ l..J to_..,.,~~ ~c~QJc..c " -"'C ~ ._ _ II 7i o >- 0:) '" i ~ :IIf I ~ "t' .~ ! ! ~ ~ CI 0 .. g ~ ~~, z ~ 0 Cl W tit :::> Z C~ .1 z 0;: ~ .. - ~i C ~ z ~ I ~ .. Qu a. .. ~:::i ~ '" ~ ut C ~< ~ ~ t - < J: U a:: ~ < t-- ~ ~ ~ ~ U 0 Q ~ ~ oc c: 'c >.. .; Q. C 0.. 0 ,., ~ >- ~.. ", E z ..,., \,6"j ~ E ~ ..: .~ ~ ~~ ~ c-= c> c: 0 '-t) .. ~ ~ ~ lJ~ ~ ~I QJ ... "' OC ~ Q,I fO ~ c: c: ~ Q,~ .; at: -::: ~ w . .. ~ U~ ~~ ~ o..c "t) :is Z ~ QI ", LU .~ ::r: <= ~! ,., ", > Z ..,., "'~ QJ (I) 0.- Q,I ... ... - C ", QJ 8.~ .c z "'~ ~ c: 0 - """ :) II) ~ .- tj 0-:-: C) a..- E: ", - < t ... !;;: "' C NU 3: 0 O~ u ::> '" Q) ..s~ c: \; c: (11 Z ~ ..t:,) 0 c J"; \I~ - QJ II) c: c: t- E ..... .S~ E Z ~ 0 ]! ~ ~tj :) -0 0 O~ -') U c: ~! Q) U ~ 0 c: II) <u :J - I a.: ....% '-J"'- Z-~ J: <!I .....u <0- eo.. 0 ~+ ~ 00 ~ ....~""'~ -'t:O!<+ ~~.-O.... O~\I') + ....OOQo Z - u< ~~Oz~ <....~- ~ ~z~....~ =~eOO ~f~~O 0 0 ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ rJ'l t- """ J: ~ Q.. t- ~ - 0 U .." ~ ~z QC Qo ,..... >-- 0 ~ ~~: Q..~O ~o:- OQ.. Q&:< w. 0 ~ ~... ~., u O=" z~ U rJ'l ~ '" ~ ~ 0 co Z 0 t : ~ U IJ"J I loIoJ c 0 . \ ~ ~ ~ ~.-\ ( -< ..... - 1 c. !::z . CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF'" DEBTS AND CLAIMS OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR SURETY , OTHER AlA Document G706 o o o o TO (Owner) I L PROJECT: (name, address) ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: I CONTRACT FOR: ..J CONTRACT DATE: State of: County of: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201, hereby certifies that, except as listed below, he has paid in full or has otherwise satisfied all obligations for all materials and equipment furnished, for all work, labor, and services performed, and for all known indebtedness and claims against the Contractor for damages arising in any manner in connection with the performance of the Contrad referenced above for which the Owner or his property might in any way be held responsible. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write "None". If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. Whenever Surety is involved, Consent of Surety is required. AlA DOCUMENT G707, CONSENT OF SURETY, may be used for this purpose. Indicate attachment: (yes ) (no ). The following supporting documents should be at- tached hereto if required by the Owner: 1. Contractor-'s Release or Waiver of liens, condi- tional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Sub- contractors and material and equipment sup- pliers, to the extent required by the Owner, ac- companied by a list thereof. 3. Contractor's Affjdavit of Release of Liens (AlA DOCUMENT G706A). CONTRACTOR: Address: BY: Subscribed and S\\Orn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public: My Con1mission Expires: AlA DOCUMENT G706 · CONTR,A.CTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS · APRil 1970 EorTrON AIA@ .g 1970 · THE AI\1ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW, \\f:\SHI~GTO~, D.C. ~0006 O~E PAC: CONTRACTOR' 8 AFFIDAVIT OF RBLBASB OP LIBRa PROJE:CT: (' name~ , address) CONTRACT DATE: StatE~ of: Count~y of: The undersigned, pursuant to Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AlA Document A201, hereby certi.fies that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labol. or services who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner or claims against the public construction bond arising in allY manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced abovE~ . EXCEI~IONS: (If none, Write "None". If required by the Owner, the ContI-actor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for each exce~.tion. ) SUPPC)RTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: CONTRACTOR: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt c)f final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and Dlaterial and equipment suppliers, t:o the extent required by the Owner, cLccompanied by a list thereof. Address BY: Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 19 Notary Public: My Commission Expires: 07/16/91 AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS 00908-1 CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO RNAL PAYMENT AlA DOCl/MENT (;107 0WI8 AICHmCT CONTIACTOI suam OTHEIt ~ PROJECT: (name, address) TO (Owner) I J . ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: CONTRACT FOR: L CONTRACTOR: .J CONTRACT DATE: In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indiated ibove, the (here in~rt nll'M Ind address of Surety Camplny) I SURETY COMPANY, on bond olf (here ansel' nlme Ind Iddress of Contr~Clor) , CONTRACTOR. hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to (here insert ftlme Ind Iddr~, of Owner) , OWNER. as set forth in the said Surety Company's bc"d. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of 19 Surety Company Signature of Authorized Representative Attest: (Seal) : Title NOTE: This form is to be used ~s ~ companion document to AlA DOCUMENT G706, CONTRACTOR"S AffiDAVIT OF PAYMENT or DEBTS ^""O CL^'~~S, Current Edition AlA DOCUMIENT G7.7 · CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT · APRil 1970 EDITION · AlAS ~ 1970 · THE ^,~ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW, W^SHINGTO~, D.C. 20006 ONE PACE SECTIOH 00970 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 1.1 REGULATIONS AND POLICIES 1.1.1 1.2 1.2.1 Every Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor employed on the Project shall comply with all applicable local, state, and Federal safety and health regulations and with Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health policies as described herein. PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS It is recognized that it is good business and evidence of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of incidents that lead to occupational injuries or illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this project include, but are not limited to, the following: · 1 In general, this accident prevention policy is based on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries, occupational illnesses, and equipment and property damage; and to protect the general public exposed to or associated with the work. .2 The importance of the safety of all workers on the project shall be recognized and accident prevention shall be an integral part of all operations. .3 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall conduct work in a safe and practical manner in conformance with the OSHA Safety and Health Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual of Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors of America. .4 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall observe all applicable Federal, state, local and project laws and regulations pertaining to safety and health, pollution control, water supply, fire protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal and other related items. · 5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be posted in a conspicuous location along wi th the OSHA and Emergency Phone Number posters. 07/26/91 00970 - 1 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN .6 A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases shall be properly recorded on the OSHA log, and reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A copy of the insurance report for workmen compensation cases shall be provided to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. .7 Each Trade Contractor and Trade subcontractor shall provide or arrange for adequate first aid facilities, emergency transportation and persons qualified in first aid. .8 Each Trade contractor and Trade subcontractor shall cooperate fully with all other contractors in their respective safety and health programs. .9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times. Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily or placed in appropriate waste containers. All materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will convene every Friday at 1:00pm for a joint site clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three hours... _,.' In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan. The first part consists of the contractor cleaning up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his trade work. The second part consists of the general clean-up, the concerted effort by all trade contractors working on the project. A minimum of (1) crew is to be utilized by each contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The third part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade contractor should adequate notice not compel him to clean up his work. In this case, the appropriate contractors will be backcharged. .10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all superv1sors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear a suitable hard hat while on the project site. .11 other appropriate personal protective equipment shall be provided and worn as required including but not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves and 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 2 appropriate leather work boots. .12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders, scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be provided to facilitate access or working conditions in a manner that shall conform to the safety standards specified by Federal, state, Local or manufacturer's recommendations or stipulations. .13 Each Trade Contractor and Trade Subcontractor shall be expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the safety and health requirements of this project and to enforce adherence to safe work procedures. .14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any Trade Contractor of any noncompliance with the prov1s1ons of this program, the Trade Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the unsafe conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective action shall be taken within the specified time. If a Trade Contractor or Trade Subcontractor refuse to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts, MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of the following steps: a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof. b. stop payment for the work being performed. c. Correct the situation using other forces and back charge the Trade Contractor expenses incurred. d. Increase retainage in proportional increments for that given pay period. · 15 All Trade Contractor's Superintendents shall be required to attend and participate in all general project safety meetings. These meetings will be included in the weekly coordination meetings as previously specified or on an as needed basis. .16 All Trade Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on a weekly basis. All employees working at the project site shall be required to attend and participate in 07/26/91 00970 - 3 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 1.3 1.3.1 1.4 1.4.1 the meetings. .17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits for approval. The analysis will address the hazards for each activity to be performed in that phase and will present the procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate the hazards or reduce the risk to an acceptable level. A phase is defined as an operation involving a type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous operations or where a new subcontractor or work crew is to perform work. The analysis will be discussed by the contractor and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on-site representatives at the preparatory Inspection Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. . 18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the jOb-site. FIRE PROTECTION Every Trade contractor and Trade subcontractor employed on the Proj ect shall exercise good construction practices to prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the Trade contractor to insure that general fire protection facilities are adequate for his work and to provide additional fire protection facilities and devices, including fire extinguishers as required by their scope of work. WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES It shall be the Trade contractor's sole and exclusive responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in accordance with the safety rules and regulations prescribed by the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and communication Lines Hand Book 81, occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes in 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 4 1.5 1.5.1 1.5.2 1.5.3 effect at the site of construction and as specified elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously supervise and inspect the work being performed to assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are complied with and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be held to mean that any such responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the Construction Manager. BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING The Trade Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck or floor closures required in connection with his work to comply with Federal, state and local safety requirements. The Trade Contractor shall be solely and exclusively responsible for the design, construction, inspection and maintenance of such facilities at all times. It shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to maintain safe conditions. It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Trade Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or in connection with the project, and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the Construction Manager. 07/26/91 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN 00970 - 5 -.... ..... ~ ........ -.... ..."p,.,-...~..~.... ~...-......_........".._, .-I-~a.'.".,--....~..~~..._ ,...~, --......-.........~___ .._...'_.~ .... MONROB COUlft'Y CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.1 MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will monitor all work performed by the Trade Contractor to assure conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. TRADE CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBII.ITIES The Trade Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material, equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work. The Trade Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who will be on site at all times while the respective Trade Contractor's work is in progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject items of work. The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative may delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on him. The Trade Contractor's Qual i ty Control Representative will coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any submittal that is a change to the contract requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect/Engineer. The Trade Contractor will bear the responsibility of notifying the designated material-testing laboratory whether Monroe County or Contractor provided to perform testing of materials as required by the contract drawings and specifications in a timely fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work activities. 02/11/91 00980-1 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.3 1.3.1 Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne by the contractor. The Trade contractor's Quality control Representative will review his drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the technical information provided and all work performed is in accordance with the latest revisions of the contract Drawings and specifications. The Trade contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with the contractor Daily Quality control Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards, contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerri ts ' representative on site and then will be identified and segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality control Report. INSPECTION AND TESTING INSPECTION PLAN Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a four-point inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be performed under this Trade contract, i.e., work d~scribed by each division of the technical provision section of the contract specifications. This plan consists of the following: .1 preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the work, the Trade contractor's Quality control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-2 (a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals. (b) Approval of inspection and test reports of materials and equipment to be utilized. (c) Completion of previous preliminary work. operations of (d) Availability of materials and equipment required. (e) Potential utility outages. (f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon the particular operation. (g) Quality standards. (h) Safety or environmental precautions to be observed. (Phase Hazard) ]~ote: Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). .2 Initial inspection Upon completion of a representative sample of a given feature of the work, the Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the Morrison- . Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's representative if he so desires to attend and check the following items at a minimum for conformance: (a) Workmanship to established quality standards. (b) Configuration to specifications. contract drawings and (c) Construction methods, equipment and tools utilized. (d) Materials and articles utilized. (e) Adequacy of testing methods. (f) Adequacy of shop drawings. 02/11,/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-3 Note: . 3 Note: (g) Adequacy of precautions. safety environmental or Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). Follow-up Inspections The Trade Contractor's Quality Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the workmanship standards established during the preparatory and initial inspections. Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection, sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of these sheets are to achieve concurrence from other trade contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and omissions which elevate costs. Sign- off sheets shall be used for but not be limited to concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated by the appl icable Trade Contractor and submitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work. (See attachment for example of an acceptable concrete sign-off sheet.) Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or not. this disciplinary action shall be carried out via the Nonconformance Report. (See section 1/4/2 of this plan. ) The Trade Contractor shall be responsible to record these inspections and all other proj ect related activities encountered throughout the day on the contractor Daily Quality control Report (see attachment). . 4 Completion Inspection - Upon completion of a given feature of the work, the Trade contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the Architect's 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-4 representative if he so desires to attend to perform an inspection of the completed work. Non-conforming items will be identified and corrected prior to commencement of the next operation. ]~ote : Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes to this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly (see attachment). 1.3.2 OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING The Trade Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the operational tests and checkout of the equipment, facilities or equipment constructed, fabricated or installed under this Trade Contract. Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests. Notification should be given at least five (5) days in advance of the scheduled tests. 1.3.3 FINAL INSPECTION Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work by the ArChitect/Engineer. Requests for finalizing portions of the work performed under this Trade contract should be made to Morrison- Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent at least fifteen (15) days in advance of the inspection. Prior to requesting a final inspection, all test~ for the equipment and systems must be completed. . 1.4 REPORTING Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely important in the Quality Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued. 1.4.1 DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the summary of daily inspection activities 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-5 performed by the Trade contractor's designated Quality control Representative. It shall include any of the four steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items. All of the individual Trade contractor inspector's reports will be assembled into one report with a cover sheet for each day and submitted by 9:00am of the following day to a predetermined location so that it can be routed through the system for review. The original will be kept within Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Quality Assurance Program files. 1.4.2 NONCONFORMANCE REPORT Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality standards. The report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to the project. A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the proj ect Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be included in the Trade contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general review. Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the deficient item or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing superintendent and project Manager. These sign- offs will be included with a corresponding corrective action taken. significant nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed-off report will also be submitted for review. Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will proportionallY counteraffect payments. Whether that be partial or full retainage will be left up to the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management team. 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1.5.1 Submittals are not a direct function of this Quality Assurance Program. However , submittal saJlples, manufacturer's catalog cuts, shop drawings, etc. should be readily available on site for review at any time by any representative of the Project Management Team. 1.6 AUDITS 1.6.1 Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to perform Trade Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the proj ect Manager for his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Trade Contractor will be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid recurrence. 1.7 SUMMARY The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction team can pride themsel ves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly what he has bought. The owner will expect no more and through Quality Assurance, tIle construction team will provide no less. 02/11/91 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN 00980-7 SECTION 00990 SCHEDULB OF DRA.X.G8 DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE LATEST REVISION DATE A-1 PARTIAL GROUND REV. 0, 3/29/91 FLOOR PLAN A-2 PARTIAL SECOND REV. 1, 5/30/91 FLOOR PLAN A-3 GROUND FLOOR - REV. 0, 3/29/91 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-4 SECOND FLOOR - REV. 0, 3/29/91 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-5 DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91 A-6 DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91 A-7 DOOR & FINISH SCHEDULES, REV. 0, 3/29/91 AND DETAILS A-a EXISTING GENERATOR ROOM PLAN REV. 0, 3/29/91 EMERGENCY GENERATOR SLAB AND DETAILS A-9 SECURED CORRIDOR PLANS, REV. 0, 3/29/91 .ELEVATIONS & DETAILS 5-1 FOUNDATION AND SECOND FLOOR REV. 0, 3/29/91 PLANS AND SECTIONS S-2 SECTION DETAILS AND REV. 0, 3/29/91 GENERAL NOTES 06/12/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00990-1 M-1 HVAC PARTIAL GROUND REV. 0, 3/29/91 FLOOR PLAN M-2 HVAC PARTIAL SECOND REV. 0, 3/29/91 FLOOR PLAN M-3 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS REV. 0, 3/29/91 M-4 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 0, 3/29/91 M-5 SECURED CORRIDOR FOR REV. 0, 3/29/91 COURTROOM 'B' HVAC PLAN E-l GROUND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN REV. 0, 3/29/91 E-2 SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN REV. 1 , 5/30/91 E-3 GROUND FLOOR POWER PLAN REV. 1, 5/13/91 E-4 SECOND FLOOR POWER PLAN REV. 1, 5/13/91 E-5 SYMBOL LEGEND AND SCHEDULES REV. 1, 5/13/91 E-6 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 1, 5/13/91 E-7 EMERGENCY GENERATOR REV. 1, 5/13/91 E-8 SECURED CORRIDOR FLOOR REV. 0, 3/29/91 PLAN, RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULE 06/12/91 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS 00990-2 .....'.v.~....."'.~ . ,......:'.~~.......aIII~,..... ............... -~-"'.._'t~................,^...."-.._~~.~r SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCBS 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Include in Contract sum all allowances stated in the Bid Documents. B. Designate in the schedule of values the cost allowance. C. Indicate in the Construction Schedule all work to be included under Allowance. 1.2 ALLOWANCB FOR SERVICB A. The amount of the allowance includes: 1. Cost of services performed by FKEe for disconnect and reconnect procedures after normal working hours and/or on weekends. 2. Contractor's overhead and profit (15%). 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES A. Electrical Contractor is to coordinate work with FKEC. B. Contractor must notify FKEC at least 24 hours in advance to allow. for crew scheduling. C. Contractor is to make prompt payment upon receipt of FKEC invoice. 1.4 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS A. Should the cost be more or less than specified amount of the allowance, the contract sum will be adjusted accordingly by change order. B. The amount of the change order will recognize changes in accordance with actual amounts invoiced the Contractor by FKEC and Contractor's overhead and profit. 06/13/91 ALLOWANCES 01020-1 c. At contract closeout, all approved changes in contract amounts will be reflected in the final pay request. ******************** BND OP SBCTION 01020 06/13/91 ALLOWANCES 01020-2 .....Io._~~:~~"': ...,,~~.._ -'.I. A KJ.............~ 4~ t.t 1'"1'''' r . .. ...... ...... .. h -..,-_ ~ ..... .... Il. -.. .... . SBCfIO)J 01027 APPLICATIOB ~OR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related sections 1. Section 00750 - General Conditions 2. Section 00900 - AlA G702/G703 2. Section 01370 - Schedule of Values 1. . 2 FORMAT A. AlA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment including continuation sheets when required. 1..3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS A. Present required information in typewritten form. B. Execute ce.rtification by notarized signature of authorized officer. c. List each authorized Change Order on the form, including change order number, date and dollar amount. D. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01700. 1..4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. The initial Application for Payment will not be processed until the construction schedule, the schedule of values, and the initial submittal schedule have been received by the Construction Manager, reviewed and approved by the Architect. B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule with each Application for Payment. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 1 OS/20/91 C. payment Period: Submit once per month, durin~ the last week of the month. payment will be made by the Owner within (30) days thereafter. D. Work Item Update Listing - this work sheet, prepared by the construction Manager, shows the work items which are being considered. for progress payments. It is to be billed from the contractor's approved schedule of values and approved changes only. The Contractor must fill in percentages of work completed on each line item or total dollar amount of original Suppliers Invoices. suppliers Invoices are then attached for payments on materials stored. E. status Meeting - The contractor's representative and the construction Manager review the contractor's Work Item Update Listing. Upon agreement between the two parties, both the Contractor and construction Manager will sign off on the form. F. Estimate Voucher - The construction Manager will input the progress into the computer from the Work Item Update Listing, and will issue the Estimate Voucher to the contractor. G. Submit waivers as required. H. Submit three (3) copies of each Application for payment. ~ 1..5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When the Construction Manager and/or Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Indicate Application number and date, and line item by number and description. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01027 OS/20/91 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 2 . ~ . _. ....... 41... ... ... ..~. ~. .. ~ .;,... SECTION 01028 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Promptly implement change order procedures. a. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on a time and material/force account basis. c. Provide full documentation to the Construction Manager with each request. 2. Designate in writing the member of the Contractor's organization authorized to accept changes in the Work. 3. The Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders. B. Related requirements: 1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices. 2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances. 3 . Conditions of the Contract, Article 12 of the General Conditions: a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the Owner resulting from changes in the Work made on a time and material basis. b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs. 1..2 DEFINITIONS A. Change Order, AlA Document G701/CM: Refer to the General Conditions. B. Construction Change Directive: A written order to the Contractor I signed by the Owner, MK/Gerri ts and the Architect, which amends the Contract Documents as described, and authorizes the Contractor to proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change Order. 1..3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal Request to the Contractor. Request will include: 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 1 1. Detailed description of the change, products ant' location of the change in the Project. 2. supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications. 3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. 4 . A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. 5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop the Work in progress. B. The contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the Construction Manager containing: 1. Description of the proposed changes. 2. statement of the reason for making the changes. 3. statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the contract Time. 4. statement of the effect on the Work of separate contractors. 5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract Sum or the contract Time, as appropriate. 1..4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. In lieu of proposal Request, a Construction Changt. Directive may be issued for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. The Construction Change Directive will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised contract Documents to define details of the change, and will 'designate the method of determining a change in the Contract Sum and change in the contract Time. c. The owner, construction Manager, and the Architect will sign and date the construction Change Directive as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with changes. D. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in the Article "Documentation of proposalS and Claims" of this Section. E. The allowable costs of such work will be determined as provided in the General conditions and supplementary conditions. F. The Owner, construction Manager and Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in the 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 2 . ...- '.0. ...... _--A~ .._......~J... ~ _....__........~......-4. ~--~,... , ,-,..--.... ._:0\.- --.,. . Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. G. The Owner and the Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement. 1. . 5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS A. support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously been established, with sufficient substal1tiating data to allow evaluation of the quotation. B. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 1. Labor required. 2. Equipment required. 3. Products required. a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required. 4. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 5 . Credi t for the work deleted from the Contract, similarly documented. 6. Overhead and profit. If the Trade Contractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the Trade Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark-up for managing this work will be ten percent (10%) . If the Trade Subcontractor performs part of the actual Work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. If the Trade Contractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his direct work only. 7. Justification for change in the Contract Time. c. support each claim for additional costs, and for the work done on a time-and-rnaterial/force account basis, with 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 3 documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal, plus additional information: 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work, and date of the order. 2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by whom. 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing of quantities. c. Subcontracts. 5. Signature of Construction Manager's Superintendent, concurring with quantities. 1..6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. The construction Manager will prepare each Change Order. B. Change Order form: AlA Document G701/CM. C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised contract Documents to define details of the change. D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 1..7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS A. content of Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The proposal Request and the Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between the Owner and the Contractor. 2. The contractor's proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect or Construction Manager. B. The owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the contractor to proceed with the changes. C. The contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. 1..8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. The content of the Change Orders will be based on either: 1. The definition of the scope of the required changes. 2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by the Architect, or Construction Manager. 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 4 .. -~ . .- .~._~. ."-- -- 3 . Survey of completed work.. B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between the Owner, Architect and the Contractor. c. When quanti ties of each of the i terns affected by the Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. 2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein. D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the Work: 1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued directing the Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work will be determined based on the unit prices and quantities used. . 3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. 4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to i~~_icate their agreement with the terms therein. 1..9 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms monthly to record each change as a separate item of the Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to submission of Application for Payment. B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. c. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. O~/3()/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED **************** END OF SECTION 01028 04/30/91 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01028 - 6 - .......,..,....,., q .-r.",,,;.,-" .. .... ~......... ','" ,'~ ............... -, ..-.'" ,.# '. ...- .. SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project meetings 1..2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre- construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date, or provide as much advance notice as possible. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within three working days after each meeting. a. To participants in the meeting. b. To parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. Furnish three copies of minutes to the Architect. B. Representatives of the Contractors, suppliers attending meetings shall authorized to act on behalf of represents. subcontractors and be qualified and the entity each c. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited consistent with the Contract Documents and construction schedules. 1. . 3 P]~E-CONSTRUCTION MEETING AD Schedule just prior to Notice to Proceed. Bo Location: A central site designated by the Construction 06/18/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 1 '<~-~"":-,, ~~~(51':;-~~",'''-'~j-r~'(~-' !i;')";"~::,- ", Manager. ,-- c. Attendance: 1. The Owner's Representative. 2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as required) · 3. construction Manager. 4. The Contractor's superintendent. 5. Major subcontractors. 6. Major suppliers. 7. others as appropriate. D. suggested Agenda: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers. b. projected Construction Schedules. 2. Critical Work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. project coordination. a. Designation of responsible personnel. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. proposal requests. c. submittals. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Adequacy of distribution of the contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas. b. The Owner's requirements. 9. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids. 10. Temporary utilities. 11. Safety and first-aid procedures. 12. security procedures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used ************** END OF SECTION 01200 06/18/91 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 - 2 "4:~~~' .~~~~;-- ...,r>-.""....,"r-,,,.,. . .'.'';-:}~~::l~7..:''',-~~;-~~ .~-. BEeTIO. 01220 _;~..-.i:. . WOU HOURS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Normal Work Hours 2. Extended Work Hours B. Related Sections: 1. Section 00350 - Milestone Schedule 1 . 2 ~rORK HOURS }~. Normal work hours available for trade contractors will be from 7:00 a.m. until 4:30 p.m. The Owner forbids any work activity proceeding after 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. 1 . 3 I~XTENDED WORK HOURS }~. In the event a contractor gets behind on his schedule as defined in Section 00350, then contractor shall work extended work hours in order to recover his scheduled milestone dates remaining, and to complete his contract work on schedule. Work during extended work hours shall be performed as necessary, and as directed by the Construction Manager, without additional compensation to the contractor. ************** END OF SECTION 01220 07/31j191 WORK HOURS 01220 - 1 SECTION 01301 SUBKIT'l'ALS PART 1. - GENERAL 1. .1 SUMMARY A.. B. 1. .2 A. Section includes: 1. Submit to the Construction Manager, shop drawings, product data, certifications and samples required by the technical sections. 2. Prepare and submit with construction progress schedule, a separate schedule listing dates for submission and dates for review. Related Sections: 1. Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 2. Individual submittals required: refer to each specific section, for certifications, shop drawings, product data and sample requirements. SUBMITTAL IDENTIFICATION This paragraph is included to explain the method for submittals identification using Section 08710, FINISH HARDWARE, and the Finish Hardware Schedule as an example. B. The Contractor shall assign submittal designations utilizing the following format and system. C. The number for the first shop drawing submitted under that Section would be 08710-1a, the (1) designating that this is the first time submitted under Section 08710, and the (a) signifying that it is the first time a "finish hardware" schedule has been submitted to the Architect's office. If this "finish hardware" submittal is marked "revise and resubmit", the resubmittal would retain the 08710-1 but (a) would be changed to 08710-1b to designate resubmittal; the next resubmittal, 08710-1c, until this "finish hardware" item is approved. D. The second "finish hardware" submittal sent to the Architect's office would be 08710-2a; if not approved, then resubmitted under 08710-2b. 06/13/91 01301 - 1 SUBMITTALS 1. . 3 A. B. 1. . 4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE The contractor shall submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a preliminary "Submittal Schedule" to the construction Manager for review, modification and response prior to the first application for payment. The "Submittal Schedule" shall contain the following information: 1. section number and name. 2. Submittal information required. 3. Date submittal will be received by the Construction Manager. 4 . Time allowed for review of submittal by AlE ( in calendar days). 5. Date submittal will be returned to the Contractor. 6. Material ship and receipt dates. The contractor shall submit the final "Submittal schedule" to the Construction Manager for review and approval prior to the second application for payment. Modifications to the approved schedule shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for review and approval allowing adequate time for review and response. c. Submittals received by the Construction Manager on or before the scheduled date will be processed to meet the scheduled date. D. Submittals received by the Construction Manager after the scheduled date are considered to be not critical and will be processed as time allows and not necessarily within the number of calendar days allotted for the review. E. The Architect and Construction Manager will not be responsible for delays due to receiving submittals after the date indicated in the submittal schedule. SHOP DRAWINGS A. submit shop drawings as single copies in the form of positive printing reproducible transparencies, commonly called sepia prints , suitable for reproduction use on dry print diazo type machines. Sepia prints which cannot be reproduced will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. B. Submit four blueline or blackline prints with each shop drawing submittal. c. provide shop drawings as complete submittals (no partial 06/13/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 2 sets) on original d!:"'awings or information prepared solely by the fabricator or supplier. D. Do not reproduce the Contract Drawings for shop drawing submittals. E. Sheet sizes shall not exceed the size of the Contract Drawings. :F. Each sepia print shall have blank spaces large enough to accept 4" x 4" review stamps of the Construction Manager, the Architect and the Contractor. ~:; . Each 1. 2. 3 . 4 . 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. sepia print shall carry the following information: Project name and AlE Project number. Date. Names of: a. The Architect b. The Construction Manager c. The Contractor d. Supplier e. Manufacturer Identification of product or material. Relation to adjacent structure or materials. Field dimensions, clearly stated as such. Specification section number. Applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal Specification. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number and/or detain number. H. Submit sepia prints without folds either as flat sheets if size permits, or rolled in tubes. I. Shop drawings for electrical equipment shall include complete wiring diagrams showing the location by dimensior~s of conduits, equipment and cable runs, outline drawing of major equipment with overall and other critical dimensions, and complete lists of equipment and fixtures, accompanied by catalogs, catalog cuts, data sheets, and other literature describing the equipment proposed for use. Complete specifications, required test data, sizes and numbers of conductors, cables and conduits shall be given. J . Shop drawings for mechanical equipment shall include complete mechanical diagrams stlowing the location by dimensions of ductwork, mechanical piping, temperature controls wiring and conduit, equipment, outline drawing 06/13/91 01301 - 3 SUBMITTALS 1. . 5 A. B. c. 1. . 6 A. 1. . 7 of major eqUipment witb overall and other critical dimensions, and complete lists of equipment, accompanied by catalogs, catalog cuts, data sheets, and other literature describing the equipment proposed for use. complete specifications, required test data, and sizing shall be given. PRODUCT DATA Product data such as catalog cuts, brochures or manufacturer's sheets may be submitted in lieu of sepia prints if adequately identified. submit five copies of product data to the construction Manager. Modify product data sheets to delete information which is not applicable to the Project. Provide additional information if necessary to supplement standard informationlt product data sheets that are submitted with extraneous information not deleted and/or modified will be returned without review to the contractor for resubmittal. SAMPLES Provide samples to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work may be judged. B. construct mock-UPS as required by the technical sections, at the Project site in a location designated by the Constructi.on Manager. Construct mock-ups, including adjacent work required, to demonstrate the final appearance of the Work. CERTIFICATIONS A. Proved certifications as required by various technical sections on the Contractor's letterhead stationary. certifications shall be identified to this Project, dated and bear contractor's signature in the same format used for the owner/contractor agreement. B. Clearly identify the materials referenced and state that the material and the intended installation methods, where applicable, are in compliance with the contract Documents. Attach manufacturer's affidavits where applicable. 06/13/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 4 n. .i1i 1. .8 1~ . (~ . COORDINATION DRAWINGS 13. Coordination drawings are a special type of shop drawing that show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or function as intended. Submit coordination drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. Prepare and submit coordination drawings where close and careful coordination is required by installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate shop drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Comply with applicable common submittal requirements contained in this section. 1. . 9 1~HE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES J.~. Before making submittals to the Construction Manager, review each submittal, make changes or notations as necessary to conform to the Contract Documents, identify such review with review stamp and forward reviewed submittal with comments to the Construction Manager for review. Return submittals not meeting Contract requirements to subcontractors and do not forward such submittals to the Construction Manager. E~ . Submit catalog sheets, product data, shop drawings and where specified, submit calculations, material samples, color chips or charts, test data, warranties and guarantees all at the same time for each submittal item. c. Verify field measurements and product catalog numbers or similar data. D. Notify the Construction Manager in writing at time of submission, of deviations in submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 06/13/91 01301 - 5 SUBMITTALS E. F. G. H. 1. . 10 1 . . 11 After the construction Manager's and the Architect's review, distribute copies with one copy to be .aintained at the project site for reference use and other copies distributed to suppliers and fabricators. Do not begin the Work which requires submittals until return of submittals with the construction Manager's and the Architect's stamp and initials indicating review. The contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by the Construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals. The contractor's responsibility for deviations in submi ttal.s from requirements of the Contract Documents is not relieved by the construction Manager's or the Architect's review of submittals unless the Construction Manager and the Architect give written acceptance of specific deviations. THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The construction Manager will review all submittals with reasonable promptness and coordinate them with information contained in related documents and checking for compliance with information given in the contract Documents. B. The Construction Manager will return to the contractor, without review, all submittals not bearing the contractor's review stamp or not showing it has been reviewed by the contractor. c. The construction Manager will make changes or notations directly on the submittals, identify such review with his review stamp, sign and forward acceptable submittals on to the Architect. D. After the Architect's review, the Construction Manager will forward submittals to the contractor and retain one copy for the Owner. The Contractor shall distribute copies with one copy to be maintained at the Project site for reference use and other copies distributed to suppl iers/fabricators. The contractor shall supply copies of reviewed submittals to the Construction Manager in sufficient quantity to allow proper coordination of the Contract. THE ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Architect will review submittals with reasonable 06/13/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 6 1. . 12 promptness, checkicg only for conformance with the design compliance of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. JB. The Architect will return to the Construction Manager without review any submittals not bearing the Contractor's or the Construction Manager's review stamp or not showing that it has been reviewed by the Contractor and the Construction Manager. ~: . The Architect will make changes or notations directly on the submittal, identify such review with his review stamp, obtain and record the Architect file copy and return the submittal to the Construction Manager. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS ~~ . Submit one sepia print of shop drawings or one copy of product data for distribution by the Contractor plus five copies. ]8. Submit one sample for review. After approval, the Construction Manager will retain the approved sample at the job site in a secure location, properly indexed and filed for retrieval. ~: . Accompany submittals with transmittal form in duplicate, containing: 1. Date. 2. Project name and AlE Project number. 3. Names of: a. The Architect b. Construction Manager c. The Contractor d. Subcontractor (if applicable) e. Supplier f. Manufacturer 4. Identification of product or material. 5. Specification Section number, clearly identified. 6. Reference to construction drawings by drawing number. 7. The quantity of each shop drawing, product data or sample submitted. 8. Notification of deviations from the Contract Documents. 9. Other pertinent data. D. Submittals shall be identified and submitted by individual technical Specification Sections only. 06/13,/91 01301 - 7 SUBMITTALS 1..13 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Shop Drawings 1. Review initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal. 2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been made other than those requested by the Construction Manager or the Architect. B. Product Data and Samples: 1. Resubmit new data and samples as required for initial submission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used **************** END OF SECTION 01301 06/13/91 SUBMITTALS 01301 - 8 ~ _~ .A. .. '. ...... ...... . ~ ..... _.. -...-.. "-~ _.. ..... - __.. ... .... - - -- - . - .. - - ~- ~ . - .....~ -..... _. ~ eo.... ... ..... ~ --.... ........-.....-.-. ~ ___ .... __ ~._ .. ........-....-~ . .. -..-,.. ..... SBCTIOIf 01310 PROGRESS 8CBBDULBS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Progress schedules 2. Revisions to schedules B. Related sections: 1. SCOPE OF WORK c. Description: 1. Progress Schedules: Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare and submit to the Construction Manager, construction progress schedules for the work, with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. Also incorporate manpower loading related to each activity on the construction schedule. 2. Revisions to Schedule: Submit revised/updated progress schedules with each payment application. 1. . 2 FORMAT A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying the first work day of each week. B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each horizontal bar, clearly defined. c. Sequence of listings: The Specifications. D. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and revisions. E. Sheet size: minimum 8 1/2" xlI". 1. . 3 CONTENT A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element OS/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 1 of construction. B. Show the manpower loading for each activity. c. Identify each item by specification section number. D. Identify work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. E. IdentifY work of separate floors and other logically grouped activities. F. provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire schedule. G. Indicate accumulated percentage of completion of each item and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. H. submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples, including the owner furnished products and products identified under allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. Reference Section 01301 submittals. I . Indicate del i very dates for the owner furnished products J. coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in section 01370. 1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES A. Indicate progress of each activity to date'of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 1. Major changes ~n scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. other identifiable changes. c. provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact on the schedule. 2. corrective action recommended and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 2 OS/20/91 1. . 5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of Contract. 1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and return review copy withirl ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, re-submit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. 3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Application for Payment. 1..6 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules. Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect or carelessness. ************** END OF SECTION 01310 OS/20/91 PROGRESS SCHEDULES 01310 - 3 4 .,...~ ... SBCTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES pART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, submitted within three (3) days after award of the Contract. 2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. 3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the Construction Manager, forms the basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on AlA G703 Formi the Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered by the Construction Manager upon the Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: 1. Title of Project and location. 2. The Architect and Construction Manager. 3. Name and Address of the Contractor. 4. Contract designation. 5. Date of submission. B. List the installed value of the component parts of the Work (broken down into labor and material) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. C. Follow the Specif ications as the format for 1 isting component items. 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of the Specifications. D. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following general cost items: 1. Mobilization. 2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits. 3. General Conditions spread over project duration on monthly basis. 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALVES 01370 - 1 E. For each major line item list sub-values of major products or operations under the item. F. For the various portions of the Work: 1. Include a directly proportional amount of the contractor's overhead and profit for each item. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. b. The total installed value. 3 . Submi t a subschedule for each separate stage of work specified in section 00300. G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal the total contract Sum. 1. . 3 SUBSCliEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES A. Submit a sub-schedule of unit costs and quantities for: 1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows: 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at th~ site, with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's overhead and profit. E. The installed unit value roul tipl ied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. 1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and resubmit schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as required. B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner. ************* END OF SECTION 1370 04/30/91 SCHEDULE OF VALVES 01370 - 2 _ _....... ~ ... -.................~ ~-"-'... r' __............r... ". .~"".y.....,;; ..:lI' r ~ ". ~.....,: ...-. . -- ~ . ..~...,... -.....-- -'......-- ~.;::- SBCTION 01385 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS ~ART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each Trade Contractor. 2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction Reports. 1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each and every Contractor performing work on the project. Forms to be used will be furnished by the Construction Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are: 1. Title of Project 2. Name of Trade Contractor 3. Date and day of Report information. For example, you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This holds true even if you did not complete filling out the Report until Friday, 4/19/91. 4. Contract designation. S.. Note any rnaj or Shipments rece i ved on that particular day. 6. Note major equipment used -that day. 7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades. For example, if you were the mechanical contractor, you would also list how many insulators, pipefitters, etc. that you were also managing, even if they were subcontractors. In addition, list the names of the subcontractors that were on-site that day. 8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.\ 9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or not caused by your forces. 10. Provide a full description of work performed that day, and any problems or unusual conditions discovered. 11. Report is to be signed by the authorized representative of the contractor, and should the signature not be leg ible, print the name of the signer next to the signature. 04/30/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 1 ~ 1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated location described in the pre-construction meeting. Contractors are to submit the original of their report, and should keep a copy for their records. The Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not to be used in the reproduction for submission of the reports. B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:00am the day following the day of the work described in that particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these instructions, the contractor's payment application for the following month will be held in abeyance until such time the contractor properly submits the delinquent reports. ************* END OF SECTION 1385 04/30/91 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS 01385 - 2 - CONTRACfOR'S DAILY REPORT PROJECT: DATE: CONTRACfOR: MAJOR, SHIPMENTS RECEIVED TODAY MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED NU~IBER OF CRAFTS PERSONNEL LIST SUBCONTRACTORS ON SITE T 0 T A L DEFICIEN(:IES NOTED/CORRECTED: - SAFETY VIOLA TIONS NOTED/CORRECTED: FULL DES,CRIPTION OF WORK PER~FORMED; INCLUDE ANY PROBLEMS: .~T'T\rt-T ~',.n ,YJT='l=T TF "F=-F~~ 2ND $HIE CONTRAcroR'S DAILY REPORT SHEET OF ;;i.~-. - PROJECT: WORK DAY: CONTRACT NO.: DATE: DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED - List activities started, activities completed, delays, reason for delays, and reasons for possible future delays. - - .~~ SECTION 01395 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS (OCR) PAR,]~ 1 - GENERAL 1..JL SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Notification of Construction Manager in the event errors, field conflicts, and omissions are found in the Contract Documents. 2. utilization of DCR form. 1. . ~~ FORM AND CONTENT OF DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REPOR'rS A. All errors, field conflicts, and omissions in the Contract Documents shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager immediately. The OCR is a tool established to provide expedient clarifications of contract drawings, specifications or field conflicts. It is not meant to be a substitute for good communication. B. DCR forms will be as those provided by the Construction Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are: 1. OCR Number: This is a unique number used for logging and tracking the DCR, and will be assigned by the Construction Manager. 2. Fill in 'project', 'Client', 'To' and 'Attn'. Since this information always stays the same, use copies (like a form letter) I so you do not waste time writing these items again and again. 3. Note Trade Contractor Name. 4. Note Contract Number. S. Give a brief I clear, concise description of the problem area under subj ect. The subj ect description should be distinct enough so that anyone searching the OCR can detect the problem expeditiously. 6. List the drawing or specification with its corresponding detail or page number for reference to problem area. 7. Once the DCR has been answered by either the Construction Manager, or ArChitect/Engineer, distribution will be made to applicable contractors. ************* END OF SECTION 1395 04/30/91 DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUESTS 01395 - 1 ~IIOARISOH DOCUMENT CLARIFICATION REQUEST KNUDSEN No. Contrad No.: Logged: _ By:_ TO: PROJECl: CUENl: ATTN: Subject: Reply Req' d. By: DwgJSpec. No.: DetaiVSec. No.: Prob6em: Problem By: _I Dale: reViewed By: I Dale: SolultOn- --- -- Solution By: I Date. I ReViewed By: I Date: I ! i '... :-.-.-. . -.---.-:-~,~ By: SECTION 01410 TBSTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1. - GENERAL 1. . 1 S~UMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Selection and payment 2. The Contractor submittals 3. Testing laboratory responsibilities 4. Testing laboratory reports 5. Limits on testing laboratory authority 6. The Contractor responsibilities 7. Schedule of inspections and tests l~ . 1. 2 . 3 . Section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Individual specification Sections: inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1. . 2 ]~EFERENCES j~ . ASTM D-3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. :B. ASTM E-329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as used in Construction. 1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing indicated in technical specification Sections. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 06/19/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 1 1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM 0-3740. B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the state of Florida. c. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time registered Engineer on staff to review services. D. Testing Equipment: calibrated at reasonable int.ervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" , published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. 1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes. B. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate with the Architect, Construction Manager and the Contractor in performance of services., C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of the Work or products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by the AlE and Construction Manager. 1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspecti.on and test, promptly subrni t two copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction Manager, for forwarding to the AlE and the Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Name of inspector 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection 06/19/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 2 5. Identification of product and Specifications section 6. Location in the Project 7. Type of inspection or test 8. Date of test 9. Results of test 10. Conformance with the Contract Documents (~ . When requested by the Construction Man.ager or AlE, provide interpretation of test results. 1. . 8 ][.,IMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents. ]8. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. c. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. :D. The testing laboratory has no authori ty to stop the Work. 1. . 9 IrHE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES .7\ . 1..10 Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. B. cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and provide acc~ss to the-Work and to the manufacturer's facilities. C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle'samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. D. Notify the Construction Manager and the testing laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. E. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests which are beyond the specified requirements. RETEST RESPONSIBILITY A. Where the resul ts of required inspections, tests, or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with the requirements of the Contract 06/19/91 01410 - 3 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES Documents, the retests shall be the responsibility of the Contractor regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. B. Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests were performed on original work. Costs and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01410 06/19/91 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410 - 4 SBCTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 }~. SUMMARY Section includes: 1. Temporary utilities required for construction. No temporary utilities are planned. Arrangements will have to be made to use the permanent, existing services. Coordinate this with the Construction Manager. *************** END OF SECTION 01510 06/18/'91 01510 - 1 TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION AIDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 ~)UMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Construction aids 2. Temporary enclosures 3. Pedestrian ingress/egress 1. 2 ]~EQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ]8. Comply with Federal, regulations. state and local codes and PART :2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 ]~TERIALS - GENERAL ~~. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended use and shall not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ,~. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing on completion of the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment required by his personnel to insure their safety and facil i tate the execution of the Work. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local codes, laws and regulations governing such construction aids. 2. Each Trade Contractor shall relocate such construction aids as required by the progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate the legitimate requirements of the Owner or Construction Manager or other separate contractors employed at the site. 3. Each Trade Contractor shall completely remove temporary scaffolds, access, platforms, and other such materials, facilities, and equipment, at the completion of the Work or when construction needs 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 1 can be met by the use of the permanent construction, provided the Construction Manager has approved and authorized such use. Each Trade Contractor shall clean up and shall repair any damage caused by the installation or by the use of such temporary construction aids. Each Trade Contractor shall restore any permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to their specified condition. ~rhe foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General (~ondi tions. 2 . . 3 'rEMPORARY ENCLOSURES .~. The Trade Contractor responsible for installing the permanent closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall be responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing, as the Work progresses, a temporary weather-tight enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, to provide weather protection for interior materials, to allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Each Trade Contractor shall install such temporary enclosures as soon as is practical after the opening is constructed or as directed by the Construction Manager. 2 . Temporary enclosures sh~~.l be removaQ~e as necessary for the Work and for handling of m~terials. 3. Temporary enclosures shall be .completely removed when construction needs can be met by the use of the permanent closures. 4. The Trade Contractor responsible for providing, maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by the installation of such enclosure. 5. Each Trade Contractor shall remain responsible for insuring that his work, material, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment is adequately protected from damage or theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such additional temporary enclosures as may be deemed necessary. 2..4 PEDESTRIAN INGRESS/EGRESS Any contractor working in an area that requires control of pedestrian traffic, will be required to provide measures for pedestrian ingress/egress, which are safe and give clear CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 2 04/09/91 direction. The foregoing obligations of the Trade Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions. **************** END OF SECTION 01520 04/091191 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01520 - 3 SBCTIOH 01595 CONSTRUCTION CLBAHIHG PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning during progress of work. 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . . 1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the sur~ace material to be cleaned. c. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. D. Swee~ing compounds used in cleaning operations shall leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may affect installation of finish flooring materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the Site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resul ting from construction operations. 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 1 B. Provide on-site containe~s for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. c. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the site. 3..2 DUST CONTROL A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of the finish painting and continue cleaning on an as-needed basis until painting is finished. B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. C. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible: do not drop or throw materials form heights. ************ END OF SECTION 01595 04/09/91 CONSTRUCTION CLEANING 01595 - 2 SBCTIOH 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Products 2. Transportation and handling 3. Storage and protection 4. Security 1 . . 2 PRODUCTS A. Products: means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. c. Provide interchangeable components manufacturer, for similar components. of the same 1. .], TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the transportation of all materials and equipment furnished under this contract. The Trade Contractor shall also be responsible for loading I receiving and Off-loading at the site all material and equipment installed un der this Contract, whether furnished by the Trade Contractor or the Owner. Unless otherwise provided, the Construction Manager will not accept delivery on behalf of the Trade Contractor for his materials and equipment. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation within the buildings of equipment that is too large to pass through finished openings. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 04/09/91 ~~TERIAL AND EQUIPMEt~T 01600 - 1 C. promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requir"ements , quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1..4 STORAGE AND PROTE~~ION The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the proper storage of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be installed under this Contract. Materials stored on site but not adequately protected will not be included in estimates for payment. Except for materials stored within designated and approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Trade contractor shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the site any materials and equipment which will not be incorporated into the permanent Work within seven (7) days from the delivery date. The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and paying for the use of property off the site for storage of materials and equipment as may be required. 1..5 SECURITY A. Each Trade Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and constru~~ion equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************* END OF SECTION 01600 04/09/91 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 2 ~ ......,......"'- .......: ."r-...-.r.:..,,-............A~.'-r.)t ~/""""",~."",,~_"",,-;. .\.... ~...........,....:~.t;""..,,~...........~ "'-.. __............ .r-... _:...<_..,..,~' ....,...~ >......... ___........_....-....;.... ,"';' ...-. ____ ....._...................:.....~,.. SECTION 01630 POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1 . 1 ;SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Post-bid substitutions 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. After the end of the bidding period, substitution requests will be considered only in the case of: 1. Product unavailability 2. Other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. C. Sub'rni t a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with the following information: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying: 1) Product description. 2) Reference standards. 3) Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used and date of each installation. 2 . Itemized comparison of the proposed substi tution with product specified, listing significant variations. 3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts. 5. List of changes required in other work or products. 6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution with product specified. a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum. 7. Designation of required license fees or royalties. 8. Designation of availability of maintenance services, 06/18/91 POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 1 sources of replacement materials. D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance when: 1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from Bidder. 2 . Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. In judgement of Architect or Construction Manager, the substitution request does not include adequate information necessary for a complete evaluation. 4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier. E. Do not order or install substitute products without written acceptance of Construction Manager. F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions. G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change Order will be valid. 1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making formal request for substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. The proposed product has been investigated and it has been determined that it is equivalent to or superior in all respects to the product specified. 2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for the substitute product as for the product specified. 3. Coordination and installation of the accepted substitution into the Work will be accomplished and changes as may be required for the Work to be complete will be accomplished. 4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution which may subsequently become apparent will be waived by the Contractor. 5. Complete cost data is attached and includes related costs under the Contract, but not: a. Costs under separate contracts. b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of Contract Documents. 1..4 POST-BID SUBSTITUTION FORM A. The form is attached to this section. B. substitutions will be considered only when the attached form is completed and included with the submittal with back-UP data. 06/18/91 POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 'Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION l'lot Used 06/18/91 POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS 01630 - 3 TO: project Architect c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits P.o. Box 5283 5090 Jr. College Road, Key West, Fl. 33040 (305)292-7845 FAX (305)292-9697 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product inste- of the specified item for the above project: DRAWING NO. DRAWING NAME SPEC. SEC. SPEC. NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM proposed Substitution: Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or specification~ which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to provE equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mar} manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance. The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality arE of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equa~ design and compatibility with adjacent materials. submitted By: Title signature Firm Address Date Telephone signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firn tc the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will resul' in retraction of approval. For use by the Architect: ____Recommended ____Recommended as noted ____Not Recommended ____Received too late ____Insufficient data received For use by the Owner: _Approved _Not Approved _Approved as noted By By Date Date _':" 1"0 ,r.... D""~rT"I_ pTrl ~T"O~~TT'r.'T'lT/""';S n 1 r:.? n - Fill in Blanks Below: A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? l~es No If yes, clearly indicate changes. B. ~~ill the undersigned pay for changes to the building design including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requeste ~;ubsti tution? :les No If no, fully explain: C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or othe 'trades? D. 'What effect does substitution have on construction schedule? E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are: Same Different. Explain: F. Reason for Request: G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) substitution; list significant variations: with the propose H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owne of: dollars ($ ) · I. Designation of maintenance services and sources: (Attach additional sheets if required.) **************** END OF DOCUMENT 01630 D0ST-RID ~TJBSTTTTT~~f')t1S 01630 - ~ ,",~/18/91 ..:....."'" -', ..-_-.,.t..)......~. ~'_.4.'A.:~.... ..,' '..' .. ."'""~...-:;....,t ...~....&.AIIriIt~w'C1t.~.+~ fI:.J. .--'~lIe ..)..___ ..._ .---..". .. ........ ... __ -.. ___ ...... .._ SBCTIOII 01'50 STARTING OP SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. starting systems 2. Demonstration and instructions 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to start-up of each item. c. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, bel t tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electric~l characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible Contractors' personnel in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H. When specif ied in indi v idual Specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at the site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 1 04/09/91 to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. I. submit a certified written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used p~T 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01650 04/09/91 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 01650 - 2 SBCTION 01670 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment operation and instruction of the Owner's personnel. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When specified in individual Sections, provide manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate operation of equipment and systems, instruct the Owner's personnel and provide written report that demonstrations and instructions have been completed. B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at agreed-upon times. 1. . 3 SUBMITTALS A . Submit prel iminary schedule for the Owner I s approval, listing times and date for demonstration of each item of equipment and each system, two weeks prior to proposed dates. B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4) weeks prior to demonstrations. C . Submit reports within one week a fter completion of demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions have been satisfactorily completed . Give time and date of each demonstration, and hours devoted to demonstration, with a list of persons present. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 PREPARATION 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEMO~JSTRATIC.!~S 01670 - 1 A. verify equipme~t has been inspected and put into operation: testing, adjusting, and balancing has been performed: and equipment and systems are fully operational. B. Have copies manuals at instructions. of completed operation and maintenance hand for use in demonstrations and 3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain aspects of operation and maintenance. c. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adj ustment, maintenance, servicing, trouble-shooting and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at designated location. D. Prepare and insert addi tional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instructions. 3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS A. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is specified in individual Sections. ************** END OF SECTION 01670 04/30/91 SYSTEMS DEI'-10NSTRATlcns 01670 - 2 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOOT PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Closeout procedures 2. Adjusting B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS 3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS 5. SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE 6. SECTION 11196 - SECURITY HARDWARE 1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION A. the Contract requirements are met when construction activities have successfully produced, in this order, these three terminal activities: 1. Substantial Completion 2. _ Final Completion 3. -Final Payment 1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submi t to the Construction Manager when the Work is substantially complete: 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected (Punch List) . 3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a mutually agreeable date. 4. Certifications of systems and testing/balancing final reports. 5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities: a. Certificate of Occupancy b. Certificates of Inspection: 1) Elevators 2) Mechanical systems 3) Electrical systems CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1 04/09/91 4) Kitchen equipment 5) Fire protection system 6) security system B. within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Architect, the construction Manager, the Contractor, and the owner, will make an observation to determine the status of completion. C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially complete the following will occur: 1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the contractor in writing, giving the reasons. 2. The contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion. 3. The Work will be reobserved. D. When the work is considered substantially complete, the following will occur: 1. The Construction Manager will prepare a certificate of substantial completion on AlA Form G704, accompanied by the contractor's Punch List of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended. contract responsibilities are not altered by inclusion or omission of required Work from the punch list. 2. The certificate will be executed by all parties and distribution made. E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list and required by the Contract requirements within time limit established by the certificate. 1..4 FINAL COMPLETION A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall complete activities pertaining to substantial completion, complete Work on punch list items and su~mit written request to the construction Manager for final inspection. B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. The contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for cor.;pl iance with the contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with the contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the owner's representative and are operational. 01700 - 2 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 5. Work is completed and ready for final observation. c. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective: 1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to the Construction Manager that the Work is Complete. 3. The Work will be reinspected. E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents the Contractor shall make closeout submittals. 1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT A. proj ect Record Documents: 01720. to requirements of SECTION B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730. C. Keys and keying schedule: 08710 & 11196. to requirements of SECTION D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements of individual sections. E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions. 1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOVNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect. B. statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders b. Allowances c. Unit Prices d. Deductions for uncorrected Work e. Penalties and bonuses f. Deductions for liquidated damages g. Deductions for reinspection payments CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 04/09/91 h. other adjustments 3. Total contract Sum, as adjusted 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. The contractor shall submit the final Application for payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the Conditions of the contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used ***************** END OF SECTION 01700 04/09/91 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 j:4~~:~"")'-".~.';;~::i,t~~";"i' SBCTION 01710 FINAL CLEANING PART 1 ,.- GENERAL 1. . 1 SlJMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cleaning at completion of Work 1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the Project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2..1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer on the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3..1 DUST CONTROL A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little handling as possible. 3..2 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 1 sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings. F. Vacuum as needed. G. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; surfaces of the grounds. rake clean other H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy, conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior surfaces, exter'ior surfaces and work areas, to verify that the entire Work is clean. I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes, wood frame members and other waste materials used in the Construction. J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of accumulated debris. K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge and accumulated matter. L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates, equipment model numbers and ratings. M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning equipment, tanks, pumps and traps. Install or thoroughly clean filters or filter media, including: 1. The cleaning of permanent fil ters and the replacement of disposable filters if units were operated during construction. 2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the units were operated during construction. N. Remove from the site all facilities of items installed or used for temporary purposes during construction. O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or specified condition. **************** END OF SECTION 01710 04/09/91 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 2 --- "--:. ~ ,. ~""""""1IaIr~"'~........-...-..-..-'k_~-....,;zflW'! ~~.........)..._ . ...:"'...,_ "', t.... ___.J.... SBCTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. section includes: 1. Maintain one copy of: a. Record Contract Drawings b. Record Project Manual c. Coordination drawings d . Addenda e. Reviewed shop drawings f. Change Orders g. Other modifications to the Contract h. Field test records 1. . 2 GENERAL A. Store documents in cabinets apart from documents used for construction. B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. C. Do not use proj ect Record Documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents available for inspection by the Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner. E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause for withholding payments. F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record Documents including: 1. Specifications with all addenda. 2. Two complete sets of black line prints of all Drawings. 1. . 3 :RECORDING .7\ . Label each document "proj ect Record". B. Keep record documents current. 06/181191 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 1 C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Contract Drawings: 1. Required information may, as an option, be entered on a "working set" and then at completion of Project transfer the information to final submitted "Project Record" set. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to survey data. b. Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements. c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible .features of structure. d. Field changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction change Directive. f. Details not on original contract Drawings. E. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Legibly mark up each section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. c. other items not originally specified. F. Conversion of schematic layouts: 1. Arrangement of conduits , circuits, piping, ducts and similar items are in most cases shown schematically on the Drawings. 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction: a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the centerline of items shown schematically. b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron drain" "galvanized water". c. Identify location of each item, for example, "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed". 3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion, it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however, rely on waivers being issued except specifically issued by the Construction Manger in writing. 06/18/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 2 J~~_"" ~,~",,,,,,,,,,~,(,,o,..~.~..._.. . ..~_......~......._..__~~...............~.. .___._~~~~....._..,_......'lIWIt""""""""""''-'''''''''''''''''''-'''~'_~__<.~' _~_.. ~~'!'%t- 1. . 4 SUBMITTAL A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request for final payment. E~. Accompany submittal with tra.nsmi ttal letter, in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and AlE Project number 3. The Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate. 6. signature of the Contractor, or his authorized representative. PART :2 - PRODUCTS l~ot Used PART :3 - EXECUTION ]~ot Used *************** END OF SECTION 01720 06/18/91 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 - 3 . ~'J""'"Ga. .~~ ~..-.c ....~..........-.. ............... ". .. ...... _.. .. _.. .. ~ __".,............;. _.... _. ~.......... '-<< ...... ,.......... ........... ...'_....~ ..._..... __ SBCTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCB DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1..1 SUMMARY A. section includes: 1. Format and content of manuals 2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel 3. Schedule of submittals B. Related sections: 1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS 2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. 1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 1..3 FORMAT A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders: commercial quality I 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 1-1/2" maximum ring size. When multiple binder.s' are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. c. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; 1 ist ti tIe of the Project and separate building; identify subject matter of contents. D. Arrange content by systems under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications. E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper. G. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab. OS/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 1 Bind in with text: fold larger drawings to size of text pages. 1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME A. Table of contents: provide title of the project: names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the construction Manager, the Architect, consultants, and the Contractor with name of responsible parties: schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Type text: as required to supplement product data. provide logical sequence of instructions for eac procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. F. warranties and bonds: bind in copy of- each. 1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes: include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. B. Instructions for care and maintenance: include manUfacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products: include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements; as specified in individual OS/20/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 2 product specification Sections. 1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each item of equipment and each system: include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operatirlg cllaracteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical service characteristics, controls and communications. c. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and special operating instructions. E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjustirlg, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J . Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. K. Prey ide the Contractor's coordination drawings , with color coded piping diagrams as installed. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. M. Provide current 1 ist of prices, or ig inal manufacturer's spare parts, and recommended quantities to be OS/20,/91 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 3 maintained in st~ra9.. N. Include test and balancing reports. O. Additional requirements: as specified in individual product specification Sections. P. Provide a listing in Table of contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data. 1. . 7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL A. Before final inspection, instruct the owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times. B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for other seasons within six months. C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. D. Prepare and insert additional Maintenance Manual when need apparent during instruction. data in operation and for such data becomes 1. . 8 SUBMITTAlS A. submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outl ines of contents before start of the Work. The construction Manager and Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by the Owner, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. c. submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15 days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with construction Manager and Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior to final submittal. D. submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final form within ten days after final inspection. OS/20/91 . OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used ************** END OF SECTION 01730 OS/20/91 01730 - 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ENCLOSURE PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM AND RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICE SPACES (BOTH LEVELS) AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND SECURITY ENCLOSURE PLANT A nON KEY MONROE COUNTY FLORIDA BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Monroe County, Florida COMMISSIONERS Mayor Wilhelmina Harvey, District 1 Ma yor Pro-Tern Jack London, District 2 Doug Jones, District 3 Earl Cheal, District 4 John Stormont, District 5 COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR Thomas W. Brown PROJECT DIRECTOR Charles Dent Pierce May 1991 POSl: BUCKLEY, SCHUH ~ JERNIGAN. INC. MONROE COUNTY CONSULTING ENGINEERS 04-017.65 .TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Desg-i otion Pa,ge DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02220 Structure Excavation and Backfill 02220/1-4 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03100/1-3 03200 Concrete Reinforcing 03200/1-2 03250 Concrete Accessories 03250/1-2 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03300/1-9 03600 Grout 03600/1-2 DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04000 Unit Masonry 04000/1-4 DIVISION 5 MET ALS 05120 Structural Steel 05120/1-4 05500 ~1iscellaneous Metal 05500/1-3 DIVISION 6 WOODS AND PLASTIC 06100 Rough Carpentry 06100/1-2 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork 06200/1-3 06410 Cabinetwork 06410/1-3 DIVISION 7 MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07210/1-2 07250 Fireproofing 07250/1-3 07920 Caulking and Sealants 07920/1-4 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 I-Iollow Metal Work 08110/1-4 08210 Wood Doors 08210/1-3 08410 Aluminum Entrance and Storefront 08410/1-3 08520 Aluminum Windows 08520/1-3 08710 Finish Hardware 08710/1-4 08800 Glass and Glazing 08800/1-3 DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09110 Metal Stud Partitions 00700/1-2 09200 Plaster and Stucco 09200/1-5 09250 Gypsum Wallboard 09250/1-2 09510 Acoustical Tile 09510/1-2 09650 Resilient Flooring 09650/1-2 09680 Carpeting 09680/1-3 09901 Painting (Architectural Coatings) 09901/1-10 TC-l 04-017.65 T ABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description Page DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets 10520/1 .PI.V~SI_ON 11 (Not Use~ DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS 12621 Office Furniture 12621/1-2 DIVISION 13 (Not Used) DIVISION 14 (Not Used) DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL., 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 15010/1-5 15100 Piping and Specialties 15100/1-5 15180 InslIlation 15180/1-2 15482 Underground Fuel Storage Tank 15482/1-2 15760 HV AC Equipment 15760/1-2 15890 Ductwork 15890/1-5 15936 Air Distribution Devices 15936/1-3 15990 Testing and Balancing of HV AC Systems 15990/1-3 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 16010/1-8 16110 Raceways 16110/1~8 16115 Empty Conduit System 16115/1 16120 Wires, Cables and Connectors 16120/1-7 16130 Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes 16130/1-3 16140 Switches and Receptacles 16140/1-2 16150 Motors Auxiliaries 16150/1-2 16155 Individually Mounted Motor Starters 16155/1-2 16160 Panel Boards 16160/1-3 16170 Disconnects 16170/1-2 16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices 16180/1-2 16250 Automatic Transfer Switches 16250/1-3 16450 Grounding 16450/1-3 16510 Interior Lighting 16510/1-4 16620 Standby Power Generator System 16620/1-8 16740 Telephone System 16740/1. TC-2 04-017.65 SECTION 02220 STRUCTURE EXCA VA/orION AND BACKFILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The w()rk included under this Section consists of clearing, excavating, backfilling and grading required for the construction of the structures: foundations and slabs as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Definitions: 1. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a specific material. 2. Optimum Moisture: Percentage of water In a specific material at maximum density. 3. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which requires the use of explosives and/or special impact tools such as jack hammers, sledges, chisels or similar devices specifically designed for use in cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench excavating machinery. C. Plan For Excavation: TIle Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his satisfaction, prior to the submission of his bid, the conformation of the groun.d, the character and quality of the substrata, the types and quantities of materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater conditions, the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which carl in any way affect the work under this Contract. Prior to commencing the excavation, the Contractor shall submit a plan of his proposed operations to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall consider, and his plan for excavation shall reflect, the equipment and methods to be employed in the excavation. The prices established in the Proposal for the work to be done will reflect all costs pertaining to the work. No claims for extras based on sub-strata or groundwater table conditions will be allowed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A Testing Laboratory retained by the Owner will make such tests as are deemed advisable. The Owner shall pay for all passing tests. The Contractor shall pay for all tests indicating a failure to comply with the Specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of tests with the Owner's Reoresentative. The Contractor shall schedule his work so as to permit a reasonable time for testing before placing succeeding lifts and shall keep the Owner's Representative informed of his progress. 02220-1 04-017.65 p AR~r 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Suitable: Suitable materials for backfill shall be classified as A-I, A-3 or A-2-4 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145 and shall be free from vegetation, organic material, marl, silt or muck. Not more than 12 percent shall pass the No. 200 sieve. The Contractor shall provide all necessary borrow material to complete the work to the lines and grades indica ted. B. Suitable Material To Be Placed In Water: Suitable material for fills to be placed in water shall be classified as A-I or A-3 in accordance with AASHTO Designation A-145. C. Unsuitable: Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7, A- 4, A-5, A-6, A-7 and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145. D. Graded Limerock: Material for backfill below precast or prefabricated structures shall be 3/4-inch graded limerock equal to FDOT Section 901, Grade 6. E. Select Material: Select material shall be suitable material that does not contain any rock larger than will pass a 3-inch diameter ring. F. Pad Material: Material for the concrete slab pad shall be a natural noncohesive, nonplastic material, a mixture of sand and rock containing sufficient sand to fill all voids between rocks and in the upper 12-inches containing no individual rock or hard piece larger than 3-inches in major dimensions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clearing: 1. The construction site shall be cleared of all obstructions and vegetation, including large roots and undergrowth. 2. Strip and stockpile topsoil. B. Removals: Complete all removals within the lines of excavation pnor to beginning excavation. 3.02 PERFORMANCE A. Excavation: 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered, to the dimensions required for construction and as specified herein. All excavations shall be made by open cut. 02220-2 04-017.65 2. Walls of the excavation shall be kept vertical and, if required to protect the safety of workmen, the general public, this or other work ur structures, or excavation walls, the excavation shall be properly sheeted and braced. Excavation for the structures shall be sufficient to provide a clearance between their outer surfaces and the face of the excavation, sheeting, or bracing, of not less than 2- feet. Materials encountered in the excavation which have a tendency to slough or flow into the excavation, undermine the banks, weaken the overlaying strata, or are otherwise rendered unstable by the excavation operation shall be retained by sheeting, stabilization, grouting or other approved methods. Excavation for precast or prefabricated structures will not be required to be dewatered. 3. Excavation for the precast or prefabricated structures shall be carried to an elevation I-foot lower than the proposed outside bottom of the structure to provide space for the select backfill material. Prior to placing the select backfill, the excavation shall be sounded, if not dewatered, using a rigid pole to indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the excavation has been carried to the proper depth and is reasonably uniform over the area to be occupied by the structure. 4. Excavation for structures constructed or cast in place in dewatered excavations shall be carried down to the bottom of the structure where dewatering methods are such that a dry excavation bottom is exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation leveled and left ready to receive construction. Material disturbed below the founding elevation in dewatered excavations shall be replaced with Class B concrete. 5. Footings: Cast-in-place concrete footing sides shall be formed immedIately after excavation. Forming for footing sides is specified elsewhere. B. Stockpiled Materials: Materials removed from the excavation shall be stored and disposed of in a manner which will not interfere with traffic at the site. Material suitable for backfill not needed for backfill at the structure, but needed elsewhere shall be stockpiled until moved and used elsewhere. Material unsuitable for use in backfill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense immediately after backfill is placed. C. Backfill: 1. Below Precast Or Prefabricated Structures: The space between the proposed outside bottom of the structure, and the bottom of the excavation shall be backfilled with graded limerock and screeded level to receive the proposed structure. If the excavation is not dewatered, after placing and screeding, the backfill will be sounded with a rigid pole and attached 6-inch diameter foot piece to indicate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the backfill has been placed to the proper elevation, is level thrOUghOtlt and is ready to receive the structure. This final sounding of the material shall immediately precede setting of the structure. 02220-3 04-017.65 2. Remainder Of Backfill: Selected material from the excavation shall be used for backfilling around the structure. Trash shall not be allowed to accumulate in spaces to be backfilled. Backfill around the structure shall be placed in uniform layers to the level of the water table. Above the water table, backfill material shall be placed in 8-inch layers and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO Designation T 180. Backfilling shall be carried to the finished grades shown on the Drawings. D. Foundation Preparation: 1. The existing ground beneath the foundations and slabs shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of its maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 180 for a depth of not less than (2)-feet below the bottom of the concrete slabs. Any unsuitabfe foundation material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. 2. Slabs On Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be cut, filled and compacted to the required grade. The top 8-inches of concrete slab subgrade in cut sections and all fill material shall be compacted to a density of not less than 95 percent of its maximum density as determined by AASHTO DesignatIOn T 180. END OF SECfrON 02220-4 04-017.65 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 1-\. The \vork included in this Section consists of providing formwork for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE J\. S ta ndards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, worklnanshi p and practices shall conform to the following standards: 1. Standard Building Code. 2. Monroe County Amendments to the Standard Building Code. 3. ACI 347-78 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. B. Responsibility: The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of t11e formwork and for safety in its construction, use and removal. c. Tolerances: Formwork shall be constructed to insure that finished concrete surfaces will be in accordance with the tolerances list"ed in ACI 347. Camber shall be provided as necessary to compensate for anticipated deflection in [ormwork and concrete dlle to \veight and pressure of fresh concrete and other construction loads. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plywood: Unless otherwise indicated, forms shall be PL YFORM, Class 1, BB-Exterior type, mill oiled and edge sealed. Thickness shall be as required to support concrete at the rate placed, but not less than 3/4- inch. B. Form Accessories: Form accessories s11all be of a commercially manufactllred type. Form ties shall be so constructed that the ends, or end fasteners, can be removed without causing appreciable spalling at the faces of the concrete. After ends, or end fasteners of form ties have 03100-1 04-017.65 been removed, the embedded portion of the ties shall terminate not less than 2 diameters or twice the minimum dimension of the tie from the formed face of the concrete except that in no case shall this distance be less than 3/4-inch. (The embedded portion of the ties shall terminate not less than 2-inches from the formed face of the concrete.) C. Chamfer Strips: Chamfer strips shall be polyvinyl strips designed to be nailed in the forms to provide a 3/4-inch chamfer at exposed edges of concrete members. D. Form Release Agent: Form release agent shall be a (paraffin base oil or mineral oil) coating that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with concrete and will not stain the concrete surfaces. PAR1' 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION/ERECTION A. Construction Of Formwork: Forms shall be sufficiently strong to withstand the pressure resulting from the placement and vibration of concrete and shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain specified tolerances. Forms shaH be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar. Forms shall be adequately braced against lateral, upward or downward movement. B. Adjustment: Positive means of adjustment of shores and struts shall be provided and all settlement shall be taken up during concrete placing. C. Construction Joints: At construction joints, the contact surfaces of the form sheathing shall overlap the hardened concrete by not more than 1- inch. Forms shall be held against the hardened concrete to prevent offsets or loss of mortar. D. Chamfers: Chamfers shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings. E Form Facing Materials: The facing material shall produce a hard uniform texture on the concrete. Facing materials with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects shall not be used. The maximum deflectIOn of facing materials as reflected in concrete surfaces shall not exceed 1/240 of the span between structural members. F. Preparation Of Form Surfaces: After each use and prior to placing reinforcing, forms shall be cleaned of mortar, grout and Other foreign material and the form release agent shall be applied. Form releasing agent shall not be allowed to stand in puddles in the forms or allowed to come in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed. G. Runways: Smooth and rigid runways shall be provided (if needed) for moving equipment and concrete. Runways shall be supported directly on 03100-2 04-017.65 form\vork or on grade and in 110 case on reinforcing steel or bar su pports. H. Form RemovaL T:me of removal of forms shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, and to weather and other conditions. Under ordinary conditions formwork and supports shall remain in place for not less than the following periods of time. 1. 2. Sides of beams and girders Joist, beam or girder soffits under 10 ft. clear span between structural supports 10 to 20 ft clear span between structural supports Over 20 [t clear span between structural sUIJports One-way and two-way floor slabs llnder 10 ft clear s!Jan between structural slIpport 3. 10 to 20 ft clear span between structural supports Over 20 ft clear span between structural supports 12 hrs. 7 days 14 days 21 days 7 days 10 days 14 days 4. Shoring and reshoring of multistory structures shall be performed in accordance with the guidelines set by ACI Committee 347 subject to the Engineer's approval. 5. If ambient temperatures remain below SooF, or if retarding agents are used, then these periods should be increased at the discretion of the Engineer. I. Embedded Items: Set anchor lJolts and other embedded items accurately and 1101d securely in position in the forms until the concrete is placed and set. Check all special castings, channels, or other metal parts that are to be embedded in the concrete prior to and again after concreting. Check all nailing, blocks, plugs and strips necessary for the attachment of trim, finish and similar work prior to placement of the concrete. END OF SECTION 03100-3 04-017.65 " '17 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCING P AR'r 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of providing reinforcing steel and welded wire mesh for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03250 - Concrete Accessories B. Section 03300 - Cast-in Place Concrete 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall meet all requirements of the following standards: 1. Standard Building Code. 2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 3. CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP. 1.04 SUBMITTA.LS A. Complete shop drawings shall be submitted for review, including bar lists and placing drawings. Drawings shall show the type, spacing and location of metal bar supports, the grade of the reinforcing and the name of the manufacturer. The type of coupler splice devices shall be designated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed bars of a USA manufacture. Number 2 bars for ties may be plain, Grade 40. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, galvanized. C. Metal Bar Supports: CRSI MSP-l, Chapter 3, Class 2, Type B, Stainless Steel Protected Bar Supports. 03200-1 04-017.65 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabrication shall not begin until the approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer has been received. Fabrication shall meet all requirements of the specified standards. Unless otherless indicated the following shall apply: 1. Hooks s11a11 be standard hooks. 2. Cover is to the outermost stirnlP, tie or bar. 3. Splices are permitted only where indicated on the Drawings. All splices for top bars shall be Class B splices PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Supporting Reinforcing: Bar supports shall be provided as required by CRSI MSP-2. Top and bottom bars in slabs formed on earth shall be supported on precast concrete block supports except where such bars are properly supported from formwork. Precast concrete block supports are not required in slabs formed on tremie concrete but may be used at the Contractor's option. B. Placing Reinforcing: Placing of reinforcing and welded wire fabric shall be as indicated on the Drawings and as recommended by eRSI MSP-2. [{einforcing shall be securely tied and supported to prevent displacement during concrete placement. C. Welded Wire Fabric: Splices in welded wire fabric shall be such that the overlap between outermost cross wires of each fabric sheet is not less than tIle spacing of the cross wires, plus 2-inches. Fabric shall not be extended through expansion joints or construction joints in slabs on grade except as otherwise indicated. D. Dowels: Dowels shall be wired in position prior to placing concrete. E. Field Bending: Heat shall not be used to bend bars. Bars shall not be bent after being embedded in concrete. F. Welding: Welding of reinforcing will not be permitted. END OF SECTION 03200-2 04-017.65 SECTION 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PARrr 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of providing accessones for cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement B. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.03 SUBMIITALS A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for reVIew on the following items. 1. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler B. Samples: 1. Samples shall be submitted on the following items: a. Preformed ExpansiOIl Joint Filler b. Precast Concrete Block Supports for Reinforcing Bars PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Precast Concrete Block Supports For Reinforcing Bars: Bar supports shall be plain concrete blocks, 3-inches high by 4-inches square. Concrete strength shall be at 3,000 psi at time of use. Blocks required for the support of top bars shall be provided with No. 4 dowels bent 90 degrees at the top to support the top bars. B. Membrane: Membrane shall be a 6 mil polyethylene film. C. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Preformed expansion joint filler shall be bituminous type and shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation D 994. 03250-1 04-017.65 2. Preformed expansIon JOint filler shall be of the nonextruding and resilient type ~lld conform to the reqllirements of ASTM Designation D 1751 or D 1752, Type I or II. Inserts: Inserts for pipe hangers and other utility supports shall be of 316 stainless steel and fit the proposed hanger or support. D. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Precast Concrete Block Supports For Reinforcing Bars: Bar supports shall be provided in sufficient quantity to support reinforcing bars in slabs formed on earth at a spacing not to exceed 4-feet on cel1ters in both directions. Blocks required to support top bars shall be provided with dowels. Block supports are not required in slabs formed on tremie concrete, but may be used at the Contractor's option. Blocks are not required for reinforcing bars properly supported from formwork. B. Membrane: Polyethylene film shall be provided under all slabs formed on earth. Membrane sheets shall be lapped 6-inches in the direction of spreading concrete. Care shall be exercised not to puncture film. C. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler And Joint Forms: Joint filler and joint forms shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 03250-2 04-017.65 r.. .f!I[llI!t SECTION 03300 (~AS'-I'- IN - P LA CE CONCRETE PAR1~ 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included m this Section consists of providing cast-in-place concrete. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03100 Concrete Form Work B. Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcing C. Section 03250 Concrete Accessories 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, all materials, workmanship and practices shall conform to the requirements of the following standards: 1. Standard Building Code 2. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete B. Plant Qualification: Plant equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of the Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association and ;.\STM C 94. C. Testing: 1. A testing laboratory retained by the Owner will make such tests as are deemed advisable. The Owner shall pay for all passing tests. The Contractor shall pay for all tests indicating a failure to comply with the Specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of tests with the Owner's Representative. 2. Standard laboratory compressive test cylinders will be obtained by the laboratory when concrete is discharged from the mixer at the point of placing, and cylinders will be made and cured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 31. A set of 6 cylinders will be obtained for each 60 cubic yards or fraction thereof placed each day, for each type of concrete. The cylinders will be cured under laboratory conditions and will be tested in two groups of three at 7 and 28 days of age, respectively in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation C 39. 03300-1 04-017.65 3. The laboratory representative will make slump tests of Class A and Class B concrete as it is discharged from the mixer at the point of placing. Slump tests will be made for each 25 cubic yards or "pour' of concrete placed. Slump tests may be made on any batch and failure to meet specified slump requirements will be sufficient cause for rejection of that batch. D. Evaluation And Acceptance Of Concrete: Evaluation and acceptance of concrete will be in accordance with ACI-318, Chapter 4. 1.04 SUBMITI ALS i\. Submittals: The following information shall be submitted for approval. No concrete shall be furnished until submittal has been approved. 1. Plant Qualification: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted indicating compliance with the specified qualification requirements. 2. Materials: Satisfactory evidence shall be submitted indicating that materials to be used, including cement, aggregates and admixtures meet the specified requirements. 3. Design Mix: The design mix to be used shall be prepared by qualified persons and submitted for approval. The design of the mix is the responsibility of the Contractor subject to the limitations of the Specifications. Approval of this submission will be required only as minimum requirements of the Specifications have been met. Such approval will in no way alter the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish concrete meeting the requirements of the Specifications relative to strength and slump. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MA"fERIALS A. Cement: 1. Cement for all concrete shall be domestic Portland cement tllat conforms to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150 Type I, Type II or Type III. Type III cement for high early strength concrete shall be used only for special locations and only with the approval of the Engineer. 2. Only one brand of cement shall be used in any individual structure unless approved by the Engineer. Cement which has become damaged, partially set, lumpy or caked shall not be used and the entire contents of the sack or container which contains such cement will be rejected. No salvaged or reclaimed cement shall be used. 03300-2 04-017.65 B. Aggregates: 1. ASTM C 33. Coarse aggregates shall be size No. 67, 3/4-inch to No. 4 (No. 57, I-inch to No.4) (check size no. with job requirements ). C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials. D. Air Entraining AdmL'Xture: ASTM C 260. E. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. Admixture shall not contain calcium chloride. F. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1D, clear with fugitive dye or Type 2, white pigmented. The compound shall contain no ingredient which will adversely affect the bond of coatings or toppings. G. Epoxy Bonding Agent: Sikastix 370, Sikadur Hi Mod, Concresive 1001- LPL or approved equal. 2.02 MIXES A. General Requirements: 1. Mix Design: Proportioning shall be on the basis of field experience and/or trial mixtures as specified in ACI 318, Section 4.3. Data on consecutive tests and standard deviation shall be submitted. Proportioning for small structures may be by the water/cement ratio under special approval by the Engineer. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio: .55 (lbs/lb) - All concrete, except as otherwise specified 2. 3. Minimum Cement Content: 564 pounds per cubic yard Air Content: 5 percent plus or minus 1 percent. 4. 5. Slllmp: 5-inches plus or minus I-inch. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: Class A, 4000 psi. 6. B. Production Of Concrete: 1. General: Concrete shall be ready mixed and shall be batched mixed and transported III accordance with ASTM C 94 except a~ otherwise indicated. 03300-3 04-017.65 2. Air Entraining Admixture: Air entraining admixture shall be charged into the mixture as a solution and shall be measured by means of an approved mechanical dispensing device. The liquid shall be cOIlsjdered a part of the mixing water. 3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: Water reducing and retarding admixture shall be added and measured as recommended by the manufacturer. The addition of the adm.ixture shall be separate from the air entraining admixture. The addition of the admixture shall be completed within one minute after addition of water to the cement has been completed, or prior to t11e beginning of the last three-quarters of the required mixing, whichever OCCllfS first. Admixtllres shall be stored handled and batched in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 68. C. Delivery Tickets: In addition to the information reqllired by ASTM C 94, delivery tickets shall indicate the cement content and the water/cement ra tio. D. Temperatures: The temperature of the concrete upon delivery from the truck shall not exceed 90F. E. Modifications To The Mix: No modifications to the mix shall be made in the plant or on the job which will decrease the cement content or increase the water-cement ratio beyond that specified. No modifications of any kind shall be made except by a qualified and responsible representative of the concrete producer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Preparations Before Placing: No concrete shall be placed until the approval of the Engineer has been received. Approval will not be granted until forms are thoroughly clean and reinforcing and all other items required to be set in concrete have been placed and thoroughly secured. B. Conveying: 1. General: Concrete shall be handled from the truck to the place of final deJ?osit as rapidly as practicable by methods which will prevent segregatIon or loss of ingredients to maintain the quality of the concrete. No concrete shall be placed more than 90 minutes after mixing has begun for that particular batch. 2. Buckets and Hoppers: Buckets and hoppers shall have discharge gates with a clear opening equal to no less than one-third of the maximllffi interior horizontal area or five times the maximum 03300-4 04-017.65 ! . n. aggregate size being used. Side slopes shall be no less than 60 degrees. Controls on gates shall permit opening and closing during the discharge cycle. 3. Runways: Runways are specified in Section 03100. Extreme care shall be exercised to avoid displacement of reinforcing during the placing of concrete. 4. Elephant Trunks: Hoppers and elephant trunks shall be used to prevent the free fall ()f concrete for more than 6-feet. 5. Chutes: Chutes shall be metal or metal lined and shall have a slope not exceeding one vertical to two horizontal and not less than one vertical to three horizontal. Chutes more than 20-feet long and chutes not meeting the slope requirments may be used only if they discharge into a hopper before distribution. 6. Pumping Equipment: Pumping equipment and procedures if used shall conform to the recommendations contained in the report of ACI Committee 304 on "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods", ACI 304.2R-71. The specified slump shall be measured at the point of discharge. The loss of slump in pumping shall not exceed 1 1/2-inches. 7. Conveying Equipment Constmction: Aluminum or aluminum alloy pipe for tremles or pump lines and chutes, except for short lengths at the truck mixer shall not be permitted. 8. Cleaning: Conveying equipment shall be cleaned at the end of each concrete operation. 3.02 A.PPLICA TION A. Placing: 1. General: Concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. 2. Segregation: Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall not be subjected to procedure which will cause segregation. B. Consolidating Concrete: 1. General: Concrete shall be consolidated by means of internal vibrators operated by competent workmen. 03300-5 04-017.65 2. Vibrators: Vibrators shall have a mInImum head diameter of at least 2-inches, a minimum centrifllgal force of 700-polln,ds and a minimum freqtlency of 8,000 vibrators per second. 3. Vibrators for Confined Areas: In confined areas, the specified vibrators shall be supplemented by others having a minimum head diameter of 1 1/2-inches, a minimum centrifugal force of 300- pounds and a minimum frequency of 9,000 vihrations per second. 4. Spare Vibrator: One spare vibrator for each tllree in use shall be kept on the site during all concrete placing operations. 5. Use of Vibrat()rs: Vibrators shall be inserted and witlldrawn at points approxilnately IS-inches apart. The duration of each insertion shall be from 5 to 15 seconds. Concrete shall not be transported in the forms by means of vibrators. c. Protection: Ra.inwater shall not be allo\ved to increase the ml;(lng \vater nor to damage the surface finish. Concrete shall be protected from construction overloads. Design loads shall not be applied until the specified strength has been attained. D. Construction Joints: Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, horizolltal construction joints sllall be provided at top of foundation members and slabs on grade and at the soffit of supported slabs and beams. Other horizontal and vertical construction joints ~hall be located as indicated on the Drawings. Joints will not be permitted except in the locations shown. E. Bonding: Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete that has set, the surfaces of the set concrete shall be t11oroughly clean~d so as to expose the coarse aggregate and be free of laitance, coatings, foreign matter and loose particles. Forms shall be retightened. The hardened concrete of joints shall be dampened, but not satuated, and then thoroughly covered with a coat of cement grout of similar proportions to the mortar in the concrete. TIle grout shall be as thick as possible on vertical surfaces and at least 1/2-inch thick on horizontal surfaces. The fresh concrete shall be IJlaced before the grout has attained its initial set. F. Embedded Items: In addition to steel reinforcement, pipes, inserts and other metal objects as sho\vn, specified or ordered shall be built into, set in or attached to the concrete. All necessary precautions shall be taken t() prevent these objects fronl being displaced, broken or deformed. Before concrete is placed, care shall be taken to determine that all embedded parts are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. They shall be thoroughly clean and free from paint or other coating, rust, scale, oil, or any foreign matter. No wood shall be embedded in concrete. The concrete shall be packed tightly around pipes and other metal work to prevent leakage and to secure perfect adhesion. Drains shall lJe adequately protected from intrusion of c()ncrete. 03300-6 04-017.65 G. Bonding To Existing Surfaces: Existing concrete surfaces that are to have new concrete bonded thereto shall be cleaned of all grease, oil, dust, dirt and loose particles and coated with a epoxy bonding agent just prior to placing of the new concrete. Application of the bonding agent shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and the agent shall be permitted to become tacky before the new concrete is placed. The bonding agent shall not be permitted to overlap or be spilled on the surfaces to be exposed after the work is completed. 11. Repair Of Surface Defects: 1. General: Surface defects, including tie holes shall be repaired immediately after form removal. The area to be patched and an area at least 6-inches wide surrounding it shall be dampened to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar. 2. Removal of Defective Concrete: All honeycombed and other defective con-:::rete shall be removed down to sound concrete. Edges shall be cut perpendicular to the surface or slightly under cut. 3. Bonding Grout: Surfaces to be patched shall be thoroughly dampened and shall receive a coat of bonding grout brushed into the surface. Grout shall consist of one part cement to one part fine sand passing a No. 30 sieve. Grout shall be consistency of thick cream. 4. Patching Mortar: The patching mortar shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions used for the concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of not more than one part of cement to two and one-half parts sand by damp loose volume. The quantity of mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance and allowed to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without the addition of water, until it has reached the stiffest consistency that will permit placing. 5. Placing Patching Mortar: After the bonding grout begins to lose its water sheen, a premixed patching mortar shall be applied. Patching mortar shall be thorougWy consolidated into place and struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding surface. It shall be left undisturbed for one hour to permit initial shrinkage and then finally finished. 6. Tie Holes: After being cleaned and thorougWy dampened, the tie holes shall be filled solid with patching mortar. 03300- 7 04-017.65 I. Finish Of Formed Surfaces: 1. As soon as form.s can safely be removed, all irregular projections shall be chipped off flush with the concrete surfaces. All voids produced by spacers or any honeycombing shall be pointed up \vith grout and troweled flush with the concrete surface immediately after removal of forms and water cured to prevent shrinkage. Honeycombing shall be cut Ollt to expose a sound concrete surface prior to pointing. The use of mortar pointing or patching shall be confined to the repair of small defects in relatively green concrete. Where in the opinion of the Engineer substantial repairs are required, the defective concrete shall be cut out to sound concrete and repaired with gunite or the concrete shall be removed and reconstructed as directed. 2. Tops of walls, beams and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed and shall be floated to a texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. J. Finishing Concrete Slabs: 1. General: All concrete slabs shall receIve a floated finish. After floating, all concrete slabs except as otherwise indicated and in areas to receive roofing, insulation, tile, carpet or topping shall be troweled and immediately light broom finished. 2. Floated Finish: After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off and leveled, it shall not be worked further until water sheen has disappeared and the surface has hardened sufficiently to permit floating. During the first floating, the planeness ~f the slab shall be checked with a la-foot straightedge applied at no less than two angles. All high spots shall be cut down and all low spots s11all be filled to produce a surface having a Class B Tolerance throughout. The slab shall then be refloated to a uniform sandy texture. 3. Light Broomed Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a light broomed finish shall be power troweled and finished struck with a soft broom drag. The troweling shall produce a smooth surface, relatively free of defects and a Class A Tolerance. Before the surface sets, the soft broom drag shall be passed over the surface to produce a surface uniform in texture and appearance. 4. Troweled Finish: After floating, slabs to receive a troweled finish shall be power troweled and finally hand troweled. The first troweling after power floating shall produce a smooth surface, relatively free of defects. Surfaces shall be hand troweled after the surface has hardened sufficiently. The final troweling shall be done by hand when a ringing sound is produced as the trowel is moved over the surfaces. Hand troweling shall produce a surface which is thoroughly consolidated, free from trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance. 03300-8 04-017.65 5. Finishing Tolerance: Surfaces shall be true planes within 1/B-inch in lO-feet as determined by a lO-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. 6. Hardener Finish: Where indicated to receive a hardener finish, slabs shall be wet burlap cured without application of curing and sealing agent. When slab is at least 28 days old and thorougWy dry, the hardener shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. K. Saw Cut Joints: Joints that are to be saw cut shall be cut no sooner than 2 hours after concrete is poured and not later than B hours after the pour. 3.03 PROTECTING A. Curing: 1. Immediately after surface defects have been repaired, all exposed surfaces, including slabs, walls, beams and columns shall receive a spray coat of curing compound applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Exposed steel keyways and other embedded items shall be protected from the curing compound. Concrete surfaces to be exposed to wastewater and are to be coated with a coal tar epoxy system, or concrete floors requiring a bond for special finishes shall be cured by the wet burlap method. 2. Curing compound shall be uniformly applied to the surfaces to be cured, in a single coat, continuous film, at the rate of one gallon to not more than 200 square feet, by a mechanical sprayer. 3. Curing compound shall not be applied during periods of rainfall. Should the film become damaged from any cause within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound. Upon removal of forms, the newly exposed surfaces shall immediately be coated to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. B. Wet Burlap Curing Method: All concrete, including gunite, that is to be cured by the wet burlap method shall be covered with a double thickness of burlap, cotton mats, or other approved material kept thorougWy saturated with water. The forms shall be kept wet until removed and upon removal, the curing specified herein shall be started immediately. Concrete shall be cured for a period of 7 days for normal Portland cement or 4 days for high early strength cement. Concrete poured in the dry shall not be submerged until it has attained sufficient strength to adequately sustain the stress involved nor shall it be subjected to flowing water across its surface until it has cured 4 days. Curing of gunite shall be started as soon as possible without damaging surface and not later than 2 hours after placing. END OF SECTION 03300-9 04-017.65 SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of grouting the varIOUS items listed hereinafter and indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.03 SUBMITI ALS A. Manufacturer's literature shall be submitted for reVlew on the following items. 1. Nonshrink grout data shall include grout properties, mixing, surface prepara tion and installation instrllctions. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Grouting materials shall be delivered and stored in unbroken containers \vith seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Sauereisen F-100 Level Fill, Master Builders Masterflow 713, Burke Non-Ferrous, Non-Shrink Grout or approved equal pre-mLxed type. B. Nonshrink Metallic Grout: M.aster Builders Embeco 636 Grout pre-mixed type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. All bonding surfaces shall be clean and dust and oil free. 03600-1 04-017.65 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Nonshrink Grout: 1. Nonshrink, nonmetallic grout shall be used for grouting precast concrete wall panel connections, column base plates, anchor bolts, reinforcing bars, pipe sleeves, machinery supports and pump base plates. 2. Nonshrink grout shall be mixed and placed as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Grout shall be mixed as close to the work area as possible and transported quickly to its final position in a manner which will not permit segregation of materials. 4. Nonshrink grout shall be cured with water saturated burlap for at least three days. 5. Machinery set on grout pads shall not be operated until the grout 11as cured for at least 24 hours. END OF SECTION 03600-2 04-017.65 SECTION 04000 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WOR.K INC-LUDED A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, equipment and labor required to complete the concrete masonry walls and partitions in accordance with the Drawing and Specifications. All work shall be properly coordinated with that of other trades. 1.02 STORAGE j\. Ivlaterials shall be stored under cover, in dry place and in a manner to prevent damage or staining. Blocks shall be delivered to site dry in compliance with specification limitatioI1 for moisture and kept dry by storing off ground and under cover. Blocks which have become wet shall be removed from site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to the physical requirements of the Standard Building Code and to Florida Concrete and Products Association, eM -1 Guide Specifications for hollow regular concrete masonry units, modular dimensions, smooth texture. Units shall be sound and free from cracks, chipped edges or other defects .that would interfere with proper setting or impair strength or durability of the construction. Units shall include special shapes and sizes to complete the work shown. B. Non-load bearing concrete masonry llnits shall conform to ASTM C 129, Type 1; nominal face dimensions 8-inches by 16-inches; thicknesses as sho\vn on Drawing. C. Units shall be delivered to the job site in an air-dry condition and shall be protected at the job from ground water and rain prior to and during construction of the walls. Units shall be suitably aged at time of delivery to meet linear shrinkage potential requirements of ASTM Designation C 426. 2.02 PORTLAND CEMENT A. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 150, rrype II. 04000-1 04-017.65 2.03 2.04 2.05 A. 2.06 2.07 A. 2.08 A. 2.09 2.10 A. MASONRY CEMENT A. Masonry cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 91. PREMIX MORTAR A. Commercially prepared premix mortar shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C 387, Type M. SAND Sand shall be hard, durable grains containing no more than 1 percer:t clay, soft or flakey particles and reasonably free of salt, alkali, orgamc matter or other deleterious substances. WATER A. Water for masonry work shall be potable water quality. HYDRATED LIME Hydrated lime shall conform to requirements of ASTM Designation C 207, Type S. WATERPROOFING Waterproofing shall be Sec No.1, Atlas Chemical Co., Miami, FL, Master Builders Stearox or approved equal. ANCHORS AND TIES A. Anchors and ties shall be zinc coated steel or copper coated steel. The extent and location of anchors and ties shall be as indicated on the Drawings, or as required for installation of various items. Anchors shall be of the type best suited for the situation. JOINT REINFORCEMENT Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be equal to Dur-O-Wal Standard No. 8, truss type Lox-all No. 8 as manufactured by Cumberland Corporation, Chattanooga, Tennessee or approved equal. 04000-2 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION A. All work shall be plumb and true and built accurately to dimensions shown. The Contractor shall provide and place such special units as required to form all corners, returns, offsets and maintain proper bond. Where interior concrete masonry partitions meet other interior partitions or exterior walls, a masonry bond or the equivalent in approved metal ties shall be provided. 3.02 BOND A. All masonry units shall be laid in running bond by lapping units In successive courses a distance of one-half a unit. All courses shall be level with joints of uniform width. All joints shall be finished flush. Units shall have full mortar coverage of the face shells in both the horizontal and vertical joints. All joints shall be pointed solid with nlortar on both sides of wall. Joints in exposed work shall be firmly compacted with a pointing tool when partially set. 3.03 MORTAR MIX A. Mortar shall be proportioned by volume, in accordance with Florida Concrete Products Association "Mortar Reqllirements - Table 2" for Type "M" mortar, as follows: Mortar Type M M Portland Cement 1 1 Masonry Cement 1 (Type II) Hydrated Lime or Lime Putty 1/4 Aggregate, Damp, Loose 2 1/2 min. to 3 max. combined volumes above Aver. Comp. Strength at 28 days 2500 2500 B. All mortar and grout shall be used within 30 minutes of initial mIXIng. Mortar or grout shall be discarded after it has begun to set. Retempering of mortar in which setting has started will not be permitted. Mortar may be retempered as necessary to keep it plastic, providing it has not begun to set or older than 30 minutes. 3.04 CUT UNITS A. All odd size masonry units in a finally exposed wall shall be cut with suitable power driven masonry saw. Chipping of units will not be permitted. 04000-3 04-017.65 nfr 3.05 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be provided throughout exterior masonry walls, 16-inches G.C. vertically. 3 .06 CLEANING A. Mortar and grout drippings shall be cleaned from exposed masonry and adjacent surfaces as soon as possible to prevent surfaces from being permanently stained. Drippings and smears shall be removed before mortar and/or grout sets or hardens. Mortar extruded beyond face of walls or partitions shall be removed. END OF SECTION 04000-4 04-017.65 SECI'ION 05120 S'"fRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this Section includes furnishing, fabricating and erecting structural steel. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings B. Section 05500 - Miscellaneous Metal c. Section 09900 - Painting 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: The following reference standards and codes are hereby made a part of this Section and all structural steel work shall conform to the applicable requirements therein except as otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as permitting work that is contrary to code requirements. 1. Standard Building Code 2. AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings 3. AISC Code of Standard Practice 4. A WS, Structural Welding Code, A WS Dl.l 5. ASTM A 6, General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet and Bars for Structural Use 6. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC), Surface Preparation Specifica tions 7. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" as approved by Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. B. Welder Qualification: Welding in shop and field shall be. done only by welders holding evidence of qualificatIon under A WS procedures for the type of weld involved. 05120-1 04-017.65 B. Welder Qualification: Welding procedures, welders, welding operations and tackers shall be qualified in accordan.ce with A WS Code. 1.04 SUBMIITALS A. Complete shop details and erection drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to beginning fabrication. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are to be embedded in the work of other trades to the project site in sufficient time to permit their timely installation. Provide proper setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of these items. B. Store structural steel members above ground on platforms, skids or other supports. Store all fasteners and welding electrodes in a weather-tight and dry place until ready for use. Store packaged materials in their original containers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Shapes, Plates and Bars: ASTM A 36 B. Bolts: 1. Anchor Bolts - ASTM A 307 2. Structural Steel - ASTM A 325 C. Welding Electrodes: As permitted by A WS Code D. Shop Paint Primer: SSPC PS 2.03-64T or F.S. IT-P-86, Type II or Tnemec #99, or approved equal. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabrication shall meet all requirements of the specified standards. B. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Do all shearing and flame cutting carefully and accurately using machine equipment where at all possible. C. Weld connections or bolt as indicated. Weld shop connections not otherwise shown. Eccentric connections are not permitted unless shown in detail on the Structural Drawings. 05120-2 04-017.65 D. Drift pins may be used for assembling parts provide.d metal is not distorted or holes enlarged. Ream holes requiring enlargement to admit bolts. Misaligned holes will subject members to rejection. E. Use of gas cutting torch will be allowed where metal being cut is not carrying stress during the operation and provided stresses will not be transmitted through a flame-cut surface. Make Cllts smooth and regular in contour. Cuts exposed in the finished work shall be ground and dressed smooth without nicks or gouges. To determine effective width of members so cut, deduct l/8-inch from least width at gas cut edge. Make radius or re-entrance of cut fillets as large as practical, but in no case less than I/2-inch. All such cuts are subject to prior approval of the Engineer. Do not use cutting torch to align bolt holes. F. Shop Cleaning and Painting: 1. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all loose mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from structural steel items. Conditions which are too severe to be removed by hand cleaning methods shall be cleaned as per Reference Standard A.2.d, "Solvent Cleaning, SSPC-SP 1-63", "Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP 3-63", or "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP 7-63", as required. 2. Painting: Except where encased in concrete or secured as contact surfaces in joints connected by high strength bolts, apply one shop coat of primer, all as per paint manufacturer1s specifications for application and coverage. No shop paint is permitted on surfaces to be field welded. Parts inaccessible after assembly shall be given two coats of shop paint prior to assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before starting work, verify locations and elevations of bearings and anchor bolts. Immediately report inaccuracies. Work under this Section includes responsibility for accurate bearing of steel and correct location of anchorage. 3.02 EREcrION A. Erection shall be In accordance witll the requirements of the specified standards. B. Weld field connections or bolt as indicated. 05120-3 04-017.65 c. Bolting: 1. As erection progresses, bolt up work to take care of all dead loads, construction live loads, lateral forces and erection stresses. 2. Unless otherwise noted, erection bolts used in welded construction may be either tightened securely and left in place or removed and the holes filled with plug welds~ 3. All bolts shall be tightened using the turn of the nut method. D. Temporary Bracing: Introduce wherever necessary to provide for all loads to which structure is subjected including erection equipment and its operation. Leave in place until no longer required for safety. Make proper provisions for construction loads, piles of materials, equipment, etc., carried by structural frame during erection. E. Touch-up Painting: After erection, clean all fixed connections (bolts and welds) and spot paint all abrasions, with same primer used in shop. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erection Tolerances: Erect individual pieces so that the deviation from plumb, level and alignment shall not exceed 1:500. END OF SECTION 05120-4 04-017.65 SEc~rION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. ~rhis Section covers the use of miscellaneous metals, shapes and sheets, fittings, fasteners, wirework, etc., not specified elsewhere i11 these Specifications. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 05120 - Structural Steel 1.03 SUBMITIALS A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings which shall indicate fabrication, assembly and erection details, sizes of members, profiles, fastenings, supports and anchors, patterns, clearances and connection to other work. Shop drawings shall be approved by the Engineer before fabrication begins. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel: Miscellaneous steel plates, shapes, bars and connections shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 36 arid shall be galvanized by the hot dip method after fabrication in accordance with the requirements of ASTM Designation A 123. B. Steel Pipe: Steel pipe used for miscellaneous members and connections shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A 53, Schedule 40, galvanized, except as otherwise indicated. c. Anchor Bolts And Fasteners: Anchor bolts for securing equipment and for aluminum structures and assemblies shall be stainless steel. Anchor bolts for securing wood nailers and plates shall be hot dipped zinc coated steel. All other fastenings, bolts, nuts, washers and anchors shall be aluminum, stainless steel, lead or brass. Zinc coated fastenings will not be approved except at wood nailers, or when other types of corrosion resistant materials are not available. Zinc coated fasteners shall be hot dipped in accordance with ASTM Designation A 153. Fasteners shall be of adequate strength for purpose intended. 05500-1 04-017.65 D. Expansion Joint Covers: Expansion joint covers for joints in floors, walls and roofs shall be eqllal to Balco Type 4FVP-l for floors and walls and LDV -1 for roof decks. Covers shall be extruded aluminum, 6063- T5 alloy standard mill finish and equipped with dual locked-in filler strips and vinyl water seals as shown on the Drawings. All aluminum surfaces to be in contact with concrete or masonry shall have a factory applied coating of zinc chromate primer. Covers shall be complete with metal anchoring devices, non-corrosive, electrolytically inert concrete anchor bolts, masonry and cover screws, lead fiber masonry anchors, filler strips, seals and other accessories as required for installation per the manufacturer's instructions. Filler strips shall be gray in color of rve or SBR, manufacturer's option for performance required. E. Steel Ladders: Steel ladders shall be as detailed on drawings and shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Ladders will have welded joints. Bolts securing ladders to concrete substrate shall comply with OSHA standards. F. All steel components of handrailings shall be fabricated from 1 WI OD Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or galvanized steel tube. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Insofar as possible, fabricated material shall be fitted and shop assembled ready for erection. Welding and equipment shall conform to American Welding Society's Code for Welding in Building Construction, latest edition. All work shall be square, plumb and true, accurately fitted with tight joints and intersections. Exposed work shall be finished smooth WIth welds ground smooth. B. Painting And Protective Coating: 1. All ferrous metal, except stainless steel and galvanized surfaces, shall be properly cleaned and given one shop coat of primer compatible wIth coating system specified in Section 09900 Painting. Anchors that are built into masonry shall be coated with asphalt paint unless specified to be galvanized. Metal work to be encased in concrete shall be left unpainted unless specified or noted otherwise. Where hot-dip galvanized or zinc coated metal is specified or shown, it shall be shop primed unless specifically not required. Castings that are to be left unpainted shall be cleaned and coated with a coal-tar-pitch varnish. 2. Hot-dip galvanizing or zinc coatings applied on products fabricated from rolled, pressed or forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips shall. comply .with ASTM Designation A 123. Hot-dip galvanizing or ZInC coatmgs on assembled steel products shall comply with ASTM De~ignation A 386. The weig~t of coatings shall be deSIgnated m Table 1 for the class and thIckness of material to be coated. Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint is 05500-2 04-017.65 specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. Except for bolts and nuts, all galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. 3. Aluminum to be placed adjacent to masonry or dissimilar metals shall be protected with an isolating coating of bitumastic and/or felt. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION l\. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cement, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. B. All work shall be adequately anchored in place at proper elevations, planes and locations. c. Space handrail supports not more than four feet on center, unless otherwise indicated, and attach flanges to wall surfaces by use of 3/8 inch lag bolts in lead expansion shields or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Intersections of railings shall be neatly coped, fully welded and ground smooth and flush. Bend curves smoothly without distortion of cross section. E. Drill Holes as required for bolts and screws In supports and in metalwork. Conceal fasteners where possible. END OF SECTION 05500-3 04-017.65 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PARr-r 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing rough carpentry work and related hardware. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. Lumber to conform to American Lumber Standards' Product Standard PS 20-70. Graded by rules of manufacturer's association under whose rules lumber is produced. Evidence of grade and mill marked on each piece. 2. National Forest Products Association. 3. Southern Pine Association. 4. Western Wood Products Association. 5. American Plywood Association. B. Moisture Content: Moisture content of lumber shall be maintained within the requirements of the association under whose grading rules it is produced. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Lumber and other materials specified herein shall be delivered, stored and handled to prevent damage. Lumber and plywood shall be placed under cover and off ground in such manner as to insure proper drainage, ventilation and protection from the weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: Lumber for headers, wood grounds, nailers and blocking shall be No.2 or No.3 common yellow pine or standard grade Douglas Fir. 06100-1 04-017.65 B. Plywood: Plywood shall be C-D Interior Grade sheathing with exterior glue, identification. Grade 32/16, I/2-inch thick. C. Pressure Treated L~.lmber: 1. Lumber that is required to be pressure treated shall be impregnated with Chromated Copper Arsenate (eCA) conforming to American Wood Preservers Association Standard P5 in a closed cylinder by vacuum process in accordance with A WP A Standard C2. Retention of CCA dry salts shall be .25 pound per cubic foot for above ground use and .40 pound per cubic foot for ground contact. 2. Each piece of pressure-treated lumber shall bear a brand conforming to tIle standards of A WP A. 3. Lumber in contact with concrete shall be pressure preservative treated in accordance with A WPA Standard C9. 4. Cut ()r sawed surfaces in preservative treated members shall receive two coats of the same preservative used in the original treatment. D. Rough Hardware: Rou~h hardware shall be the most suitable for project requirements. ExpanSIon shields or bolts and toggle bolts shall be provided as required. All bolts, nails, screws, anchors, straps, clips, etc., shall be galvanized. E. Power actuated fasteners shall conform to Federal Specification GGG-D- 777a, and shall be installed as per manufacturer's printed directions. Power charge shall be powerhll enough to prevent spalling of concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General Work: All work shall be erected level, and/or plumb and shall meet required heights, layout and details precisely. All work shall be well nailed or bolted and adequately braced. All work shall be executed in accordance with the best practices of the trade, by nlen skilled in the craft. Nailing shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Building Code. B. Furring: Furring shall be I-inch x 2-inch strips, I2-inches o.c., or I-inch x 3-inch strips, 16-inches o.c., securely attached to masonry and concrete wit11 casehardened nails. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Wooel surface to be finished shall be protected from rnoisture and dirt until prime coat has been applied. END OF SECTION 06100-2 04-017.65 SECTION 06200 F'INISfl CARPEN1"RY AND MILLWORK PAR1~ 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included under this Section consists of providing finish carpentry and millwork. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry B. Section 06410 - Cabinetwork c. Section 08710 - Finish I-Iardware D. Section 09901 - Painting (Architectural Coatings) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. Lumber: The "Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute shall apply and by reference are hereby made a part of this Specification. Any reference to Premium, Custom or Economy in this Specification shall be as defined in the latest edition of the AWl "Quality Standards". 2. Any item not given a specific quality grade shall be Custom grade as defined in the latest edition of the A WI "Quality Standards", 3. All plywood shall conform to the standards grading rules of U.S. Product Standard PS 1-74. 1.04 SUBMIIT ALS A. The Contractor shall obtain field dimensions prior to construction of items which are to be fabricated elsewhere and required to make parts of work fit accurately together. Overall field dimensions are not required for shop drawings approval. B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to fabrication of counters and cabinets. C. Samples shall be submitted on each wood specie to receive transparent finish and samples shall be I-inch x 6-inch III size. A brochure and a I2-inch x 12-inch sample of each type of plywood paneling used shall be submitted. 06200-1 04-017.65 D. Samples of laminated plastic and hardware for counters and cabinets along with manufacturer's product data and published installation and maintenance instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer for alJproval prior to fabrication of the units. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND I-IANDLING l\. Cabinets shall be stored in manner to prevent damage and deterioration. Delivery to the job shall be deferred until the installation and storage areas are complete and dry ()f all wet-type construction. All cabinet surfaces subject to damage shall be protected while in transit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All lumber shall be kiln-dried and shall have 15 percerlt ITlaXlffiUm moisture content. B. Wood mouldings, shelf supports and trim shall be of clear cypress or fir or wllite pine, C-Select. C. Shelving shall be of white plne, C-Select or DFP A A-A Grade plywood with hardwood edges. D. Plywood for counters and cabinets and for telepllone terminal board shall be 3/4-inch interior DFP A A-C Grade. E.Laminated plastic shall be General Purpose Gracie 10 equal to Formica, Consoweld, Micarta or Wilson Art. No metal mouldings shall. be used. F. Adhesive for cabinet and laminate shall be Type II, CS 35-61. G. Rough llardware for execution of finish carpentry shall be as required for proper execution of the work, using the best suited fastening devices for each condition. Nails and anchor straps shall be galvanized throughout. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Millwork: Millwork shall be assembled at the mill, insofar as practical, and delivered ready for erection. When it is necessary to cut and fit on the job, the material shall be made with ample measurements taken at the job. All exposed surfaces sanded to an even, smooth surface ready for finish. Mill assemblies shall be jointed with concealed nails and screws where possible, with mortise and tenons or with dowels, and with glued blocks. All exposed nails shall be countersunk. All glue shall be waterproof of the best quality. B. Edgings: Edgings shall be tongue and grooved into plywood and set in glue. 06200-2 04-017.65 . .1111 "[I . C. Counters And Cabinets: Counters and cabinets shall be assembled at the shop insofar as practical and delivered to the job ready for installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Counters and cabinets shall be installed plumb and level without distortion and shimmed as necessary with concealed shims. Accurately scribe and closely fit all face plates, filler strips and trim strips to irregularities of adjacent surfaces. B. Wood Trim: All wood trim shall be gIVen two dripping brush coats of wood preservative. C. Finishes: All woodwork installed shall be cleaned and sanded with all nail heads set below the surface of the wood as required to receive finishes specified in Section 09900 Painting. D. Installation Of Finish Hardware: 1. Finish hardware shall be supplied as specified in Section 08710 Finish Hardware, and installed as specified herein. 2. Hardware shall be neatly and accurately fixed in place by skilled mechanics in accordance with best standard practice. Screws and bolts shall match the hardware in finish and all items shall be left in perfect working order, free from rust, scratches or other defects. Escutcheons and other such items shall not be applied until after finishing and painting operations are complete. Hardware which might be damaged by construction work shall be protected during progress of work and un-covered on completion. All work shall be installed plumb and true and secured with proper fastenings so as to make all work rigid and firm. END OF SECTION 06200-3 04-017.65 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide all cabinetwork shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein. B. Related work described elsewhere: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork 1.02 SUBMIITALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings for wood, plastic laminate covered cabinets, counters and shelves and type of finish. 2. Show cabinets in related and dimensional position with sections wither full size or 3 inches equal 1 foot scale. 3. The mill is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions. 4. Show required field measurements beyond control of mill. 1.03 DELIVER Y, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle cabinetwork in manner to prevent damage and deteriora tion. B. Defer delivery to job until installation and storage areas are complete and dry of wet-type construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Equipment and cabinet work to be of flush type construction. Cabinets to have flush interior and exteriors, with no exposed frames, mouldings or blocks. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Ma terials: 1. Plywood Core: Interior softwood Douglas Fir. 06410-1 04-017.65 a. Concealed: ~l Custom Grade. C.S. Face "A" 1 side. C.S. Face "D" 1 side. 2. Plastic Laminate: High pressure laminate conforming to NEMA Standards, as manufactured by Wilson Art. a. Facing: 1/16 and 1/32 inch thick general purpose laminate. Plastic laminate exposed horizontal surfaces including doors to be 1132 inch thick. Interior of cabinets not exposed to view to have two coats splatter paint finish lacquer coat. b. Adhesive: Contact cement. c. Col()r: To be selected by Architect. 3. Blocking and Framing: Hardwood. B. Construction: Construct in accordance with details shown on Drawings and fabricate to actual field dimensions. Manufacture cabinets in a properly equipped cabinet shop of a company specializing in design and manufacture of hot press method plastic cabinet work, using the best quality workmanship and practices. Joining of cabinet members shall be with screws and glue in a manner as required to provide a rigid installation. Fastenings shall be blind and unexposed. 1. Ends, Partitions, and Bottoms: % inch thick plywood core covered with plastic laminate. 2. Doors: % inch thick plywood with plastic laminate on both faces and plastic laminate or square vinyl "T" edge. 3. Cabinet Backs: V<i inch thick tempered hardboard. Provide Y2 inch diameter relief-vent holes in back of compartments to relieve pressure when doors are closed. 4. Drawers: Drawer front and back shall be % inch plywood. Sides shall be Y2 inch hardwood with beveled top edges and plowed bottom to receive 118 inch tempered hardboard drawer bottom. Drawer front covered with 1/32 inch thick plastic laminate. Drawers shall be installed KV 1455 drawer slide. 5. Counter Tops: Including backsplash and return ends, constructed of plywood core % inch thick. Plastic laminate, exposed surfaces including underside of lip. 6. Cabinet Support: Wall cabinets to have a % inch laminated batten strip across the top front of cabinet. 7. Shelves: % inch thick covered both sides and edges with 1/16 inch thick plastic laminate. 06410-2 04-017.65 8. Scribe Mouldings: Plastic laminate hardwood. 9. Finishes: All surfaces except those covered with plastic laminate, natural finish with one coat seal, one coat lacquer. 10. I-Iardware: US4 finish. a. Hinges: Stanley pivot 1560 Series. b. Adjustable Shelf Hardware: Knape & Vogt No. 255 flush standard and No. 256 sllpports. c. Drawer and Door Pulls: Eqllal to EPCO MC-4025 d. Magnetic Latches: For all swinging doors. Extra heavy duty. Double doors to have latches on both doors. e. Locks: Five pin tumbler grooved key type with plated cylinder and cam. Provide two keys for each lock. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Location: As shown on Drawings. Scribe cabinet work adjacent to wall finished using scribe mouldings. B. Adjustments: After installation, adjust doors and drawers for proper alignment and operation. END OF SECTION 06410-3 04-017.65 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PAR'f 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide building insulation, including necessary accessones, as indicated on drawings and specified herein. B. Related Sections 1. Section 06100 - rough Carpentry 2. Section 09110 - Metal Stud Partitions 3. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's product data including installation instructions before commencing work. B. Samples: Submit minimum twelve inch square sample of each type of insulation furnished together with manufacturer's labels attached. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fibrous Insulation - Batt or Blanket Glass Fiber: 1. Description: ASTM C665, glass fiber blanket Glass Fiber: 2. Fire Resistance: ASTM E84 to following standards: a. Flame Spread: 0-25. b. Fuel Contributed 0-50. c. Smoke Developed: 0-50. 3. Density: 0.50 to 4 lbs. per cu. ft. 4. Thermal Resistance: R value = 8 for unfaced wall insulation and 19 for kraft paper faced with staple flange for underside of plywood roof decks. 07210-1 04-017.65 5. Manufacturers: Owens Corning Fibergas Corp.; Certainteed Corp.; Manville. c. Fasteners: Provide fasteners as recommended l)y insulation manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION f\. Install insulation in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions for the specific product. B. Foil backed T11ermax insulation board, 7/8" thick, shall be installed over 3;4" metal that furring channels attached to masonry wall. 5/8" gypsum board shall be installed over the insulation. END OF SECTION 07210-2 04-017.65 SECTION 07250 FIREPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide spray-on fireproofing materials where indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 SlJBMIITALS A. Provide the following submittals: 1. Manufacturer's Data and Instructions. 2. Certificate of Test Reports. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Provide ventilation in areas to receive fireproofing during and 24 hrs. after application, to dry material and maintain nontoxic, unpolluted working area. 2. Provide temporary enclosure to prevent spray from contaminating air. 3. Do not apply spray fireproofing when temperature of substrate, material, and surrounding air is below 40 deg. F. 4. Maintain temperature 24 hrs. before and 24 hrs. after application of fireproofing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fireproofing Materials: 1. Provide materials which have been tested to ASTM E119 and are listed in UL Building Materials Directory. 2. Conform to applicable code for this project for minimum fire resistant ratings. B. Sprayed-On Materials: 1. Factory-mixed portland cement-based material, free of asbestos fibers, and complying with minimum requirements. 2. Dry Density: ASTM E605, 22 lbs. per cu. ft. 07250-1 04-017.65 3. Bond Strength: ASTM E736, 1,000 lbs. per sq. ft. 4. Compressive Strength: ASTM E761, 150 psi. 5. Color: Gray 6. Acceptable Manufacturer: W.R. Grace & Co. Model Zonolite 105. C. Metal Lath: Self-fllrring diamond mesh, 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd. expanded from steel sheets. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate and remove coatings and other substances which might interfere with bond of fireproofing. B. Equipment and Ivlaterials: 1. Verify clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetra te fireproofing are installed. 2. Verify ducts, piping, equipment, and other items which interfere with application of fireproofing in new construction are not positioned U11til fireproofing is completed. 3. Verify roofing application is complete and roof traffic has ceased before applying to roof decks. 4. Verify concrete work is completed before applying to steel decks. 5. For existing \vork, mask equipment and materials not to receIve fireproofing. C. Close off and seal ductwork in areas of fireproofing application. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with rnanufacturer's instructions for type of material and condition of substrate in eacll case. 2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment of type recommended by fireproofing manufacturer. 3. Application: Extend material full thickness over entire substrate to be covered, in monolithic blanket of uniform texture. 4. Thickness: Sufficient thickness to provide minimum one hour protection. 07250-2 04-017.65 B. Fireproofing: 1. Mix material with water at rate of 10 gal. water to 38 lbs. of material. 2. Maintain temperature of air and substrate at 40 deg. F. for 24 hrs. before and after application. 3. Ensure adequate ventilation is provided in temporary enclosure for proper drying of fireproofing. 3.03 CLEANING A. Immediately after completion of Work in each room or space, clean adjoining surfaces of over-sprayed material and fall-out from spraying operation. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect fireproofing from damage after application. B. Inspect areas for complete coverage. C. On completion of work in adjacent areas, correct damaged areas. END OF SECTION 07250-3 04-017.65 SECTION 07920 CAlJLKING AND SEALANT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide sealants and caulking as required and as specified herein. B. Definitions: 1. Sealant: A weatherproof elastomer used in filling and sealing joints, having properties of adhesion, cohesion, extensibility under tension, compressibility and recovery; shall be designed to make joints air and watertight. Material is designed generally for application to joints at exterior of structures and to other joints subject to movement. 2. Caulking Compound: A material used in filling joints and seams, having properties of adhesion and cohesion, shall not be required to have extensibility and recovery properties; usually applied at joints at interior of structures. Material shall be applied In joints not subject to movement or weathering. 3. Caulking: The term is used here to denote the process of filling the joints, without regard to type of material. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing 1.03 SUBMITIALS A. Sllbmit manufacturer's product data to the Engineer for approval prIor to installa tion. B. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a two year guarantee on sealant type caulking work against joint failure. Joint failure is defined as: leaks of air or water; evidence of loss of adhesion between sealant and joint edge; evidence of loss of cohesion, fading of sealant material; migration of sealant. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be stored and handled so as to prevent the inclusion of foreign matter or the damage of materials by water or breaking and shall be stored in original containers until ready for use. Material showing evidence of damage shall be rejected. 07920-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Primer: Where primer is required by sealant manufacturer, it shall be a compound designed to insure the adhesion of sealant. Material shall be provided by the sealant manufacturer and shall be selected for compatibility with the sealant and with. substrate. B. Glazing Sealants: One component, non-sag, silicone sealant with Shore A hardness of 25 to 30, meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Class 25, Grade NS, and shall be General Electric Co. Silpruf Sealant, Bostik Chern-Calk 1200, or equal. For structural glazing, prior written approval from the sealant manufacturer shall be furnished before use. C. Interior Sealants and Caulking: 1. General Use: One component, acrylic latex caulking, meeting ASTM C834 with minimum 75% recovery per ASTM C736 and shall be Bostik Cl1em-Calk 600 or equal. 2. Bathrooms and Kitchens: One component, non-sag, mildew resistant, silicone sealant with Shore A hardness of 25 to 30, meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 and shall be General Electric Silicone Sanitary 1702 Sealant, Bostik Silicone Rubber Bathroom Caulk, or equal. 3. Exposed Joints with Little Movement: Sealant as specified above for bathrooms or one component butyl rubber sealant, gum grade, for maximum joint movement of :t 5%, meeting Federal Specification TT-S-1657, and shall be Bostik Chern-Calk 300, or equal. 4. Non-Exposed Acoustical Joints: Sealant as specified above for bathrooms or one component acoustical caulking, non-drying, non- hardening, synthetic rubber, normally not paintable. 5. Sealants and caulking for computer room floor and partition walls shall prevent the passage of halon. D. Joint Packing: Packing shall be closed cell foam, or tubing as indicated on the Drawings. Material shall be non-reactive with caulking materials and non-oily. Minimum density 3.25 lbs/cu.ft. No asphalt or bitumen- impregnated fiber shall be used with sealants. 07920-2 04-017.65 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Joints: 1. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned; loose particles shall be blown out or vacuumed from joints. Material to be contacted by sealant shall be dry, fully free of laitance, loose aggregate, form release agents, curing compounds, water repellants and other surface treatments. 2. J oint packing shall be installed in all joints to receive sealant where required. Packing shall be sized to require 20 to 50 percent compression upon insertion, and shall be placed so that sealant depth is approximately 1/2 joint width. In joints not of sufficient depth to allow packing, polyethylene bond-breaking tape shall be installed at back of joint. Lengthwise stretching of packing materials shall be avoided. 3. Masking tape shall be applied where required to protect adjacent surfaces. Tape shall be adhered in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge and removed immediately after joints have been sealed and tooled. 4. Joints shall be primed where required by sealant manufacturer, to receive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Primer shall be brushed uniformly upon all surfaces of joint. Sufficient drying time shall be allowed before caulking. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Sealant: 1. Mixing and application of sealant shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Material which has exceeded the manufacturer's recolnmended potential open time (POT Life) shall not be llsed. 3. Sealant and caulking material shall be applied under pressure to fill joints completely with prevention of air pockets or voids. Tooling shall be performed with solvent recommended by manufacturer. Joints shall be tooled concave. B. Locations: 1. Sealant shall be applied around penetrations of floor slabs and exterior walls for piping, conduits, ductwork and similar items, at top of slabs and exterior face of walls, around exterior perimeter of door frames and windows, louvers and vents, and at other exterior locations shown on the Drawings. 07920-3 04-017.65 2. Caulking compound shall be applied at interior locations shown on the Drawings. C. Thresholds: Thresholds shall be set in full bed of caulking sealant with excess material removed. D. Cleaning: Adjacent surfaces shall be cleaned free of sealant and soiling resulting from this work and as work progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent as recommended by the manufacturer. All finished work shall be left in a neat, clean condition. Where any sealant or caulking material will permanently stain surfaces, these surfaces shall be masked out to prevent such staining.. END OF SECTION 07920-4 04-017.65 SECTION 08110 HOI.lLOW METAL WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECfION INCLlJDES A. Provide hollow metal work including necessary accessorIes indicated on drawings and specified in this section. B. Related Sections: 1. 07920 - Sealants and Calking 2. 08710 - Finish Hardware 3. 09900 - Painting 1.02 SUBMITI ALS A. Submit properly identified product data including manufacturer's specifications and installation directions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for review, indicating sizes, elevations, locations, fire labels, construction details, gages. finishes, reinforcement, anchors, louvers, light openings, glazing stops and hardware locations. PART 2 - PRODUCfS 2.01 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS A. Provide do()rs and frames from same manufacturer. Subject to requirements of this section, provide doors and frames as manufactured by Allied Steel Products, Firedoor Corporation, or equal. 2.02 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Fabricate interior frames to profiles indicated of 16 gage bonderized electro-zinc coated sheet steel in accordance with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 591, Class C. B. Frames: Fully welded, custom type, with mitered or butted head and jamb members with integral stops and with combination buck and trim as shown. Corners shall have continuous welds around flush and smooth without dishing. C. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparations: 1. Frames s11all be mortised, reinforced and drilled/tapped for mortised hardware in accordance with approved finish hardware schedule and templates by hardware supplier. 08110-1 04-017.65 a. Perform drilling and tapping for surface applied hardware in the field. b. Locate finish hardware in accordance with Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware, published by National Builder's Hardware Association or as otherwise directed by the A/E. 2. Butt (Hinge) Reinforcin~: Steel plate 3116 inch thick by I-V<! inches minimum to l-lh Illches maximum by 10 inches long, offset where required so faces of butts are flush with door frame edge, secured by not less than six spot welds. 3. Strike Reinforcement: Offset clips of 12 gage steel l-lh inches x 3 inches long. 4. Closer Shoe Reinforcing: 10 gage steel plates (minimum 14 inches long x 1 inch wide) in both rabbets (each side of stop) and top of head section near corner of hinge jamb. Provide styrofoam or treated wood over plates to allow closer foot screws to seat without interference from grout fill. D. Silencer (Mute) Provisions: Punch frames to receive silencers on strike jamb scheduled in Section 08710. E. Grout Guards: Provide 26 gage sheet metal covers welded to the back of frames at hinges, locks, bolts, tapped reinforcements at hardware and silencer locations. F. Jamb Anchors: Provide in accordance with frame manufacturer's recommendations for attachment to masonry walls, concrete columns and metal stud system as shown on Drawings. G. Floor Anchors: Provide 14 gauge galvanized sheet steel angle shaped anchors or each jamb which extends to the floor, punched for not less than two lit inch diameter bolts. H. Spreaders: Provide frames with temporary steel spreader bars tack welded to jambs to maintain full rigidity and proper alignment during installation. I. Grout solid all hollow metal door frames. 1. Provide sheet metal covers (grout guards) welded in back of frames at hinges, locks, bolts and tapped reinforcements at hardware. 2. At silencer locations furnish suitable removable plugs in holes to keep grOtlt free. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS a. Fabricate interior doors from 16 ga~e bonderized electro-zinc coated cold- rolled stretcher leveled sheet steel III accordance with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 591, Class C. 08110-2 04-017.65 B. Types: Custom. flush, seamless h.ollow construction ,^rith VISIon cut-outs as shown. c. Sizes and Thicknesses: Size shall be as indicated and thickness 1-3/4 inches unless otherwise specified or shown. Provide undercuts where indicated for ventilation, 3~ inch maximum undercut allowed for fire labeled doors. D. Door Perimeters: 1. Stile Edges: a. Reinforce stile edges full height with 16 gage bonderized ZInc coated steel channels. b. Bevel for Single Acting Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 2. Door Tops: Reinforce door tops with full width 16 gage bonderized zinc coated steel channels. 3. Door Bottoms: Reinforce door bottoms with full width 16 gage bonderized zinc coated steel channels. E. Stiffeners: Provide vertical members spaced not more than 6 inches o.c. with shape standard to manufacturer. F. Core Fill: Provide mineral standard to manufacturer. G. Hardware Reinforcements and Preparation: 1. Mortise and Reir1force as Follows: 3. Drill/tap for mortised hardware in accordance with accepted finish hardware schedule and templates furnished by hardware supplier. b. Perform drilling and tapping for surface applied hardware in the field. c. Locate finish hardware in accordance with Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware, published by National Builder's Hardware Association or as otherwise directed by the A/E. 2. Butt (Hinge) Reinforcing: Steel plate 6 inches thick and 1-1ltinches minimum to 1-1/2 inches maximum 10 inches long. Offset where required and secured by not less than six spot welds. H. Light Opening in Doors: 1. Provide light openings of sizes indicated. 2. At light opening cut outs, provide 16 gage ZInc coated steel channel closures welded into opening perimeter. 08110-3 04-017.65 2.04 FINISHING AND SHOP PAINT A. After fabrication, grind exposed weld marks smooth and flush, clean and degrease surfaces, apply metallic filler, sand smooth and apply shop coat of manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive metal primer baked on. B. Prime Coat: Thoroughly cover all surfaces to provide uniform dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil without runs, smears, or bare spots. PART 3B - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTA_LLATION A. Frames 1. Install plumb, level and true to line, secured in openings. 2. Install frames in accordance with accepted shop drawings, manllfacturer's printed instruction. B. Doors: 1. Install in openings plumb, level and true to line. 2. Apply hardware and adjust to achieve smooth and quiet operation. C. Final Adjustments: Doors and hardware shall receive final adjustment as follows: 1. Door Contact with Silencers: Doors shall strike a minimum of two silencers without binding lock or latch bolts in the strike plate. 2. Head, Strike and Hinge Jamb Margin: 118 inch. 3. Meeting Edge Clearance, Pairs of Doors: :t 1/16 inch. 4. Bolts and Screws: Leave tight and firmly seated. END OF SECTION 08110-4 04-017.65 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide wood doors including necessary accessorles as indicated on Drawings and specified in this section. B. Related Sections: 1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry 2. 08710 - Finish Hardware 3. 09900 - Painting 1.02 REFERENCES A. Product shall conform to Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS) and to Industry Standards I.S.1., Wood Flush Doors of National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association (NWMA). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature. B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete detailed shop drawings of specified doors. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver doors to job site until needed, coordinate delivery with job progress. 1. Store doors in a flat position elevated a minimunl of 4 inches above concrete slab. 2. Ship doors individually wrapped/cartoned. 3. Identify each door by number/tag in accordance with accepted shop drawings. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written guarantee covering defects in materials and workership and covering warp exceeding one-quarter inch. Guarantee shall be for the life of installation. 08210-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUcrS 2.01 WOOD DOORS, FLUSH, SOLID CORE A. Face Material: 3-ply plywood, approximately 1/8" thick, all hardwood veneers bonded under heat and pressure. Veneer shall be stain grade Birch, suitable for varnishing. B. Cross Banding: J-Iardware. C. Core: Particle board, 3-ply, Type 1, Density C, meeting CS-236-66 mat formed particle board. D. Vertical Edge Bands: Hardwood, mInImum l-Yt" bonded to the core. E. Horizontal Edge Bands: Softwood, double thickness, minimum thickness 2-lh" . F. Adhesives: Type II, (Interior) per CS-35 revised. G. Preservatives: Three minute dip, CS-262-63. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate to sizes and design indicated on drawings pre-fitted for opemngs and properly beveled. B. Pre-fit Clearance: 1. lI8-inch top and sides and liz-inch above scheduled finish flooring material. Refer to the Door Schedule for additional undercut as specified. 2. Bevel angle liS-inch per 2-inches of door thickness. C. Hardware Preparation: Pre-machine at factory for hardware called for in hardware schedule using templates/directions furnished by hardware stlpplier. Field installation is optional. D. Tolerances: Maximum tolerances for doors are as follows: 1. Size::t 1/16". 2. Warp: W' along vertical edge of diagonal. 3. Squareness: 1;4" length of diagonals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: 08210-2 04-017.65 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Replace or re-hang doors which are hinge-bound and do not sWIng or operate freely. 3. Leave installation clean and free from finger marks, dirt and other foreign substances ready for painting. 4. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area before hanging. B. Job-Fit Doors: 1. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated. 2. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. 3. Machine doors for hardware. 4. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Fitting Clearances: 1. Non-Rated Doors: a. 1/8 inch at jambs and heads. b. 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors. c. 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or coverIng. 2. Threshold: ~ inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 3. Bevel non-rated doors 1/8 inch to 2 inclles at lock and hinge edges. D. Refer to Section 09900 for finishing of job site finished doors. END OF SECfION 08210-3 04-017.65 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and in-stalling as shown on the Drawings an aluminum entrance door and storefront. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware B. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer pnor to fabrication of aluminum entrance and storefront. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Framing: Aluminum entrance and storefront framing shall be equal "Tri- Fab 450 Screw Spline System" as furnished by Kawneer Company, Niles, Michigan. The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor and equipment for the complete installation of glass framing, vertical and horizontal mullions tran-sition members connecting these components and trim moldings, all of which shall be 6063-T5 extruded aluminum alloy. All screws, miscellaneous fas-tening devices and internal components shall be of stainless steel or plated or corrosion resistant materials of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used. Glass framing members shall provide for snap in stops. The system shall provide fully resilient settings for glass by use of neoprene gaskets on both sides of the glass. All exposed grid framing members shall be free of scratches and other serious surface blemished. All aluminum shall be given a caustic etch and anodic oxide treatment to conform to Alumilite 204A1Rl standards. B. Doors: Aluminum doors shall be equal to Kawneer "Narrow Stile 190 Door" with sections extruded from 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. Major portions of door stiles shall be .125-inch in thickness and glazing molding shall be .050-inch thick. Vertical stiles shall be 1 29/32-inch, top rail 2 9/32-inches and bottom rail 3 29/32-inches. Corner construction shall consist of both sigma deep penetration weld and mechanical fastening. 08410-1 04-017.65 Glazing stops shall be snap in type with neoprene bulb type glazing. No exposed screws shall be required to SeCllre stops. Stops on exterior side shall be tamper proof type. Door leaf shall be equipped with adjustable mechanism locat~d in top rail near lock stile which will provide for minor clearance adjustments after installation. Doors shall be weatherstripped on three sides with metal-packed pile cloth installed in the door and/or frame. Bottom of door shall be equipped with a pile sweep strip applied to bottom rail. .All exposed members shall be free of scratches and other serious surface blemishes. All aluminum shall be given a caustic etch and anodic oxide treat-men! to conform to Alumilite 204AIR,I. C. Hardware: Hardware for doors shall be furnished and installed by the door manufacturer except master keyed cylinder lock inserts which shall be as specified in Section 08710. Hardware shall include: 1. Butt Hinges: Ball bearing, brass with dull chrome finish, minimum 1 1/2 pair at each door leaf. 2. Door Closer: Overhead surface mounted, parallel arm mount-ing, with 90 hold-open, adjustable two-speed closing action acces-sible after installation, size as required for size of door. 3. Push and Pull Bars: Style "R". D. Glazing: Glazing shall be as specified in Section 08800 with applied glazing stops furnished by the manllfacturer of the aluminum frames. E. Panels: Honeycomb panels shall consist of a I-inch thick sandwich panel having prefinished face panels, interior and exterior, equal to U.S. Plywood Co. "Glasweld" and inner core of 19-20% resin irnrregnated paper honeycomb, 1/2-inch cell size equal to the manufacture 0 Douglas Aircraft Corp., Hexcell Corp. or Union Bag Co. Adhesives shall be water resistant suitable for paper lamination and conforming to Federal Specification MM-A-181. F. Frames: Frames shall be shop assembled to exact sizes as determined by field measurements of each opening. Assemblies shall be shipped in as sec-tions as consistent with handling and field requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Units shall be installed plumb and in accordance with the Drawings and approved shop drawings. B. All miters and joints shall form flush, hairline joints. Joints between sections and all field splices shall produce strength to resist deformation 08410-2 04-017.65 or misalignment. C. Frames shall be fabricated and installed with concealed fasten-ings insofar as is practicable. D. Dissimilar metals shall be insulated against electrolysis or galvanic action. All concealed surfaces of aluminum in contact with concrete or masonry shall be painted with black asphaltum. END OF SECTION 08410-3 04-017.65 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Pi\RT 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this Section includes providing aluminum windows and screens. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 07920 - Caulking and Sealants B. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements: Windows shall conform to the requirements of the South Florida Building Code (Standard Building Code) for wind pressure and infiltration and as specified hereinafter. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall indicate details of sections, connections, fasteners, anchors and relation to surrounding work. B. Color samples of finishes shall be approximately 2-inches by 2-inches In SIze. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRICATION A. Awning Type Windows: 1. Metal windows shall be aluminum framed awning type windows and shall conform to Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association Specification A-A2 and A-A2-H for IIQuality Certified" windows. Windows shall be standard sizes as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Frame and vent sections shall be extruded 6063- T5 aluminum alloy having a nominal thickness of .062-inch (accepted commercial tolerance of plus or minus .006-inch apply). Frame members shall be not less than 1 7 IS-inches in depth. Vent members shall not be less than 31/32-inch in depth. Operating hardware shall be extruded aluminum. Torque tube shall be zinc coated or 08520-1 04-017.65 aluminized steel. Bushings, bearings, hardware guide blocks and vent locks shall be nylon Zytel No. 101. All other components shall be of material compatible with design requirements. 3. Frame and sash corners shall be neatly fitted together, in such a manner as to form a weathertight joint, and securely fastened with cadmium plated steel or aluminum screws, as required. When the window is in the closed and locked position, there shall be a bulb type vinyl weatherstrip seal around the perimeter of all vents. B. Screens: Full length screens shall be furnished to fit all operating windows. Screen frame shall recess into the window frame aiiu be held in place with screen spreaders and thumb fasteners and removable from inside; frames shall be extruded 6063-T5 aluminum alloy .062-inch thickness. Frame corners shall be reinforced and securely locked. Frames shall be screened with 18 x 16 mesh charcoal fiber glass screen c loth. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordination And Measurements: Measurements shall be taken at the building to assure proper erection of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking in the field all dimensions, whether or not shown on the Drawings, upon which the accurate fitting together and build-in of this work may depend, or which would affect the proper installation of the work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Windows shall be securely anchored into place in properly prepared opemngs. The openings must be square, plumb and level to prevent distortion of windows. The window frames shall not be distorted by erection screws or fittings and shall not interfere with the operating mechanism. B. Caulking shall be as specified in Section 07920 Caulking and Sealants. C. Windows shall be suitable for field glazing as specified in Section 08800 Glass and Glazing, with snap-in rolled aluminum glazing beads furnished by the manufacturer of the aluminum windows. Installation of bead in field shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 08520-2 04-017.65 3.03 CLEANING i\. Metal surfaces of windows shall be cleaned on both the inside and outside of all n1()rtaf, plaster, IJaint and other foreign matter to present a neat appearance and prevent fouling of weathering surfaces, weatherstripping or the operation of hardware. In addition, windows shall be washed off with a stiff fiber brush, soap and water, and thoroughly rinsed with clear water. Where aluminum windows have become stained, or discolored, they shall be cleaned or have finish restored in accordance with recommendations of the Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association. Stained, discolored or abraded windows that cannot be satisfactorily repaired shall be replaced with new windows at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 08520-3 04-017.65 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INC.LUDED A. Provide all finish hardware as herein tabulated and as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry and Millwork B. Section 08110 - Hollow Metal Work c. Section 08210 - Wood Doors D. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrance and Storefront 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Before ordering any hardware, samples shall be submitted of every different item of "Finish Hardware" to the Engineer for inspection as to quality, finish and design, and obtain written approval for each item before delivering any hardware. In case the samples are disapproved, other samples shall be submitted until satisfactory samples are approved. B. Submit complete Hardware Schedule for approval with each item listed being identified with respect to manufacture, brand, catalog, number, materials, finish, dimensions and operation, as well as location, operation and use in the buildings and in accordance with the approved samples. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any errors, omissions and conformance with the Hardware Schedule. C. Templates: Promptly following approval of the Hardware Schedule furnish and deliver template information to the fabricators of items of metal work to which finishing hardware is to be applied, and make such deliveries in ample time to avoid delays in such work of said fabricators. Provide drawings, schedules and detailed information to other trades as necessary for them to accommodate and prepare their work to receive the finishing. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Finish hardware shall be packed in approved manufacturer's containers, complete with trimmings, bolts, screws, washers, etc., as required for application and securement. Each container shall bear a suitable label 08710-1 04-017.65 1.05 A. 1.06 which shall state the quantity and kind of contents of said container, as well as identifying marks relating to the approved Hardware Schedule and its location in the building. QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Hardware shall be uniform In color, free of imperfections affecting servicability or appearance, and each kind of hardware shall, to the greatest extent possible be the product of one manufacturer Hardware furnished in connection with doors and frames requirirlg fire rated labels shall be approved for such use, and bear such labels, as required. Hardware shall meet the requirements of the South Florida Building Code, all applicable labeling authorities and shall complement the NFP A 80 and NFP A 101 requirements of Division 8, Doors. I terns not specifically listed, but incidental to or required for completion of project, shall be provided and shall conform in class, quality and type as required for particular use or as specified in like and similar location. All fastenings, templates and all accessory items scheduled and/or required to complete project shall be provided. All requirements of the Contract Documents for items that affect the work of this Section, including the coordination of finish hardware and electronic equipment shall be coordinated with related trades. Copies of approved shop drawings for work of other trades shall be obtained and hardware templates shall be provided. c. D. E. WARRANTY A. All items shall be guaranteed in wrItIng by the manufacturer against failure due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year commencing on the date of final acceptance, and in the event of such failure, promptly repaired or replaced ,vith no additional costs to the Owner. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Ne\v hardware is to match existing hardware in type and finish. B. Thresholds to be extruded aluminum as manufactured by Pemko or approved equal. 08710-2 04-017.65 2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. All door sizes, materials, swings, etc. shall be coordinated with the door schedule and floor plans. Hardware listed in each Hardware Set is for each opening so scheduled. Total quantities required shall be determined from the Drawings. 1. Set No.. 1 (Office Lock) or Entrance Function 1 1;2 pair hinges 1 lockset 1 stop as required 3 silencers 2. Set No. 2 (Storeroom or Closet Lock) Function 1 112 pair hinges TA 2714.4 112 X 41h.26D 1 lockset 070PD OL Y 26D 1 stop as required 3 silencers 3. Set No. 3 (Bifold) All hardware by door supplier except 2 pull 4. Set No. 4 1 112 pair hinges 1 lockset 1 pull 1 exit device 1 stop as required 1 threshold 3 silencers 5. Set No. 5 1 lh pair hinges 1 lockset 1 closer 1 stop as required 3 silencers 6. Set No. 6 (Aluminum Doors) 1 lJ2 pair hinges (by door manufacturer) 1 panic exit device (by door manufacturer) 1 threshold 1 closer (by door manufacturer) 08710-3 04-017.65 2.03 KEYING A. Provide three keys for each lock B. Provide six master keys C. Provide one complete set of adjustment tools and one set of maintenance manuals for lock sets, latch sets and closers PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware and adjust for proper operation and function. Cover door knobs and other surfaces during finishing. Clean paint from exposed surfaces thoroughly before building is accepted. B. .Fasteners: 1. Sllpply and install items incidental to work of this Section. 2. Type: As required by job conditions. 3. Visible Surfaces: To match finish of material being fastened. C. Install stops and holders at approved locations. 1. On concrete and solid masonry with lead shields (rawl plugs not acceptable ). 2. On hollow masonry, with toggle bolts. 3. To doors with tllrollgh bolts and grommet nuts, or sex bolts, as applicable. D. Door Closers: Install with through bolts and grommet nuts or sex bolts. Locate on the door so that closer will operate through 2 to 4 degrees beyond the actual door swing. Door closer shall not act as door stop, with the exception of nCush" stop arms. E. At final completion, leave hardware clean and free from disfigurement. END OF SECTION 08710-4 04-017.65 SECTION 08800 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCI.,UDED A. The work included under this Section includes providing glass and glazing. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 08110 - Hollow Metal Work B. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrance and Storefront c. Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work shall comply with requirements of the Standard Building Code with respect to wind pressures and infiltration. B. Contractors shall determine actual sizes to which glass must be cut from measurements taken of the frames at the job site. Any trimming or edge nipping of glass after shipment shall not be permitted. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for glass, indicating glass type and thickness for each piece of glass. B. Samples: Samples of each glass material shall be submitted for approval. Samples shall be 6-inches square in size. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Glass shall be delivered to site in containers that will protect material from the weather and breakage. Materials shall be stored carefully in a safe place to reduce breakage. Materials shall be delivered in unopened containers bearing manufacturer's names and brand identification. Each unit of glass shall bear manufacturer's factory applied label. Labels shall remain intact until final clean-up. 08800-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Glass For Fixed Interior Windows: Glass for the fixed interior windows shall be 1/4-inch tempered float glass conforming to Federal Specification DD-G-451c. B. Glass For Vision Panels In Interior Doors: Glass for vision panels in interior doors shall be clear, 1/4-inch thick tempered safety glass conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201. C. Glass For Storefront Door: Glass for aluminum storefront door shall be equal to Pittsburgh Plate Glass, 1/4-inch thick tempered safety glass conforming to Federal Safety Standard 16 CFR 1201. D. Setting Blocks And Spacer Shims: Blocks and shims shall be fabricated from neoprene, treated hardwood, or lead and shaped to the required sizes and thickness. The material used for blocks and spacers must be compatible with the type of compounds and sealants used and shall not cause staining or discoloration of the sealant or the frame. The hardness for setting block and shim material shall be as recommended by the compound or sealant manufacturer. E. Glazing Compound: Glazing compound for use with metal sash shall be Pecora Chemical Corporation No. M-242 or No. NI-251, DAP Flexiplate 1231 or approved equal, retaining full elasticity. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Glazing compound, glazing sealant, glazing tape and gaskets shall be applied uniformly with accurately formed corners and bevels. Excess compound shall be removed from glass and sash. Only recommended thinners, cleaners and solvents shall be used. Glazing compounds or sealants shall not be cut or diluted without approval from the Engineer. Good contact shall be made with glass and frame when glazing and facing off. Glass shall not be set in steel frames until frames have been primed and paint is dry. Compound or sealant shall not be applied at temperature lower than 40F. or on a damp, dirty or dusty surface. Excess sealants shall be removed from glass and adjoining surfaces during the working time of the material. 08800-2 04-017.65 3.02 REPLACEMENT AND CLEANING A. Before final acceptance, all glass shall be free from cracks and other defects. Any broken glass shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense, and any defective glass that is a direct result of manufacturing, transporting or the performance of the Contractor, which may appear before acceptance, or within the I year warranty period, shall be removed and replaced witJl new glass without cost to the O\'mer. All boxes, crates, containers and other de-bris used for glazing operations shall be removed from the site. All glass shall be cleaned on both faces not more than five days prior to Owner's acceptance of the work, END OF SECTION 08800-3 04-017.65 SEC1'ION 09110 METAL STUD PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCL1JDED 1-\. The work included in this Section consists of constructiori of metal stud partitions.. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Metal Studs: Metal studs shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel screw type studs, 3 S/8-inches and have a net sectional area of O.199-square inches minimllffi and a section modulus around the major axis of O.285-inches cubed. B. Runner Tracks: Runner tracks shall be of the same material and nominal size as the metal studs and designed to fit the studs without deflection. C. Fastenings: Tracks shall be secured to concrete floor slab with concrete stub nails or power driven anchors. Tracks shall be secured to roof framing with toggle or molly bolts. Fastenings for securing stud splices shall be 3/8-inch Type S pan head screws. PART 3 .- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Partitions: All partitions shall be aligned accurately to tIle partition layout. Floor and ceiling runners shall be securely attached to concrete floor slab and to roof framing or bottom of above floor slab 24-inches G.C. maximum. Intermediate headers shall be installed. 09110-1 04-017.65 B. Studs: Studs shall be positioned vertically in the runner tracks and spaced 16-inches O.c. maximum. Studs shall be secured to top and bottom tracks with stud shoes each side or welded in place. Double studs shall be provided adjacent to all door jambs. A cut section of runner shall be placed over metal door frames with the flanges slit and web bent to allow flanges to overlap adjacent vertical studs and securely fastened with screws. A cut-to-length stud extending from door frame header to ceiling runner shall be positioned at vertical joints over door frames. END OF SECTION 09110- 2 04-017.65 SECTION 09200 PLASTER AND STUCCO PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Description: The work covered in this Section consists of plastering work, inclllding the following items: 1. Cement plaster on metal lath on a. Metal furring b. Wood furring c. Metal studs 2. Gypsum plaster on gypsum lath on a. Metal studs b. Metal furring 3. Cement plaster on interior masonry partitions 4. Stucco on exterior concrete and masonry surfaces 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Wood stllds shall be as specified in Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. B. Metal studs shall be as specified in Section 09110 - Metal Stud Partitions c. GYPSUlTI wallboard shall be as specified in Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All materials shall be delivered in original packages, containers or blJndles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. All cementitious materials shall be kept dry until ready to be used, shall be kept off the ground, under cover and away from sweating walls or other damp surfaces. 09200-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MArfERIALS A. Sand: Sand shall be clean and sharp silica sand, free from alkali, salt or organic matter, shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to ASTM C 35. B. Water: Water shall be free from organic materials, strong acids or al- kalis. C. Hydrated Lime: Hydrated lime shall conform to Federal Specification SS- L-351, Type F, regular grade. D. Portland Cement: Portland cement shall conform to ASTM Designation C-150, Type I, domestic manufacture. E. Gypsum Plaster: Gypsum plaster shall conform to Federal Specification SS-P-402, Type II. F. Keene's Cement Plaster: Keene's cement plaster shall be Red Top Keenes Cement as manufactured by United States Gypsum, Gold Bond Keene's cement plaster or approved equal and shall conform to ,Federal Specification SS-C-161A, Type I, regular grade. G. Waterproofing: Waterproofing shall be Sec No.1, Sec Manufacturing Company; Stearox, Master Builders or approved equal. H. Bonding Agent: Bonding agent shall be equal to U. S. Gypsum Company "Bondcrete" or Lambert Corporation "Bonderite Liquid". 1. Gauging Material: Gauging material (plaster of Paris) shall conform to Standard Specification ASTM C 28. J. Corner Beads: Corner beads shall be zinc. K. Striplath And Cornerite: Striplath and cornerite shall be U. S. Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, or approved equal copper alloy diamond mesh, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. L. Metal Plaster Stops: Metal plaster stops shall be U. S. Gypsum Company, No. 66 square expanded flange type. Casing beads 7/8-inch for Gypsum lath shall be zinc coated. M. Metal Lath: Metal lath shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification QQ-L-101, expanded diamond mesh 5/16-inch opening, 3.4 pound galvanized steel. N. Gypsum Lath: Gypsum lath shall be U. S. Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, or approved equal 3i8-inch x 16-inch x 48-inches, plaIn. 09200-2 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INST ALLATI0~I A. Metal Lathing: 1. Metal lath shall be applied with the long dimension across the furring channels or metal studs and secured every 6-inc.hes to each furring channel or stud using No. 18 wire ties. 2. Wall lath shall be lapped at sides not less than I/2-inch. End laps of sheets shall generally occur only over supports, and if between supports, tIle ends of sheets shall be laced or adequately tied with No. 18 gauge tie wire. 3. At internal corners, metal lath shall start one stud from the corner, shall be bent into the corner and shall continue at least one more stud to avoid a joint at the corner. Cornerite shall not be secured at the corner, but only along each edge. 4. All necessary corner beads, casings and plaster stops, etc., shall be installed true to line and elevation, tied securely to metal lath or nailed to masonry surfaces. Striplath reinforcing shall be provided at all corners of doors, windows or other wall openings. B. Gypsum Lathing: 1. Gypsum lath shall be installed on metal stud partItIons and on furred masonry walls, starting at ceiling height and working down to floor line. Lath shall be applied face out with the long dimensions across the supports and with end joints staggered between courses. Lath shall be accurately cut so it slips easily into place without forcing and fits neatly around electrical outlets, openings, etc. All lath ends shall bear on supports and be securely fastened. Any lengthwise raw cut edges shall be in-stalled at bottom ground strip. Cornerite shall be applied to all interior angles, stapled to lath only. 2. Gypsum lath shall be installed with long dimension perpendicular to furrin~ members, using longest practical lengths to minimize joints. End Joints shall be staggered in adjacent rows and abutting ends and edges shall IJe made to occur at framing members. 3. All necessary corner beads, casing, plaster stops, etc., shall be installed true to line and elevation, stapled securely to gypsum lath. Strip lath reinforcing shall be provided at all corners of doors, windows or other wall openings. 09200-3 04-017.65 c. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Metal Lath: 1. Scratch coat shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly scratched. 2. Brown coat shall be of the same mix as scratch coat and applied not less than 24 hours after application of scratch coat. It shall be floated and rodded to a thickness of at least 3lB-inch straight and true. 3. Finish coat shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one- fourth part of hydrated hme by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be not Jess than liB-inch thick and finish surface shall be allowed to draw for a few minutes and then it shall be well trowelled with water to a smooth finish, free from blemishes or irregularities. Trowelling shall be continued llntil the finish sets. D. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Concrete And Masonry: 1. Concrete surfaces shall be brush-cleaned of all dust, loose particles or other foreign materials. All laitance and efflorescence shall be removed by washing with a 10 percent solution of commercial muriatic acid and water, then rinsed well with clear water. Grease or form oil shall be removed by wiping with naphtha spirits, and bonding agent shall be applied to all concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be thorougWy cleaned and lightly wetted immediately before plastering. . 3. Base coat plaster stucco shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not over one-fourth part hydrated lime, measured by volume. Mix shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly scratched. Base coat shall develop a thickness of 3/8-inch minimum. 4. Finish coat stucco shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be applied not less than liB-inch thick no sooner than 4 days after application of base coat. Base coat shall be uniformly wet, but not saturated, before applying finish coat. Finish coat shall be floated to a true and even surface and kept surface damp for at least two days before allowing to dry out. 5. Concrete and masonry surfaces should have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond. If the surface is not rough, it shall be hacked or bushhammered, or a dash coat of cement grout, composed of one part cement to one and one-half parts sand, 09200-4 04-017.65 mixed to a mushy consistency, shall be used prIor to application of the base coat. E. Gypsum Plastering: 1. Base coat plaster shall consist of not more than 2 I/2-cubic feet of sand to 100 pounds of neat gypsum plaster dry mixed, with only as much water added as required to provide a plaster of workable consistency. Base coat shall be applied with sufficient material and pressure to f()rm a good bond and to cover well, and then be doubled back to bring the plaster out to grounds, straightened to a true surface with rod and darby without the use of additional water and left rough enough to receive the finish coat. 2. Finish coat shall be alJplied to partially dry base coat or thoroughly dry base coat that has been wetted, in accordance with the recommendations of the plaster manufacturer. 3. Finish coats shall be applied over base coat to true even surface, shall be allowed to draw a few minutes and shall then be steel trowelled to smooth hard white finish, free from blemishes and irregularities. The proper amount of water shall be used. 4. After plaster l1as set, IJroper ventilation shall be provided to remove moisture laden air and to permit rapid drying of plastered surfaces. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Where finished surfaces such as tile, metal frames, or metal windows have been installed prior to completion of :plaster work, the finished surfaces shall be protected from damage durIng plastering. . Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining kraft paper or polyethylene sheet and joints sealed with tape or adhesive. Metal frames may be protected with a removable type of masking tape, or an approved type of nonstaining petroleum jelly mixed in accordance with manufacturerts directions. Protection shall be maintained in place during plastering and removed \vhen plaster work is completed. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Patching: Upon completion, the Contractor shall point up plaster around trim and other work and shall ellt out and patch defective and damaged plaster. Patching of plaster shall match existing work in texture and finish and, at joining with plaster previously applied, shall finish flush and smooth. END OF SEcrIOt~ 09200- 5 04-017.65 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope: The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing gypsum wallboard and support system for the drywall soffits as indicated on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Wallboard: Wallboard shall have the thickness shown on the Drawings with tapered edge and shall be U.S. Gypsum Company "Sheetrock", Gold Bond "Fire-Shield" wallboard, or approved egual. Provide Type "X" for Fire Resistive rated assemblies and where indIcated on Drawings. B. Joint Tape: Reinforcing tape and joint cement shall be U.S. Gypsum Company "Perf-A-Tape" and "Perf-A-Tape" joint cement or Gold Bond "Joint System" or approved equal. C. Metal Fasteners: Fasteners for securing wallboards to metal studs shall be I-inch D.S.G. Screws, Type S spaced 12-inches O.c. in the field of the board and 8-inches O.c. staggered along the vertical abutting edges. D. Wood Fasteners: Fasteners for securing wallboards to wood furring shall be equal to 1 1I4-inch U.S.G. Annular ring drywall nails, type GWB-54, 12 1I2-inch gauge with 1I4-inch diameter head, spaced 8-inches o.C. at each support. E. Metal Accessories: Metal accessories, corner reinforcement shall be U.S.G. No. 100 "Perf-A-Bead" or approved equal. Metal casing or trim shall be U.S.G. No. 301 "Perf-A-Trlm". F. Main Runner Channels: Main runner channels for the suspended ceiling system shall be not smaller than 1 1/2-inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 475 pounds per 1,000 linear feet and spaced not over 4- feet o.C. Channels shall be coated with black 011 paint or black asphaltum paint. G. Furring Channels: Furring channels shall be 3/4-inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 300 pounds per 1,000 linear feet spaced not over 16-inches o.c., and coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint. 09250-1 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Wallboard Edges: All ends and edges of all gypsum wallboard shall occur over nailing members, except when joints are at right angles to framing members as in horizontal application or when the end joints are to be back-blocked. B. Joints: To minimize end joints, wallboard shall be of maximum practical lengths. Boards shall be brought into contact, but shall not be forced into place. Where ends or edges abut, they shall be neatly fitted. End joints shall be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs. c. Fasteners: \\'allboard shall be attached to framing supports by Standard Single Nailing Method. Fasteners shall be spaced not less than 3/8-inch from edges and ends of wallboard. Fasteners on all framing members shall be spaced 8-inches o.c. Nails shall not be staggered ()n adjoining edges or ends. D. Fastening Procedure: While the fasteners are being driven, the wallboard shall be held in firm contact with the underlying support. Attachment shall proceed from central portion of the wallboard toward ends and edges. Nails shall be driven home with the heads slightly below the surface of the gypsum wallboard, in a dimple formed by the crowned face of the driving tool striking the last blow. A nail set shall not be used, and care shall be taken to avoid breaking the paper face. E. Cutting And Trimming: When necessary to cut ends, edges, scribe or make cutouts within the field of the wallboard, it shall be done in a workmanlike manner. F. Jointing: All joints, screw head and other depressions in the surface of exposed wallboard shall be treated in the recommended manner with USG Perf-A-Tape, Joint System. All "Vir grooves formed by abutting wrapped eased edges of Sheetrock SW Wallboard, and ceiling angles, shall be prefilled with Durabond "90" Joint Compound in accordance with manufactllrer's directions. G. Metal Trim: All internal and external angles formed by the intersection of either wallboard surfaces or other surfaces shall be treated with USG metal trim. H. Metal Bead: All vertical or horizontal external corners shall have Perf-A- Bead applied in accordance with manufacturer's directions. I. Control Joints: Control joints shall be provided every 30-feet o.c. maximum. Location of control joints shall be approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 09250-2 04-017.65 LV SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Scope: The work included m this Section consists of furnishing and installing acoustical tile system. with the following components and all necessary fasteners and accessorIes. 1. Runner and cross tees, hangers and fastening devices 2. Perimeter mouldings 3. Acoustical panels 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Suspended acoustical tile ceiling system shall consist of a 2-foot x 2-foot flat panel system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of acoustical material and suspension members and manufacturer's literature for the proposed installation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to commencing work. B. A dimensional shop drawing indictaing the proposed layout of the acoustical tile ceiling system shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Acoustical panels shall be 24-inches x 24-inches x 3/4-inch to match existing areas of partition removal, etc. B. Tees: Suspension system shall be 25 gauge electrogalvanized steel direct hung T framing finished to match eXIsting. Frammg shall comply with ASTM C 635, TIs being 1 112-inches high and 15!16-inch face dimension. D. Mouldings: Perimeter moulding shall be 27 gauge galvanized steel angle moulding and finished on exposed surfaces to match existing. E. Wires: Hanger wires shall be No. 10 gauge, galvanized. 09510-1 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Tees: Tee grids shall be installed true and level and to the patterns shown on the Drawings. Grid shall be trued to the required plane and to a tolerance of l/8-inch in 12-feet. Runner tees to be spaced not over 4-feet with cross tees not over 2-feet o.c. B. Hangers And Mouldings: Hangers shall be 4-feet o.c. maximum along the main runners with the hangers set at each corner of all panels containing lighting fixtures. Perimeter mouldings shall be installed at all locations where acoustical ceilings are interrupted or abut vertical surfaces. C. Acoustical Units: Units shall be cut, where required and no cut or damaged edges shall be visible in finished work. Acoustical units shall be installed in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Following installation, dirty or discolored surfaces of acoustical units shall be cleaned and left free of defects. Units that ar~ damaged or improperly installed shall be removed and new units provided as directed. The acoustical units shall be protected until completion of the project. 3.03 EXTRA STOCK A. After completion of the work, the Contractor shall pack unused pIeces of tiles in opened cartons and provide one additional unopened carton of matclling acoustical tiles for use by the Owner at a later date. END OF SECTION 09510-2 04-017.65 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work under this Section includes furnishing and installing resilient flooring. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessones produced by a single manufacturer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's product data and published installation and maintenance instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessories. B. Samples of resilient flooring and accessories shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to commencing the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Tile: Vinyl composition tile (VCT) shall be 12-inches x 12-inches x 1/8- inch tile equal to Johns Manville "Terraflex", Armstrong "Standard Excelon" or Azrock "800 Series", color and pattern to be selected by the A/E. B. Base: Cove base shall be rubber or vinyl cove base, 1/16-inch thick by 4-inches high and shall have preformed interior and exterior corners. C. Adhesive: Adhesive shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the ti 1 e. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Floors shall be cleaned thoroughly and where necessary, brought to level before installation of tile. Tile shall not be installed until all other work in that section is complete. 09650-1 04-017.65 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Tile shall be laid by starting ill center of each room and working toward walls so as to pro~;ide equal edges on opposite side of the room. Position either a tile or a joint on the centerline so that edge strips wherever possible shall be greater than 1/2 tile in \vidth. B. Floor tile and base shall be installed In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Tile shall be installed so that corners of four adjacent tile meet at a common point. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion, floor shall be thoroughly cleaned and excess adhesive removed from all surfaces with an approved solvent. B. The resilient flooring shall be IJrotected until completion of the project. Any damaged or improperly installed tiles shall be removed and replaced as directed. 3.04 EXTRA STOCK A. After completion of the work, the Contractor shall pack unused tiles in opened cartons and provide one additional unopened carton of matching tiles for use by the Owner at a later date. END OF SECTION 09650-2 04-017.65 SECTION 09680 CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCl,UDED A. The work included in this Section consists of furnishing and installing wall-to-wall carpet on cushion complete with tack strips and accessories. 1.02 SUBMITI' ALS A. Manufacturersl data sheets for carpet and cushion shall be submitted to establish conformance to all Specification items including Flame Spread Rating certification. B. Sample of cushion shall be submitted for approval and samples of carpet shall be provided for color selection by the Engineer. C. Layout drawings shall be submitted showing seams, edge conditions and conditions where joined or blltted to adjacent materials. D. Manufacturer's maintenance manual. 1.03 QUALITY. ASSURANCE A. Carpet manufacturer shall have been manufacturing this type carpet continuously for a period of ten years. B. Carpet other than that specified must be approved by the. Engineer/ Architect ten days prior to bid date. To obtain approval the carpet contractor shall submit to the Engineer/Architect samples of all materials specified herein. These samples shall be accompanied by a certification from the manufacturer certifying equal qualification with every reqllirement as specified herein. C. The subcontractor shall be an approved installer of the manufacturer and be experienced in carpet installation for at least five years. The actual work shall be performed by qualified and experienced mechanics working under his supervision, who also have been performing this type of work for five years. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All carpeting shall be delivered to the job site in original mill wrappings with each roll having its register number properly attached, clearly marked as to size, dye lot, and materials. 09680-1 04-017.65 B. Material shall be stored In an enclosed and dry area protected from damage and soiling. 1.05 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. Upon completion, the carpet manufacturer must submit a certificate guaranteeing carpet against defects for a period of two years. B. Upon completion, the carpet installer must submit a certificate guaranteeing the installation to be free of defects in workmanship for a period of one year to include the statement that: The carpet Installer shall, at his own expense and upon written notice from the Engineer/ Architect, promptly and properly correct/replace any and all improper work and material that may become apparent within 12 months after the date of final completion. C. Carpet manufacturer must certify by register and roll numbers that carpet shipped for this project complies with all requirements of the Specifications subject to normal manufacturing tolerances. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carpet: Carpet shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less as tested by ASTM E 84 and shall be as indicated on the Finish Schedule and as follows: 1. 28 oz. nylon, loop pile, glue down with unitary backing. 2. Color and Pattern: as selected by A/E. B. Pad: The pad shall be minimum 60 ounce, flat foam pad. The pad shall meet all non-flammability requirements of ASTM 3 84 For a Class A flame spread rating of 25 or less. c. Nailing Strips: Nailing strips shall be water-resistant plywood stripping with angular pins designed to grip and hold stretched carpet from below. D. Carpet Adhesive: Carpet adhesive for glue-down carpet shall be as manllfactured by Milliken D500/766/00001 or as otherwise recommended by tlle carpet manufactllrer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. The Installer shall inspect the eXIsting concrete floor slab on which the carpet is to be installed to determine that the surface is satisfactory for 09680-2 04-017.65 this installation. He shall notify the General Contractor if any areas are not adequately cleaned, smooth and level and shall not proceed with the carpeting until the entire area is satisfactory. Installation of carpet shall be considered an acceptance of the subsurface by the Installer and any further work required to establish an acceptable finish surface free of projections, hard spots or dips shall be his responsibility. B. Prior to placing cushion, surface shall be vacuum cleaned and damp mopped to remove all job debris, dust, etc. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cushion and carpet shall be placed to provide a mlrumum number of joints as possible. All work shall be by skilled craftsmen in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of the trade. B. Provide tapered floor preparation where installation abutts marble or carpet on pad. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CO NTR 0 L A. Any damage done to paint, walls, woodwork, floors, etc. shall be the responsibility of the carpet installer. Required repairs shall be made by the proper trade contracted on the work of this project who will be reqUIred to make the repair and paid by the carpet installer for the repair \vork. END OF SECTION 09680-3 04-017.65 SEcrlON 09901 PAINTING (ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor equipment, and incidentals required to provide a coating system for the surfaces listed herein and not otherwise excluded. B. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces such as ceilings, walls, floors, miscellaneous metal, doors, frames, transoms, roof fans, equipment, and all other work obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on the Drawings. The omission of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to include such items \vhere they come within the general intent of the Specifications as stated herein. c. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. D. The following items will not be painted: 1. Any code-requiring labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates. 2. Any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Aluminum handrails, windows, louvers and grating. 4. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel finish. 5. Insulation. 6. Plastic s'witch plates and receptacle plates. 7. Signs and nameplates. 8. Finish hardware. 09901-1 04-017.65 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying tIle manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade product will not be acceptable. B. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only tllinners approved by the paint manufacttlrer, and use only within recommended limIts. C. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible. D. Painting shall be accomplished by experienced painters specializing in industrial painting familiar with all aspects of surface preparations and applications required for this project. 1.03 SUBMITIALS A. Submittals shall include manufacturer's data and samples as indicated below and shall be prepared and submitted in time to provide adequate review by the Engineer. B. Samples - Painting: 1. Paint colors will be selected by the AlE. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Samples of each finish and color shall be submitted to the AlE for approval before any work is started. 3. Samples of special finishes, when required by the AlE, shall be prepared so that an area of each sample indicates the appearance of the various c()ats. For example, where three coat work is specified, the sample shall be divided into three areas - one showing the application of one coat only, one showing the application of two coats and one showing the application of all three coats. 4. Such samples when approved in writing shall constitute a standard, as to color and finish only, for acceptance or rejection of the finish work. 5. Provide sample chips or color charts of all paint selected showing color, finish and general characteristics. 6. Rejected samples shall be resubmitted until approved. 09901-2 04-017.65 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, llnopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. 1. Provide labels on each container with the following information: a. Name or title of material b. I~ed. Spec. number if applicable c. Manufacturer's stock number and color d. Manufacturer's nanle e. Generic type f. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents g. Application instructions 2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards connected with the use of the pail1t and steps which should be taken to prevent injury to those handling the product. B. All containers shall be 11andled and stored in such a manner as to prevent damage or loss ()f labels or containers. c. The AlE shall designate areas for storage and mixing of all painting materials. Comply with the requirements of pertinent code~ and fire regulations. Proper containers outside of the building shall be provided by the Contractor and used for painting wastes. No plumbing fixtures shall be used for this purpose. D. Used rags shall be removed from the buildings every night and every IJrecaution taken against spontaneous combustion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MA TERJALS A. All paint shall be IllaIltlfactured by ()ne of the following and shall be their highest grade of paint: Sherwin-Williams, Pratt & Lambert, PPG Industries, Inc., Benjamin Moore, Bruning, Olympic or Rustoleum. Requests for approval of other paint manufacturers and materials other than specified shall be submitted to the AlE for approval. 09901-3 04-017.65 B. The following coating systems list a product by name to establish a standard of quality; other products of the same generic types may be submitted to the AlE for approval. When other than the specified coating system is proposed, the Contractor shall submit on a typewritten list giving the proposed coatings, brand, trade name, generic type and catalog number of the proposed system for the approval. C. Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to underlying paint. D. Emulsion and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint and mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements, includi.ng Federal Specification TT-P-19. E. Finish coats containing lead shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled linseed oil. F. Rags shall be clean painters' rags, completely sterilized. 2.02 COATING SYSTEMS A. Class 1 Exposures - Metal (Interior). 1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 1 exposures consist of interior metal surfaces and shall include the following: a. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, rails etc. b. Metal doors and door frames. c. Exposed surfaces of electric panels, conduit, ventilation fans, Ale units, duct work, etc. 2. Class 1 Coating System: a. Surface Preparation: Hand or power tool cleaning In accordance with SSPC-SP2 or SP3 to remove mill scale and rust. All metal surfaces shall be completely degreased by solvent cleaning in compliance with SSPC-SPl. b. Primer: Ferrous Metals - Alkyd (Sherwin-Williams Kern Kromik Metal Primer, B50Wl, 3 mils dry). N on-Ferrous Metals - Acrylic (SheIWin- Williams Galvite Paint, B50W3, 2 mils dry). Aluminum - Alkyd (Sherwin- Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel Series B34W200, 1.8 mils dry). 09901-4 04-017.65 c. First Coat: Alkyd (Sherwin- Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel Series B34W2,OO, 1.8 mils dry). d. Second Coat: Same as First Coat. B. Class 2 Exposures - Wood (Interior) 1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 2 exposures consist of interior wood surfaces and shall include tile following: a. Shelves b. Wood Cabinets c. Trim d. Wood Doors 2. Class 2 Coating System: a. Surface Preparation: Finished surfaces sllall be sanded. Small dry seasoned knots shall be surface scraped, cleaned and given a coat of knot sealer before application of the priming coat. After priming, all holes and imperfections in finished surfaces shall be filled witll putty or plastic wood filler. b. Primer: c. First Coat: i\lkyd (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater, B49W200, 2 mils dry). Alkyd (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel, Series B34W200, 1.7 mils dry). d. Second Coat: Same as First Coat. C. Class 3 Exposures - Wood (Interior) (Varnish) 1. Sllrfaces To Be Coated: Class 3 exposures consist of interior wood surfaces to be stained or natural finisll. Surfaces to be coated are trim. 2. Class 3 Coating System: a. Surface Preparation: 1'he surface shall be dry, clean and smoothly sanded. All sanding dust shall be picked up with a tack cloth. 09901-5 04-017.65 b. Primer: Sherwin- Williams Oil Stain, A48 Series (omit for natural finish). If filler is required, reduce S- W paste wood filler with equal parts of S- W Oil Stain. If sealer is required, reduce S- W Oil Base Varnish with 1 pint mineral spirits per gallon. Sherwin- Williams Oil Base Gloss Varnish, A66V91, 1 mil dry. c. First Coat: Shenvin- Williams Oil Base Satin Varnish, A66V90, 1 mil dry. D. Class 4 Exposures - Drywall (Interior): d. Second Coat: 1. Surfaces To Be Coated: Class 4 exposures shall consist of interior drywall surfaces of the building. 2. Class 4 Coating System: a. Surface Preparation: Fill cracks, voids and other surface imperfections with patching paste. Tape joint and cover with joint compound. Sand smooth and remove all dust. b. Drywall Primer Latex (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200, 1.4 mils dry) c. First Coat: Latex Flat (Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200, 1.4 mils dry) d. Second Coat: Same as First Coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale, splinters, loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil and other deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces which are to be coated. B. Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations. 09901-6 04-017.65 c. Before commencing work, the painter must make certain that surfaces to be covered are in perfect condition. Should the painter fi11d such surfaces impossible of acceptance, he shall report such fact to the A/E. The application of paint shall be held as an acceptance of the surfaces and w()rking conditions and the painter will be held responsible for the results reasonably expected from the materials and processes specified. D. Program the cleaning and painting so cOfltaminants from tfle cleanillg process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted surfaces. E. Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, COllcrete block, cement plaster and cement-asbestos board to be painted by removing all efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze. F. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. 3.02 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations and directions, stirring materials before and during application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of film, dirt and other foreign materials. B. No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned and only in such quantity as directed by the manufacturer in his instructions. If thinning is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to. assure the reqllired dry film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's recommended thinner or cleanllp solvent shall be used for all clean-up. Application by brush, spray, airless spray or roller shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for optimum performance and appearance. 3.03 APPLICATIONS A. Paint all exposed surfaces in rooms scheduled for paIntIng whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where the natural finish of material is obviously intended and specifically noted as a surface not be paiIlted. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint these the same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, the Engineer will select these from standard colors available for the materials systems as specified. B. All painting shall be done by skilled and experienced craftsmen and shall be of highest quality \\rorkmanship. 09901-7 04-017.65 3.04 A. c. Apply paint in ~cc.ordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied. All paint shall be at room temperature and the surface to be painted shall be dry and clean. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Paint shall be applied j n a neat manner with finished surfaces free of runs, sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Each coat shall be dpplied in a manner that will produce an even film of uniform and proper thickness. D. E. F. G. Paint surfaces behind moveable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as the exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. H. I. J. K. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Omit the first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop- primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise specified. Retouching Existing Painting Surfaces: Existing painted surfaces damaged by the modification work or other operations of the Contractor shall be retouched to conform to the above coating systems and blend in with the new and existing work. Damaged surfaces shall be repainted with not less than 2 coats, and other existing surfaces that are listed shall be repainted with the coating system specified. The prime and intermediate coats as specified for the various coating systems may be applied in the shop by the manufacturer. The shop coats shall be of the type specified and shall be compatible with the field coat or coats. Such items as pumps, motors, equipment, electrical panels, etc. shall be given at least one touch up coat with the intermediate coat material and one complete finish coat in the field. L. M. APPLICATIONS RESTRICTIONS Application of materials shall be done only on prorerly prepared surfaces as herein specified, and all exterior painting shal be done only in dry weather. Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain shall be removed and redone as directed by the Engineer. 09901-8 04-017.65 B. In no case shall paint be applied to surfaces which show a moisture content greater than 15 percent. 3.05 MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS A. Coatings shall be apIJlied In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply a prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others. C. Recoat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 3.06 FINISHES A. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. B. Complete Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specific requirements. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All completed surfaces will be checked by the Engineer, and the Contractor sllall provide the necessary properly calibrated gauges. All nonferrous surfaces shall be checked for number of coats and thickness by use of a Tooke gauge. All ferrous surfaces shall be checked for film thickness by use of an Elcometer or Micro-Test magnetic dry "film gauge properly calibrated. All defects shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.08 PROTECTION A. All other surfaces shall be protected while painting equipment, piping, etc. B. Protection of furniture and other movable objects, equipment, fittings, and accessories shall be provided throughout the painting operation. Remove all electric plates, surface hardware, etc., before painting, protect and replace when completed. Mask all machinery nameplates and all machined parts not to receive paint. Lay drop cloths in all areas where painting is being done to adequately protect flooring and other work from all damage. 09901-9 04-017.65 3.09 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall perform the work under this Section while keeping the premises free from accumulation of debris and rubbish and shall remove all scaffolding, paint cloths, paint, and bmshes from the building when completed. B. Cleaning: All paint bmshed, splattered, spilled or splashed on any surface not specified to be painted shall be removed.. 3.10 EXTRA STOCK A. Paint To Be Supplied To Owner: Upon completion of pamtmg work, the Owner shall be furnished at no additional cost, one gallon of each type and color of finish paint for touching up. Paint container labels shall be complete with manufacturer's name, generic type, number, color and location where used. END OF SECTION 09901-10 04-017.65 SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included under this Section shall consist of furnishing and installing the fire fighting equipment as shown on the Drawings and s!Jecified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's data slleets, recommended mounting and use shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before placing orders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. General: The products listed below shall all be labeled andlor receive Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutuals approved ratings for as specified. B. Cabinets: Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be semi-recessed with break glass door equipped with cylinder lock. Cabinets shall be single extinguisher units, baked enamel on 18 gauge steel except exposed trim and doors shall be stainless steel. Doors shall have continuous hinges, shall be 5/8-inch thick and frame molding glass shall be I-inch wide minimum. All stainless steel shall be die cut, one piece construction with no welding and grinding. . C. Extinguishers: Fire extinguishers shall be dry cllemical type for Class A, Band C fires, 10 pound capacity and having a range 20-feet. Extinguishers shall have an Underwriters' Laboratories rating of 4A-40BC. Shell shall be aluminum and filled weight shall not exceed 15 pounds. Extinguishers shall bear inspection record tags and shall be fully charged at tinle of installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. A fire equipment cabinet shall be located as shown on the Drawings. B. Fire cabinets shall be installed rigidly, secured, plumb, level and true to line. Full contact shall be provided between. trim and wall surface. C. Instrllctions on use of equipment and methods of fighting different classes of fires shall be prominently displayed and approved by the fire department. END OF SECTION 10520- 1 04-017.65 SECTION 12621 OFFICE FURNITURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provide open shelf files meeting specifications in every respeci. with regard to construction, color, dimensions and conformance to codes and regulations. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. All open shelf files shall be as manufactured by Anderson Hickey (see attachment "An this Section) or an approved equal in accordance with Article 1.06 of this Section. 1.03 SUBMIITALS (UPON AWARD OF BID, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING): A. 1. Submit for Consultant's approval seven (7) copies of manufacturer's product literature including material specifications with component numbers and dimensions, catalog cuts, printed installation and usage instruction and other data that show specification compliance and required for use in future space planning and inventory management. 2. Submit to Consultant two (2) caples of maintenance date recommended by manufacturers. B. Warranty: 1. Submit to Consultant two (2) copies of written warranty signed by the manufacturer, warranting the products sold hereunder are free from defects in design, material and workmanship and that repairs or replacement without charge to the Owner shall be made for a period of 2 years to the product or any part thereof, as a result of such a defect during normal usage. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE & I-IANDLING A. Packaging: All casegoods should be packaged for shipment in compliance with Uniform Freight Classification and National Motor Freight. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Inspect areas and conditions under which open shelf files are to be installed. Verify that prior to installation, walls have been finished and cleaned. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 12621 -1 04-017.65 1.06 ALTERNATES A. The specified product establish ffilillffium qualities that alternates must meet to be considered acceptable. To obtain approval of unspecified prodllct 11nder the modified or equal provisions, bidders shall SUblnit written requests at least 5 days before the bid date. Requests received after this time will not be considered. Requests must clearly describe the product for which approval is requested, including all date necessary to demonstrate acceptability. All acceptable alternates will be approved in addenda which will be issued to all bidders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FURNITURE SPECIFICATIONS A. Open shelf files Anderson Hickey AND- Fl 022- PY / AND- B 1052- PY LEGAL/LEGAL PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. The Owner reserves the right to inspect all product materials at the place of storage before delivery to the job site for conformance to specifications. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Execution incllldes everything necessary to provide a completed functioning work environment, including but not limited to removing any tape and packing materials as indicated on the furniture plan. B. All open shelf files shall be installed at the locations shown on the drawing in accordance with the manufacturer's directions to be plum, level, rigid and flush with all wrappings removed. Where items are ganged, they should be secured together using suitable reinforcing plates or washers as recommended by manufacturer to prevent metal distortion. Conceal all fastenings wherever possible. 3.03 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. Tc)uc11 up any marred finish, using only materials and finishes recomn1ended or furnished by the manufacturer. B. Check for any sharp edges or burred surfaces at knee spaces. END OF SECTION 12621 -2 04-017.65 ~ J' -~ LATERAL & OPEN SHELF FILING . ANDERSON HICKEY (A) LATERAL FILES Heavy duty. all-steel construction features welded frame with interior supports that give maximum file rigidity and durability. Dual function lock secures all drawers simultaneously. Safety interlock system allows only one drawer to open at a time for "tiltproof' safety. Easy- grip recessed handles double as oversize label holders. Standard adjustable steel level glides extend a full 1 ': Fully enclosed dust proof base. Complete with lateral filing rails for each drawer. 5-drawer unit has 4 fixed front drawers with top, fifth opening having a retractable fronl Posting shelf on 5-drawer cabinet DIMENSIONS W H STOCK NO 2.DRAWER AND.L236-BK AND-L236-SD AND.L236-DS 4-DRAWER AND-L436-BK ANO.L436-S0 AND.L436-0S 5-DRAWER ANO.L536-BK Black 36" 64V." 18" AND-L536-S0 Sand 36" 64~" 18" ANO~L536.DS Desert Sage 36" 64 V. " 18" . FlUNG RAILS (Converts one drawer fo front-fa-back filing) AND-26027 r (8) o~~::;;;;'I ." d b'l' . h h' Gives YOu=. versalllly and a apla Illy WII I IS easy-Io-use. easy-to-install filing system. Each sheff opening comes with 4 permanent dividers and can accept additional spring wire dividers if desired. Shelf units are packed two per carton and are only available in pairs. Top/base units are available with one 1" top and either a 5" or a ,.. base. STOCK NO. COLOR -0 Black Sand Desert Sage 36" 36" 36" 28 t1~," 28H~," 28n~," Black Sand Desert Sage 36" 36" 36" 52"1., " 52"1.," 52 "1., " COlOA oesCRIPTION 2-Shelf Unit 2-Shelf Unit , HAle. 1 Top 1"' Base. 1" Top 5" Base. 1" Top ,," ~CIleA 1";(Qr Spring Divider AND-Fl021-PY ~ND-Fl022-PY NU-tjlUll-....Y AND-B1012-PV AND-B1051-PV ~:gJ~K8PV Putty ~ Putty Putty P uttv 18" 18" 18" $401.00 401.00 401.00 18" 18" 18" 694.00 694.00 694.00 860.00 860.00 860.00 15.00 SIZE Letter Llal Le er Legal letter I AnAl EACH $78.00 H- 49.00 38.00 1166 Prices sublKt to'change wlthoul notice. c '988 SPA :,?:}... .!JV~?h~;;~'~&:t 10. 1. ,,:,. - ~~~ . ~W:~ . ~~.:;. ";:.:Z::~i~?:~;::i;:;;.~~ · ... ....."... ..~ . .. ". EACH Attachment "^" 12621 73 04-017.65 SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered as complementary, one to the other, so that materials and work indicated, called for, or implied by the one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed as though specifically called for by both. The Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail or to scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either of these and any regulations or ordinances governing mechanical work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions. 1.02 SITE INVESTIGATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site of the work and become familiar with all available information regarding the location of existing facilities. Failure of the Contractor to fully inform himself of all existing conditions will not be cause for additional compensation. 1.03 FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits for work under this contract and shall pay all expenses in conjunction therewith. He shall also procure and deliver to the Engineer all certificates issued by the authorities having jurisdiction. B. The work will be inspected 11Y the Engineer during the course of construction. Provide for inspection by others having jurisdiction during the proper phases. 1.04 NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All equipment and materials used in this installation shall be new, of the best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of the various manufacturers. 1.05 ST AN.DARDS A. The codes and standards coverIng mechanical work include, but are not limited to: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4. American Welding Society (A WS) 15010-1 04-017.65 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFP A) 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Associations (NEMA) 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 8. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 9. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) 10. Standard Building Code. 11. Codes, Regulations, Ordinances, etc., of the State, County, and/or Municipality, in which the construction is located, and any political division having jurisdiction over this work. B. These codes, society and association recommendations constitute minimum requirements and no reductions from design requirements will be permitted, even if allowed by the applicable codes, without expressed written permission of the Engineer. 1.06 SPACE AND ACCESS A. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access room for servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required by substituted equipment shall be provided by the Contractor and at his expense. 1.07 eUITING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching necessary for the work shall be performed by the Contractor. Where interferences occur, and departures form indicated arrangements are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the mechanical work with the other trades involved and make a determination as to hanged locations and elevations of the ductwork and/or piping and shall obtain approval from the Engineer for the proposed changes. 1.08 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the components specified and shown on the Drawings and necessary for the specified performance, the Contractor shall incorporate in the design and show in the shop drawings all the safety features required by the current codes and regulations, including but not limited to those of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and Amendments thereto. 1.09 DRIVES AND BELT GUARDS A. The Contractor shall provide for each V-belt drive or rotating shaft a protective guard which shall be constructed around an angle iron frame, securely bolted to the floor or apparatus. The guard shall completely enclose drives and pulleys and be constructed to comply with all safety 15010-2 04-017.65 requirements. Hinged access doors not less than 6-inches x 6-inches shall be provided for access to motor and fan shaft for test pllrposes. For double inlet fans, the belt guard shall be arranged so as not to restrict the air flow into the fan inlet. Guards shall not interfere with lubrication of equipment. 1.10 BALANCING PUMPS AND MOTORS. A. All pump and motor units shall be statically and dynaroically balanced. Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall not exceed the tIpper limits as established by the Hydraulic Institute Standards. 1 1.11 ELECTRICAL WORK A. The Contractor shall hlrnish all electrical work associated with and including electrical controls, switches, contactors and starters for all equipment items requiring same. All work shall conform in all respects to the requirements of the applicable IJaragraphs of Division 16. 1.12 METAL FASTENERS A. Unless ot11erwise indicated, metal fasteners and related parts shall be of aluminum or stainless steel and shall be of adequate strength for the purpose intended. 1.13 PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYSIS A. Where the contact of dissimilar metal may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be separated using not less than one coat of zinc chromate primer and one heavy coat of aluminum pigmented asphalt paint on each surface; or where deemed necessary by the Engineer, not less than one course of asphalt saturated cotton fabric cemented to both metals with flashing cen1ent, shall be used. Finished works shall be cleaned and excess cement removed. 1.14 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit for the alJproval of the Engineer, SIX c()nlplete sets of detailed and dimensioned working shop drawings sllowing the construction of the pr.oposed facility and installation of all equ.ipment complete in every respect. Each drawing shall be indexed and/or referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. No work upon the manllfacture or fabrication of any equipment shall be performed until the Engineer's approval has been obtained. Certified pump curves shall indicate actual test performance of units furnished. The Contractor shall submit, \vith the certified pump shop drawings, layout drawings showing exact installation, piping and foundation details for the pumping units being submitted. The variolls Sections in the Specifications specify additional requirements for shop drawings with which the Contractor shall comply. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. 15010-3 04-017.65 1.15 FACTORY TESTS A. When equipment is :.equired to be factory tested, the results of the tests shall be submitted to the Engineer and approval of the test results shall be obtained before shipment of the equipment. 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before final acceptance and shall include the following as a minimum requirement: 1. Utility surveys indicating the underground work performed under this section and giving dimensions from fixed reference points. 2. Ductwork: Drawings shall show routing of ductwork with indications of balancing dampers, splitter dampers, fire and smoke dampers, access doors, and fans or other items needing periodic maintenance. 3. Piping: Drawing shall show routing of piping indicating valves, cleanout, and access panels. 1.17 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall clean, oil and grease fans, motors, compressors, pumps, and other running equipment and apparatus and mechanisms which he installs and shall make certam such apparatus and mechanisms are in proper working order and ready for test. 1.18 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Bound Instructions: Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall furnish 6 sets of bound operation and maintenance manuals to . the Owner. The manuals shall consist of catalog cuts, bulletins, shop drawings, wiring diagrams, schedules, parts lists, procedures and other data showing the equipment installed and shall include the following: 1. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. 2. Approved wiring and control diagrams, with data to explain the detailed operation and control of each component. 3. Operating and maintenance instructions for each pIece of equipment, including lubrication iIlstructions. 4. Other data and instructions as specified under the various Sections. B. All data furnished shall conform to the installation as constructed. Cuts showing other equipment and data not applicable to the installation shall be crossed out and where practical shall be omitted from the manual. The assembly of the manual shall be in a logical manner and each section shall be indexed in the Table of Contents. C. ~ach manufacturer shall outline a maintenance procedure for his equipment Installed and the Contractor shall then compile these procedures in a logical manner to provide a procedure for the operating personnel of the Owner to follow in their day to day operation of the facility. 15010-4 04-017.65 1.19 1.20 A. 1.21 D. The materials shall be permanently bound into each booklet between rigid plastic or cloth binding covers. rrhe instruction booklets shall be approximately 9-inches by 12-inches and the diagram booklet large enough to contain the drawing without excessive folding so that they may be easily opened. The booklets shall be neatly entitled with a descriptive title, the name of tIle job, the location, year of installation, Owner, Manufacturer, Contractor and Engineer. Copies of drawings shall be in black on white background and shall be easily legible. The arrangements of the booklets, the method of binding, materials to be included and the composite text shall all be reviewed and approved by the Engineer. E. FRAMED INSTRUCTIONS A. i\pproved wiring and control diagrams showing the complete layout of the entire system, including equipment, piping, valves and control sequence, framed under glass or in approved laminated plastic, shall be posted where directed by the Engineer. In addition, condensed operating instructions explaining preventative maintenance procedures, methods of checking the system for normal safe operation and procedures for safely starting and stopping the system shall be prepared in typed form, framed as specified above for the wiring and control diagrams and posted beside the diagrams. Proposed diagrams, instructions and other sheets shall be submitted for approval prior to posting. The framed instructions shall be posted before acceptance testing of the systems. FIELD INSTRUCTIONS Upon completion and testing of the work and at a time designated, the Contractor shall provide the services of one or more project engineers to work in conjunction with the service engineers and suppliers' representatives in instructing the Owner's representatives in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. The project en~ineer(s) shall also be required to start up and operate under normal working conditions the entire installation as a unit. These field instructions shall cover all the items contained in the bound instructions. The instruction period shall be given at the time the plant is operating llnder normal conditions. In addition to these requirements, the Contractor shall provide field instructions as specified under the various Sections of the Specifications. GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES A. rfhe Contractor shall guarantee all work, materials, equipment, etc. against defects for a period of one year from the date of the final acceptance, that all the equipment has the capacity specified and that it will operate without excess noise or vibration caused by improper installation. In addition to the guarantee, the Contractor shall provide the performance warranties as specified for the equipment in the various sections. END OF SECTION 15010-5 04-017.65 i. J SECTION 15100 PIPING .AND SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for a complete installation of refrigerant piping systems and diesel fuel piping systems complete with all supports, hangers, specialties and accessories. Provide new materials free from defects and of American manufacture, and clearly marked with manufacturer's name and weight, classification, or working pressure of pipe and fitting. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS: Section 15010. B. INSULATION: Section 15180. C. HV AC EQUIPMENT: Section 15760. D. UNDERGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK: Section 15482. 1.03 SUBMIITALS A. Submit manufacturer's data and shop drawings for approval before any work is commenced. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent pipe-end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube. B. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable waterproof wrapping. C. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. 15100-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Pipe: The following schedule covers the materials \vhich shall be furnished and installed unless otherwise specified uIlder the particular system section: Materials Service A. Fiberglass or steel (externally plastic coated) B. Rigid copper tube, Type L Diesel fuel piping Refrigeration piping Condensate drains in Ale plenums c. rye pIpe, Schedule 40. Condensate drain piping away from Ale plenums 2.02 PIPE FITIINGS A. Wrought Copper: Elbows, tees, reducers, couplings, etc., solder ends 150 PSIG WSP, conforming to ANSI B16.22. Fittings manufactured by Mueller Brass Co., Chase Brass, Lee Brass and Copper Co. B. Black steel welded fittings: Forged, seamless, black steel, long radius. C. Dielectric Unions: Dissimilar pipe met~ls shall be dielectrically isolated from each other by couplings, unIons, or flanges commercially manufactured for that purpose and rated for the service pressure and temperature. Use of steel or cast-iron fittings in a copper piping system is prohibited, except where specifically noted. Tllreaded unions shall be as manufactured by Epco or approved equal. D. PVC Pipe: Use Schedule 40 molded preformed socket fittings and approved solvents and cleaner. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide hangers and supports for the different applications as follows: 1. Hangers. Grinnel and F & M cast malleable or wrought iron split ring, clevis type or Auto-Grip. All designed for use with steel threaded support rods. Hangers and rods proportioned for the weight o~ the pipe supported. Copper plated hangers for the copper pIpe. 2. Trapeze Hangers: For parallel pipes. Spacing determined by the smallest pipe supported. 3. Plumbers strap shall not be used. 15100-2 04-017.65 4. Sleeves: Vertical sleeves 22 gauge (minimum), galvanized iron or plastic. Horizontal sleeve standard weight galvanized pipe. Where necessary, sleeve beams in the middle third of height with specific approval obtained from the Architect/Engineer on each sleeve. 5. Pipe Saddles: 18 gauge galvanized iron, 12 inches long (min.) installed at all points where insulated lines bear on hangers. 6. Supports shall be generally capable of maintaining the installed load plus 500 lb. Support steel pipe at 8-foot intervals for piping IIp to 2-lh inches. 2.04 PIPE SLEEVES A. Interior: Galvanized sheet metal, 22 gauge. Provide for pipe passing through walls or floors before pouring concrete. Plastic sleeves are permitted. B. All sleeves shall be large enough to allow full thickness of insulation through sleeves for insulated piping, and for two layers of 30 lb. felt wrapping around un-insulated piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The design drawings are generally diagrammatic. They do not show every bend, off-set, elbow or other fittings which may be required in the piping for installation in the space allotted. Careful coordination of the work of this section with that of other divisions is necessary to avoid conflicts. 2 B. Line and Grade: Install gravity lines at uniform grade to low point after field verification of low point invert. 3.02 PIPE SLEEVES A. Contractor shall be responsible for placing all sleeves for his pIpmg prior to the pouring of the concrete on in time to set in place as the masonry walls are erected B. After piping is installed through the sleeves, complete with insulation or wrapping, the sleeves shall be sealed water-tight with an approved mastic or caulking compound. 3.03 JOINTING PIPE A. Threaded Pipe: Ream all pipe after cutting and before threading. Use non-hardening pipe compound "Tite-Seal" on male threads only. B. Copper Tube: Ream all pipe after cutting and polish end to be soldered. C. Provide nipples of same materials and weight as pIpe used. Part of standard weight nipples is less than l-Ih inches. 15100-3 04-017.65 -D. Provide reducing fittings where changes in pipe sizes occur. E. Provide isolation bushings between copper and steel pIpIng and between brassware and steel. F. Provide unions or flanges in all service lines at each piece of equipment, specialty, valves or at other locations required for ready disconnect. 3.04 PIPE PROTECTION /\. Spirally wrap all pIpe lines embedded In concrete with two layers of 30 lb. felt. B. Coat all exposed threads on galvanized steel pIpe with two coats of ZInc chromate after assembly. Exposed un-insulated l)jpe shall l1ave tW() cOffilJ!ete turns of Teflon tape at all supports to prevent pipe and support from coming in physical contact. All metallic pipe underground shall be coated with bitumastic. No piping shall be backfilled or covered prior to inspection by the Architect/Engineer. All underground piping shall have thirty inches minimum cover. All copper lines in direct contact with ground soil shall be protected with minimum of two coats of bitumastie number 50 coal tar compound prior to backfill. D. E. F. G. H. I. All underground fiberglass pipe shall be protected by 6" min. clean fine sand all around pipe. 3.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide adjustable hangers inserts, brackets, rolls, clamps and supplementary steel as required for proper support of pipe lines. Design hangers to allow for expansion and contraction of pipe lines and of adequate size to permit covering to run continuously through hangers. Support piping at equipment independently so that no weight will be supported by equipment. Coordinate location of hangers with light fixtures. B. Pipes supported by trapeze hangers and not mounted on pipe rolls shall be secured to the trapeze with pipe clamps or "U" bolts. C. Hangers shall be placed at each change of direction, within one foot of valves and other appurtenances installed in horizontal piping and not more than three feet from end of each branch mnout. D. Hangers for insulated pipes shall have a diameter large enough to include insulation, and protection shield shall be installed with each hanger. 15100-4 04-017.65 E. Special Supports: All clamps, hangers and supports required by equipment manufacturers shall be furnished and installed as per their recommendations. F. Plumbers tape, straps, chain, wire hangers, or perforated bar shall not be allows as means for hanging pipe. 3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Make connections between equipment and the piping systems as required. B. Make connections between any piece of equipment and any piping system by means of unions, flange joints or other fittings which permit equipment to be disconnected and removed for maintenance. C. Install valves or cocks in supply and retnrn lines to each piece of eqlli!Jment on system side of union connection. 3.07 TESTS A. Apply pressure tests as required by current applicable codes to all parts of the piping systems before the piping is concealed and before fixtures and/or equipment are connected. B. Leave concealed work uncovered until required tests have been completed, but if necessary to make tests on portions of the work, those portions of the work may be concealed after being inspected and approved. Repair defects that are discovered as a result of inspection or tests with new materials. Caulking, peening or soldering of screwed joints, cracks, or holes will not be accepted. Repeat tests after defects . have been corrected. 3.08 LABELING OF PIPES A. Pipes shall be properly labeled for identification according to their servIce type. END OF SECTION 15100-5 04-017.65 SECTION 15180 INSULA TION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment required to insulate piping and equipment as specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. Provide new rnaterials, clean, dry and free from defects. D. Submit manufacturer's date for approval before any work IS commenced. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15180 - Piping and Specialties B. Section 15890 -Ductwork PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Air conditioning condensate and refrigeration suction lines aboveground inside building shall be insulated with 3/4-inch thick flexible foamed plastic insulation (Armaflex). Whenever possible, slip the insulation over assembled sections of piping to prevent seams and joints. Where seams and joints occur, seal with fire resistant sealer adhesive. B. Air conditioning outside air duct shall be insulated with I-inch thick l-Y2- inch pfc density fiberglass blanket. Blanket shall have factory applied yard reinforced aluminum foil jacket. Vapor seal insulation joints and all breaks and tears in vapor seal jacket with fire resistant mastic. c. Exterior ductwork shall be internally insulated with one inch thick, I-1n pound density fiberglass duct liner with black coating on one side only and this surface shall be in contact with the moving air stream. Duct liner shall comply with the requirements of NFP A-90A as to flame spread and smoke development rating. Secure insulation to ductwork with weld clips and suitable adhesive as per manufacturer's recommendations. All transverse edges shall also be coated with adhesi\'e for a positive seal. 15180-1 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Apply all insulation over clean, dry surfaces. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. c. Seal all joints carefully. D. Project all piping insulation at points of supports with 18 gauge galvanized insulation shields, 12" long and covering one half of pipe insulation diameter. E. All systems must be checked free of leaks prior to installation of insllla tion. END OF SECTION 15180-2 04-017.65 SECTION 15482 UNDERGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The \vork to be performed under this Section includes furnishing and installing the f~el storage tank and related piping and gauges. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Minimum Standards: The materials, installations and workmanship furnished under this section shall conform at least to the requirements of the Codes in force for this site; however, materials, installations, and workmanship j.ndicated on the Dra\vings, or herein specified which are in excess of the Code Requirements, shall be furnished as indicated and specified. B. Design: The tank shall be designed to withstand 3 feet of water over the tank top with a 3:1 safety factor against external hydrostatic pressure, and shall be suitably anchored to prevent rise from buoyant water table pressure. 1.03 SUBMITI ALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted on the tank showing pIpe fitting, inlets and outlets, hold down locations and assemblies. B. Manufacturer's data sheets shall be submitted on gauges. C. Installation instructions for the tank shall be submitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Underground Fuel Storage Tank - The storage tank shall be suitable for the particular installation and shall be fiberglass tank type for underground installation. The tank shall be furnished with all necessary tappings, manholes and capacity as indicated on Drawings and shall be UL and NFP A labeled. The tank piping and all tanks appurtenances shall be in accordance with NFP A. 15482-1 04-017.65 Tm~1iT PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The tank shall be installed in accordance with all rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to such installations and shall be installed with strict adherence to installation methods and materials for backfill as recommended by th.e rn.anufacturer. B. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements recommended by the tank manufacturer. C. All fittings and piping used to connect the storage tank and its gauges to the standby power generator shall be pressure sealed and tested to NFP A requirements to assure zero leakage. END OF SECTION 15482-2 04-017.65 Seclion 15760 IiV AC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Air Conditioning: Split System B. Air Conditioning: Packaged Rooftop C. Exhaust fans D. Controls 1.02 REI-JA TED WOR"K A. Section 15890 - Ductwork B. Division 16 - Electrical C. Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of UL and applicable codes. B. Test and rate cooling system to ARI Standard 210. 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. B. ARI 210 - Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment. 1.05 SUBMI~IT ALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data showing schematic layouts of HV AC equipment, refrigerant piping, and accessories required for complete system. B. Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance data for all equipment items provided under this section. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manllfacturer's warranty for condensing units, air handling units and packaged rooftop units. 15760-1 04-017.65 B. Warranty: Include coverage of refrigeration compressors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Air Conditioning equipment 1. Trane 2. Rheem 3. Carrier B. Exhaust fans 1. Penn 2. Loren Cook 3. G reenheck C. Substitutions: Submit to Engineer all necessary product data, warranties, and any other pertinent information necessary to establish that the proposed substitute is equal to or better than the listed manufacturer's product. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Condensing Units: 1. Provide self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and prewired au cooled condensing units suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fan, controls, liquid receiver, screens and of capacities as scheduled on Drawings. 2. Materials a. Use corrosion resistant materials for parts in contact with refrigerant. b. Provide anti-short-cycle timer to prevent rapid loading and unloading of compressor. 3. Cabinet: Galvanized steel with weather-resistant baked enamel finish, and removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners. 4. Compressor: Provide hermetically sealed, 1750 rpm, resiliently mounted compressor with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, motor overload protection, service valves, and filter drier. Minimum 5 year warranty. 15760-2 04-017.65 5. Condenser: a. Coil: Seamless copper tilbing with aluminum fins with PVC coating. b. Fans: Vertical discharge, direct drive axial fans, resiliently mounted vvith guard and motor. c. Motors: Permanently lubricated ball bearing motors built-in current and overload protection. 6. Controls: Provide high and low pressure Clltouts for compressor, oil pressure control, non-recycling pump-down, and reset relay. B. Air I-Iandling Units: 1. Provide packaged, self-contained, factory assembled, prewired unit, consisting of cabinet, evaporator ~an, evaporator coil, heating coil, air filters, and controls. 2. Unit shall be factory assembled for vertical air flow configuration as indicated. 3. Cabinet: a. Frame and Panels: Galvanized steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed access doors or panels with quick fasteners. b. Insulation: Minimum 1/2 inch thick acoustic duct liner for lining cabinet interior. c. Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resisting coating. 4. Evaporator Fan: a. Fan: Double width, dOllble inlet, forward curved centrifugal fan, statically and dynamically balanced, with permanently lubricated bearings. b. V-Belt Drive: Cast lron or steel sheaves, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts and keyed. Variable and adjustable pitch motor sheave selected so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position as recommended by manufacturer or minimum 1.5 times nameplate rating of the motor. c. Motors: As indicated, in compliance with Section 16150. 5. Evaporator Coil: 3. Direct expansion coiling coil of seamless copper tubes with aluminum fins. b. Refrigeration circuit with thermal expansion valve, filter-drier, and charging valves. 15760-3 04-01 ~ .hS 6. Heating Coil: Electric heating coil with thermal and overcurrent protection capacities as scheduled on drawings. 7. Air Filters: Easily removed one inch thick throw-away type filter. c. Rooftop Packaged Units: 1. Provide factory assembled self-contained, air cooled curb mounted rooftop units, complete with compressor section, integral condenser, evaporator section, electric heater, with all necessary controls, curbs and adapters. 2. Unit compressor section shall be hermetic type, with force feed lubricating systems, squirrel cage induction motors designed for suction gas cooling, complete with magnetic starters and crankcase heaters. Provide anti-short cycle timer to prevent rapid loading an unloading of compressor. 3. Unit condensing section to be formed, convection type air cooled condenser, complete with extended surface coil, receivers, safety relief valves, fans, motors, V-Belt drives and magnetic starters. All components to be mounted in a weather resistant steel casing of 14 ~auge panels with steel angle framing and adequate access panels for Inspection and maintenance. Condenser coil shall be copper tubes with aluminum fins with PVC coil protection coating. 4. Provide all necessary controls for fully automatic fail-safe operations of each unit. Safety controls to include high and low pressure controls, oil pressure limit control and a thermal cut out. 5. Unit evaporator section to be complete with centrifugal fan, variable pitch V-Belt drive, totally enclosed squirrel cage motors, magnetic starter, extruded surface cooling and heating coils with copper tubes and aluminum fins. 6. Enclose all components in a suitable casing constructed of steel panels with steel angle framing or bracing, lined throughout with 1" of fire retardant synthetic rubber coated 1 PCF glass fiber insulation. Fan bearings to be accessible, mounted on unit framing or bracing, and suitable for lubrication from outside the unit. Provide cooling coil with an insulated steel drain pan. Unit to be isolated from building structure by means of approved vibration isolators. 7. Units shall be totally weatherproofed and suitable for exposed installation and mounted on steel frame as shown on Drawings. D. Exhaust Fans 1. General a. Units shall be wall mounted centrifugal exhaust fans, AMCA rated with the capacities, characteristics and special requirements shown on plans and tabulated in the schedules. 15760-4 04-017.65 b. Fans shall be furnished with factory mounted, motor rated service switches. c. Single phase fan motors shall 11ave built-in thermal overload protections. d. Furnish accessories as noted in the schedules. e.Each power wall exhauster shall consist of a fan with housing and weatherproof hood; the entire assembly shall be tested to resist a 150 mile per hour wind force. f. Housing shall be arranged to facilitate access for servicIng and shall be made of corrosion-resistant metal. g. Each powered wall ventilator shall be provided \\lith bird screen and backdraft damper. E. Controls a. Air Conditioning equipment 1. Factory wired controls shall include contractor, high and low pressure cutouts, internal winding thermostat for cOll1pressor, control circuit transformer, non-cycling reset relay. 2. Provide one stage cooling and one stage heating foam thermostat to control cooling and heating with "cool-off heat" selector switch and "auto-on" fan control switch allowing continuous fan operation, or cycling fan on call fo~ cooling or heating. 3. Provide seven day timer with 4-hour manual override switch and 24-hour mechanical emergency backup to control operating schedule of the air conditioning and heating system. 4. Wall mounted exhaust fan shall run continuously and controlled from circuit breaker located at the electrical panel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Complete structural, mechanical, and electrical connections In accordance \vith manufacturer's installation instructions. B. C. D. Calculate refrigerant pipe sizes according to manufacturerfs instructions applied to condition of this project. Furnish charge of refrigerant and oil. Perform all work in a neat and w()rkmanlike manner. 15760-5 04-0l7.65 .. .. 11 E. Install heaters so that they are easily accessible for operation and preventative maintenance. Provide access to heater assembly for easy removal of the unit. F. Verify all space limitations before commencement of installation of equipment and duct work. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigeration system. Replace losses of oil or refrigerant prior to end of correction period. B. Charge system with refrigerant and test entire system for leaks after completion of installation. Repair leaks, put system into operation, and test equipment performance. C. Shut-down system if initial start-up and testing takes place in winter and machines are to remain inoperative. Repeat start-up and testing operation at beginning of first cooling season. D. Provide cooling season start-up, and winter season shut-down for first year of operation. END OF SECTION 15760-6 04-017.65 SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Low pressure ducts. B. Ductwork accessories. c. Duct cleaning. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 15010 - Basic Mechanical Reql1irements, applies. B. Section 15936 - Air Distribution Devices c. Section 15180 - Insulation D. Section 15990 - Testing and Balancing of HV AC Systems. E. Section 15760 - HV AC Eqllipment 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Duct Sizes: Inside clear dimensions. B. Low Pressure: Three pressure classifications: Ih inch WG (125 Pa) positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,000 fpm (10 m/see); 1 inch WG (250 Pa) rositive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,500 fpm (12.7 m/sec) and 2 inch WG (500 Pa) positive or negative static pressure and velocities less than 2,500 fpm (12.7 m/see). 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork in accordance with NFP A 90A standards and SMACNA recommendations. 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASHRAE - Handbook 19 R1 Fundamentals; Chapter 33 - Duct Design. B. ASHRAE - Handbook 19R3 Equipment; Chapter 1 - Duct Construction. C. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. D. ASTM A525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized ) by the Hot-Dip Process. 15890-1 04-017.65 E. ASTM A 527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality. F. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. G. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. H. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. I. SMACNA - HV AC Duct Construction Standards. J. SMACNA - Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. K. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. 1.06 SUBMIITALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in a manner to prevent denting, wetting and crushing the ducts. B. Store and protect products under cover and off the ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL (OUTDOORS) A. All supply and return conditioned air ducting shall be internally lined, low pressure type, constructed of galvanized sheetmetal. B. Galvanized Sheetmetal Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per sq ft (382 g/sq m) for each side in conformance with ASTM A90. 2.02 MATERIALS (INDOORS) A. All supply and return conditioned air dueting shall be constructed of fibrous glass ductboard. Outside air ductwork and rated penetrate shall be constructed of galvanized sheetmetal with 1" external fiberglass blanket insulation. B. Low Pressure Type, Galvanized Sheetmetal Ducts: ASTM A525 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 ounce per square foot for each side in conformance with ASTM A90. 15890-2 04-017.65 c. Fibrous Glass Ducts: Fibrous glass ducting shall be installed and constructed in accordance \vith latest edition of SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. Fiberglass duct board shall be one inch thick, with a therII13t conductivity not greater than 0.24 BTU/in/hr/sq.ft./ degrees F at 75 degrees F Duct board shall meet the requirements of NFP A 90A and 9GB and shall have a factory applied UL 181, Class 1 Air Duct Listing label. Duct board shall be faced with an FSK facing and shall be as manufactured by Mansville, Type 475, Micro-,Aire Duct, Owens-Corning or Certain-Teed. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Volume Control Dampers: 1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. 2. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24 inches size in either direction, and two gauges heavier for SIzes over 24 inches. 3. Fabricate splitter dampers of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum lit inch diameter rod in self aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw. 4. All dampers shall be multi-blade type, of opposed blade pattern. .A.ssemble center and edge crimped blades in galvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. 5. Provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bear~ngs on all dampers. 6. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases or adapters. B. Air Turning Devices: 1. Air Extractors: Multi-blade device with radius blades attached to pivoting frame and bracket, steel or aluminum construction, with push-pull operator strap. 2. Turning Vanes: Multi-blade, air-foil type devices with double thickness blades attached to steel or aluminum frames. c. Flexible Duct Connects. a. Fabricate in accordance ,Nith SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated. 2. UL Listed fire-retar~~nt neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFP A 90 A, mInImum density 36 ounce per square yard, approximately 2 inches wide, crimped into metal edging strip. 15890-3 04-017.65 2.04 A. B. c. D. D. Multi-Blade Type I~ire Dampers 1. Provide multi-blade type spring-driven fire dampers in types and sizes indicated, with casing constructed of 10 gauge galvanized steel with bonded red acrylic enamel finish, fusible link 160-1650F (71-740C), unless otherwise indicated, and matching factory furnished installation sleeve. 2. Acceptable manufacturers are: Nailor Hart, Ruskin, Louvers and Dampers, American Warming & Ventilating, Prefco and Air Balancing, Inc., Safe Air or equivalent. FABRICATION Fabricate III accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards or SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, and ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. All rectangular elbows and tees shall be provided with air-foil vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes or perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees; convergence downstream shall not exceed 45 degrees. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fabricate, install and support all ducting in strict compliance with the SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards and SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. 15890-4 04-017.65 F. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply and return systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air .balancing. .Use splitter dampers only where indicated. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean duct system and force air through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive d: ..t with filters, or bypass during clearling. Provide adequate access into auctwork for cleaning purposes. END OF SECTION 15890-5 04-017.65 SECTION 15936 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A. B. c. D. 1.02 A. B. WORK INCLUDED Ceiling mounted supply air diffusers Wall mounted supply air registers Ceiling and wall mounted return air registers Wall Louvers QUALITY ASSURANCE Test and rate performance of air outlets and inlets in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70. Test and rate performance of louvers in accordance with AMCA 500. C. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to ANSI/NFP A 90A. 1.03 A. B. c. D. E. F. 1.04 A. REFERENCES ACD 1062 - Certification, Rating and Test Manual. AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. ANSI/NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. ARI 650 - Air Outlets and Inlets. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. SMACNA - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standard. SUBMIIT ALS Submit product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. B. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets indicating type, size, location, application, and noise level. C. Review requirements of outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submitting product data and schedules of outlets and inlets. 15936-1 04-017.65 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUF ACrl'URERS A. Ceiling and Wall Mounted Supply and Return Air Registers: 1. lLitllS 'J Metalaire 3. Krueger B. Wall Louver 1. American Warming and Ventilating 2.02 MA TERIALS l\. Rectangular Ceiling Diffusers: 1. Rectangular with mlllti-blade type removable core, and blow pattern as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket. 3. Fabricate of extruded aluminum with baked enamel off-white finish. 4. Provide volume control opposed blade type damper. 5. Size shown on the drawings is duct connection size. B. Wall Mounted Supply Air Registers: 1. Rectangular with two sets of louvers. Front louvers shall be parallel to the short dimension of the register, and rear louvers parallel to the long dimension of the unit. 2. All }c)uvers shall be individually adjustable for any degree of deflection. 3. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket. 4. Fabricate of steel with baked enamel off-white finish. 5. Provide volume control opposed blade type damper, screwdriver operated and adjustable through face of the register. 6. Size shown on the drawings is duct connection size. C. Ceiling and Wall Mounted Return Air Registers: 1. Rectangular, multi-blade type, with louver blades at 45 degree angle, spaced 112" on centers. 15936-2 04-017.65 2. Provide surface mount type frame with gasket. 3. Fabricate of extruded aluminum with baked enamel off-white finish. Provide steel construction for wall mounted registers. 4. Size shown on Drawings is duct connection size. D . Wall Louvers: 1. Wall louvers shall be weather proof drainable type, with fixed blades. 2. Louvers shall be of extruded aluminum construction, with mInImum blade and frame thickness of 0.081 incll. 3. Frame shall be 6 inches deep with flange on the exterior side. 4. Provide louver with V:2-inch mesh, constructed of 0.063 inch minimum diameter aluminum wire in extruded aluminum frame. Secure mesh assembly to inside face of louver with galvanized sheet metal screws. 5. Louvers shall be provided with a gloss enamel finish formulated to resist weathering and corrosion. 6. Louvers shall pass 1,100 feet per minute free area velocity, with less than 0.19 inches of water gauge pressure drop, and shall carry less than 0.055 ounces of water per square foot of face area during a 15 minute period, when tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and water penetration. 7. Wall louvers shall be American Warming and Ventilating Model LE-31, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. B. c. D. INSTALLATION Install items in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. See architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact locations of ceiling mounted diffusers and grilles. Install diffusers and grilles to ductwork with air tight connection. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser assembly. END OF SECTION 15936-3 04-017.65 SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF I-IV AC SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1,01 DESCRIPTION i\.. Work includes all testing, adjusting and balancing ()f Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HV AC) systems covered in the contract. B. Contractor shall !Jrovide all labor, engineering, and test equipment reqllired to adjust and balance all systems hereinbefore specified. All personnel involved in the execution of the work shall be experienced and factory trained specifically in the total balancing of HV AC systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE i\.. j-\s a prerequisite to final inSIJection, all construction, testing, adjustments, balancIng, starting and instruction will have been completed. B. Contrc)} manufacturer, after adjustment and calibration of controls, shall attest in writing that the system is operating as intended. C. After completion, furnish three certified copies of test report to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide a representative, tools, and instruments so that all submitted data may be verified at final in~'~~ection. D. All system testing, adjusting, and balancing are to be performed by an independent agency regularly engaged in this work for not less than 6 years. PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Balancing: 1. Adjust and balance the complete HV AC system as hereinafter specified. 2. Record all test data on a sepia made from the latest available revised set of plans and submit four copies upon completion of the balancing work. 3. At the completion of the balancing, instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of each piece of equipment. 15990-1 04-017.65 B. Testing: 1. Test equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. All instruments will have been calibrated recently and verification of calibration shall be provided with submittal data. 2. Measure supply air volumes at main trunks by means of the duct traverse methods, taking a minimum of sixteen readings. Seal duct access holes with plugs. The use of duct tape to seal access holes will not be permitted. 3. Adjust balancing dampers for required branch duct air quantities. 4. Adjust registers and diffusers to within 10% of individual requirements specified. 5. The total air delivery 10 any particular fan system shall be obtained 1:Jy adjustment of the particular fan speed. The drive motor of each fan shall not be loaded over the correct full load amperage rating of the motor involved. 6. Any changes that are required for the final balancing results as determined by the balancing personnel shall be provided for by the Contractor. Such changes may encompass, but are not necessarily restricted to the changing of pulleys, belts, dampers, or adding dampers or access panels. C. Systems Report shall include the following data: 1. Equipment: a. Manufacturer, Size and R.P. b. Amperage (Nameplate, Corrected Full Load and Final Operating). c. Motor Current Characteristics, Starter Size. d. RPM (Design and Final Operating). e. Brake Horsepower. f. Fan CFM (Design and Final Operating). g. Fan Suction and Discharge Static Pressure (Design and Final Operating). h. Discharge and Suction Pressures. 1. Method by which CFM and Amperage was determined. 15990-2 04-017.65 2. System External to Farl Test Data: a. Grille and Diffuser Reference Number, Size and Manufacturer b. Location c. Design and Actual Velocity and CFM. d. Final Condition of Balance. e. Method used to Determine Air Quantities. EN:O OF SECTION 15990-3 04-017.65 Iil1rlr~ SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.01 \VORK INCLUDED A. The work included consists of all supervision, labor, materials, equipment, facilities and installation required for the complete, satisfactory and approved electrical syste~s as indicated on the Drawings and called for in these Specifications, or as may be reasonably implied by either, for the installation of complete electrical systems. B. The Contractor shall install, complete and operating, electrical systems consisting of the following: 1. Complete distribution for power and lighting as shown on plans, including switches and circuit breakers, feeders, subfeeders, grounding, panelboards, branch circuits, control wiring, switches and receptacles and all other equipment shown on drawings. 2. Contractor shall make all final connections to equipment furnished by other trades. 3. Connection of all motors, electrically operated equipment nnd controls. 4. All conduits, sleeves and backboards required for all systems and all duct banks. 6. Temporary electrical power and lighting shall be furnished, installed and main- tained for all trades. 8. Miscellaneous items obviously required for a complete and operating system but not specifically called for on the drawings or in the specifications shall be provided by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner (nuts and bolts, masonry anchors, conduit and equipment supports, drilling, welding, scaffolding, crane service, etc.). 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Reference within these Specifications to standards, codes or reference specifica- tions implies that any item, product, or material so identified must comply with all minimum requirements as stated therein, unless indicated otherwise. Only the latest revised editions are applicable. B. The Specifications, codes and standards listed below form 11 part of these Specifications: 1. National Electric Code (NEe) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFP A) 3. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. American National Standards Institute (l\NSI) 6. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.) 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICE1\) 1 f) 0 1 () - 1 04-017.65 8. Standard Building Code (SaC) 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 10. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 11. Additionally, designs, work practices and conditions rnust conform with the Occupational Safety and l-Iealth l\ct of 1970 (OStIA) c. Where materials and equipment are available under the continuing inspection and labeling of UL, provide such material and equipment. Listing by Underwriters' Laboratories shall be evidenced by the label. 1.03 DRAWINGS 1\~ The Drawings indicate the extent and general arrangements of equipment and wiring systems. If any departures from the Drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details of such departures and reasons therefor shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 30 days after award of the Contract. No such departures shall be made without the prior written approval of the Engineer. All items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or noted on the Drawings but obviously necessary to make a complete working installation shall be included. 1.04 SI-IOP DR1\ WINGS A. Each package of shop drawings shall be bound as a unit and shall contain a first sheet with the project name, location, date submitted, name and address of the Contractor, name and address of the equipment supplier and a list of the contents. Opposite each type of equipment or system shall be the manufacturer's name. The equipment data sheets shall appear in the same order as they are listed in the table of contents. B. The submittal drawings shall include complete specifications for every item, including materials, finish, dimensions, fabrication details, installation instructions, standards compliance and UL approval. Where a data sheet contains details covering various sizes or ratings of equipment, clearly mark the items applicable to the project. C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall include the name, address, and phone number of the supplier and nearest manufacturer's representative and shall contain a complete parts list for each system. 1.05 EQUIPMENT MANUAL AND OWNER INSTRUCTIONS f\. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer three complete sets of operation and maintenance manuals for each electrical, signal, control and special system installed. Manual shall consist of detailed drawings or catalog sheets for each component, replacement parts lists, wj,ring diagrams, maintenance instructions and description of system operation. The Contractor shall provide qualified instructors for a minimum of 40 hours of instruction to designated Owner personnel in the operation and maintenance of all systems. 1.06 RULES OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES A. Rules of local Utility Companies shall be complied with. Before submitting his bid, Contractor shall check with the Utility Companies supplying service to this installation and shall determine equipment, etc., he will be required to install and inOl0 - '2 04-017.65 ni1P 1.09 1.10 1.11 1.12 shall include cost of same in Bid. No extra payment will be made for the installation of such itef1)s, except in cases where the requirements of the Utility Companies change after the Contractor has submitted his Bid. 1.07 COO RDIN A TION WITI-I OT~{E R UTILITIES 1\. Installation of underground ducts and conduits for power and telecommunications services shall be thoroughly coordinated with other utilities on the site. Duct and conduit sizes and material types shall be as shown on the Drawings. Details of routing, burial depth, size of bends and term ination at each end of service shall be verified on the jOb site. 1.08 COORDINArrrON WITI-I OT'I-IER TRADES A. The Contractor shall plan and layout the electrical work in order to be compatible with the building structure, the BY AC system and the plumbing system. Where failure to coordinate the work with other trades results in equipment having to be removed and relocated, the Contractor shall perform such removal and relocation at no cost to the Owner. Where equipment has to be moved, the Engineer shall determine which equipment has to be moved regardless of which equipment was installed first. STORAGE A. All material shall be stored in a safe, orderly manner. Materials shall not be stored directly on the ground or floor and shall be kept clean, dry and free from damage or deteriorating elements. Damaged or rusted materials shall not be installed. MA TERIALS A. All equipment, materials and components shall be new, of standard current products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and be the manufacturer's latest design. All components by same manufacturer shall be mechanically and electrically compatible with rating of apparatus in which installed. All materials shall bear the label of Underwriters Laboratory for the intended use in all cases where this labelling is available or shall be materials reviewed by the code enforcing authorities and Engineer. Equipment of a similar nature shall be identical. Example: All panelboards shall be of the same manufacturer and of the same style. ACCESSORIES A. All hardware and accessory fittings shall be of a type designed, intended or appropriate for the use, and complement the items with which they are used, and shall have corrosion protection suitable for the atmosphere in which they are installed. All such hardware shall be U.S. standard sizes. INSTALL1\TION A. All materials shall be installed at the locations shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the specific manufacturer's recommended installation methods. 8. All equipment shall be set level, at the correct heights, properly aligned and where in sections, shall be bolted together. Install indoor surface mounted equipment, including panelboards, safety switches, individually mounted enclosed circuit 16010 - 3 04-017.65 breakers, motor starters, etc., on metal framing support system (continuous slot metal channel system). c. Secure all materials and equipment firmly In place. materials for attachment ana/or support. Do not weld electrical D. All screws, bolts, nuts, clamps, fittings or other fastening devices shall be made up tight. E. All materials and equipment shall be installed complete, including screws or bolts, covers, plates, fittings, etc. F. Follow t.he installation directions and recolnmendations of the materials and equipment manufacturers. G. Cutting, welding, or other weakening of building structure to facilitate electrical equipment and materials installation shall not be permitted. I-I. Light fixtures are intended to be supported by the ceiling support system, however, where additional supports a~e required they shall be provided by the Contractor. 1. Provide all required wire, conduit and fittings for connection of HV AC system con troIs. J. Use of manufacturer's name and catalog number: In some instances specified reference has been made to one manufacturer's name and catalog number. Such use does not necessarily mean that the equipment is an "off the shelf" item. Variances may be required for finish, material or other modifications. The Contractor shall assure that all such required modifications are made. K. In the case of panelboards, terminal cabinets and other equipment requiring wire and cable terminations, the Contractor shall ascertain that wiring gutter sizes are as required by NEe Tables 373-6(a) and 373-6(b). L. \Vorking clearance around equipment shall meet or exceed code requirements as per NEC Tables 110-16(a) and 110-34(a). 1.13 INTERFERENCES A. 'fhe plans are generally diagrammatic and the Contractor shall coordinate the electrical work with the work of other trades so that interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural, and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets in raceways, fittings, etc., required to properly install the work shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. In the event of conflict, the Engineer will decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated. Cutting and patching required to relocate work shall exactly match original finish, and shall be at the Contractor's expense. 1.14 IDENTIFICATION A. Electrical equipment shall be clearly and permanently labeled with a securely fastened nameplate. Nameplates shall be l/lS inch thick engraved laminated plastic and shall have 1/4 inch high white letters on a black background. Plates shall be 16010 - 4 04-017.65 provided for all switches and disconnects, starters, panelboards, dry type transformers and lighting, contactors. B. Color coding tape shall be moisture, flame and abrasion resistant vinyl plastic tape equal to Scotch No. 35. Colors shall be as specified elsewhere. C. All emergency equipment including disconnect ahead of main, panel, and all equipment related to the fire alarm system shall have red nameplates. These pieces of electrical equipment such as fire alarm control panel, emergency battery lights, etc., shall be labeled as described in 1.01 above. D. Nameplate information shall include voltage, current rating (if any) and number of phases of, the item labeled besides its designation. Also, the nameplate shall provide the panel and circuit number from which the equipment is fed, and the item it controls. E. All conductors shall be permanently tagged at terminal boxes, equipment and control stations to indicate their control function. Feeders shall be identified at every accessible point with a permanent tag indicating circuit number. Conductor tags shall be non-conductive. F. Major conduits shall be identified at wireways, panels, pull boxes, cabinets and similar locations to assist in future circuit tracing. Use adhesive markers, Dymo Labels or other approved methods. G. All circuits and equipment shall be identified to correspond with drawings and specifications. A Nameplate List shall be submitted to the Owner for review. H. All panelboards shall contain a typewritten directory behind a plastic cover, located on inside of door. I. All conduit stub ups shall be identified with a stamped non-ferrous tag attached with stainless steel wire. Numbers as shown on drawings. J. Install equipment identification nameplate at the center top of the equipment, using a rubber base adhesive. 1.15 CONNECTION A. Make all connections for air conditioning and ventilation equipment, controls individually mounted starters, thermostats, firestats and other control devices. Install and connect starters, contactors, and controls, including exact wiring requirements as determined in accordance with control wiring diagrams furnished for the equipment. 1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All openings through walls, ceilings, roadways and floor slabs required for the installation of electrical equipment shall be provided as required. Where existing walls, ceilings or floor slabs have to be cut the Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer before making such cuts. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damage done in the process of providing such openings. The Contractor shall patch and refinish the existing surface after making such required openings. l6010 - J o 4 - 0 1 7 . f) 5 1.17 rrESTING A. Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall energize, start-up and test operate all the systems and equipment in the presence of the Engineer and Owner. 1\11 testing and measuring instruments and equiprnent required to test each system shall be provided by the Contractor. l\ny defects or variances from standard or specified conditions found during these tests shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. The following tests shall be performed: 1.. The main service and all feeders and branch circuits shall be energized from the normal power source. Ammeter and voltmeter readings shall be made and recorded as follows: a. Phase to phase and phase to ground voltage at each padmount (primary and secondary), at the service connection to each building, at each panelboard, at each dry type transformer (primary and secondary) and at each 3 phase rnotor. b. Line and neutral current on each phase at each padmount (incoming and outgoing on eacn primary leg), each building secondary service, each panelboard feeder, at primary and secondary of each dry type transformer and each 3 phase motor. c. These voltage and current readings shall be recorded, dated and signed by the Contractor and furnished to the Owner and Engineer. 2. l\ll circuit breakers shall be manually tripped and reset. 3. Insulation resistance test shall be made on each 240 Volt feeder conductor before and after installation. Test shall be made with a 500 Volt DC megger. Readings shall be recorded and test reports furnished to the Owner and Engineer. 4. All defective lamps found during test shall be immediately replaced. 5. 1\11 receptacles and light switches shall be tested to verify they are connected properly. 6. All HV AC motors and controls shall be checked to verify correct connection and operation. 7. All panelboards shall be inspected prIor to installing covers to verify correct sizes and color coding. 8. }\ complete operating test of the fire alarm systems and paging systems shall be made to verify correct operation of each system and all related equipment. B. A t completion of work, clean all fixtures and lenses, and install new larnps. c. Prior to the final test, continuity tests and insulation, resistance tests shall be performed to assure there are no shorts or unintentional grounds in the entire electrical systern. Test readings shall be recorded and given to the Owner and Engi neer-. 1 6 0 1 0 - f) 04-017.65 1.18 TEST REPORTS f\. Submit all test reports as specified. B. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two weeks prior to commencement of all testing except for megger tests. C. The Contractor shall maintain a written record of all tests showing date, personnel making test, equipment or materials tested, tests performed, and results. 1.19 PERSONNEL AND EQUIP MEN'f A. The Contractor shall provide the following: 1. Qualified personnel to conduct all testing. 2. The services of the equipment manufacturer's representative to assist in testing their equipment, when the service is specified. 3. The services of the equipment manufact:lrer's representative to assist the Contractor in repair or trouble-shooting their equipment, in the event that said equipment fails to pass all tests. 4. All labor, temporary power, lighting, and wiring, and all materials required for testing. B. The Contractor shall furnish all test equipment, which shall include the following: 1. Wet and dry bulb thermometer. 2. A 500-Volt megger by James G. Biddle Co., or Associated Research Inc., or equal. 3. Battery powered portable telephone sets and portable radios. 4. A Simpson Model 260-Volt Ohm Milliammeter, or equal. 5. A phase sequence and rotation meter, 60-300 Volts 30-60 Hz. by Knopp Inc., or equal. C. The Contractor shall furnish and use safety devices such as rubber gloves and blankets, protective screens and barriers, danger signs, etc., to adequately protect and warn all personnel in the vicinity of the tests. 1.20 TOOLS A. Use only tools designed for the particular operation. Tools shall be kept in good condition. Worn or broken tools shall not be used. B. Special tools and spare parts provided with any equipment shall be turned over to the Owner's authorized personnel and the Contractor shall obtain signed and dated r e c e i p t s for the In . 16010 - 7 04-017.65 1.21 CLEAN-UP J\ND PAINTING j\. After all systems and equipment have been installed, the Con~ractor shall clean-up all electrical equipment inside and outside the enclosures. All grease, dust, rust and chipped plaster and concrete shall be rernoved from the installed equipment. Each piece of equipment sh~:J be thOI"oughly cleaned and left in brand new condition. Special attention shall be given to the interior of panelboards and other similar equipment. All light fixture lenses and reflectors shall be thoroughly cleaned. The project will not be accepted as being finished until all such dirt and contamination has been removed. The Contractor shull provide touch-up painting where finished surfaces have received minor scratches during installation. Where electrical equipment with painted surfaces has been installed in finished areas, any such damage ,to the painted surfaces that cannot be corrected with minor touch-up painting shall be refinished 3t the factory at no cost to the Owner. Equipment installed in finished areas having noticeable damage to the finished surface will not be accepted. 1.22 FINAL INSPECTION 1\. On completion of final insp.cction the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner the Certificate of Final Inspection from the local authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 16010 - 8 04-017.65 SECTION 16110 RACEW A YS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install raceways for electrical and control wiring as shown on the Drawings and specified l1erein. 1.02 STANDARDS A. Size of raceways shall be not less than NEC requirements but in no case shall be less than indicated on the Drawings. Drawings are diagrammatic and routing of conduits shall be made by the Contractor to avoid interferences with other work. The Contractor shall install larger size raceways than shown where required for pulling of wire. B. Materials shall bear UL labels. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. B. Section 16450 - Grounding. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings glVlllg materials, finishes, dimensions, weights and standards compliance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rigid Conduit: 1. Steel: Hot dipped zinc coated, galvanized, threaded rigid steel conduit conforming to ANSI C80.I, Fed. Spec. WW-C-58I and UL Standard 6. Conduit shall be as manufactured by Triangle Republic Steel Corp. or Robroy. ' 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit: Hot dipped ZlllC coated, galvanized, threaded intermediate rigid steel conduit conforming to ANSI -C80.1 and UL Standard 1242 to be manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. or equal. 3. Plastic:. Rigid, Schedule 40-90 degrees C, UL rated PVC plastic conformmg to UL 651, Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and NEMA TC-2. Fittings shall conform with 16110-1 04-017.65 U L 514 and NEMA TC-3. Plastic conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Carlon, Sedco or H.obroy. 4. Couplings, Elbows and Nipples for Rigid Steel Conduit: Couplings, elbows and nipples shall be galvanized steel, threaded. I3 . E 1 e c t r i c a 1 Met a 11 i c Tub i n g (E M rr) : 1. Zinc coated steel electrical metallic tubing conforming to ANSI C80.3, UL 797 and Fed.. Spec. WW-C-563. Tubing shall be as manufactured by Triangle, Republic Steel Corp., Robroy or equal. 2. Couplings and connectors for EMT shall be steel compression type. C. Flexible :'vI etal Condu it: 1. Standard: Flexible zinc coated conduit conforming to UL 1. 2. Liquid-Tight: Flexible zinc coated conduit with liquid-tight flexible plastic sheath, conforming to .UL 360 Standard. Conduit shall be as ITlanufactured by Triangle, Robroy, [\naconda or equal. 3. Fittings For Flexible Conduit: Fed. Spec. W-R-406B and UL 514, as manufactured by Midwest or Robroy. D. Fittings for Rigid Steel Conduit and EMT: 1. Conform to ANSI C80.4. 2. Provide all required couplings, connectors and adapters of materials and finish matching conduit or EMT. 3. Conduit Coating: (Metallic Conduit Underground) Koppers Bitumastic No. 50. E. Straps and Fastenings for Conduit and EMT: 1. Straps: Formed zinc coated steel straps sized for conduits and tubing. 2. Fastenings: Zinc coated steel screws, bolts, toggles and expansion anchors as required. F. Wireways and Auxiliary Gutters: 1. Hot dip galvanized code gauge sheet steel, complete with knockouts, enclosures and removable screw covers unless indicated as hinged. Units shall be as manufactured by Square "0", I-Ioffman, Keystone. 2. Exterior locations shall have accepted weathertight gasketed covers and joints and UL listed raintight. 3. Conform to UL 870. G. Concrete Encased Non-Metallic Ducts (Duct Bank Ducts): Refer to Section 16405. H. Conduit Expansion and Deflection Fittings: 1 f3 1 1 {J - ~ 04-017.G5 1. Shall have internal grounding means. 2. Shall maintain constant inside diameter in any position and shall provide a smooth wireway for- protection of wire insulation. 3. Shall be made water'tight by a neoprene outer jacket that shall also protect the grounding means and the attachment points of the hubs. Jacket shall be secured by stainless steel straps. -+. Shall accom modate the following movements without collapsing or fracturing the conduit and damaging the wires it contains: a. 4~xial expansion or contraction of not less than 3/4 inches l!1 either direction. b. Angular misalignment of the axis of coupled conduit runs in any direction of not less than 30 degrees. c. Parallel misalignment of the axis of coupled conduit runs in any direction of not less than 3/4 inch. 1. Pull \Vires: 16 gauge galvanized steel wire or 200 pounds tensile strength plastic rope. J. Fire Stopping Material/Sealing Compound: 1. [VIa terial shall maintain its di mension and integrity while preventing the passage of flame, smoke, water and gases under conditions of installation and use when exposed to the ASTM El19 time-temperature curve for a time period equivalent to the rating of the assembly penetrated. Cotton waste shall not ignite when placed in contact with the non-fire side during the test. Fire- stopping material shall be noncombustible as defined by ASTM E136; and in addition for insulation materials, melting point shall be a minimum of 1850 degrees F for 2-hour protection. 2. Seal for floor, exterior wall, and roof shall also be watertight. 3. Sleeves: Plastic or 16-gauge sheet steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTr\LLATION ~~. Provide metal conduits, tubing, wireways, auxiliary gutters and electrical ducts where indicated in accordance with NEe, subject to following provisions: 1. Route feeders, home ~uns and conduits where indicated, except that minor deviations will be permitted. 2. Raceways shall be concealed in all finished areas. Raceways shall be exposed in mechanical and electrical rooms only. 3. Conduits.. tubing or raceways shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlet to cabinet, junction box or pull box. InllO - 3 04-017.65 4. \A/hen field cutting conduit, thread and carefully ream or file conduit and raceway ends to ,remove rough edges that might injure insulation of conductors. Cold galvanize field made threads. 5. Changes in directions 0f raceway runs shall be made with symmetrical bends or cast meLal t~~Lt1~g-S. Field made bends and offsets shall be made with a hickey or conduit bending machine specifically for size and type of conduit used. Minimum radius shall be 6 times conduit diameter for rigid metal conduit. Form thin wall tubing bends of proper radius. Crushed or deformed raceways shall not be used. Use factory formed fittings for surface raceways. 6. Conduit shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. Minimum size of conduit shall be 1/2 inch with the following exceptions: a. Conduit down to light switch box shall be 1/2 inch. b. Flexible conduit to a light fixture shall be 3/8 inch. (Maximum length six feet). c. Other sizes shall be as shown on the Drawings. 7. 'rake care to prevent lodgement of plaster, dirt, or trash in raceways, boxes, fittings and equipment during course of construction. Clogged raceways shall be entirely freed of obstructions or shall be replaced. 8. Conduits passing through walls shall be installed in sleeves. 9. Except where boxes, panels and other equipment have threaded openings, make conduit connections as follows: a. Double locknuts, one inside and one outside. b. Provide malleable iron or steel bushing with Bakelite liner molded and bonded into the bushing. c. Place bushing on end of conduit in addition to locknuts. B. Exposed Conduits: Install parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members or to intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Install horizontal raceways close to ceiling or ceiling beams and above water piping and other piping wherever possible. c. Location and Use of Each Type of Conduit: 1. Galvanized threaded rigid steel conduit shall be used: a. Where installed exposed. b. Where subject to abuse. c. \V her eve r s pee if i c a 11 y call e d for 0 n pIa n. 2. Galvanized threaded intermediate rigid steel conduit shall be used where galvanized rigid steel conduit is specified. Intermediate threaded conduit may be used as an option. 3. Plast ic condu it shall be used: a. \Vhere installed in concrete slabs or underground below slabs on grade, or in poured concrete '.valls. lGllO - ~ 04-017.65 b. For underground work beyond the building. c. Trenches for direct buried pye conduit shall be free of rocks and other material that may damage the conduit. 4. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be used indoors for all branch circuit wiring installed in hung ceilings and partition walls only. 5. Flexible metal conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or vibrating equipment such as motors, transformers and devices on piping and ductwork. Flexible conduit may be used for short connections to control devices, recessed fixtures and sirnilar items. Connection between structure and first point of attachment to vibrating equipment shall be flexible. Provide not less than 24-inch length except for recessed lighting fixtures. 6. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for connections to rotating or vibrating equipment in wet and damp locations and exterior locations. Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit so that liquids run off surface and drain away from fittings. Provide not less than 24-inch length. D. Installing Galvanized, Rigid or Intermediate Steel Conduit Below Slabs on Grade or in Ground: 1. Coat underfloor and underground metal conduits including fittings with two coats of specified conduit coatings. 2. Factory applied plastic resin or epoxy coated metal conduit and fittings may be used, provided that abrasions to coating are repaired with compatible mastic. E. Conduits Passing Through Waterproof Membranes: 1. Conduits Penetrating Waterproof Membranes Under Floor Slabs on Grade: Coordinate installation of conduits prior to installation of waterproof membrane. Membrane shall be sealed waterproof to conduits prior to pouring of slab over membrane. Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for conduits penetrating floor slabs. 2. Conduits Penetrating Waterproof Membranes on Walls: Provide properly coordinated Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves for conduits in concrete forms. Membrane shall be sealed waterproof to conduits. 3. Sealing of joints bet\veen conduits and pipe sleeves shall be as specified hereinbef ore. F. Expansion Joints: Conduits crossing expansion joints in building structure shall be provided with expansion fittings. G. Fire Stopping: Provide UL listed mineral fiber packing and fire retardant sealer in joints around conduits penetrating fire rated floors and fire rated walls. f-I. Fastening Conduits to Boxes, Cabinets, Wireways and Gutters: 1. Fasten conduit to boxes, cabinets, wireways and gutters with t\VO locknuts, one each side and bushing on the inside as per NEC-373-6(c). 16110 - J () 4: - 0 1 7 . fj 5 2. Fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be of threadless type reviewed for conditions encountered. I. Raceway Fastenings and Supports: 1. Supports: a. Secure support and fasten in place raceways at intervals of not more than eight feet, vvithin 3 feet of any bend and every outlet or junction box. This shall apply on vertical' runs as well as horizontal runs. b. Support individual horizontal conduits not larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter ~y means of one-hole pipe straps or individual pipe haEgers. c. Support individual horizontal conduits larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter by individual pipe hangers. d. Space conduits, installed against concrete surfaces, not less than 1/4 inch away from the surfaces by clamp backs or other approved means. e. In dry locations, spring steel fasteners, clips, or clamps specifically designed for supporting exposed single conduits may be used in lieu of pipe straps or pipe hangers. f. Hanger rod used in connection with spring steel fasteners, clips, and clamps shall be either not less than 1/4 inch in diameter galvanized steel rods or, if concealed above a suspended ceiling, galvanized perforated steel strapping. g. Support parallel conduits at the same elevations on trapeze-type multiple conduit hangers or channel inserts. Secure each conduit to the pipe hanger or channel insert member, by a U -bolt, one-hole strap, or other specifically designed and approved fastener suitable for use with the pipe hangers o~ channel inserts. h. Installation of supporting devices shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner and care shall be taken that at no time shall any portion of the building structure be overloaded. Should the building structure sustain damage through carelessness or through failure of the Contractor to properly support and install the electrical equipment, the Contractor shall bear all costs involved in repairing or replacing such i nst a11a t ion. 2. Fastenings: a. To Wood: \Vood screws, sheet metal screws or screw type nails. b. To Hollow Masonry: Toggle bolts or expansion bolts as required. Holes not used shall be filled with mortar. c. To Concrete or Solid Brick Masonry: By expansion bolts. Holes drilled to a depth of more than 1-1/2 inch in reinforced concrete beams or to a depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete joists shall avoid cutting the main reinforcing bars. Holes not used shall be filled with mortar. 1 6 1 1 0 - f) O-l-017.t35 d. To Steel 'Vork: tension cl~In~s. structures. Machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring- Raceways or pipe straps shall not be welded to steel e. 'To Light Steel Construction Partitions: Sheet Metal screws. Bar hangers may be attached with saddle ties of 16 gauge double strand zinc- coated steel wire. f. Nail-type nylon anchors or threaded studs driven in by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in lieu of expansion bolts or machine screws. g. Threaded C-clamps shall not be used. 3. Suspended Ceiling Construction: Above ceiling branch circuit raceways shall be supported independently of the ceiling support system. Wherever possible, they shall be fastened to the underside of the slab above. 4. Surface W ireways and i\uxiliary Gutters: surface. Use fastenings appropriate for J. Empty Raceways for Telephone and Signal Systems: Where empty conduit or tubing is indicated for wiring to be installed in future by utility company or by separate contract, install conduit or tubing in accordance with previous requirements therefor, together with the following additional requirements: 1. Minimum 1/2 inch conduit or tubing size. 2. No length of run shall exceed 75 feet for 3/4 inch size and 150 feet for 1 inch or larger sizes. 3. Raceways shall contain not more than two 90 degree bends or equivalent. 4. Additional pull or junction boxes shall be installed to comply with above limitations whether or not indicated. 5. Inside radii of bends in conduits of 1 inch or larger shall be not less than 10 times nominal conduit diameter. 6. Provide conduit with plaster covers or outlets as indicated on the Drawings. 7. Provide all required backboards and power outlets as indicated on the Drawings. 8. Pull Wires: Insert one pull wire, free of splices, in all telephone and signal system raceways for future wiring. Allow 10 inches minimum slack at each end of pull wire and securely caulk in place. 9. All public telephone outlet boxes shall be rnounted at 54-inches above finished floor. f{. Sleeves: 1. Install vvhere conduit passes through concrete floors, walls, ceilings or as indicated. 10110-7 04-017.65 2. Provide 1/2-inch mInImum clearance around conduit. Extend sleeve through full thickness of concrete. 3. Secure sleeves to concrete forms to prevent displacement during placing of concrete. 4. Filling or Openings: Wherever slots, sleeves, or other openings are provided in floors or \valls for the passage of race\vays, fill such opening, to prevent fire spread, passage of water or spread of products of combustion, as follows: a. Install the specified sealing compound. b. \Vhere conduits passing through openings are exposed in finished rooms, use filling material that matches, and is flush with, the adjoining finished floor, ceiling or wall. L. Raceway Seals: 1. Seal with the specified sealing compound raceways through which moisture rnay contact energized.live parts. 2. Underground Raceways Entering a Building: Seal the end entering the building with tile specified sealing compound to prevent the entrance of moisture or gasses. M. Install sealing compound in accordance with the manufacturerfs written instructions and as follows: 1. Opening or Empty Conduit: Install nonflammable material, to stop flow of sealant, leaving not less than two-inch length of conduit to be filled with the sealant. 2. Conduit with \Vires: Separate wires so that sealant can penetrate between \VlreS, and bet\veen \v ires and condu it. END OF SECTION lnllO - 8 04-017.65 SECTION 16115 EMP'ry CONDUIT SYSTEM Pi\RT 1 - GENERL\L 1.01 RELATED vVORK ~\. Section 16110 - Raceways PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 0 1 :\1 ATE R I A L S A.. . E rn p t Y Con d u it: 1. Provide all required empty conduit with plaster covers or outlets as indicated on drawings for wiring to be installed in future. 2. Minimum 1/2 inch tubing size, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Raceways to contain not more than two 900 bends or equivalent. B. Pull Boxes: Provide additional pull boxes to comply with above limitations whether or not indicated. C. Pull Wires: Provide one pull wire in all raeeways for future wiring. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.0 1 INSTALLATION A. Allow ten inches minimum slack at each end of pull wire and securely caulked. B. Conduit type and installation requirements shall conform to Section 1611 0 _ Raceways. END OF SECTION IGL15 - 1 o 4 - 0 1 7 . f) ;) SECTION 16120 WIRES, CABLES AND CONNECTORS Pl\R'T' 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install wires, cables and connectors for electrical and control circuits as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 STANDARDS ~r\ . :\1 ate ria 1 s t 0 be a r IT L 1 a bel s . 1.03 SUBMITrr I\LS ~;\. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings giving wire size, insulation type, rated voltage and temperature and NEe des i gn a t ion. P~A.RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPT ~f\BLE IVIANUF l\CTU RERS ~-\. Parking Luminaire Lead Connector Manufacturers: Amerace Ltd. Elastimold as manufactured by Amerace Corporation, P. O. Box 503, Newburg Road, Hackettstown, Nev.; Jersey 07840 or Joy Manufacturing Company, New Philadelphia, Ohio 44663. 2.02 MATERIALS ..-\. C,onductors (600 Volts and below): 1. Conductors shall be rated at 600 Volts and conform to NEMA WC-7 and IECA 5-61-402. 2. Conductors shall be composed of 98 percent annealed copper only, stranded in size #8 AWG and larger. Furnish conductor sizes for circuits as shown on drawings. Minimum size shall be #12 J.A,.WG except as otherwise specified for control \viring. 3. f\11 conductors shall be GOO Volt rnlnlmum type THHN/THWN for #8 and smaller and XI-IHW Lor tf 6 and larger, rated 90 degrees C. maximum conductor temperature with polyvinyl chloride insulation, and shall comply with UL standard for thermoplastic insulated wire. 4. Conductors for isolated power systems shall be type XHHW with a dielectric constant of 3.5 or less. ;). 1\11 conductors shall be plainly marked on outer braid at least every two feet with name of manufacturer, size and grade of insulation. 1nl~O - 1 04-017.65 h. Conductors shall be 3S manufactured by General Cable, Phelps Dodge or General Electric Co~npany. 13. C olar code all service~ feeder Qnd branch circuit wire as follows: 1 . 1 2 0/2 4 0 Vol t S Y s tern: \V hit e - N e u t r a 1 Black - Phase 1\ Red - Phase B Blue - Phase C 2. Bonding conductor - green. .3. Solid colored insulation shall be used on all conductors # 10 A WG and smaller and colored vinyl tape banding over black insulation at all accessible locations for #8 A \VG and larger. c. Control \Viring: 1. _0\ 11 con t r 01 wit i n g con d u c tor s s h a 11 be 6 0 0 Vol t t Y peT W . M in i mum s i z e s h a 11 be # 1 4: 1\ W G . 2. Conductors for control \viring shall be color coded, using different color coding than for the power conductors specified above. Multiple-conductor control cables color coding shall conform to NEMA we 5 and ICEA. 3. Conductors for fire alarm system shall be as shown on the fire alarm riser diagram and specifications. 4. Cable for paging system shall be as shown on the paging system riser diagram and specifications. 5. Conductors for communication systems shall be as indicated on the particular system specification section. D. Conductor Bundling Straps: 1. Form from self-extinguishing nylon having a temperature range of plus 30 degrees F to plus 250 degrees F. 2. Equip each strap with a locking hub or head with a locking barb on one end and a taper on the other end. 3. Make wire and cable ties for installation outdoors and in exposed locations of black, ultraviolet resistant, nylon material. E. Connectors, Terminals and Splices: 1. Provide connectors, terminals and splices for all power and lighting circuits using 600-Volt wire and cable as follows: a. Provide connectors, terminals, and splices, for all wire, cable, and equipment and bus connections, that are designed and approved for the specific type and size of conductors being connected. 161'20 - 2 o 4: - 0 1 7 . f) 5 b. Connectors and term inals shall be designed and UL approved for use with the associated conductor material, and shall provide a uniform cornpression over the entire contact surface. Solderless terminal lugs shall be used on all stranded conductors. e. Pressure-cr-imp type connectors, terminals and splices shall be applied \Nith 3. rnechanical or hydraulic tool with proper size crimpling dies for making each connection. The tool shall be of the type that will not release until the correct pressure has been applied. d. Splices and taps in wire # 10 1\ WG, and smaller, shall be made with approved. wire-nut-type, patent spring connectors. Use 3M Scotchlocks or equal. e. Provide Burndy, type Y i\ V box, or equal, pressure-crimp ring-tongue terminals tor termination of No.8 stranded cable. f. Provide Burndy type YSV box butt splices, or equal, for splicing #8 A \vG stranded cable. g. For termination and splicing of cable of #6 AWG or larger, provide long- barrel, type Y /\ pressure-cri mp lugs and type YS tubular pressure-cri mp splices by Burndy or equal. Use long-barrel pressure-crimp lugs wherever space conditions permit. Use long-barrel pressure crimp splices exclusively for splicing. Where space is inadequate for use of long-barrel lugs, provide Burndy Type Y A-L, pressure-crimp, short barrel lugs, or equal. Use 2 hole lugs on cable of 250 MCM and larger. h. For tap off #8 ..~ WG cable and larger, provide Burndy type KS Split-bolt copper connectors (bugs), with Burndy type SC one-piece plastic split- bolt covers, or equal. Other types of connectors for tapping may be used subject to prior' approval by the Engineer. 1. Use proper size bronze bolts, nuts, washers, and lock washers of Burndy Durium alloy. or equal, for bolting cable terminations to equipment terminals and bus bars. J. Termination of solid wires of # 10 A WG and smaller at terminal blocks shall be made by form ing the wires in a ring to fit under a screwhead, t h u s r e qui r i n g not e r rn in all u g · 2. Provide terminals and splices and make connections in control, alarm and instrumentation system as follows: a. For stranded vv lrl ng provide type TP , vinyl-insulated, ring-tongue term inals by Burndy, or equal, for all term inat ions. b. In locations \vhere splicing of stranded wire is indicated or permitted by specifications, use type SP vinyl-insulated, butt splices by Burndy, or equal. c. \V ire terrn inals shall be installed with pressure tools equal to those manufactured by ~\ rnerican Pamcor, one of which is No. 59072, which obliges the Contractor to apply the correct pressure required to produce 3. tight eonnection befoee the tool is released. Use a pressure tool designed for the specific size of connector and wire being terminated. 1 h, 1 ~ 0 - .'3 04-017.G5 d. Taps in stranded \vire may be made with 3M, Scotchlock wire nut, or equal, except ~hat the conductor being tapped shall not be cut, and shall be twisted together with the tap conductor before wire nut application. P.\H.T 3 - EXECU'rrON 3.01 INSTALLf\TION L\. Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until all mechanical work is complete. B. Pulling lubricants shall be of the type accepted for the particular cable insulatiof1. and as recom mended by the cable manufacturer. c. Conductors in panelboards, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., shall be formed, grouped and taped to present a neat and orderly appearance. D. Leading end of each conductor pulled shall be carefully examined for damage to jacket. If damaged, cable shall be extended and further checked for damage with good cable only to rem8.in. E. :\ t each outlet, allow not less than 6 inches slack for connection to load. F. \Vire and Cable Supports: 1. Provide support for all conductors within vertical raceways at intervals as required by, and using one or more of the support methods of, Article 300-19 of the NEe, and as follov\1s: a. For insulating wedge supports as described in (b)(l) of NEC Article 300- 19, and where indicated, provide OZ Company, or equal, Type R, plug- type, canvas-bakelite cable supports of proper duct or conduit size, and number of holes. b. Cable ties, where required, shall be Panduit Corporation Pany-Ty, or equal, nylon cable ties. c. Except where otherwise indicated or specified, support for conductors shall be as per paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of NEC Article 300-19. 2. Provide Kellems Grip supports for wire and cable where indicated. 3. Support vvire and cable within all enclosures and at each connection so that any strain on the wire or cable shall not be transmitted to the connection as follo\vs: a. With nylon cable ties. b. \Vith insulated cable clamps sized per O.D. of cable or wire bundle and bolted to equiprnent enclosure. c · \^l it h K e 11 ems gr ips w her e in die ate d. G. Taping: Tape all connections in 600-Volt wire and cable as follows: 16120 - 4- 04-017.05 1. In dry locations" tape all connections, splices, taps and exposed barrels of terminal lugs with half-lapped layers of 3M Scotch 33, vinyl plastic tape, or equal, appiied to a thickness equal to the conductor insulation. 2. In damp or \vet locations, tape connections per paragraph G.l above, and in add it ion, a p ply a t 1 e as t t \V 0 h a 1 f -1 a p p e d 1 aye rs 0 f 3 M S cot c h 8 8 vi n yIp 1 as tic tape over the first layers of tape, and water proof the taped connection with a final overall application of an electrical varnish or sealer. 3. Insulated splices and \vire-nut connections, in dry locations, and where not subject to vibration, need not be taped. H. \V ire and Cable I\1arking: 1. Identify each phase of all three phase feeder conductors with 3M Scotch 35, or equal" vinyl plastic marking tape. Use color groups, with three distinct colors in each group, for phase identification of feeders of different system voltage as per 2.028 above. 2. /\.11 feeders and branch circuit conductors, and all control, ala~m and instrumentation wires, shall be identified at all terminations, junction boxes, pull boxes, handholes and manholes as follows: a. Use Brady Company, or equal, self-sticking vinyl cloth, WIre markers for a 11 \V 1 rea n d cab 1 e ide n t i f i cat ion. b. Except as otherwise indicated, identify each feeder with name of panelboard it feeds. c. Branch circuit conductors from panelboards shall be each marked with panelboard name, and circuit number. d. Identify all conductors of control, alarm and instrumentation systems with wire numbers or terminal letters as indicated on the Drawings. Where markings are not indicated, the Contractor shall assign his own markings, and indicate thern on the "Record Dra\vings" set of construction drawings. 1. Installation of 60D-Volt \Vire and Cable: 1. Install wire and cable in conduits, ducts, wireways, cable trays and other enclosures as indicated. 2. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, all wire and cable shall be installed in continuous runs bet\veen terminal points without splicing. 3. Make splices and taps only in junction boxes, from terminals in terminal boxes, in manholes, in handholes and other accessible enclosures. 4. Do not splice vvirc and cable in ducts or conduits. 5. Except as other\v ise ind ica ted, or speci fied, do not splice or tap control, alarm or instrumentation wiring in underground manholes and handholes. 1 ~l 1 :2 0 - oj 04-017.G5 6. \Vhen pulling \vire or cable, do not subject the wire or cable to a tension greater than 50 percent of the yield strength of the conductor. Pulling lugs shall be attached to the conductor \vith a sleeve or grip over the cable sheath to prevent slipping the insulation. 7. Use a U L approved lubricant to decrease friction when pulling cable In ducts and conduits. 8. Do not subject cable to a bending radius less than 8 tirnes the cable outside diameter during or after installation. 9. In wet locations, make splices first as for dry locations, then encapsulate them in an epoxy resin sealing and potting compound. Encapsulation of compression sleeve splices shall be with preformed molds. 10. Pulling of wires and cable into conduits shall be done in a manner which will in no way injure the insulation. 11. All wires in conduit shall be continuous between pull points without splices. No joints or splices in the condL~ctors shall be permitted except at outlet or accessible junct ion boxes, or rnanholes. 12. Sufficient lengths of wire shall be left at pull boxes for connecting to equipment and apparatus \vithout straining. 13. 1\11 wires passing through pull boxes shall have enough slack in each box so they may be pulled out of the box a distance of no less than 6 inches across the entire length of the box. 14. Pull together cables to be installed in a single conduit. J. V/ire Sizes: Drawings indicate wire and conduit sizes for typical equipment. If sizes shown on the Drawings are not appropriate for the equipment chosen by the Contractor, wires and conduit shall be sized for the proper current-carrying capacity in accordance with the NEe, at no extra cost to the Owner. K. Terminations: 1. Terminate solid conductors on screw terminals or mechanical connectors furnished on devices and equipment. 2. Terminate equipment. connectors. stranded conductors on mechanical connectors furnished on \Vhere no connectors are included, provide suitable mechanical 3. Termination of stranded conductors on screw terminals will not be permitted. Provide suitable size compression or mechanical type connector with spade tongue. If)120 - t1 04-017.65 3.02 TEST'ING :\... Continuity tests and insulation-resistance tests shall be performed to assure there are no shorts or unintentional grounds. The insulation resistance shall be measured with a 500-Volt DC megger (conductor to conductor and conductor to ground) and should read greater than one megohm. Test readings shall be recorded and a certified copy given to the Engineer. END OF SECTION lGl'~O - 7 n4-017.f15 SECTION 16130 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES p:\Rrr 1 - GENER,\L 1.01 \VORK INCLUDED J.~. Provide outlet, pull and junct.ion boxes as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 ST .'\NDARDS ..~. Mat erials shall bear U L labe Is. 1.03 SUBMITTJ.~LS :\. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature, and shop drawings giving materials, finishes, accessories and installation directions. P..~RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 lYli\TERL~LS L;\. Outlet Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes shall be galvanized steel and shall conform to Federal Specifications WC-583 and ANSI-C33.65. 2. Outlet boxes for switches and receptacles in finished walls shall be one piece gang boxes, with separators if required, and shall have corners with rectangular opening of proper size and shape. Minimum box size: 4 inch x 4 inch x 1-1/2 inch, unless otherwise noted on Drawings and/or as required. 3. Outlet boxes for all other devices shall be of suitable type and size in accordance with recom mendations of manufacturer of equipment. 4. All outlet boxes shall be drip proof with screw attached covers. Each box shall have a turned-in lip. Lip shall be drilled and tapped for 1/8 inch or 3/16 inch round head screws, symmetrically placed. 5. Lighting fixture outlet boxes, where used, shall be square or octagonal. 6. Exterior outlet boxes and boxes for exposed conduit runs shall be cast, rust resisting metal with full threaded hubs, with rubber gasket and screw type covers. 7. Outlet boxes shall be as rnanufactured by National, Steel City, l\ppleton or equivalent. lG130 - 1 04-017.85 B. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Pull and Junction Boxes shall conform to Federal Specifications WJ-800 and shall be of all steel construction, seam welded at joints and hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A386. <) I\il boxes shall be drip proof with screw attached covers. Each box shall have a turned-in lip \vhich shall be welded at joint to develop full strength. Lip shall be drilled and tapped for 1/8 inch or 3/16 inch round head screws, sym metrically placed. To provide adequate length of thread, nuts shall be tack \velded on inside of lip, or lip shall be made double thickness. Cover shall be drilled to match. 3. Pull and junction boxes shall be sufficiently rigid to withsLand moderate twisting strains. Steel boxes of 100 cubic inches or less shall be of No. 14 gauge steel; between 101 and 8500 cubic inches shall be No. 12 steel; large boxes shall be No. 10 gauge steel. Barriers and angles shall be supplied as requ ired. -1. Outdoor pull and junct ion boxes shall be cast steel and gasketed wit!1 screw cover rnounting on outward-turned flanges of boxes. P..~RT 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INST i\LLA TION A. Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Boxes for surface mounted ceiling and interior bracket lighting fixtures shall have fixture studs. Studs shall be in center boxes and strongly anchored. 2. Maximum number of conductors in a box shall comply with NEe - Table 370- 6(a). 3. Boxes and supports shall be fastened as follows: a. To concrete or brick with bolts and expansion shields. b. To hollow masonry with toggle bolts. c. To steel work with machine screvys or welded studs. 4. All outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be of adequate size to accom modate installation of conductors without excessive bending of conductors which would damage insulation. 5. Outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be surface or flush mounted as required. 6. Pull and junction boxes shall be provided at such location as required to reduce length of cable pull or reduce number of elbows between outlets. 7. Provide blank covers for all outlet boxes \vhen devices or wiring has been removed or not installed. 8. Install boxes for light sVJitches located near doors on the lock side, even where the symbols 3.re indicated on the hinge sides. lfl130 - 'J o -t - 0 1 7 . r) 5 ~L Surface I'vlounted: Install cast-iron alloy hub-type outlet boxes and conduit bodies up to eight f e,et above interior floors. 10. \Vet Locations: Install cast-iron alloy hub-type outlet boxes and conduit bodies vvith gaskets. 11. Unless otherwise indicated, flush mount outlet boxes with the front edges of the boxes or plaster covers attached thereto flush with the finished wall or ceiling. 12. Unless otherwise indicated, provide boxes in plastered walls and ceilings with plaster rings. Do not install plaster rings until the finished plaster line is determined for the particular location. 13. The indicated mounting height of a wall-mounted outlet box means the height from the finished floor to the horizontal centerline of the cover plate. END OF SECTION 16130 -.3 04-017.65 SI~CTION 16140 SWITCIIES AND RECEPTACLES PARrr 1 - GENER~;\L 1. 0 1 \V 0 R KIN C L U D ED .:\. Provide s\vitches and receptacles as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 STr\NDARDS _~. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature giving material, finishes, accessories and installation directions where required. 1.03 STANDi\RDS r\. :.1aterials shall bear UL labels. B. ..r\ 11 w i r i n g de v ice s s h a 11 be ins t a 11 e d 1 n s t r i c t a c cord an c e wit h r11 an u fa c t u r e r recom mendations. c. ~~ll wiring devices shall conform to NEMA WD-l, UL 20 and UL 498. P.L~RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MA1'ERIALS i\. Wall switches shall be of the quiet type and of the totally enclosed tumbler type for non-public areas and of the lock type for public areas, with bodies of phenolic compound. Wiring terminals shall be of the screw type or of the sold~rless pressure type having suitable conductor-release arrangement. No more than one switch shall be installed in a single-gang position. S\vitches shall be single pole, double pole, three way and four way rated 20-i\mp. 120-Volt or 277 Volt for use on alternating current only. Switches shall conform to Federal Specifications WS-5896E. B. Receptacles shall be 20 Amp., 125 Volt, AC, 2-pole, 3-wire, single or duplex, U- slotted grounding type. Bodies of 20 Amp. receptacles shall be of phenolic compound supported by a mounting yoke having plaster ears. Receptacles shall conform to Federal Specifications WC-596D. c. Receptacles rated larger than 20 Amp. shall be the type, rating, and number of poles indicated on the I)rawings or as required for the intended use and shall conform to Federal Specifications \YC-596 and NEMA WD-l. D. Cover plates shall conform to Federal Specifications WP-455, and shall be plastic v.Jith no grooves or ornate pattern to mar surfaces in finished area. E. All s\vitches, receptacles and cover plates shall be ivory. F. Duplex Receptacles With Ground Fault Interrupter shall be an integral unit suitable for mounting in a standard outlet box and conform to UL 943. 16140 - 04-017.65 1. Ground fault interrupter, shall be hospital grade and consist of a differential current tranSfOr:11e~, solid state sensing circuitry and a. circuit interrupter switch. It shall be rated for operation on a 60 Hz., 120 Volt, 20 Amp. branch circuit. Device shall have nominal sensitivity to ground leakage current of five milliamperes and shall function to interrupt the current supply for any value of ground leakage current above five milliamperes on the load side of the device. Device shall have a minimum nominal tripping time of 1/30th of a second. 2. Receptacle shall be rated at 20 Amps., 125 Volts for indoor use and shall be the standard 2-pole, 3-wire grounding type. Pl\RT 3 - EXECUTION 3.02 INSTf\LL1\TION 1\. Mounting Heights: 1. Duplex Receptacles; 18 inches AFF to centerline unless otherwise indicated" 2. Lighting Switches: 4'-0" L-\FF to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 3. Special Purpose Receptacles: 18 inches AFF to centerline unless otherwise noted. 4. Telephone Outlets: 18 inches AFF or 54 inches AFF to centerline, as indicated on symbol legend and drawings, unless otherwise noted. 5. Prior to rough-in of outlet boxes and conduit, locations of wiring devices shall be checked with architectural drawings for door swings and furniture details. Duplex receptacles in finished areas shall be mounted vertically. Particular attention shall be given to changes authorized by change order. B. Boxes mounted back to back will not be permitted. c. Receptacles, switches and other devices shall be ganged and provided with a single multi-gang cover plate. D. Receptacles in outdoor locations shall be installed in exposed cast-metal outlet boxes with gasketed weatherproof cast-metal coverplates with a spring-flap cap over each receptacle. END OF SECTION iGl.tO - ~ 04-017.65 SECTION 16150 IV10TOR AUXILIARIES p/\Ilrr 1 - GENERi\L 1.01 VlORK INCLUDED :\. Provide motor disconnect switches, controllers and other motor auxiliaries as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. The horsepower ratings indicated on the Drawings are shown for the benefit of the Contractor and do not limit equipment size.. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4~. Materials shall bear U L labels. P.:\RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ),11\ TE RL~\LS i\. :'.totors: 1. Each motor shall be provided with a disconnecting means meeting the requirements of NEe Article 430, Part H. For single-phase fractional horsepower motors, a single-or double-pole toggle switch, rated for alternating current will be acceptable provided the ampere rating of the switch is at least 125 percent of the motor rating. Enclosed safety switches shall be horsepower rated. Switches shall be the quick-break type, and shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors. 2. Each motor shall be provided with a suitable controller and devices that will perform the functions as required for the respective motors. Automatic control devices such as thermostats, float or pressure switches may directly control the starting and sto:Jping of motors up to 1/4 horsepower, provided the devices used are designed for the purpose and have an adequate horsepower rating. When the automatic control device does not have such a rating, a magnetic starter shall be used, with the automatic control device activating the pilot-control circuit. Manual controllers for motors larger than 1/4 horsepower shall be specifically designed for the purpose and shall have a horsepower rating equal to the motor involved. 3. When cornbination manual-and-automatic control is specified, and the automatic control device operates the motor directly, a double-throw, 3- position tumbler or rotary switch shall be provided for the manual control. When the automatic control device actuates the pilot-control circuit of a magnetic starter, the latter shall be provided with a 3-position selector switch marked "Inanual-off-automatic". Connections to the selector switch shall be such that only the normal automatic regulatory control devices will be by- passed when the switch is in the "manual" position. All safety control devices such as a low or high pressure cutout, high-temperature cutout, and motor overload protective devices shall be connected in the motor control circuit in both the "manual" and the "automatic" positions of the selector switch. 10150 - 1 04-017.05 r r ~. 1\11 motor-control circuits shall operate at 120 Volt. Control circuitry power shall be obtained frQm the load side of the motor-disconnect means from a 2- \\lire. 120 Volt grounded circuit obtaining its source from the same circuit feeding the motor. If the motor circuit is more than 120 Volt to ground, the control circuit shall be energized from a 2-winding transformer having its 120 Volt secondary winding grounded. Overcurrent protection shall be provided in the ungrounded secondary conductor only and shall be properly sized for the load. 0. Each motor of 1/8 horsepower or larger shall be provided with therrnal- overload protection. The overload-protection device shall be provided either integral with the rnotor or controller or mounted in a separate enclosure. Unless otherwise specified~ the protective device shall be of the manual-reset type. All 3-phase motor controllers shall provide overload protection and a set of contacts in each phase. The overload-relay heater elements shall be the size recom mended by the manufacturer for the full-load rated current of the motor and the rating shall be based on the actual motor nameplate full-load current. PAItT 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION .\. :\1otor Connections: All motors shall be connected to the conduit system by means of a short section (24 inches minimum) of flexible conduit, unless otherwise indicated. B. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. END OF SECTION Ih150 .') 04-017.65 SECTION 16155 INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED MOTOR STARTERS Pl\RT 1 - GENER.c\L 1.01 \NORK INCLUDED :\. Provide individually mounted motor starters as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 QU,A.LITY i\SSUR~~NCE ~-\ . Mat e ria 1 s s haIl be a r U L 1 a bel s. B. Starters shall conform to NEMf\ lCS. 1.03 SUBMITT.-\LS ~~. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings giving motor starters NEM1\ size, voltage, phase, enclosure and construction spec i fica t ion. Pl\RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 :\11\ TERIALS i\. Individually mounted combination motor starters shall consist of a magnetic starter and a disconnect switch of the molded case circuit breaker type. Disconnect switch shall be operable by an external handle, interlocked to prevent opening the enclosure door while the disconnect is in the ON position. Provide mechanical interlock by- pass to allow access for authorized personnel. Clearly mark the disconnect handle to indicate the ON and OFF position. B. .t\cross-the-line magnetic starters through NEMA size 5 shall be equipped with double break silver alloy contacts.. Single break contacts shall be supplied on size 6 and larger. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or removing starter from panel. c. Coils shall be of molded construction through NEMA size 5. Coils on size 6 and larger starters shall be form wound, taped, varnished and baked. All coils shall be replaceable from the front without removing the starter from the panel. D. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. E. Magnetic starters shall be provided with the following accessories: 1. Three overload relays, sized on the actual motor nameplate full load current and manually reset. 10155 - 1 04-017.65 2. Two convertible auxiliary contacts with provisions for field mounting of two future convertibl~ auxiliary contacts. 3. Fused control power transforrner ra.ted 480/120 Volts. 4. Red and green pilot lights. 5. Hand-off-automatic selector switch. F. rY1otor starters enclosure shall be NEIYfA 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor use. G. Starter size shall be as indicated or as required for the motor being served. p,A.R'r 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Motor Starters shall be installed with top 5 feet 6 inches above finished floor, shall be rigidly and securely at1.:ached to building construction and shall not depend <.lpon conduit for support. B. Coordinate with the Mechanical Sections for the motor starters specified herein. END OF SECTION 10155 - '2 04-017.65 SECTION 16160 P ANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERL~L 1. 0 1 \V 0 R KIN C L U D ED A.. Provide panelboards as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 STANDARDS :\ . Mat e rials s hall be a r U L 1 a bel s. 1.03 SUBMITT l\LS L.\. Submit for review, properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings giving panelboard type, phase, voltage, ampacity, mounting, dimensions, interrupting rating and data on all included circuit breakers. Pl\RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTr\BLE MANUF..t\CTURERS t\. Panelboards shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Square 0 or Westinghouse. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Panelboards shall be dead front, safety type construction and shall conform to Federal Specification WP-115, NEMA PB 1, ANSI C33.38 and UL 67. B. Solderless lugs, or connections, in the correct number and sizes for conductors, shall be provided on mains, on the load side of each branch circuit and on neutral bars. c. All buses shall be 98 percent copper and sized as indicated.on the plans. D. The enclosure shall be "bonderized" or equal and primed and finished inside and outside to resist rusting and corrosion and to present a pleasing appearance. E. All panelboard cabinets shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized sheet steel and be completely galvanized for corrosion protection. F. All panelboards shall have flush chromium plated combination type cylinder lock and latch. Panels shall be keyed alike. G. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps and be complete with door, surface or flush mounted, as indicated on Drawings. H. Panelboards cabinets and fronts shall be finished with manufacturer's standard gray. 1. Panelboards shall be circuit breaker type as scheduled on Drawings and supplied \vith aluminum buses including neutral bus and ground bus with 1/8 inch or larger terminal 1G1f10 - 1 04-017.65 screws and with neutral terminals stamped with number corresponding to branch circuit numbers. J. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type with quick make, quick break mechanism, and have interrupting capacity as shown on the Drawings. Each circuit breaker shall have a thermal magnetic trip device with trip ratings as shown on Drawings. K. Any two single pole circuit breakers shall be replaceable by one two pole circuit breaker and any three single pole breakers shall be replaceable by a three pole circuit breaker. Handle ties will not be accepted. L. All panels shall have a circuit directory card mounted on the frame \\'ith plastic cover mounted on the inside of the door and all directory cards shall be filled in by the Contractor, using a typewriter, and indicating areas and/or devices served by each circuit. M. Circuit breakers minimum interrupting ratings shall be 10,000 Amp. for 120 Volt systems. N. Panelboards for lighting and receptacles shall be a minimum of 20 inches wide, 5-3/4 inches deep. Side gutters shall be 4 inches minimum width and top and bottom gutters shall be 6 inches minim':lm height, to adequately accommodate conduit, wires and cables entering and leaving. o. I\lain service panelboard shall be rated for service entrance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Panelboards shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. No panel shall be installed that has a capacity to receive more than 42 overcurrent devices. If design conditions dictate the use of more than 42 overcurrent devices, two or more panelboards shall be installed. c. Panelboards shall not exceed 78 inches in length and shall be so mounted that the height from the floo~ to the top operating handle is not greater than 6 feet. D. Numbering on panelboard circuits shall be by spaces and not be by breaker units. Panelboards with spaces in two columns shall have odd-numbered spaces on the left and even-numbered spaces on the right. Numbering shall be from top to bottom and shall be permanently attached. E. Panelboard cabinets shall be provided with suitable lugs for mounting, and be provided \vith dead-front shields arranged to provide access to wiring gutters with front removed. F. Panelboards shall be rTIounted where shown on Drawings. G. Provide black and white laminated plastic nameplate for each panelboard. 161GO - 2 04-017.65 1-1. Provide a typewritten directory for each panelboard. Locate directory on inside of cover. 1. Neatly route, harness and support conductors in gutters, wiring spaces and compartments. Conduetor bending radius shall not be less than the minimum recom mended by the conductor manufacturer. END OF SECTION 16160 - 3 o 4 - 0 1 7 . f) 5 SECTION 16170 DISCONNECTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide disconnect switches as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 STi\NDARDS :\. I\laterials shall bear UL labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ~~. Submit for review, properly identified rnanufacturer's catalog sheets giving type, ampacity, number of poles, HP rating, fusing, voltage and type enclosure. P~.\RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 1 MATERIALS ~A.. Safety switches shall conform to Fed. Spec. W-S-865, NEMA KS1 and ANSI C33.64, and shall be of heavy duty type, enclosed, of quick-make, quick-break construction. Rating shall be as indicated on Drawings. All switches shall be horsepower rated, UL listed and so labeled. B. Safety switch operating handle shall be of the insulated, box mounted type that directly drives the switch mechanism and shall be suitable for padlocking in OFF position. c. Defeatable, front accessible, "coin-proof" interlocks shall be provided to prevent opening of cover when switch is in ON position, and prevent turning switch ON when door is open. Securely fastened metallic nameplate shall include highly visible "ON- OFF" indication. D. Motor Disconnect Means: Provide each motor with a local disconnect switch whether shown on the Drawings or not. E. Provide fuses for all disconnect switches as indicated. Fuses shall be dual element type as specified in Section 16181. F. Safety switch enclosure shall be NEMA 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor use. P ~A..RT 3 - EXECUTION 3.0 1 INSTALLATION A. All switches shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer recom mendations, where shown on Drawings and in compliance with NEC. 1(j170 - 1 04-017.65 B. Safety switches indoors shall be installed with top 5 feet 6 inches above floor, shall be rigidly and securely attached to building and shall not depend upon conduit for support. C . E a c h s Vv i t c h s h a 11 bel a b e 11 e d \^J i t h the n am e 0 f the e qui p men tis s e r v e s. END OF SECTION 1 G 1 7 0 - .J 04:-017.65 1 If r . r SECTION 16180 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED r\. Provide overcurrent protection devices as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 STANDARDS A. Materials shall bear UL labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature giving materials, finishes, accessories and installation directions where required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Circuit Breakers: 1. Circuit breakers shall conform to Fed. Spec. WC-375, UL 489 and NEMA ABl, and shall be a circuit interrupting device which shall operate both manually, for normal switching functions, and automatically under overload and short circuit conditions. It shall provide circuit and self protection when applied within its ratings. 2. Provide at voltage, phase, number of poles and amps indicated, with sym metrical amperes interrupting rating equal to or larger than that shown on Drawings or specified. Control and signaling function may be incorporated by use of accessories. 3. Operating mechanism shall be entirely trip-free so that contacts cannot be held close against an abnormal over-current or short circuit condition. 4. Operating handle of circuit breaker shall open and close all poles of a multi- pole breaker simultaneously. These breakers shall meet applicable NEMA AB-l and UL specifications. 5. Each circuit breaker shall have a trip unit to provide overload and short circuit protection. Trip element shall operate a common trip bar which shall open all poles in case of an overload or short circuit through anyone pole. Two-pole and three-pole circuit breakers shall have a common trip bar. Handle ties will not be accepted. 6. Contacts shall be of non-welding silver alloy and ampere rating shall be clearly visible. 16180 - 1 04-017.65 i. Circuit breakers for use in switchboards, lighting and power panelboards, distribution panelbo.ards and individually enclosed shall be 1, 2, or 3 poles as indicat~d on Drawings. B. \lolded Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type, mounted in distribution, lighting and power panelboards and individually enclosed units. 2. Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break action. 3. Molded case circuit breakers for panelboards shall have the following minimum ampere interrupting capacities (RMS): a. 120 Volts 10,000 AlC power panelboards 4. Each molded case circuit breaker shall have a thermal magnetic trip device with trip ratings as shown on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.. Circuit breakers shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturerls recom mendations. B. Separately enclosed circuit breakers shall be in NEMA 1 enclosures when installed indoors, and NEMA 3 R enclosures when installed outdoors. C. Separately enclosed circuit breakers shall be identified with a black and white phenolic nameplate with 1/2 inch high letters. D. All overcurrent protective devices in the electrical power distribution system shall be selectively coordinated to avoid tripping of devices other than those which would isolate a fault within the system. END OF SECTION If1180 - '2 04-017.G5 SECTION 16250 AUTOl\1ATIC TRANSFER SWITCf-IES P :\ R T 1 - G ENE R i\ L 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide automatic transfer ~witches as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS :\. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature giving product data, ratings, interrupting capacity, dimensions, internal wiring diagrams, operational details, optional features and installation and maintenance instructions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURr\NCE !\. :vIa terials shall bear U nderwri t erts Laboratories labels. B. ..-\utomatic transfer switch associated with the emergency generator set shall be supplied by Contractor. P ..-\RT 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTl\BLE MANUFACTURERS 46".. Transfer switches shall be as manufactured by ASCO Bulletin 940, Lexington or Russelectric Inc. 2.02 \IATERIALS ~-\. 4~utomatic transfer switches shall conform to all requirements of UL 1008. B. ..~utomatic Load Transfer Control: Complete automatic transfer switches, including necessary relays and component parts, together with electrically and mechanically interlocked contactors and shall provide the following functions: 1. Upon power line outage, automatically start generating set, and when set comes up to voltage, disconnect load circuits from main line and transfer them to standby set. 2. Upon power line return transfer load back to line and stop set. c. Switch Rating: Rating of transfer switches shall be sufficient to handle the total load connected, loads being transferred and allow for short circuit currents of 20 times full load rating for one second. D. S\vitch Components: 1. Automatic transfer switches shall be 2 and 3 poles, switched neutral mechanically held, electrically operated type rated for continuous duty in an 1 f) 2 5 0 - 1 O.t-017.65 unventilated unventilated sheet metal NEMA 1 enclosure. The switches shall be double thro'vV having electrically operated normal--emergency positions inherently interlocked mechanically and with main contacts mechanically attached to a common shaft. A manual operator shall be provided. Ampere and voltage ratings shall be as indicated. 2. All main contacts shall be silver alloy wiping-action type. All switch and relay contacts, coils, springs, and control elements shall be removable from the front of the transfer switches without removal of the switch panels from the enclosure and without disconnection of drive linkages or power conductors. Sensing and control relays shall be continuous duty industrial control type with minimum contact rating of 10 amperes. 3. Undervoltage Protection: Solid state closed differential voltage sensitive devices on all phases shall be provided to monitor normal power source and signal emergency power to start and assume load, on a partial loss of power on any phase. These shall have calibrated dial adjustments and be temperature compensated for a maximum deviation of::2 volts, from -250F to +1750F. 4. Battery Charger: Load transfer control shall include a SCR design, fused, battery charger to automatically charge and maintain starting battery of emergency set. It shall have a maximum charge rate of 2A at 24V (nomir. J and automatically taper to trickle charge. 5. Time Delay to Start the Generator: A time delay, adjustable from 1 to 30 seconds, shall be provided to prevent emergency power from needless starting and stopping during periods of momentary voltage fluctuations from normal power source. 6. Time Delay to Pick-Up Load: A time delay, adjustable from 1 second to 60 seconds, shall be provided to prevent emergency power from accepting load until emergency power operates unloaded for a predetermined period of time. 7. Time Delay to Retransfer Load: After normal power has returned to service, a time delay adjustable from one minute to thirty minutes shall be provided to delay retransferring load to normal power for purpose of (1) overriding initial voltage fluctuations of returning normal power and (2) providing a predeter- mined minimum period of operating time for emergency power. If emergency set should fail during delay period, time delay shall be bypassed and load instantly retransferred to normal power. 8. Time Delay to Stop Emergency Power: After load has been retransferred to normal power, a time delay, adjustable from one minute to 30 minutes, shall be provided to allow engine to cool down by permitting emergency set to operate unloaded for a predetermined period of time before shutdown. 9. Automatic Exerciser: A means shall be provided to automatically start and run emergency generating set for a set period of time for purpose of testing or exercising complete engine, alternator and load transfer control. After completion of set period of time for testing and exercising, emergency source shall be automatically shutdown. Such periods for testing or exercising shall be adjustable in multiples of 15 minutes per period with period repeated on any combination of days over a cycle of 7 days before recycling. During period of testing or exercising, ernergency power shall assume load. 16250 - 2 04-017.65 10. Test Switch: To simulate a power outage, operational check of engine, alternator and load transfer control. 11. Disconnect Device: A means shall be provided to electrically disconnect control section fronl transfer switch to permit safe access for maintenance or service, of control, during periods of normal operation. 12. Neutral Bar: :\n ungrounded copper bar with compression lugs shall be provided for interconnection of isolated neutral leads. 13. Normal and Ernergency Lamps: Colored indicating lights shall be provided on the enclosure door and labeled to indicate transfer switch position: Green- normal source; Red - emergency. 14. Provide the automatic transfer switch with two sets of normally open and two sets of normally closed contacts, both on normal and on emergency. E. Switch Housing: 1. Transfer switches shall be enclosed in steel cabinets in accordance with UL 508, as shown on the Drawings. 2. Doors shall have three-point latching rnechanism where required. 3. Padlocking Provisions: Chain for attaching a padlock shall be provided. Chain shall be attached to the cabinet by welding or riveting. 4. Finish: Cabinets shall be given a phosphate treatment, painted with rust inhibiting primer, and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard enamel or lacquer finish. Pi\RT 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INST1\LLATION [\. Install automatic transfer switches at locations shown on the Drawings. Connect as per manufacturer's \viring diagrams. B. Provide identification nameplate on each automatic transfer switch with name of device controlled. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test all features specified, including exerciser, time delay relays, transfer ti mes, voltage sensing relays and adjustment times, battery charger, and signal lamps. B. Verify, by actual test, that all transfer switches meet all requirements of this specification. END Ol~ SECTION 16250 - 3 04-017.G5 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED "t\. Provide a grounding system cOffiIJlete as indicated ()n the Dra\vings and specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. i\1aterials shall bear UL label. B. Grounding system shall conform to ANSI C33.8, IEEE-81, IEEE-142. c. TIle electrical system and equipment shall be grounded in accordance witll the requirements of the National Electrical Code and as specified. D. Grounding system installation shall conform to NFP A 70 National Electrical Code. E. Grounding system shall be installed as shown on Drawings. F. Install in all nonmetallic conduit runs an insulated, green, equipment grounding conductor and bond in accordance with the NEC. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings giving materials, finishes, accessories, dimensioned drawings and installation directions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The grounding conductor shall be an insulated copper wire of size indicated. Where not indicated, the conductor shall be in accordance with the reqllirements of the National Electrical Code except that ffilnlffium size shall be No. 12. Inaccessible connections shall be made with the exothermic welding process using equipment manufactured by Burndy or Erica Products. Accessible connections shall be made with multiple bolt silicon bronze connectors specifically designed and approved for the connection to be made. Connectors shall be as manllfactured by Burndy or O.Z. Gedney Electric. Grounding jumpers shall be provided across metal parts which are separated by non-conducting materials or 16450-1 04-017.65 joined so that there IS a high resistance at the joints. Grounding cable shall not be buried directly in concrete, but a conduit sleeve shall be provided where cable passes through concrete. Grounding cable buried in earth shall be tinned. Refer to electrical drawings for additional grounding. B. Grounding Source: 1. The ground source shall consist of a ground grid buried beneath the electrical room, counterpoise and ground rods as shown on Drawings and a connection to the metal cold water main. All ground sources shall be connected to the ground plate mounted on the electrical room wall. The switchboard ground bus shall be connected to this ground plate, with a separate cable at each end of each bus. 2. Maximum resistance to ground shall be limited to 25 Ohms. Two additional ground rods shall be drive!! if required to maintain this level. Maximum ground resistance to each of individuals rods shall be 25 Ohms. C. System Grounds: Neutral bus and ground bus in switchboards shall be connected together by means of an approved bus link and connected to the ground plate in the electrical room. D. Ground Rods: Copper clad steel not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, 10 feet long, driven full length into the earth. Maximum ground resistance shall not exceed 25 Ohms under normal dry conditions. E. Parts To Be Grounded: Switchboard frame, panelboard frames, fittings, fixtures and devices, cable sheaths, neutral of transformers, boxes and raceways, motor frames, street lighting standards, emergency generator set, non-current carrying parts of appliances an devices, and all other parts and equipment as required by NEC. Neutral wire shall never be used as groundIng means. F. Conductor: All grounding cable shall be green insulated copper stranded cable, soft drawn or annealed, sized as indicated on Drawings. G. Ground Plates: Electrolytic copper, size as indicated, identified with a permanently attached nameplate, 5/8-inch high with 3/8-inch high etched white letters on dark green background. Legend: CHASSIS GROUND. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All connections to equipment, bus or conduit shall be made with approved type of solderless connector and shall be unpainted and 16450-2 04-017.65 thorougll1y cleaned before connection IS made to Insure a good metal contact. B. All connections which will be inaccessible after completion of project shall be made by exothermic weld process. C. The grounding medium for all lighting branch circuits shall be the conduit system. The lighting fixture shall be grou.nded by ill.eans of a conductor between the outlet box an fL'\rture. All locknut connections to cabinets, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc., shall be drawn up sufficiently tight to assure a continuous metal-to-metal bond. D. Bond all conduits stubbing llnder switchboard, motor control center and sirnilar locations using bonding bushings. E. Provide a bonding wire in all flexible conduits and connect to the boxes at each end in an approved manner. F. Provide a ground rod driven near each pole base and weld a #12 A WG \vire or as indicated in Drawings, to the top of the rod and extend the wire to a grounding lug in the base and bond the anchor bolts. G. Equipment shall be grounded as follows: 1. Equipment rated 50 Amps. or under shall be grounded with one #8 A WG in branch circuit conductor pipe or by use of rigid Zinc coated conduit. 2. Equipment rated 50 to 125 Amps. s11all be grounded with one #6 A WG in branch circuit conductor pipe. 3. Equipment rated over 125 Amps. shall be grounded Wit}l one #6 A WG in branch circllit conductor pilJing an done No. 1/0 in 3/4 inch conduit to building ground loop to serve as a bonding conductor. I-I. Electrical metallic conduit and flexible conduit shall not be used as a grounding medium. I. Ground receptacles to their outlet boxes by means of a grollnding conductor from the green terminal on the receptacle to a grounding screw in the outlet box. J. Ground the neli tral of each dry type transformer to a single grounding rIser. END OF SECTION 16450-3 04-017.65 SECTION 16510 INrT'ERIOR LIGHTING IJi-\RT 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide interior lighting complete as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials sllall bear UL label. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review properly identified manufacturer's literature and shop drawings giving materials, finishes, accessories, dimensioned drawings and installation directions and complete manufacturer's descriptions, catalog data and information on each lighting fixture, lamps and lighting poles, including complete details on each fixture with dimensions, photometric data, characteristic curves and electrical testing laboratories report, description of finish trim and complement of lamps, fixture mounting accessories and hardware and all other pertinent information necessary to assure that the fixture is equal to the one specified. B. A sample of each fixture proposed for use shall be submitted to the Owner for review, if requested. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fixtures shall be integrally ballasted and shall be furnished complete with all necessary wiring, fused ballasts, starting aids, lamp-holders, lamps, reflectors, glassware, bases, pendants and mounting accessories as required and all other appurtenances and auxiliaries necessary for installation B. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics and make of similar interior lighting fixture shall be interchangeable. C. Provide lamps as specified on lighting fixture schedule. 16510-1 04-017.65 D. Fluorescent lamps shall be energy efficient type, second generation, color corrected type and shall be GE Wattmiser II or equal. 1. Wattage rating shall be as sho\vn on fixture schedule. ,..., ~. Type of lamp shall be rapid start, cool white. Lamps shall be T -12, length as shown on Drawings and fLxture schedule. 3. 4. Lamps shall be 4 foot \vith medium bi-pin base, unless noted otherwise on schedule. E. The schedule and details of lighting fixtures, appearIng on the Drawings, indicate the type, construction, appearance, quality and performance of the fixtures required. Any proposed deviation from the fixtures specified must equal or be superior to the item specified under these headings. Proposed substitute lig11ting fixtures will be judged on overall quality of construction and on the basis of laboratory tests by the Electrical Testing Laboratory or similar independent testing facility. The fixture manufacturers' products scheduled are considered acceptable. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnis11 for review, fabrication drawings, photometric curves and a physical sample of every specific type offered. F. i\ll materials used ill the manufacturer of fixtures shall be new and the best of tlleir respective kind, and shall be formed and assembled in a neat, accurate and \vorkmanlike manner. Sheet metal shall be of sufficient thickness or shall be ribbed, flanged or otherwise reinforced so that all lighting fixtu.res and their component parts will withstand the stresses of normal handling and installation and service without undue distortion of shape. Plastering or other installation procedures shall not be relied on to reinforce lighting fixtures or their component parts. G. Painted sheet steel shall be processed with Bonderize or equal phosphate treatment or shall be Paintlok or Galvanneal; unpainted sheet steel shall be Galvanneal, both as manufactured by Republic Steel, or equivalent. Springs shall be of fllll hard temper stainless steel. Fasteners of ferrous metal shall be cadmium plated or zinc plated with chromate. Screws mounting fixture housing in plaster ring shall be minimum # 10, pointed to facilitate installation, or type A. Plaster frame rings shall be of sufficient strength to withstand deformation during installation, and of suitable materials and/or finish to prevent corrosion from ceiling plasters and mortars. rrhe Contractor shall furnish the fixture manufacturer a complete list of fixtures that will be installed in acoustical plaster ceilings with type and quantities. i\ll painted finishes shall be baked epoxy, acrylic of fully equivalent finish suitable for the service required including temperature and s11all be to the acceptance of the Engineer. 16510-2 04-017.65 H. All fixtures shall be complete with canopIes, suspensions of proper lengths, hickeys, casing, sockets, lamps, reflectors, hardware, and shall be completely wired and assembled. I. Furnish suitable plaster rings or plaster stops for fixtures wInch are to be set in plaster ceilings. Consult the Finish Schedules on Drawings for locations and extent of plaster ceilings. Coordinate the mounting methods of all recessed fluorescent lighting fixtures with ceiling suspension system and ceiling trades. J. Fluorescent ballasts and lampholders shall be readily and simply replaceable without demounting the fixture. Bottom and or:~ side of ballast shall be in full contact with metallic fixture surfaces for maximum heat conductance. EX']Josed lamp fluorescent sockets shall be IJ[ovided with lamp retainers or telescoping type sockets. K. Plastic lenses and diffusers llsed on fluorescent fixtures shall be 100% prime virgin acrylic as manufactured by KSH, Carolite or accepted equivalent and shall be furnished with destaticised treatment. Injection molded lenses shall be as manufactured by Holophane or equivalent. L. Where fixture type is not indicated on Drawings, fixture type used In similar locations shall be installed, as accepted by the Engineer. !vI. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics and make of similar interior lighting fixtures shall be interchangeable. All fLxture stems shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the fixture specified or as shown ()n the Drawings. Fixtures for use outdoors or in wet areas shall be suitably gasketed to prevent access of moisture and moisture resistant paints exhibiting moisture resisting qualities equal to epoxy based coatings. All aluminum parts of fixtures for use in damp locations that are specified as requiring an unpainted finished shall be aI1odized. N. Incandescent lamps shall be suitable to operate on 120 Volts, 60 Hz. supply, with the following requirements: 1. Wattage rating as shown on fixtllre schedule. 2. Type of lamp as shown on fixture schedule. 3. Lamps shall be inside frosted unless noted othenvise. 4. Unless noted otherwise lamps shall be extended service type with rated life of 2,500 hours minimum. 16510-3 04-017.65 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fixtures shall be installed In strict accordance with manufacturers recommendation. B. Exits Signs: Wall, ceiling ()[ bracket mounted as shown on Drawings. Contractor shall install directional arrows as shown on Drawings or fixture schedule. c. All required mounting and support hardware for light fixtures shall be provided by the Contractor. D . Verify the exact architectural treatment and type of ceiling finish in each area in order to insure that all required equipment and materials for each area is supplied by the fixture manufacturer in the iririal order. See Room Finish Schedule on architectural Dra,vings. E. Install "Lay-Inti type fixtures with 6 foot length of flexible conduit to enable fixture relocation with minimum inconvenience. F. Fixture Supports: Support each fixture securely. Each recessed fluorescent fixture shall be secured at four points to the building structure or ceiling suspension system. Where pendant fixtures are mounted in continuous rows, the number of hangers shall equal the number of 4 foot lenghths, plus 1. Do not support fixiures to plaster or drywall ceilings. Furnish and install all steel members and supports to fasten and suspend fixtures. G. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Rooms: In the mechanical and electrical equipment rooms certain lighting fixtures shall be installed on ceilings or \valls after all piping ductwork and equipment therein are installed. Exact location and switching for StIch fixtures shall be determined at the job site during the course of the work. Fixtures shall be located so as to give maximum illumination to items of equipment requiring servicing, and moving machinery. Any lighting fixtures blocked, inaccessible or improperly located shall be relocated at no extra cost. END OF SECTION 16510-4 04-017.65 SECTION 16620 STANDBY PO\VER GENERATOR SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 \VORK INCLUDED A. Provide a complete system for the generation of electrical power during the emergency condition of loss of the normal power supply. In general, the work includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installation of the following: 1. One emergency diesel engine driven generator with weatherproof enclosure for exterior installation at Plantation Key Government Center. 2. Generator control cubicle, including relays, instruments and controls 3. Generator main circuit breaker 4. Exhaust piping, flexible exhaust connection and silencer 5. Starting battery, battery rack, battery cables and battery charger 6. Day transfer tank, fuel transfer pump, related piping and accessories 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drawings: The Drawings shall be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily showing in detail all of the minor items and they shall not be interpreted to mean that any minor item required, implied, or usually included may be omitted. B. Service Facility: An established parts and service facility, franchised by the engine manufacturer furnishing the unit, shall be in business within a distance. of sixty miles of the installation site. Also, at least two service persons shall be available at this facility having had factory training and at least three years experience in servicing all portions of the equipment of this Specification section. C. Shop Tests: The engine generator set and its control shall all be tested as a complete generating unit at the engine generator supplier's factory. All operations of the equipment shall be verified by this testing. The Engineer shall be notified two weeks before this testing is to be accomplished, who at his option may witness these tests. If the witnessed tests fail to meet the Specifications and must be re- tested, all expenses for the Engineer's revisit for future testing shall be paid by the Contractor. D. [nstruction: The Owner's personnel shall be instructed fully in the operation and maintenance of the equipment specified herein. 1.03 SUBMITT~-\LS [-\. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's certified shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before any work is installed or equipment delivered to the site. Shop drawings are required for the following items whether specified or substituted. lof).~0 04-017.65 1. Engine generator set, including radiator, and engine driven radiator fan 2. Emergency generator control panel (including all components) 3. Battery charger 4. Maximurn BHP of engine at rated speed 0. Muffler and flexible exhaust connections, including mounting details 6. Battery and battery rack 7. Automatic transfer switch 8. Wiring Diagrams 9. Schematic W iring Diagrams, including legend of all items and an accompanying written step-by-step sequence of operation for each schematic \viring diagram 10. Vibration Isolators 11. Day tank, fuel pumping piping package 12. Fuel consumption rate, ventilation and combustion cfm requirements 13. Location of nearest factory authorized service station and nearest parts depot B. Operating Instructions: 1. Maintenance Schedule: A maintenance schedule for the equipment shall be provided, based on both the equipment and the conditions of operation and of the environment. This information shall, in addition to detailed instructions, be tabulated in easy to read form and shall be included in the overall mainte- nance manual to be provided for this facility. 2. Manufacturer's certified test reports shall be provided with shop drawings indicating that the exhaust emissions from the engine generator sets to be provided conform to the applicable requirements of the Rules of Florida Department of Pollution Control, Chapter 17-2 "Air Pollution". 1.04 INSTALLATION DESIGN A. The design of the engine/generator set is based on equipment manufactured by Katolight, Onan, Cummins or Kohler. If the set to be provided is of larger physical size and/or has larger ventilation and/or fuel consumption requirements, changes in the installation design, satisfactory to the Engineer, shall be made by the Contractor at no change in contract price or time of completion. B. If the unit to be provided is of a larger physical size or the unit requires greater clearances for servicing or operations, the Contractor shall provide a larger reinforced concrete foundation at no additional expense. If)620 - 2 04-017.65 '\l .. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL ..~. General Provisions and Requirements: The diesel generator set shall be rated for standby duty capable of continuous service at rated output for the duration of any utility power failure. The standby duty rating shall include allowances for all engine mounted auxiliary driven equipment, including the radiator fan. The engine shall be mounted on a heavy-duty steel base with the driven unit. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the complete unit installed on a common base by the manufacturer of the generator at his main manufacturing plant so as to insure the proper alignment, operation, function and manufacturer's warranty for each item of equipment and the complete installation. The common base shall be designed to adequately secure the equipment, and continuous alignlllent thereof. The base shall be installed on Korfund spring type vibration isolators of sufficient number and capacity to support the complete assembly in accordance with the vibration isolators manufacturer's recommendations. The performance of the electric plant shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory as to the plant's full power rating, stability and voltage and frequency regulation. 8. Rating: The diesel engine generator set KW rating shall be as shown on the Drawings at 0.8 power factor for continuous standby power applications at an ambient temperature of 105 degrees F. maximum. c. Engine Specifications: 1. General: a. The engine shall be a compression ignition engine. It shall be a four stroke cycle, solid injection engine of either vertical in-line or V-type. b. The engine speed shall not exceed 1800 rprn at normal full load operation and shall operate on No. 2 diesel fuel oil. The engine speed shall be con- trolled by a governor to maintain governed speed within 1."8 Hertz of 60 Hertz from no load to full load generator output. 2. Lubrication: The engine shall have a gear type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure to main bearings, crankpin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears, camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism. Full flow oil filters, conveniently located for servicing, shall be provided. Filters shall be equipped with a spring loaded bypass valve to insure oil circulation if filters are clogged. The oil drain line shall be extended from the unit to permit drainage into a container. 3. Starting: The engine shall be equipped with a 24 volt DC electric starting system of sufficient capacity to crank the engine for sta.rting. Lead acid batteries shall have sufficient capacity for cranking the engine for at least 30 seconds at firing speed and a capacity for starting the diesel a minimum of four times. A cranking limiter shall be provided to protect the batteries and starting circuit. It shall open the starting circuit if the cranking has not started the engine within the 30 seconds. An automatic trickle charger shall be provided to maintain the battery at full capacity. The charger shall be a La Marche Manufacturing Company Model A-46 IO-ampere, Onan No. 305 C346 or equal. The charger shall be provided with an ammeter and a voltmeter circuit disconnect relay. 16820 - 3 04-017.65 4. Engine Instruments: The engine mounted instrument panel shall contain the following gauges: a. Engine water temperature b. Engine lube oil pressure 5. Hour Yteter: An engine driven hour meter shall be provided. 6. Cooling System: The engine shall be equipped with a radia.tor and an engine driven blower fan to provide adequate cooling to prevent overheating of the engine at 105 degrees F. ambient temperature. The coolant drain line shall be extended from the unit to permit draining into a container. The eng-ir:e cooling system shall be pre-treated by the engine supplier for the inhibition of internal corrosion and shall be filled with a 50 percent ethylene glycol antifreeze solution on final installation. 7. Safety Controls: Automatic safety controls which will shut down the engine in the event of low lubricating oil pressure, high jacket water temperature, low cooling water level, engine overspeed and erigine overcrank and shall make electric contacts for alarm lights on the generator control panel. 8. Exhaust System: Silex Model JD critical location type silencer shall be provided, including flexible exhaust fitting, properly sized and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Mounting shall be provided as specified hereinafter. Paint silencer and all portions of exhaust piping exterior to the enclosure using high temperature paint. All portions of exhaust piping (except the flexible piping from the engine to the silencer) that are within the weatherproof enclosure shall be covered with insulation material so that its surface temperature does not excees 150 degrees F. (with engine/generator set operating). 9. Day Tank Package: Equal to Simplex to include a double wall ~ay tank of 25 gallons capacity, a duplex remote pumping unit, float switches, level gauge, control panel and all internal wiring and piping. It shall also contain a 5 gpm hand pump, manual fill cap, individual fuel strainers, check and solenoid valves on pump intakes, low level and high level alarm contacts, inspection port, drain cock, manual quick-drain (to main fuel tank), floor stand, and baffle under engine fuel return line discharge (to prevent foaming). Provide flexible pipe sections in all fuel piping before entering weatherproof shelter. Installation shall be depicted on drawing M-4. 10. Guards: Guards for all moving parts such as fans, belts, etc. shall be provided as required by OSHA. 11. Jacket \Vater Heater: Unit mounted thermal circulation type water heater incorporating thermostatic switch shall be furnished to maintain engine jacket water to 90 degrees F. The heater shall be single phase, 60 hertz, 240 volts. Heater circuit contactor shall be provided and controlled through the heater thermostat switch. All wiring for the jacket water heater shall be provided complete as a part of the generator package. D. Generator Specifications: 1. Rating: The generator shall be 120/240 volts, 3-phase, 4-wire, kw rated as shown on the Drawings at 0.8 power factor at 1,800 rpm. 16620 - 4 04-017.65 2. Construction and Manufacture: The generator shall be a revolving field type. The insulation shall pe Class F or H. The field excitation shall be provided with a brushless type system or with a solid-state static exciter. The voltage regulation from no load to rated load shall be within a band of plus or minus two percent of rated voltage. The steady state voltage stability shall remain within a 1 percent band of rated voltage. For any load up to 100 percent of rated load, the voltage dip shall not exceed 20 percent of rated voltage. The voltage shall recover to, and remain within, the steady band in not more than 5 seconds. Provide series boost attachment to decrease motor's accelerating time. 3. Tropicalized: The generator shall be "tropicalized". 80th the stator and rotor windings shall have received a tropicalization process as follows: a. Stator winding to receive two dips of 100 percent unmodified epoxy. b. Stator winding end coils and rotor windings to receive two coats of asphalt modified epoxy. c. Stator, rotor, exci.ter and line leads coated with a fungj.cial varnish. E. Generator Control Panel: A generator mounted NEMA 1 type, vibration isolated, 14 gauge steel control panel shall be provided. Panel shall contain, but not be limited to, the following equipment. 1. Control Equipment: Control equipment shall consist of 'all necessary exciter control equipment, generator voltage regulators, voltage adjusting rheostats, and speed control equipment and automatic starting controls, as required to satisfactorily control the engine/generator set as specified herein. 2. Metering Equipment: Metering equipment shall include 3-1/2-inch meters (dial or digital type frequency meter, 2 percent accuracy voltmeter, and ammeter and ammeter-voltmeter phase selector switch). The control panel shall also include the engine water temperature, lube oil pressure and hour meter specified hereinbefore. 3. Fault Indicators: Provide individual press-to-test fault indicator lights for low oil pressure, high water temperature, low water level, overspeed, overcrank, and for day tank high and low fuel levels. Provide 2 common fault indicator Form "C" contacts (for transmission of fault signal to adjacent external locations). 4. Function Switch: Provide a four-position function switch marked "auto", "manual", "off/reset", and "stop". F. Generator Main Line Circuit Breakers: Two main line circuit breaker shall be mounted on the weatherproof shelter. The circuit breaker shall be molded case type as manufactured by Square 0, General Electric, Westinghouse, or ITE. (The breakers shall be selected to protect the generator from damage due to overloads, shall operate on short circuit conditions and shall be provided with a battery voltage shunt trip to open the breaker in the event of engine shutdown due to operation of the engine safety controls.) G. Weatherproof Enclosure: Provide a weatherproof outdoor enclosure for the engine/generator unit complete in every detail and requiring no additional in-field 16620 - J 04-017.65 modifications or assembly, except where specifically allowed by these specifications. The shelter shall be of adequate dimensions to house the generator set, starting batteries, battery charger, load center panel, two main circuit breakers day tank and comply with the National Electrical Code for clearances at all installed equipment. 1. Fabrication: The weatherproof enclosure shall be a skid mounted enclosure of welded and bolted of heavy-duty aluminum. Skid and floor design shall include a removable panel below the engine oil pan. All metal parts shall be cleaned, prime coated and finished painted with a. minimum of two coats of exterior enamel. Exterior paint color shall be subject to selection by the Owner if the supplier's standard color is not acceptable. 2. ..-\ir Openings: The shelter shall be provided with shuttered air openings on the front and sides of adequate size to provide for the required flow of combustion and cooling air. Side shutters (air intake) shall be provided with screens. The shutters shall be operated by spring-laoded electric motors to automatically open the shutters when the generator is running and close them when the generator shuts down. 3. Access Doors: Hinged double doors shall be provided on each side of the shelter for access to the generator set. A single door shall be provided on the rear for access to the generator control panel and auxiliary equipment. All door handles shall be key lock type. 4. Installation of Engine Exhaust System: The manufacturer of the shelter shall provide mounting brackets for the exhaust silencer specified. In addition, a tail pipe extension terminating in a horizontal plane and cut at a 45 degree angle to prevent the entrance of rainwater shall also be supplied. Further, a stainless steel, seamless, flexible exhaust tube and all necessary bolts, flanges, and gaskets to mate with the engine and the exhaust silencer shall be provided. The length of the flexible tubing shall be such that additional solid metal nipples or sections shall not be required to be provided as spacers between the engine exhaust or the exhaust silencer. At the point where the exhaust pipe flexible tubing penetrates the roof of the shelter, a suitable "rain skirt" and collar shall be provided by the manufacturer. It shall be designed to prevent the entrnace of rain and allow for expansion and vibration of the exhaust piping without chafing or stress to the exhaust system. 5. Load Center Panel: The enclosure shall be provided with a Square D, Westinghouse or General Electric load center for operation of interior fluorescent lights, day tank, jacket water heater, battery charger and convenience receptacle, including all necessary circuit breakers. The load center shall receive power (120/240V, 10 3W) from panel "DP2" located in the main electrical room as indicated on the drawing. 6. The weatherproof enclosure shall be provided with interior fluorescent fixtures controlled by a 20 amp toggle switch and two 20 amp 120V convenience weatherproof G.F.I. receptacles. The lights, receptacles and all other equipment within the shelter as indicated on load center schedule "EGP" shall be prewired to the load center. H. Installation of Generator in Shelter: The generator set supplier shall completely install the generator set and auxiliary equipment in the shelter such that only 16620 - n 04-017.65 electrical power, start and alarm signals, and fuel connections are required in the field. 1. All interconnecting power, control, instrumentation and signal circuits between the generator, the generator control panel and the auxiliary equipment shall be provided. All wiring shall consist of type THHN 600 volt conductors in rigid galvanized steel conduits with threaded malleable iron or steel fittings. 2. Oil and Water Drains: All necessary fittings, hoses, shu.t-off valves~ etc. shall be provided to facilitate lube oil and water drain at the exterior of the shelter. In addition, engines equipped with crankcase breather tubes shall have this tube terminate at the exterior of the shelter directly under the r~d~ator air discharge louver. 3. Fuel Piping: All fuel pIpIng between the day tank and the engine shall be provided. All fuel piping shall be black iron pipe (except flexible fuel line connections at engines). Provide unions in all fuel piping connections to engines and day tanks. Provide 1-1/4" vent line from day tank to above shelter and provide flame arrest.or. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before the installation of electrical equipment, conduit and outlets, the Contractor shall check the approved shop drawings for any necessary deviations required in his work. When interferences make it necessary, or departure from the indicated arrangements is desired, the Contractor shall obtain the permission of the Engineer prior to com mencing the installation. B. The Contractor shall cut all necessary openings, chases, ditching, backfilling, etc., required for the introduction of the work. Damage to the floors, walls, etc., caused by such cutting shall be repaired by this Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat appearance. Any work that in the judgment of the Owner is not neat shall be promptly removed and reinstalled in a proper manner without change to the Contract cost. All workmen shall be fully competent and experienced. Electrical work shall conform to code and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over this proj ect. B. The engine/generator unit and its weatherproof enclosure shall be installed on the concrete foundation indicated per engine/generator and weatherproof enclosure manufacturers' instructions. Complete coordination between the two suppliers and the Contractor is mandatory. Weatherproof between weatherproof enclosure and concrete pad with highest quality silicone sealer. 3.03 FIELD TESTS A. After installation, the installed equipment shall be subjected to five continuous hours of full load testing and three startups with engines cold (not less than 18 hours 10020 - ~ 04-017.65 after unit has been operated). Portable dry resistance grid type load cells shall be provided for the full load test ing. B. Full Load Tests: Take readings every 15 minutes until all temperature readings stabilize: 1. Voltage, each phase 2. Current, each phase 3. Kilowatts 4. R.P.M. 5. Engine jacket cooling water temperature 6. Oil pressure and temperature 7. Exhaust manifold temper-ature 8. Temperature, all accessible bearings 9. Generator stator winding temperature C. The tests shall be scheduled at least one week in advance with the equipment manufacturer's, Contractor's and Owner's representative present during the test. Any defects which become evident at this time shall be corrected and, if required by the Owner, additional tests, or test, shall be made to insure that the results of the continuous full load test and the cold start tests are satisfactory, without defects, prior to final acceptance. The Contractor shall provide the necessary fuel and lubri- cants for testing. 3.04 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty on the complete standby power generator system against defective materials, equipment and workmanship and against deficient performance for a period of at least five years from the date of acceptance. END OF SECTION 16620 - 8 04-017.65 SECTION 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide empty conduit for telephone system. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16110 - Raceways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 rvfA TERIALS A. Empty Conduit: 1. Provide all required empty conduit with plaster covers or outlets as indicated on drawings for wiring to be installed in future. 2. Minimum 1/2 inch conduit size, llnless otherwise indicated. 3. Raceways to contain not more than two 90 degree bends or equivalent. B. Pull Boxes: Provide additional pull boxes to comply with above limitations whether or not indicated. C. Backboards: Provide all the required backboards and power outlets as indicated on drawings. D. Pull Wires: Provide one pull wire in all raceways for future wiring. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Work shall be performed as indicated. B. Allow ten inches minimum slack at each end of pull WIre and securely caulked. C. All public phone outlet boxes shall be mounted at 54 inches above finished floor. D. Conduit type and installation requirements shall conform to Section 16110 _ Raceways. END OF SECTION 16740-1 04-017.65 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE Bid Packaqe NO.1, Civil/structural Bid Packaqe NO.2, Architectural Bid Packaqe NO.3, Mechanical Bid Packaqe NO.4, Electrical Auqust 15, 1991 Modification No.1: Add to drawing A/9 the attached FOOTING DETAIL 6/A-9, labelled sketch no. 1. Modification No.2: Delete detail 4 on drawing A-9, and replace with attached STAIR DETAIL 4/A-9, labelled sketch no. 2. Modification No.3: Drawing A-2, revise pertinent part of partial second floor plan, per attached sketch no. 3. Modification No.4: Drawing A-9, revise pertinent part of floor plan, per attached sketch no. 4. Modification No.5: Drawing M/2, revise pertinent part of HVAC partial second floor plan, per attached sketch no. 5. Modification No.6: Drawing E-4, revise pertinent part of second floor power plan, per attached sketch no. 6. Modification NO.7: Drawing E-4, revise pertinent part of second floor power plan, per attached sketch no. 7. Modification No.8: Drawing A/7, Door Schedule; change requirements for doors 101 and 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 201, for type, material, and label, to hollow metal with 10" x 10" vision panel, and 'c' label. Modification No.9: Drawing S-2, change general note 11.B. to read maximum water- cement ratio of 0.55 instead of 0.68 as shown. Modification No. 10: Drawing A/7, add notes to doors 210 and 211 within the door schedule, that transition strips are required. Modification No. 11: Drawing A/4, at designation of 'phase two', showing area of phase two reflected ceiling plan for second floor; add note, "Existing suspended ceiling shall be replaced with a new suspended ceiling, complete." Modification No. 12: The County has waived their building permit fees. Modification No. 13: Replace Table of Contents, section 00001 dated 07/31/91, with revised Table of Contents, dated 08/14/91. Modification No. 14: Replace Civil/Structural Scope of Work, section 00110 dated 07/31/91, with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91. Modification No. 15: Replace Architectural Scope of Work, section 00120 dated 08/01/91, with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91. Modification No. 16: Replace Mechanical Scope of Work, section 00130 dated 07/31/91, with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91. Modification No. 17: Replace Electrical Scope of Work, section 00140 dated 07/31/91, with revised Scope of Work, dated 08/14/91. 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 2 Modification No. 18: Add intrusion alarm (D-4) for existing door to stairway located on the North-East corner of building ground level. This is an add to drawing E-8, and has been added to revised Scope of Work for Electrical Trade Contractor. Modification No. 19: Drawing A/I, in rooms 102 and 103, change reference to 'lateral files', to read 'open shelf files'. Open shelf files are to be in accordance with specification section 12621, except that units are to be seven (7) shelves high. All other specified requirements remain, including 5" base and 1" top. This has been added to revised Scope of Work for Architectural Trade Contractor. Modification No. 20: Delete the requirement for procurement of Performance Bond, in the event of contract award. In the event of contract award, the Public Construction Bond, section 00610, will be the only bond required. Modification No. 21: Replace section 00350, Milestone Schedule, dated 07/31/91, with revised Milestone Schedule, dated 08/15/91. Also replace associated bar chart, plot date 01AUG91, with bar chart, plot date 15Aug91. Revised schedule incorporates phasing as shown on drawings as phasing plan. Also, note expanded construction schedule. Modification No. 22: Incorporate into the bidding documents, the meeting minutes of the pre-bid meeting held on August 12, 1991. Modification No. 23: Drawing A/9, floor plan, at existing double doors, panic hardware shall be: Exit Devices shall be in acordance with section 08710, Finish Hardware. Product may be as manufactured by Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin or approved equal. This has been added to revised Scope of Work for Architectural Trade Contractor. 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 3 Modification No. 24: Specification section 08710, paragraph 2.01 Ai add the following: liThe following manufacturers or approved equal are acceptable: Butts: Locks: Exit Devices: Closers: stop and Holders: Coordinators: Miscellaneous items: Thresholds: Hager, Stanley, McKinney Schlage, General Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin LCN, Norton Corbin, Russwin Von Duprin or equal Cipco, Ives, Corbin Pemko, Zero, Reese Style and finish are to match existing as closely as possible." Modification No. 25: Drawing A/9, required reinforcing for the 4'-6" x 5'-8" concrete slab, shall be 3" x 3" w5/w5 welded wire fabric, (min. steel area of .20 sq. in./ft.). Modification No. 26: Specification section 09680, Carpeting, delete paragraph 2.01 B., as no pad is required for glue down carpet. Delete the word 'Pattern' in paragraph 2.01 A.2, and replace with, 'furnish and install carpet as manufactured by Lee's Commercial Carpet Company or approved equal." Modification No. 27: Specification section 10520, Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets, paragraph 2.01 B., add the following: "Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be as manufactured by Larsen's Manufacturing Company or approved equal." Modification No. 28: Drawing A/9, at references to gutters and leaders, add the following: "The aluminim gutters and leaders shall be white and as manufactured by Alcoa Building Products or approved equal." Modification No. 29: Specification section 08710, Finish Hardware, add: 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 "The buzzer and electric strike for door 202 shall be as manufactured by Adams Rite Company or approved equal.WI This will coordinate technical specification with Door Schedule on drawing A/7 and drawing E-4. ~odification No. 30: Replace Architectural Proposal Form, section 00121 dated 08/01/91, with revised Proposal Form, dated 08/15/91. 08/15/91 ADDENDUM NO. 1 5 -Q . \\' . . 4 i ~I~P' · ~If:.. _ t ,~.. ~',l"J-;. ":7 ,~ w V G , ~ rt 4 ~ ~ 'u.6 ~ FOOTING DETAil. Ne.w oe-rb..Il,.. ~~'~-jA~ r -5K'~1I Nt). ./ . l }'l ., - . r v... f .- ~_ , ",- , ',....,1 t.-A ~..... N -,'" -:: -. H. '7 . /) . ~ ~.~ '-~ I~Jr~ &...-" ~";"-.' ___. (l) fIBSJ POST. BUCKLEY. SCHUH &.. JERNIGAN. INC. . . " . -- '2.x~ P:r,hJo, H.ANO ~ L,.. ~'/ ~,c.~ P:T. -~D' ~,~ '51'0,("" ~~ ~ ~T.AJJ2- .DE,i At L-- I A ~i l $K'~r~N /Jl) f ~ , ) l" . ,., I ~ .- . .... '. : t' /' 4 Ji- .t.. /.. - r- ~ , /J ( ~ / ~ -1-1' ~!-I: j' ~ l i .:SK IE/C# J4J ..$ . ~- ~ ._~ Ii ~ \-.-- --1 ~ f J... ~~ ~ l.LJ I! ~ z z 0 w :!: ~ w -~i 0 u) en ~~~ ~ " '> ~ ~~. . 1\} J: ~ ct. Q. -\!f -_~-_-~. c: ~~ .~ ....J U ">- w z a:: o t- t- <! >- w z a: o ~ ..... ..j~TfJII ~ ~ 4- -~ -1 ~~~~ ~ \l.(l " ~ fD .... .... ...1 , ' u. u) - l\ ..~ '" - ti~> L z \\\ - -4\ j'-~ 1 ~ I~ ~ 1- ~- ~ i~~ --< ~ ......:J \)t- -. , > ~ ~l. ~ w -~ ~i!~ ~ ~\l~ 1 ~~ \~~ 4 ~~ -'1=r 41 -tt :I ~ . 11 ~ ~ 1lt I:Jj \,)~- - ~lL. Q)r .. l~f 2~:8 ~-'- ~ ~ JC 0 ~s ::tJ ~ [~ ~ IC 0 " Z -t -'. 0-/ N ~ - ~ L - 1 ) ::r: :1 l> ~ r L r --1 ~\-- N ~ ~ ~ ~ - ~ - x ~ Q ~\ ~ \~ ( (7') I, _ 1 / ON. ~~ ,,~ ~~ "\\ i\;! \J+ l\\ 1\ I ~EJ --, ~ f ----- ~ I-~- \ ~) t\ -. ' I~ I ~~ \1)C ~\)} \t' lit t'\ l.~ :t"., :xJ " " .5K'~rO/ flD .j--- - <~ -SKLlClIlVfJ. S SKIfTCfI 1./4. t~ - .. J\L )~ ~ t. · -- :*- 1- z ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , d\ ) \Jl CL. 4.4v &1... GC iQ I c, I . ~.A ~.~ I ~. - ~ S'~ercll N'~. "- .. r;:.r-v1e-1---1 ~':(IMtJ\~>tJT iF 1~1 _ ~~ &./Cf': 5-~ - --. 1 · - -- - ~~~"f/%iY- ~C-I 117 -----------I~----- r~~----~ ., ' , SECETARtE J I ~ I ! ~ ~ -... -/'J A ,~\ TABLE OF CONTENTS (Volume I) 1. Biddinq Documents (Volume I) section 00030 section 00100 section 00110 section 00111 section 00112 section 00120 section 00121 section 00122 section 00130 section 00131 section 00132 section 00140 section 00141 section 00142 section 00163 section 00350 section 00410 section 00420 section 00425 section 00430 section 00440 section 00450 Notice of Calling for Bids Instructions to Bidders Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural: Scope of Work Proposal Form Schedule of unit Prices Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural: Scope of Work Proposal Form Schedule of unit Prices Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical: Scope of Work Proposal Form Schedule of Unit Prices Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical: Scope of Work Proposal Form Schedule of unit Prices Pre-Bid Substitutions Milestone Schedule Bid Bond - AlA Document A310, February 1970 edition Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Non-Collusion Affidavit Proposed Subcontractor Listing Contractor's Qualification Statement 08/14/91 00001 - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 2. Contract Documents (Volume I) Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor - AlA Document A101/CM, June 1980 edition section 00610 Public Construction Bond 3. Conditions (Volume I) section 00750 General Conditions, AlA Document A201/CM, June 1980 edition section 00805 Supplementary General Conditions Section 00900 Application & Certificate for Payment - AlA Document G702/G703 section 00905 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims section 00908 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens Section 00910 Consent of Surety to Final Payment - AlA Document G707, April 1970 edition section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan section 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan 4. Drawings section 00990 Schedule of Drawings 08/14/91 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 00001 - 2 5. General Requirements (Volume I) section 01020 section 01027 section 01028 section 01200 section 01220 section 01301 section 01310 section 01370 section 01385 section 01395 section 01410 section 01510 section 01520 section 01595 section 01600 section 01630 section 01650 section 01670 Section 01700 section 01710 section 01720 section 01730 Allowances Application for Payment Change Order Procedures Project Meetings Work Hours Submittals Progress Schedules Schedule of Values Daily Construction Reports Document Clarification Requests Testing Laboratory Services Temporary utilities Construction Aids Construction Cleaning Material and Equipment Post-Bid Substitutions Starting of Systems Systems Demonstrations Contract Closeout Final Cleaning Project Record Documents Operation and Maintenance Data 08/14/91 00001 - 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) 6. Technical specifications (Volume II, PBS&J, dated May 1991) DIVISION 2- SITEWORK section 02220 Structure Excavation and Backfill DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE section 03100 section 03200 section 03250 section 03300 section 03600 Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcing Concrete Accessories cast-in-Place Concrete Grout DIVISION 4 - MASONRY section 04000 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS section 05120 Structural Steel section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTIC section 06100 section 06200 section 06410 Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry and Millwork Cabinetwork DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION section 07210 section 07250 section 07920 Building Insulation Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS section 08110 section 08210 section 08410 section 08520 section 08710 Section 08800 Hollow Metal Work Wood Doors Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Aluminum Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing 08/14/91 00001 - 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) DIVISION 9 - FINISHES section 09110 section 09200 section 09250 section 09510 section 09650 section 09680 section 09901 Metal Stud Partitions Plaster and stucco Gypsum Wallboard Acoustical Tile Resilient Flooring Carpeting Painting (Architectural Coatings) DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES section 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS section 12621 Office Furniture DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL section 15010 section 15100 section 15180 Section 15482 section 15760 section 15890 section 15936 section 15990 General Mechanical Requirements Piping and Specialties Insulation Underground Fuel Storage Tank HVAC Equipment Ductwork Air Distribution Devices Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems DIVISION - 16 ELECTRICAL section 16010 section 16110 section 16115 section 16120 section 16130 section 16140 section 16150 section 16155 section 16160 section 16170 section 16180 section 16250 section 16450 section 16510 section 16620 section 16740 Basic Electrical Re~lirements Raceways Empty Conduit System Wires, Cables and Connectors Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes Switches and Receptacles Motors Auxiliaries Individually Mounted Motor starters Panel Boards Disconnects Overcurrent Protective Devices Automatic Transfer Switches Grounding Interior Lighting Standby Power Generator System Telephone System 08/14/91 00001 - 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (ADD. 1) SECTION 00110 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 1 civil/Structural 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 02220 03100 03200 03250 03300 03600 04000 05120 05500 07920 09901 Structure Excavation and Backfill Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcing Concrete Accessories cast-in-Place Concrete Grout Unit Masonry Structural Steel Miscellaneous Metals Caulking and Sealants Painting 1.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install structural 1.2.1 08/15/91 00110 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1.2.15 steel beams, channels, supports and stiffeners, concrete slabs on grade including expansion and control joints, elevated concrete slabs, reinforcing steel, ladders, pipe railing, spread footings, CMU infills and CMU foundation walls and piers. Remove debris, dispose of off-site and backfill clean material into existing atrium planter area. Backfill clean material below the new emergency generator slab. Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall and dispose of off-site. Remove the second floor atrium parapet wall handrail and the handrail @ the proposed first floor CMU wall infill along the north wall and dispose of off-site. Remove and dispose of louvers from the existing generator room. Provide shop coating of paint and any required touch- ups for structural steel and miscellaneous metals. Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.1, Civil/Structural. Insure all required field quality control testing, on the work of this Bid Package No.1, Civil/Structural is adequately and sufficiently being performed. All exposed newly poured concrete is to be properly prepared to accept painting. All voids are to be filled. Install footings and CMU piers for new security corridor and coordinate layout and placement of anchors by others. Pour in place 4" concrete slab with thickened edges at new security corridor stairs including 5" pad for stair support. Remove (1) guy-wire concrete anchor, or chip down and cut rebar, in order to avoid footings for emergency generator. Verify that the work of all other trades has been coordinated and installed prior to placing concrete. The building will be occupied during the course of construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed 08/15/91 00110 - 2 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be installed as necessary where this contractor is creating hazards or dust. BY OTHERS Mechanical and electrical appurtenances within the atrium area, concrete embeds including condui ts to support other trades. Excavation, reinforcement, concrete, pea gravel, and backfill for the emergency generator fuel oil tank. 08/15/91 00110 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) SECTION 00120 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Package No. 2 Architectural 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 04000 06100 06200 06410 07210 07250 07920 08110 08210 08410 08520 08710 08800 09110 09200 09250 09510 09650 09680 09901 10520 12621 Unit Masonry Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry and Millwork Cabinetwork Building Insulation Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Hollow Metal Work Wood Doors Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Aluminum Windows Finish Hardware Glass and Glazing Metal Stud Partitions Plaster and stucco Gypsum Wallboard Acoustical Tile Resilient Flooring Carpeting Painting Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, Accessories Office Furniture Hose and 08/15/91 00120 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install all cabinet, casework and shelving, batt insulation, sprayed on fireproofing, caulking and sealants as required for each system listed in this bid package, hollow metal doors and frames, aluminum doors and frames, solid core and flush wood doors, door hardware, all glass and glazing, partition wall framing and gypsum board, all plaster and stucco, acoustical tile ceiling systems, resilient flooring including base, carpeting including base, all painting and fire extinguisher cabinets and extinguishers. Provide and install open shelf files. This includes 'open shelf files', which are denoted as 'lateral files' on sheet A/I. Open shelf files are as specified in specification section 12621, except that units are to be seven (7) shelves high. Provide and install aluminum thresholds. Provide and install all materials and labor to satisfy the requirement of rough carpentry. Demolition and disposal of all partition walls, doors, door frames, casework, shelving, existing flooring and base, and existing acoustical tile. Provide and install electric strike for door 202. Remove and dispose of existing acoustic ceiling system as indicated. Provide and install temporary sound retention walls including doors and subsequent removal and disposal. Demolition and disposal of the clerestory aluminum windows as indicated. 08/15/91 00120 - 2 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.2.18 Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural. Insure that all field quality control testing on the work of this Bid Package No.2, Architectural, is adequately and sufficiently being performed. Perform all field layout necessary for installation of work in this Bid Package No.2, Architectural. Paint underside of 2nd floor slab, and adjacent surfaces in the building lobby. Provide and install all necessary labor and materials to erect new security corridor to courtroom B, excluding placement of footings and piers, all electrical work and mechanical work. This shall include any necessary tree pruning to be coordinated through the County Biologist's office. And also including, but not limited to any rework necessary at the tie-in point to the existing building, including CMU rework and relocation of door and new door installation, all framing, insulation, interior and exterior finishes, roofing, gutters, rain leaders, splash blocks, doors, windows, stairs, tie-down straps, embedded anchors, and A/C duct enclosures. Provide and install carpet to carpet expansion joints per detail 26 on drawing A/6. Provide new carpet in room 205 Hall. The building will be occupied during the course of construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be installed as necessary where this contractor is creating hazards or dust. Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor that all chases, inserts, openings, sleeves, blockouts, etc., which are a part of the Architectural contractors work, have been furnished and installed prior to placement of concrete. Owner's Option No. 2-01: An access stairs with an attached 8' x 6 ' prisoner deshackling room at the southeast door of Courtroom "B". Interior and exterior finishes to match the new Security Corridor as depicted on drawing A/9. Foundation and lighting to be similar also. An exterior door similar to door 303 including hardware except not hooked up to intrusion alarm system. No HVAC. Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of work. 08/15/91 00120 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.19 1.2.20 1.2.21 1.2.22 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 Owner's Option No. 2-02: Approximately 38' of security fence to match existing fence that separates the Public Work's yard from the remainder of the County-owned property. To extend in a north/south direction from the southeast corner of Courtroom "B" to the aforementioned fence. Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of work. Owner's Option No. 2-03: Same as Item 2a except to include 2 (two) 10' swing gates including all required accessories. Gates to be field located. Owner's Option No. 2-04: A blockout of the security corridor interior finish around the existing northwest door of Courtroom "B" so that future access can be easily obtained. Include all necessary trim work. Owner's Option No. 2-05: Doors for Courtroom "A" main entrance for the intent of creating a sound vestibule. New door to match existing doors. Existing rough opening is approximately 6'. Existing solid core wood doors are approximately 2'-9" x 8'. Door hardware to match existing also. Submittal shop drawings required for approval prior to commencement of work. BY OTHERS Shop coat primer paint of structural steel and miscellaneous metals. All painting associated with the emergency generator or fuel oil tank systems including the weatherproof enclosure except for the requirements for the existing generator room once repairs are made. All touch-up painting associated with structural steel, mechanical or electrical equipment. 08/15/91 00120 - 4 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) SECTION 00130 SCOPE OF WORK Bid packaqe No. 3 Mechanical 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 02220 03200 03300 07250 07920 09901 15010 15100 15180 15482 15760 15890 15936 15990 Structure Excavation and Backfill Concrete Reinforcing cast-in-Place Concrete Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Painting General Mechanical Requirements Piping and Specialties Insulation Underground Fuel storage Tank HVAC Equipment Ductwork Air Distribution Devices Testing and Balancing of HVAC Systems 1.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described 1.2.1 08/15/91 00130 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.3 1.3.1 performed. Supply and install new louver, exhaust fan and wall mounted A/C unit (AC-l), and relocate existing AHU and all noted changes to existing ductwork and air distribution devices per sheet M/5. The building will be occupied during the course of construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be installed as necessary where this contractor is creating hazards or dust. Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor that all chases, inserts, conduit, boxes, openings, sleeves, blockouts, etc., which are a part of the Mechanical contractors work, have been furnished and installed prior to placement of concrete. All penetrations for the work of this contractor shall be made in existing work, or coordinated and installed in new work, by this contractor. This contractor shall be responsible for sealing all penetrations for his work. BY OTHERS Power supply wiring to A/C units. 08/15/91 00130 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 Work specified thereirl as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install the upgrade of the entire air conditioning systems including piping, equipment, control wiring, ductwork, distribution devices and testing and balancing the system, and concrete support pads. Perform all excavation, trenching and backfill associated with the work in this Bid Package No.3, Mechanical. Procure all necessary permits and licenses required for the work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical. Perform all field layout necessary for installation of work in this Bid Package No.3, site Mechanical. Provide and install emergency generator fuel oil tank including all associated piping required to supply fuel to the generator day tank including the vents, monitoring well, manhole, tank level gauge, tank filler, leak detection system, tie-downs and supports including the concrete ballast, pea gravel backfill and concrete topping slab. This contractor is to perform specification section 15482 complete, and the Electrical contractor will perform all work under 16620. Remove existing hose bib and cap in the Atrium planter area. Remove existing clean out and replace as shown on plans. Tie new ductwork into existing HVAC system and utilize existing air distribution devices as indicated. Install dry-well for AIC condensate line. Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all piping or ductwork thru-wall penetrations as required. Remove and dispose of existing generator fuel tank and all associated piping, etc. indicated for such. Paint all pertinent items per specs and plans, including touch-up of all materials required under this scope. Contractor shall be responsible for paint touch-up on the work of any other contractor, should it be damaged by this contractor. Insure all required quality control testing on the work of this Bid Package No.3, is adequately and sufficiently 08/15/91 00130 - 2 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) SECTION 00140 SCOPE OF WORK Bid Packaqe No. 4 Electrical 1.1 GENERAL SCOPE The Scope of Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items of work. The Contractor is required to provide a complete job as contemplated by the drawings and specifications, which are a part of this bid package. Provide all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, construction equipment, transportation, inspection, and proper execution and completion of all Work specified on the drawings, and in the following sections of the Specifications; including, but not limited to: SECTIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS 07250 07920 09901 16010 16110 16115 16120 16130 16140 16150 16155 16160 16170 16180 16250 16450 16510 16620 16740 Fireproofing Caulking and Sealants Painting Basic Electrical Requirements Raceways Empty Conduit System Wires, Cables and Connectors Outlet, Pull and Junction Boxes Switches and Receptacles Motors, Auxiliaries Individually Mounted Motor Starter Panel Boards Disconnects Overcurrent Protective Devices Automatic Transfer Switches Grounding Interior Lighting Standby Power Generator System Telephone System 08/15/91 00140 - 1 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7 1.2.8 1.2.9 SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special provisions clarify, modify, change, add to, or delete from the General Scope of this Bid Package. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all related Work specified here and described elsewhere. The Contractor shall review all sections of the Specifications and all Drawings and shall furnish all labor and material for related Work here and described Work specified therein as being a part of the Work. The Work under this Bid Package shall include all necessary equipment and materials to furnish and install all electrical work required. Power services for the HVAC system including safety disconnect switches and final connection. This includes any rerouting or hook-up necessary due to the relocation of the ABU as shown on drawing E/8 and also includes services to AC-1 in the secured corridor. Provide and install fire safing and sealants at all electrical thru-wall penetrations as required. Remove and dispose of existing generator and all associated parts including wiring, etc. which are indicated for such. Provide and install all power wiring and lighting including panel boards, receptacles and switches to complete the system. This includes all the associated work as depicted on drawing E/8. Provide and install power and excluding the electric strikes mechanism for door 202. the complete system for the door release Provide and install exhaust fan on roof of existing generator room. Provide and install empty conduits with pull wire as indicated and outlets for the telephone and digital controller system. Provide and install new emergency generator and all required power supplies as indicated including new distribution panels, raceways, etc. (Generator housing is also included.) Provide for FKEC Allowance per General Requirements Section 01020 Allowances. This 08/15/91 00140 - 2 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.2.10 1.2.11 1.2.12 1.2.13 1.2.14 1.2.15 1.2.16 1.2.17 1.2.18 1.2.19 contractor shall perform all work under section 16620. The Mechanical contractor shall perform all work under section 15482. Paint all electrically supplied and installed materials as required as per spec section 09901, including touch- up as needed. Provide and install complete intrusion alarm system for doors 108, 302, and 303 including keypad annunciator, control panel, magnetic contacts, conduit and all associated wiring, boxes and terminations. Also provide intrusion alarm (0-4) for existing door to stairway located on the North-East corner of building ground level. This is an addition to Sheet E-8. Provide power to new exhaust fan located in the elevator machine room. Provide and install emergency lighting with battery pack system as shown on drawings E/1, E/2 and E/8. Provide and install emergency exit light. Provide and install fire alarm system including all horns and pull stations and wiring to existing panel. Provide, hook-up and maintain a temporary portable generator to replace the existing emergency generator during the construction phase. This will be required from the time the existing generator room will be needed to occupy the new electrical panels, etc., until the new emergency is installed, to limit the down time that the system will not be protected with an emergency generator. The building will be occupied during the course of construction. Therefore, appropriate temporary framed plywood walls and dust barriers will be required to be installed as necessary where this contractor is creating hazards or dust. Coordinate and verify with Civil/Structural contractor that all chases, inserts , conduit, boxes, openings, sleeves, blockouts, etc., which are a part of the Electrical contractors work, have been furnished and installed prior to placement of concrete. Electrical Trade Contractor shall be responsible for demolition and relocation of all electrical circuits and devices within renovated areas. 08/15/91 00140 - 3 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 BY OTHERS All control wiring for the A/C units. All demolition and disposal not deemed as an existing electrical item. 08/15/91 00140 - 4 SCOPE OF WORK (ADD. 1) PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE, RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES, AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR Bid Packaqe NO.1, Civil/Structural Bid Packaqe NO.2, Architectural Bid Packaqe NO.3, Mechanical Bid Packaqe NO.4, Electrical August 12, 1991 1. Sign-in Sheet, and Bid Package intending to Bid. 2. Notice of Calling for Bids Time and date for submitting bid Location for submitting bid 3. Instructions to Bidders Submit (1) original, and (4) copies - due to distribution req. Photocopy pages from Bid Book-do not remove pages Items to include: o 5% Bid Bond - separate envelope o All other items - separate envelope, containing: Proposal Form Unit Price Schedule Contractor Evaluation Form Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause Sworn statement of Public Entity Crimes Non-Collusion Affidavit Subcontractor Listing 100% Public Construction Bond required Contractors will be required to manload project to meet schedule. Schedule will be submittal requirement. 4. Milestone Schedule 5. Proposed Subcontractor Listing Percentage of each subcontract, is $ SUbcontract/total bid. 08/12/91 PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA 1 6. General Conditions (1) million dollar insurance policies required by County. 7. General Requirements Everyone to review for additional responsiblities, e.g., 01595 - Construction Cleaning. Pay particular attention to: 01301-Submittals - stringent procedure 01310-Progress Schedules - updating, and manloading 8. Project Safety Intended to eliminate injuries. Therefore, shall be a hard hat job, along with long pants, appropriate shoes and shirts. No exceptions. Safety non-compliances will be issued if not adhered to. Activity Hazard Analysis shall be prepared and submitted for approval. 9. PBS&J letter, regarding addendum. 10. Scopes of Work, review and take questions concurrently. B.P. 1 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. B.P. 2 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. B.P. 3 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. B.P. 4 - review Scope of Work, drawings and tech. specs. Questions remaining. 11. 08/12/91 PRE-BID MEETING AGENDA 2 PRE-BID MEETING MINUTES PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE, RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES, AND EMERGENCY GENERATOR Bid Packaqe NO.1, Civil/structural Bid Packaqe NO.2, Architectural Bid Packaqe NO.3, Mechanical Bid Packaqe NO.4, Electrical Date: Location: August 12, 1991, 10:00am Monroe County Service Buildings, Chapel Building Attendees: See attached list, made a part of these minutes. o The first part of this meeting was a review of the front-end documents. o The pre-bid agenda was distributed to all attendees. agenda was followed. This o The following item numbers correspond to the numbers on the pre-bid agenda. 1. The sign-in sheet was explained, including the requirement for which bid package each prospective bidder is bidding. We want to be sure that the Owner is going to get sufficient bids for each bid package. Before this meeting adjourns, we will make sure everyone has signed in. 2. The time and date for receipt of bids at the Clerk of Courts office, Danny Kolhage, is on or before Monday, August 19, 1991, 10:00 am. 3. Due to the distribution requirements of the Clerk, one (1) original of your bid and (4) copies are to be submitted. Bidders are required to photocopy submission documents from the bidding documents. Do not remove from the bid books, in that the $50 plan deposit may be forfeited. The bid books will be distributed as contract books after award, and will also be used for as-built record sets. Each bid will consist of two envelopes, put into one larger envelope. One of the two envelopes will contain the bid bond, and the other envelope will contain all the other proposal documents. Both of these envelopes will be put into one 08/14/91 MEETING MINUTES 3 larger envelope. Be sure to put in big bold letters on the front of each envelope "Bid Bond", and "Proposal Documents". Reference Instructions to Bidders 00100-8. Items that make up the "Proposal Documents", are the proposal form(insert prices, sign-off, acknowledge addenda, etc.}, and the unit price schedule. The numbers on the unit price schedule will not be used to determine the lowness of your bid, but are used for adds and deducts for changes during the course of the job. other forms the County requires for the bid include Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause, Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes, and the Non-Collusion Affidavit. Make sure you include copies of these, properly filled out. The last item to be prepared is the subcontractor listing. This form is self-explanatory. The County is requiring a 100% Public Construction Bond. The Performance Bond is no longer required, as it was deemed by the County Attorney to be overlapping with the Public Construction Bond. 4. The schedule will be a submittal requirement. 5. The subcontractor listing also asks for the percentage of each subcontract, which is the particular subcontract value divided by the total bid. 6. A one million dollar insurance policy is being required by the County. Bidders need to carefully review insurance sections to understand total extent of insurance requirements. 7. Each bidder is to review Division One General Requirements as there may be some additional responsibilities of contractors. For example, Section 01595 - Construction Cleaning, as this will be a requirement for those contractors whose work will be affected. section 01301 - Submittals. This section describes a thorough procedure. Bidders need to be sure to include enough overhead, manpower, time and effort to get submittals done right. Progress Schedule, Section 01310, there needs to be a pretty good knowledge of scheduling to comply with this section, for manloading and updating. 8. We are making it clear that our intent is to eliminate injuries. The project will be a hard hat job, long pants, 08/14/91 MEETING MINUTES 4 proper shoes and shirts. Safety on the project affects not only the bidders ability to compete, but also our ability to compete on other projects. We will be scrutinized by our own in-house safety department. Our requirements are being passed down to the contractors. Phase hazard analysis will be required to be submitted by contractors, to suggest what the appropriate safety measures are that will be followed for possible hazards, and we will be making sure it complies with our overall safety program, before that particular activity starts. 9. Reviewed PBS&J letter, dated 08/01/91, and stated that addendum #1 will incorporate the items in this letter. 10. Review of the scopes of work for the separate bid packages was bypassed in order to get right to bidder questions. 11. Questions are as follow: 1. Spec. section 07920, paragraph 1.03, B: warranty or guarantee is required for caulking work? What type of sealant type Two (2) year guarantee in accordance with paragraph 1.03 B, section 07920 of the technical specifications. 2. What type of material is required for shelves in closet, room 107, as called for on Sheet A-1? C-Select white pine or DFPA A-A Grade plywood with hardwood edges in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 C, Section 06200 of the Technical Specifications. 3. Request Specifications for new panic hardware for existing double doors as called for on Sheet A-g. Exit Devices shall be in accordance with Section 08710, Finish Hardware. Product may be as manufactured by Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin or approved equal. 4. Specification section 08710, paragraph 2. 01 A states "New hardware is to match existing hardware in type and finish." Contractor requests list of manufacturers. The following manufacturers or approved equal are acceptable: Butts: Locks: Exit Devices: Hager, Stanley, McKinney Schlage, General Corbin, Russwin, Von Duprin 08/14/91 MEETING MINUTES 5 Closers: stop and Holders: Coordinators: Miscellaneous items: Thresholds: LCN, Norton Corbin, Russwin Von Duprin or equal Cipco, Ives, Corbin Pemko, Zero, Reese style and finish are to match existing as closely as possible. 5. Sheet A-9, Detail 3-A, indicates one row of column pads for the new security corridor are extending under the existing trailer. How do you wish to proceed ~lth this situation? Plans call for 2 ft. x 2 ft. square footing 3 ft. deep, not an auger hole. The existing structure is approximately 3 ft. above the ground. The proposed footing extends underneath existing structure by 8", therefore, the excavation could be accomplished using a small backhoe. 6. Sheet A-9 shows new metal corridor to match existing. existing material? siding for the security What type of siding is the The existing metal siding is .019 aluminim siding; color is colonial white having a smooth finish. Existing mobile units were manufactured by Custom Craft. Siding can be purchased through Williams Mobile Offices, 2419 North Andrews, Pompano Beach, Florida 33064, 1-800-782- 1500. 7. Were any soils tests conducted and are any available to the proposed bidders? No soils tests taken. Contractor shall take note of Paragraph 1.01 C, Section 02220 of the Technical Specifications. 8. How is insulation under new security corridor to be attached/secured? Insulation shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 9. What is the required reinforcing for the 4'-6" x 5'-8" concrete slab shown on Sheet A/9? The reinforcing shall be 3" x 3" w5/w5 welded wire fabric (min. steel area of .20 sq. in./ft.) 08114/91 MEETING MINUTES 6 10. Specification section 09680, paragraph 2.01 A.2 states "Color and Pattern as selected by A/E." What is the type of pattern and is there a manufacturer? Delete paragraph 2.01 B from section 09680 as no pad is required for glue down carpet. Delete the word "Pattern" and furnish and install carpet as manufactured by Lee's Commercial Carpet Company or approved equal. 11. What type of semi-recessed fire extinguisher cabinets are acceptable? Reference Section 10520. Fire extinguisher cabinets shall be as manufactured by Larsen's Manufacturing Company or approved equal. 12. What are the specifications and color of the new gutters and leaders shown on Sheet A-9? The aluminum gutters and leaders shall be white and as manufactured by Alcoa Building Products or approved equal. 13. Is it required to utilize 3 X material for stairs as shown on Detail 4, Sheet A-9? Yes. 14. What type of strike is required for Door 202? It is indicated in Door Schedule, Sheet A/7 and on Sheet E-4, but not in Section 08710. The buzzer and electric strike for door 202 shall be as manufactured by Adams Rite Company or approved equal. Additional clarifications to issues raised in the meeting 1. The schedule was discussed, and the possibility of a revised schedule was stated. See Addendum No. 1 for this revised schedule. 2 . Contractors work schedule will have to be coordinated with the using agencies through the Construction Manager. 3. Working hours as defined in section 01220, remain as described. There will be no work performed after 4:30 pm, or on weekends without prior coordination with the Construction Manager. 4 . Contractors mail box location and scheduled coordination meetings will be located at the jobsite. 08/14/91 MEETING MINUTES 7 PLANTATION KEY COURTHOUSE ATRIUM ENCLOSURE, RENOVATION OF EXISTING OFFICES, AliD EMERGENCY GENERATOR PRE-BID MEETING AUGUST 12, 1991 10:00 am Bid Package NO.1, Civil/structural Bid Package NO.2, Architectural Bid Package NO.3, Mechanical Bid Package NO.4, Electrical NAME COMPANY PHONE ex.John smithSmith Metal Works, Inc.294-5000 3 1. j~ r ~b- M k/Gu~; ~s' 2. c: J>ol...,...f 7e~.rf".:::r;., /~ df. roX 3. rf67//J d~i!../'5 A4.N/ffi/oAl 'Z.1t- - 7 ~1.) ~ .---- 1 ~'J' C.:JN5/-"" L L- /' /' ,A/ ~ ~ f'- 7"750 ?~-Z /(:/37 4. ~ ( :?fZ / C t:, E (L. "~ (~--, C ;-'! iEL l--~ ?'.t1,~ A .SSci C ,. 5. -::; h "I. i q t& ~ C!-l.l & 1 fJ Lv m $; .17 .f Ve A -r:.1.J 1 II) ~ / &'7j.t~/1 ;$;;C'~C 6. '/1/" //Af1/} U6}-j~lJ/i )/(-? "?')'7 \~ -' ~.:..:..., (...) ,/ :::...' 6/ '1- 7o~ i C2 C; f · 5 q Jio 7. ~~ ~ ~5,4~ c"..7 //~~,~~.:> L-::/1'''- /~/~ /c),l, ~/l-;"Frt ~A/'-S7 8 . J;tc.J_J1."t A)t; W~ l ( Y ';I /1I' ~ k~Te-1 c _~ ,~94" - '5 ~~' I 9. Jj'l(~~;~~1~ {JLAJez - ~~'%'-D~f~5i~;:::d::i~ ~ ~rfj~~{~OCj 10 ..- ~'L- \ 'j' '.J -,.... '; . 11. t, ..-:' ,'- ~l" -\ j~~ \" : L\ .~ I' ..-tYJ L.- \ I '~. . f . I . . t' .. ,....' ,.} .~ . . '#'/.'.. . ,'.-. ",,' t "(N- 1({1. _ '- &1~ .) .. i : '_. o....C (' 12. ~~<;."'\ ~/c. Cc, 1\.\0""'11 ,-1 .:.,,~. ,t ;' , ...,'. 13 ' "'\ .I ~" . , '...." \', \,., v ~ · '-. _ ' ~ ,~. I ,t ".. ,_,'wI f"a.J';>>.' \... <C. . ,...... J b,~ ::, .~-, /- } ~A- \ N\t~ ~tl J ~~ /~ . ~/ ( . / ~-z{ :::-= t(;,.- "/ !/~I :K'-.""J/J ~ );;.._-" ~ C.- / .~ / ' 14. /-14 ~ /o3/J.,It" .~--:.-'~ ,<<< - ~/ / --"'" 15. BIDDING BID PKG --- L;--;- ~l v: f3 Z (17_~ J I; ~ 3 f,q)( ~SJ.. 71_ Lj ;,,2./3 ,~~. J:; ,..-v' .,- 0.L ------. .' -' 5 C 4) /..) c) ..<. Co t, ~, , -1 v ! '"1T' -':C.l.'j -#of 7](.;)./ t~ 272 - (II} .:~ a f=" A ',J . ,4 / ' .........--- 'j .;::? ,~ FI!/ '/ , s;fs- ~ 7t; j 08/12/91 SIGN-IN SHEET 1 POST . BUCKLEY. SCHUH &. JERNIGAN. INC. August 1, 1991 Morrision Knudsen/Gerrits Post Office Box 5283 Key West, Florida 33045 Douglas A. Fuller, Project Manager Plantation Key Courthouse Review Comments by Morrison/Knudsen/Gerrits ATfN: Subject: Dear Sir: Pursuant to your letter dated June 12, 1991 (copy. enclosed) regarding final review and questions on the construction plans and technical specificatIOns for the atrium enclosure, office renovation, emergency generator and. courtroom security work to be performed at the Plantation Key Government Center, PBS&J has reviewed your comments/questions and our response is as follows per item: Items 1, 2 & 3: Item 4: Item 5: Item 6: Item 7: Item 8: Item 9: Item 10: Item 11: Item 12: Item 13: Item 14: Item 15: Item 16: Item 17: Item 18: Item 19: I tern 20: Item 21: A Footing Detail :# 6/A-9 has been added to the plans (see Sketch # 1 enclosed herewith). Yes (see Sketch 1/ 2 enclosed herewith). New carpeting is to be installed in Room 205 (Hall) in accordance with room finish schedule. No, do not recommend, could cause conflict at existing door I. amb. Also, the beam support at that area falls on the side 0 the column. Yes No Yes, if possible, verify at site Yes, pamted Yest replaced Yes, at transitions of carpet to vinyl tile There are two separate air conditioning main ducts at eithel side of existins tie beam (at phases 1 & 2). The existIng storefront in this area is to be removed and replaced with new partition Type "A". The existing door is to remain (see Sketch II 3 enclosed herewith). Existing double doors are to remain, with panic hardware added to each leaf as indicated on Sheet A/9 (see Sketch # 4 enclosed herewith). The existing Ale system for this area is to remain (see Sketch # 5 enclosed herewith). Relocate (see Sketch # 6 enclosed herewith). Yes (see Sketch # 7 enclosed here\Vith). Change doors 101 and 201 from Alum./Glass to Hollow Metal with 10 X 10 vision panels "e" Label. Yes,."~" ~bel (3/4 hr. rating). SpecifIcatIons controls; use cement ratio of 0.55. 1 NORTH KRO~1( AVE ~U[ ~(v.. ~ ~-:;:) FLORJD:'. 3 Y:)3:-' rrLErHO~E.: 305/248-4750 . ~ .:.~\ 305/245-9208 Morrison Knudsen/Gerrits , August 1, 1991 Page 2 Should you have any questions, please contact me at the Homestead PBS&J office. Very truly. yours, POST, BUCKLEY, SCHUH & JERNIGAN, INC. f'~~o~!~' Sr. Project Manager hm/CRR/C:2/lf Enclosures 04-017.65 ~ ..... ~MORRISON/~Ai:ns ~KNUDSEN ~ A JC*T VINTUM PO BOX 5283 KEY WEST. FLORIDA 33045-5283 TELEPHONE: (305) 292-7845 FAX. (305) 292-9697 June 12, 1991 ./ Serial No. PC-OTT-008 Post, Buckley, Schuh and Jernigan 1 N. Krome Avenue Homestead, Florida 33030 Attention: c. Robert Rogers Subject: Final Review of Bid Documents Plantation Key Courthouse Monroe County capital Improvements Program Dear Sir: Reference is made to the Bid Set of documents containing revision 1 which were received by this office on June 10, 1991, for the atrium enclosure and office renovation work at the Plantation Key Government Center. A cursory review of the anticipated changes has led to some new and some old unanswered questions. They are as follows: 1. Should the steel anchor embedded into the concrete block for the security corridor foundation be detailed more accurately? 2. will the bidders need to know the embed length of the 2 15 dowels into the footing for the security corridor? 3. Is there any steel in the security corridor footings? 4. Does the stair detail as depicted on drawing A/9 utilize a l' - 4" face stringer that the rail pickets attach to? 5. Detail 26 on drawing A/6 indicates that the existing carpeting is to remain in room 205. However, the room finish schedule clearly calls for new carpeting. Which is correct? 6. Should detail 24 on drawing A/6 extend the gypsum board box out around the face of column as does details 17 and 18 on A/6? If not, wouldn't the beam support be exposed to view? 7. Are finishes required below and behind the lateral files? 8. Can the existing ceiling grid be reused? 9. Do existing flooring materials get removed prior to the new carpeting and veT going down? .=c~~/~. A JOINT VENTURI Mr. C. R. Rogers PC-OTT-Q08 June 12, 1991 Page 2 10. In existing areas (Phase II) should entire rooms be painted? 11. Shouldn't the existing ceiling on the second floor, Phase II, be replaced? 12. Should reducer or transition strips be utilized at doorways where no thresholds are required? i.e...doors 211 and 210? 13. Shouldn't mechanical drawing Mil depict the first floor into two phases? 14. The existing storefront and alum/gl door west of the toilets on the second floor has not been changed per the Fire Marshal's request. Is this acceptable? 15. Are existing double doors to the security corridor to be removed as discussed? If not, should they be added to the door schedule? 16. Is the existing duct work, diffusers and RIA grills shown west of the atrium on the second floor to remain as is or are these new and relocated items? 17. The fire alarm pull station at the north end of the second floor by the stairs is depicted as being located on or below a window. Is this an acceptable location? 18. Can the fire alarm pull station a~_the south end of the second floor be relocated to the adjacent new partition wall as previously discussed? 19. As noted in MK/G letter PC-OTT-005, doors 101 and 201 are required to have a minimum 1 hour fire rating. The door schedule shows them as unlabeled. Is this acceptable? 20. Past experience tells us that B labeled doors have a 45 minute fire rating and that C labeled doors have a 1 hour and 30 minute fire rating. These are acceptable ratings for 1 and 2 hour fire walls respectively. The door schedule lists many of the doors in non rated walls with a C label. Is this PB5&J's intent? 21. The maximum water to cement ratio is 0.68 on drawing 5/2 and 0.55 in specification section 03300 paragraph 2.02, A2. Which is correct? ~MORRISON/'''A-.T5 "1f!KNUDSEN - . A .IO:~T VI"T~ Mr. c. R. Roqers PC-OTT-008 June 12, 1991 Page 3 Please review and respond accordingly as expeditiously as possible so that your answers can be incorporated into the bid documents. If there are any questions concerning this matter, please contact Mr. Jay Spacke of this office at your earliest convenience. Sincerely, MORRISON/KNUDSEN-GERRITS A Joint Venture ~LA 1JL Douglas A. Fuller Project Manager JMS/la 4d -"At' W;t ~ JL ~ " I"" , ~ t .J,JF. V~.~~ FfL.,L,.I!.V a~~. T'P~'~ r~. IJ . . . -.t V & , i ~I~~ · ~I-'~J I~r ~',i'2.~ ~ ,~ c Q . \(' ~ ri ~ ~ ~ . ~.~ ~ FOOTING DETAil. N~W Or::-rb..ll;. ~~'~IA~ I ..5K/nC,/I NtJ. ./ ) ." . . # ~ _, I, 'J ., "-'.L'1t-.A.... lJ-,..._-: -.1:# '7 . / . .~. :- -I - . t' ....... ~ ............ I .. ~ I ~ - r~ I .. -" J _- :::/ . ~. 1JIl.~' POST. BUCKLEY. SCHUH &. JERNIGAN. INC. · J.A.1 ~ ~ '2.x~ P:r,~ H~NO ~ J. ~'/ ~~~ ~T..iJD' ~,~ J5d()", -- ~TAJJ2- D~I AI L-- I A ~1 l $K~r~N ~. ~ , · l"'" ,., I I .- _' '. : r I ,..... ~ J~ ,'-'-1' ~{-I I' j- -t;' ,... - [' j /J I JI-- .' >- w ~. z a: 0 _..- ~ ..$KE'IC# MJ ..$ . ~- ..~ Ii \-.-- -1 ~ ,. ~~ L ~ LLI I~ z ~ Z LaJ 0 ~ -:1 l&J '=~- 0 u) CJ) ~~~ ~ ~ <( ~~~. J: ~ U- n. -~f --~--- ~ [ t~ .~ -.J (.) ")- w z a:: o t- t- <t , IJ , t Lot' .&A.....1 w, I , z -~ -1 ~~1M 1ItJ. 4- i~~~ ~ t 1 to \' ti ~ - l\"~.- ~>L \\\ - -~ j-~ 1 ~ I~ ~ I." H'- ~ ~ut --{ ~ '-:J \at- -. , ~ ~ \U -t:! ~f~ ~ ~\l~ ~ ~~ \~~ ~~~ -11 :z~~ . ~~ ~~~ stlt I~ \:)~- - ~u.. ~r · 1~~ "2~t ,~/ - _.. . ---..-----~.--. ( ~:;J y :zJ ON. " " .5X'~rCJ.I lID .~-- f"\~ ~" ,,~ ()~ "" i1~ v.a. l'\ 1\ - <~ I ~fJ --, ~ f ---- r-l I ' - -~- \ ~) " . -. I~ ~~ -4 ~ x- 0 "EJ :u . ~~ ~ IC 0 .. Z -t '.. dJ N ~ - ~ L - ~ ) :I: :l 1> ~ r L r --1 =\t- ~ ~ , ~ ~ \Q ~~ \ty: ~~ ~ lit ~ ..~ -SKirr;; Nf). ~ I SK~rcfl N~. ~ ~ t · -- :*- 1- 1 ri} J: ~ ~ \U '\ ~ . JL )~ -J ..J < :I: , 0\ m f('\ '14v 5Le:c"~/C. S'~e~ Ni).1 ~ 17.foVlfoj,.l ~':(' 'MrJ\f'-tJT iF I ~1 ~ _. -/' J J \ --- ('\, .~ l~" ~1 t'," ~ ~~) < n: * ~ l~ ~t~ \_. 0 ~~ ~II -1 Z f" ) ~ t "') h ,. .~ 1" .L ... )( 1:' r I ~9 t~ ~ I ~ '~ "3 ~ ~ \J\ ~.... + ~ ~ ~ ~ lJ) ~ S ~ ~ '> %c:J , ~ -J' ~ III ~ LaJ : I \)1 \) cO \) \ \) , to ...J ..J ::) I I al r-'r:- o ~ < t.~ L&J \ :r:w.J ' 0: =~!f~ CJ) II: -', ...:! ~ · tI.. ~ of:'~ .~ ~ ~ ~ Fl · ~ f ~ ~ ".",. ~~ L lr \. I: · ~ 1: ~ - 1 - ..... ~...l '.i ' \ :l \:l ...1 -4, ~t:;) =i d i :i o ;, .~ .~ ~! -4 ~\ ~ ~ :z: -1 ~ ~ ~ .J1~l_!I! t! !!~J 11:1~; i ! .:J ~~q ~~~ ~~~3 ~~ ,,~~ ~\) ~ s: \~ f ~ L f" L t <t , ~ ~ (' c. ~ ~,- ; " , 1 .... ~ \), ~ \) tf} D d) n ~ ( ',Q <i to ~ D 0 d) sO d} LO to to to ..... ( 1 a: ~ ..' j o , \ ~ _ _ o /~~~+~~~~~*~...~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~t~~ o ,~ ~ ~ ~ '1 ~ ~ t ~ '$ tt'1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '4' ~ ~ ~ ~ - .aT e..:. J ~ ., y '1. ')l II , ~ ~ 'I. 'Jl. X 'l( ~ 't Y. 't. 'll. 'l( ~ II.. _)( ! '= -J. ':. Y. 'Jl. 'i >- '# ~ _ ~.,.,. w.~ ~~ L ~ r>o~ d:) d:) -d) ~.~ 1\ dJ t:) ~ ({) - ~ ~ ~ ~ tp ~ >-' & ~ ~ -' -{ -~ -~ -' -' 1 ~ '~ -~ -~ -{ ~~ ~ -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ \J ~ ~ ~ ~I '-:J '-J " \J " 'J ~ ~ 'I 'w 'J. x I )(, It l( ~ ')l ~,\ ~ 'l( -: )l \ --c. 1 "t "t 'I.. X 'J )0. 'j '== 't ':. '= '= -= \ 0 \~ ~ (\ ~ () -~ ~ ~ ~~(~ ~ () \) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ <() ~ (. , - \ - Y - \ ~, r'" \ \ \ ~ -' '_ \ - \ ~, \ ~ t \ - ' - \ -' -' :(\ f -~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ & ~ ~ ~ ~ l' ~ N ~ ~ ~ t-.' ~ C'l ~ ~ ~ ~) C. .( ~ r .... ~ !~ ~ ~ ~ l jj ~;i ~ ~J ~~ 4\1- Ilr -dw.'SU ~ · '2 ~ C 1.( !-:l, ~~ !~~J > · ~~l Q t ~ ~ III, oil ~ ~)., ~ ~, ,~ t'~'t _ . c ..~ ~~ \l~~' () ..... - -- f)(l - I II ~N fi ~~ ~H t-~ .~ , ~ ~ 41 ~ "~li' ~ ... - , ~IO.-~...-~~~- .~ Ii \lc w d i: '": ! ~ 3 a Ii ! g Q -z-:l ~ :) ~ ~ I u~ ~ i t ' f i ~ ~ ,', - ~ l t , l~ , -- -- \l \) \ to \l \) \l. \J \.l \) \l ~!i ~~ > \ ~ \ ~ , . - - - - -- !(~ , . ,,\ ~ , ~ , , . !i~ -=- . f\ ~ ." ,~ ~ f'(\ t- ~ - N ~ ~ $"\, \~. ~ d'\ ~ ('\ _ N ~ ~ Ie. L r ~ ~~ ! 4 -'2 .1 1~ t ~ 4:z & ~i~: ~ ~~~ E ~L ~ 1\ 'I' ~..1~.Jl :; ~i i~ N\9V ~ tD '" I l; - ~ St ~ ~ ~ I , , T t-= ~ ~ .... ! ~ ~ 4 aU ~ ' l \ 7 ~ r ~ ~ - ~ .J ~ ~ ..l ..J ') 11) ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ I _ ( _ ...i ~ ~ \\ c J 1: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t \. 7 ~ <{ $ 11 ~v ~ -::~ ~ J.." ~ " '" !:.. ~ ~ 'I- Y.. -; 't ~ ad) = == _I \ tf) ~ " -~~~ X 'I y. '1 - ~ - J J _ 9 _~ ~ ~ ~ cf\ -1~t~l~ SECTION 00121 PROPOSAL FORM Bid package No. 2 Architectural BID TO : MONROE COUNTY - CLERK OF COURTS 500 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040 BID FROM: The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings, Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for the construction of: Bid Package NO.2, Architectural and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics, superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto. The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual location of where the Work is to be performed, together wi th the local sources of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of the site. 08/15/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121-1 1. Mobilization 5. Demolition and removal of all materials within scope $ $ $ $ $ 2 . General Conditions 3 . Permits 4. Bonds 6. Erection of all partition wall excluding security corridor $ 7. Installation of doors and windows and all associated hardware excluding security corridor $ 8. Erection of security corridor, Complete $ 9. All costs associated with room finishes excluding $ security corridor 10. Owner Option No. 2-01: Deshackling room and $ stairs to southeast door of Courtroom "B". 11. Owner Option No. 2-02: Security fence behind $ Courtroom "B". 12. Owner Option No. 2-03: Security fence with swing $ gates behind Courtroom "B". 13. Owner Option No. 2-04: Security Corridor interiorS blackout around Courtroom "B" northwest door. 14. Owner Option No. 2-05: Sound deadening vestibule $ doors at main entrance to Courtroom "A". TOTAL BID, items 1 thru 14 (figures) $ ---------- ---------- TOTAL BID, (words) DOLLARS 08/15/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121-2 I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No.(s) I have included pages 1 through 3 of the Proposal Form____, and attached the required Bid Security____, Unit Price Schedule____, Contractor Evaluation Form ,Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause____, Sworn Statement of Public Entity Crimes_, Non- Collusion Affidavit.____, and proposed Subcontractor listing____. (Check mark items above. as a reminder that they are included.) Mailing Address: Phone Number: Date: Signed: (Name) (Title) witness: (Seal) 08/15/91 PROPOSAL FORM (ADD. 1) 00121-3 SECTION 00350 MILESTONE SCHEDULE This section contains the project schedule. Each contractor is to study the applicable parts, or milestones, in order to determine his proposed scheduling for the project. Coordinate construction scheduling and operations with the Construction Manager so as to meet the milestone and completion dates as outlined. The Contractors are to note the following special items. a. Bid Due Date . . . . .08/19/91 b. Award Date (Anticipated) .08/28/91 c. Notice to Proceed (Anticipated). . . . .08/29/91 d. Bid Package No. 1 - Civil/Structural: The Work shall be substantially complete calendar days after the commencement established in the Notice to Proceed. (102) date e. Bid Package No. 2 - Architectural: The Work shall be substantially complete calendar days after the commencement established in the Notice to Proceed. (187) date f. Bid Package No. 3 - Mechanical: The Work shall be substantially complete calendar days after the commencement established in the Notice to Proceed. (172) date g. Bid Package No. 4 - Electrical: The Work shall be substantially complete (178) calendar days after the commencement date established in the Notice to Proceed. 08/15/91 MILESTONE SCHEDULE (ADD. 1) 00350 - 1 I I I ?B ....... i-(\J t:;::U-q- p.;O....... I-<-< en r---.. wi"""" (\JI...LC ~ ~ __(Yl r---.. C\J :z:~ ~(Yl ........ IUJ --~ ~ ~I~ 01 ~~ ~ ~~ IOJ f--(\J ;~ IF) ~;~ J ILLl f-- -:J Ig] ~~ ~'Ol ~ ~ I ("\j _C\J ~ 61~ 21....... I....... >-I -.Jc.n a:~ <x:Z w~ LL -q- : C'\.. _0_ ~D ru ru m m m ~ m ~ m ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ re 0 ~ ~ ru ~ >-~ -.J a: a: <X: <x:~ wen !i~I~~gjl o ~ ~ - ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~CJ ~a: W=:l a:Cl - ~ ~ - ~ - ~ ~ ~ z a ~~ ~a.. ::>....... ~a:: ~u uen <w Cl 8 '- '0 < c '- o W C <1J : ~ e ~ ~ ~ a: ~ ~ ; ~ 8 c: x 0 c: o _ Q.l <1J <1J 0. u.... E r~:~ & i i & ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~ ~ 8 >- ~ ::> ~ '<i. .3 QJ <1J o '- 0. > a. '0 < ~ (] o o o I DO i nOD ~DU W o :z 0> <1J <1J C1. '0 a::I ~~i~~~i~ i!~~~i~1 ~ ~ ~ ~ U"J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tn c:: o <1J ~ <1J '- '" .s u.. ~ ~ ~ '- QJ c: QJ o tf) U tf) o o C ::J <1J c:: C. u.. 0. 0 u.. Iii '- W tn - 0 ......... ~ '- Q.l Q.I UJ '- '- '- Iii ::J::J '- ~~~~8 ~;ff~ '0 tn C C\J o 0 In 0 0 000 C\J C\J 0 C"1 ~ 0 ~ ~ a:l ~ i~~~ ~ at to C1. "0 CD DDDDO o DUOOO ODODD []DD DO o DO aD ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i i ~ i I 0) 01 0) 01 U U U U u.J l.U u.J LIJ o 0 0 0 C"1 rrl (T') - ru ru ru C\J C\J C\J ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 01 al m :> :> :> 000 z: z: z: C\J (\J (\J (\J (\J ru ~ ! i ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ i i ~ i g ~ g C\J C\J ru ru ru m 01 01 m m m m m m m u u u u u z z z z z w w UJ w w < < < < < o 0 0 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CD CD CD L.Cl rr1 f'I1 (\J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U"J ~ ~ ~ U"J ~ U"J ~ U"J ~ ~ U"J ~ U"J U"J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U"J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .c C Iii IF) Iii m '- ~ ::.: ::.: ::J < '- < <1J Iii ~ ttl ::J III Iii .CI ::J '- en QJ 0> ~ ~ C ::.: ::: QJ ctl W ::.: u.. "0 W 0. o Iii ~ o 0 "0 a: at c:: c:: '- % 0 t.lI <1J Q.I U QJ ~ 0 Cl <.!) 0> ~ Iii ttl "0 C ~ ~ c : ~ ~~i~;}~;~ '- j 0 C- o 0 000 o ~ <.!l c o .&:. .- 01 '- c g~8~:~~ ~'-~~~<1J~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ B '- ~ 8 ~ % IF) 0 0 '0 '0 c: c: :i :k IF) o o ~ Cl ~ <1J ~ ~ o ttl ~ 0 : ~ : ! c: ~ c: ~ C C a4::~ ~ ~ ~ o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C\J L.Cl ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CD ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ rrl ~ ~ ~ ffi m ~ ffi ~ $ (T') I~ I ) .c Cf) I~ I ::l U'l ~ ~~ I~ i~ I ~ men -.J t!:l =:l =:l "J<X: L.O I.C) ("\J ....... ell CL:I lUlU ClD OJ OJ ..c:. c.n ro ...... ~ CJ ro ....... Cl Cl.. (J) -4-i E c: :::J ill . r-1 E L QJ 4--..1 > <( o QJ L Q) r--1 CLU1::J E ::J D 1--1 0 Q) ..c ..c .......... 4--..1 U <D L (jj +-J ::J .,..-, 0 C 0... U 0 co .....-i U >-- +-J QJ U >--::::z::::: ::J -+-J L. C C +J ::J 0 U) CJ -r-"'""i C U ~ CJ co U ill +-J CJ c: L. CD C r--1 CJ 0.... 2: .......ru O"l O"l -J a: =:l <( J~ lD (T1 ru....... -r~ ~-S (f) u.. ..... ...... uw QJ CL:I ~.~ L.L. a.. Cl.. cu o o en 0) CD en '- .... lLJ :> ........ .- '- .... '- CD~CD u c ~ ..... 0 < c..J C1. vi ~ U) <U '- (l) > t'O E ~~i L. a.. ~ r eo r--... w~ ~LL 0 :;:[l ..-1 ~_rrl --0 (T1 ~ ~.~ m - gj f-~ ~U~ 2J-) 0 ~ ........ Si!m ::E -Iru r---. l\J z~ ~(Y"] ........ _ru ~ E;~ 2..- ..- -~ ~ ~~ 5 OJ Q) f-- (\J Co '- I~ : gl~ !i <t: ru Q) ~ 0" LCJ a.. =;gJ : UJ >-I ~cn a:~ <(2: w~ l..I... >- 10- ~a: ~.:: l.U <f) ::E: a: w=:l a:o C!:la: ~=:l ~D z ~~ ~~ ~a: I--U U<f) <(w o [] [] o DODD DO C\J N C\J ru N C\J 0'1 0'1 en O'l 0'1 O'l z:zcocococo ..c "'" w u.J "'-l w.J """') """') u... u... u... u... (T') 0 10 UJ (T') C"1 C\J C"1 C\J ru ru en O'l O'l co CD a: "'-l u.J u... u... ::L co 1.0 ru C\J C\J N N C\J C\J ru 0'1 0'1 en O'l 0'1 O'l zzzzcoa:. ..c"",..c""''''-lW """')""")"""')-::!u...u... C\J (T') C\J C\J C\J 0'1 O'l O"l co CD a: w W u... La... % . ru C\J u... '- c: t.O W c: c: 0. CI c.lI U ...... en 0. o '- o '- o o :a: '- o en (f) C en o C C o <tI ~ ~ ~ ~ tU (f) Q) Q) ~ ~ & ~ o Co ~ u(f)ttl~ ~ ~ C C ~ (\J (\J (\J C\J Q) Q) Q) Q) Q) en &: €: &: €: €. 8 >- t-- :> t-- '<i o 0 0 0 0 0 000 C\J ~ (\J UJ ~ co r- ..,. C a. u - Q) 0. L U ru l~ i o :z c> <tI a.. 'C co ~D 00 ~o ~ DO ~O C\J C\J N C\J C\J O"l O'l O'l 0'1 en en ~ C'I 0'1 0'1 0'1 C'I 0'1 0'1 ~ i g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ : _ - - N C\J C\J ~ ~ ~ ~ : : oco;_ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ ~ re:Z ~ 0 ~ ~ """') """) u... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Lt"l ~ Lt"l ~ C ::l W "'" ~ tU C ro s:: Q) :s: ::J u... c: o Lt"l ~ Lt"l ~ s: ~ ~ o 000 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 co C\J C"1 C'I co N 0 0 0 (T') C\J C\J ru N Lt"l N Lt"l co m ~ 0'1 ..,. o o o u... :a: u ::J Cl Q) 10 > ~ l : ~ & ~ c: c: ~ ~ ::l ~ C C C U ftI Q) ro "'" .c c.!) Co ~ ~ ~ .c Co en en ~ ~ ! I o 000 ~[]D o ~oo~ I~ !i a.. 'C 1:0 ~ i i i i Iii ~ ~ ~ i ~ i ~ ~ ~ Lt"l ~ ~ ~ ~ r- ~ ~ c: ro s:: :s: en <tI <tI '" Q) .c ::J "'-l lJ) o u... s:: C (f) ro Co C ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ tU C. .c en en : ~ ~ ~ C'I C'I > > o 0 z :z co ~ C\J ~ Lt"l ~ c: <tI tU c: '- <n :a: :z c.lI o '" Cl '" Q) a: '- ~ ~ ~ C "'" Co (f) C W u... C\J en ~ U :z u.J "'" o """') C'\l C'\l ~ ~ ~ o U ~ ~ B c: Q) Co '- c: o 0 c: 10 '- 10 u... (l) "0 i ~ ! ~ OJ :J s:: CIl ~O Oc::: tI1 c: a: w l1.l 25 '0 .., (l) (l) .c <f) ru N O'l en z :z "'" "'" -::! """') C\J 0 m UJ +-J E C :::J QJ .1"""1 E L OJ +-J > <! o OJ L OJ ,--; CL (J) :::J E:::JD 1---1 0 OJ ..c ..c ,--; -+--J U CDLUJ +-l :::J .~ 0 C CLLJ 0 ((J .~ U >-.-+--J OJ U >-. ~ ::J -+-l L.. C C -+-l :::J 0 en 0.....-1 C U -+--J 0 <lJ LJ QJ -+-J o C L ro C ,--; o ll. ::;E: C\J N C\J C'I en C'I ~ ~ ~ a> ~ w w W "'-l Cl 0 - C\J C\J N C\J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f' Lt"l ~ Lt"l ~ ~ Lt"l ~ ~ ~ Lt"l N Q) tU o "'-l > ro u <tI co <co .... ro en ~....... 0 ..cwo.. o 000 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 000 co 0'1 ~ ~ ~ ~ co ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~i c: "0 o u... c: o c: <tI c: Q) :s: ro s:: ro s:: u... Q) :s: o c: 'C i ~ ~ ro a:: C (\J s:: Q) s:: s:: tU (f) c> (f) tU '- ~ (f) Q) ~ c ~ C ~ ~ & ~ ~ '- C L '- Q) 0 <.!) ~ '- C C Q) s:: lU c\ If) c.!) ~ ~ ~ men ~U) =:l =:l J<( lD I.D ("\J ....... QJQ.j curo 00 cu ~ ...... 0 cu ..... OCL -("'\.J men -l a: =:l <( J%: lD rr1 ("'\.J ....... ~~ ~.s UHJ... u W Q.I Q.J ;;-.;; '-'- e... CL o en a> co en w c <.Ii ~ lJ) >- c.n ro '- (l) > ro E '- e...